a. How Do I?b. What's New?c. Top 10 Taskse. Search IndexRef a. Setting UpRef b. WorkspaceRef c. ShortcutsRef d. ScriptingRef e. @FunctionsRef f. Troubleshooting.
Use DatabasesUse ViewsUse DoaumentsSearch for InformationUse MailPrint Documents and ViewsKeep Notes SecureShare Information With Other ApplicationsUse Notes Away from a NetworkDesign Notes DatabasesManage Notes DatabasesAdminister Notes Servers---Where is this Release 3 command?What are the important new features?What changed at the last minute?How do I upgrade my site to Release 4?----Things you do before startingThings you do every dayThings you do frequentlyOther things-----About NotesSetting Up NotesStarting & Stopping NotesAbout!Other Notes Documentation------About MenusAbout the SmartIcons PaletteAbout WindowsAbout FoldersAbout Split PanesAbout the Status Bar-------SmartIcon ShortcutsMouse ShortcutsKeyboard Shortcuts--------About ScriptingLotusScript BasicsLotusScript Reference----------@Functions Basics@Functions Reference@Commands Basics@Comands Reference---------About MessagesAbout Customer SupportList of Messagest
These Release Notes provide important information about Lotus Domino
and Lotus Notes
Release 5.0.4. Please be sure to read at a minimum the "What's new?" and "Things You Need to Know" sections of the Release Notes.
You can edit the documents in this database to suit the particular needs of your site. However, if you do edit the contents of this database, it must be strictly for the sole use of users within your organization. You cannot resell or otherwise distribute this documentation, modified or unmodified, to anyone outside your organization. Lotus
assumes no responsibility for the technical accuracy of any modifications made to this documentation.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
VVuK!
$INFO
$BODY
|0m1:
AGENTDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DATABASE ACTIVE PERUSE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DATABASE ACTIVE SEARCH BAR
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DESK ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 1778
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2667
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|'
DIALOG 2693
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2695
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2709
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2721
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2747
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2780
Database 'Notes Help T`mplate 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2787
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2791
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|E
DIALOG 2794
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2795
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. I`dex|
DIALOG 2798
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2799
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2810
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 2814
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|i
DIALOG 3028
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|&
DIALOG 7165
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9495
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9499
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
DIALOG 9959
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|C
DOCUMENT ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|:
FORMDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
FORMDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1029
Database 'Nopes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|e
MESSAGE 1045
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1068 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1072
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1290 H
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1291 3
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|e
MESSAGE 1294 2 t
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1303
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|.
MESSAGE 1310 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. I`dex|
MESSAGE 13321 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 13324 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|$
MESSAGE 13354 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 13429 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 1347
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 15284 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|u
MESSAGE 258
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|o
MESSAGE 259 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|l
MESS@GE 269
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|F
MESSAGE 2834 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 302 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|o
MESSAGE 3089 2 I
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|h
MESSAGE 3095 2 s
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3100 6
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|V
MESSAGE 3119
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3163
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|v
MESSAGE 3178 2
Database 'Nopes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3197
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3198 N
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3199
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|^
MESSAGE 3211
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1P3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3215
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3233
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3303 1
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3306
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Indexp
MESSAGE 3343
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3364 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3373 8
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3446
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 3533
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|%
MESSAGE 3595
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|P
MESSAGE 3857 1
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 549 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 553
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|&
MESSAGE 591 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|~
MESSAGE 5929
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 609 2
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 6402
Databape 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 641
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 645
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
MESSAGE 972 1540
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
NAVIGATOR ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Templ`te 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
VIEWDESIGN ACTIVE
Database 'Notes Help Template 1.05 1_3_95', View 'b. Index|
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
23100
63199
23198
23178
23095
13354
13321
13324
15284
13429
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
"Helvetica
RN Body
Body Text
Ahead
Body Text
Body Text
CHead
BHead
Bullet
IndPara
CHead
BHead
Mumbered List
Indented Text
Bullet
Indented List
About Release Notes
June 1, 2000
The Release Notes contain information about Release 5.0.4 of the Lotus Notes
and Lotus Domino
software products. Release Notes documentation contains the following chapters:
What's New
introduces you to Notes, Domino Designer, and Domino Server, }ells you about the new features and enhancements in this release, and points you to further information.
Things You Need to Know
describes supported platforms and environments and other information that you need to know before installing this release.
Troubleshooting
describes limitations and issues associated with this release of Notes and Domino.
Documentation Updates
describes last-minute information and corrections that are not included in the Notes, Domino Designer, and Domino server Help databases and printed documentation.
Interoperability
describes known restrictions or potential incompatibilities between different versions of Notes and Domino.
History of Changes
currently contains no information because this is a new release of Lotus Notes.
You can edit the documents in the online version of thm Release Notes database to suit the particular needs of your site. However, if you do edit the contents of the database, it must be strictly for the sole use of users within your organization. You cannot resell or otherwise distribute this documentation, modified or unmodified, to anyone outside your organization. Lotus
assumes no responsibility for the technical accuracy of any modifications made to this documentation.
Disclaimer
THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY. WHILE EFFORTS WERE MADE TO VERIFY THE COMPLETENESS AND ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENTATION, THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY WHATSOEVER AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED, LOTUS DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, NONINFRINMEMENT AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SAME. LOTUS SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF, OR OTHERWISE RELATED TO, THIS DOCUMENTATION OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTATION. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENTATION OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTATION IS INTENDED TO, NOR SHALL HAVE THE EFFECT OF, CREATING ANY WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS FROM LOTU] (OR ITS SUPPLIERS OR LICENSORS), OR ALTERING THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE APPLICABLE LICENSE AGREEMENT GOVERNING THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright
Under the copyright laws, neither the documentation nor the software may be copied, photocopied, reproduced, translated, or reduced to any electronic medium or mamhine-readable form, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Lotus Development Corporation, except in the manner described in the documentation or the applicable licensing agreement governing the use of the software.
Copyright 1985 - 2000
Lotus Development Corporation
55 Cambridge Parkway
Cambridge, MA 02142
All Rights Reserved. Printed in the United States.
Revision History:
Original material produced for Lotus Notes and Lotus Domino Release 5.0.4.
List of Trademarks
Domino, cc:Mail, Notes, and Notes/FX are trademarks and Freelance, Freelance Graphics, Lotus, Lotus Notes, LotusScript, NotesSQL, NotesView, 1-2-3, Organizer, SmartIcons, and SmartSuite are registered trademarks of Lotus Development Corporation. OS/2 Warp and PowerPC are trademarks and AIX, IBM, OS/2, Presentation Manager and SNA are registered trademarks mf International Business Machines Corporation. Tivoli/Courier is a trademark of Tivoli Systems Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of International Business Machines Corporation. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$INFO
$BODY
Categori_zeD
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$Name
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
ProductBookh$15
Section
Section
3S4S6S10S12S13S14S15S19S22S26S
Doc_Numberh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$19What's new?
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
=S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Product
Product
Product
Bookh
Section
Section
3S4S6S10S12S13S14S15S19S22S26S
Doc_Numberh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$16Documentation updates
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#]
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$MormFormula
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Product
Product
Product
Bookh
Section
Section
3S4S6S10S12S13S14S15S19S22S26S
Doc_Numberh"
Doc_Number
Doc_Number
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$12Interoperability
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Show Navigator0
NInter
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Semrch
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_zen
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$FormFormula
$Comment
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder_
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Show Navigator0
NSrch
0S0E
Show Search Bar`&
0S0E
Hide Search Bar`&
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only im you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folmer...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
ProductPrint1hPrint2h
Print2
Print2
Print2
Print_Sequenceh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$38All topics, in the order they would appear in a printed bookP
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
The suggested kernel parametmr settings require changing some values to numbers greater than those allowed by SAM. The following procedure will modify SAM's configuration to allow a greater maximum value for several kernel parameters.
This procedure should be performed as root:
View the file:
/usr/sam/lib/kc/params.tx
Look for lines starting with maxfiles and maxfiles_lim. They should start like this:
maxfiles:::
maxfiles_lim:::
If they start are like this:
maxfiles:
number
number
maxfiles:
number
number
Then...
delete
number
(leave the colons)
Mdit
/usr/conf/master.d/core-hpux
Locate the following two lines
*range maxfiles<=
number
*range maxfiles_lim<=
number
Change
number
to 32000
Run this program
/usr/sam/lbin/getkinfo -b -w
Sam will now allow maxfiles and maxfiles_lim to be given values up to
number
Exchange folders whose names are longer than the Notes limitations may not be migrated correctly. Before using the migration tool, these folder names should be shortened.
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHelp has been updated in Release 5.0.3
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
\h$3W
Product
Product
Product
Bookh
Section
Section
3S4S6S10S12S13S14S15S19S22S26S
Doc_Numberh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$19Things you need to know
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Show Navigator0
NKnow
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Y'1&K
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Product
Product
Product
Bookh
Section
Section
3S4S6S10S12S13S14S15S19S22S26S
Doc_Numberh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$19Troubleshooting
Indent
Subject
Indent
Subject
Subject
3S4S6S10S12S13S15S16S17S19S23S25S26S28S32S34S35S
Show Navigator.
0S0E
Expand All
0S0E
Collapse All
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$VilwFormat
$FormFormula
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Subject
Lotus Notes Release Notes |
Copyright 1997 Lotus Development Corporation
| - &P - |s
Help Screen
Section
Product
You must check one or more products
3S4S6S11SProductCheck one or more products
SubjectAssign a topic name to this document.
BodyWrite the body of the help document here.
,
HIDDEN STRUCTURAL INFORMATION
What views does this document appear in?
PrimeView
ViewAssign this document to a (main) view
01 What's new?02 Things you need to know03 Troubleshooting04 Documentation uplates05 Interoperability06 History of changes
What top-level category does this document appear in?
ViewSection
BookAssign this topic to a section in a view'
- What's new categories -01 Welcome02 New Platforms03 New Features04 New Enhancements- Things you need categories -01 Directory Instlll and CD-ROM Structure02 Platforms and Requirements03 Memory and System Support Requirements04 Network Protocol and Method Requirements05 LotusScript06 InterNotes Web Navigator- Troubleshooting categories -01 Install Issues02 Workstation Issues03 Server Issues04 Security Issues05 Networking Issues06 Application Design Issues07 LotusScript and LotusScript Extension Issues08 MAPI Service Provider Issues09 Domino Issues10 Web Navigator Issues- Documentation categories -01 Administrator's Guide02 Application Leveloper's Guide03 Deployment Guide04 Help05 Install Guides06 Network Configuration Guide07 Programmer's Guide08 Working with Lotus Notes and the Internet- Interoperability categories -01 Notes R4 and R3 on the Same Workstation02 Notes R4 Platform Interoperability03 Notes R4 Server and Notes R3 Server Issues04 Notes R4 Server and R3 Workstation Issues05 Notes R4 Workstation and Notes R3 Workstation Issues06 Notes R4 Workstation and R3 Server Issues
What subcategory does this document appear in?
SectionAssign this topic to an Applications view
- Things you need subcategories -UNIX System RequirementsOperating Systems and Networking PlatformsMemory and System RequirementsSystem Support LevelsMethods SupportedProtocols SupportedPatch RequirementsTuning ParametersEnvironment VariablesSystem Performance- Troubleshooting subcategoriesOS/2 LnlyWindows 95 OnlyWindows OnlyDominoPC PlatformsUNIX PlatformsAdministration SecurityServer SecurityWorkstation SecurityLotusScript Data Objects (LS:DO)
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
The following are requirements and known issues when using the Lotus Components with the Notes Client and Domino Designer:
Version 1.2 of Lotus Components is not supported in Notes R5. Version 1.3 of Lotus Components is now available and is the officially supported version for Notes,R5. For more information on Components 1.3 see the web site:
http://esuite.lotus.com/components/components.nsf
All instances of Version 1.2 Components should be updated with the Version 1.3 Component for complete compatibility with Notes and Domino R5. Once a component is activated and saved using version 1.3 it is updated. After a component is updated you may no longer be able to edit it with a version of components earlier then release 1.3.
Be aware that documelt properties are not supported with multiple controls (components) in a single document.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
The Mac Link import filters are not supported for the Macintosh in Release 5.0.2
Marian Sterna. Contents\c. Troubleshooting|Troublev
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this inlormation over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_zea
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Folder...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
Welcome to Release 5.0.4 (R5.0.4) of Lotus Notes, Domino Designer, and the Domino Server family of products. R5.0.4 is the latest release of the world's leading products for information management, me|saging, collaboration and Web application development. The R5 product line, conceived with the qualities and capabilities of the Internet, delivers on the promise of enabling users to find, act upon and share information, further improving communication among groups, organizations and people everywhere.
These Release Notes contain information on the many new features and enhancements included in all R5 products. Before installing R5.0.4, please review the
Things You Need To Know
and
Troubleshooting
chapters of these Release Notes.
For an overview of the features in this release, see the
What's new?
chapter.
For exhaustive online searches of the README.NSF Release Notes database, without using a full-text index, use the
Search
view.
If you wlnt detailed information about preparing for a larger deployment of R5, browse or download the book "Moving to Notes and Domino Release 5" from Notes.net at
http://www.notes.net/doc
. This book is available as part of the Domino Administration help.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
These Release Notes are available in a variety of formats and locations.
Online Release Notes:
In 'Web-browsable' and,'Notes/Domino Database' formats
(Browsable over the Internet): View the release notes online using live web browsing (using any web browser) at the Domino and Notes User Assistance Web site. This is always the most up-to-date version of the Release Notes.
http://www.notes.net/doc
(Notes Database format): You can connect to www.notes.net/doc to download the latest version in Notes Database forlat (readme.nsf), for later viewing in a Notes client.
This is the same information that appears in the Release Notes that are web-browsable directly from Notes.net.
(Notes Database format): After client or server installation, find the Release Notes in the HELP subdirectory of your Notes or Domino data directory.
(Notes Database format): You will find the Release Notes on the root directory of your Notes/Domino CD-ROM.
Portable Document Format (README.PDF)
You can read PDF files using Adobe Acrobat Reader software. Some free Acrobat Reader software is available on the R5 CD-ROM. See the START.TXT file on the CD-ROM for details. You can download additional readers from Adobe Systems Incorporated (
http://www.adobe.com
README.PDF is available:
On the rlot of your Notes/Domino CD-ROM.
For download at the Domino and Notes User Assistance Web site (
http://www.notes.net/doc
Differences between various Release Notes published media
The NSF-online Release Notes are more up-to-date than the PDF-online Release Notes. This is primarily due to production schedules. Also, after the product ships, updates are sometimes made to the Release Notes and posted on Notes.net. You can visit the Notes.let Documentation site for the very latest versions of the Domino and Notes Release Notes:
http://www.notes.net/doc
The product documentation that ships with Notes, Domino and Domino Designer was updated in Release 5.0.3. The new online Help is available on the appropriate installation CD-ROMs. If any 5.0.1 or 5.0.2 Release Notes topil was merged into the revised online Help, that topic no longer appears in the current Release Notes.
To browse or download all of the latest Notes and Domino Help, visit the Lotus Documentation Library on the Web at:
http://www.notes.net/doc
#+Jlf
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R5 includes Help databases for Notes, Domino, Domino Designer, and Domino Administrator. If you install any of these products with the installation CD-ROM, the Help dltabases are installed by default in the HELP directory of your Notes or Domino data directory.
Title
Database file name
Description
Notes 5 Help
HELP5_CLIENT.NSF
Notes client Help
Domino 5
Designer Help
HELP5_DESIGNER.NSF
Domino Designer and programming language Help
Domino 5
Administration Help
HELP5_ADMIN.NSF
Domino server and Domino Administrator Help
You can access Help in the following ways:
Click the link to Help on the Notes, Domino Designer, or Domino Administrator Welcome pages
Choose Help - Help topics
Press F1
Click the ? in the top right corner of most dialog boxes
Choose File - Database - Open and browse your local director| or a Domino server
Visit the Domino and Notes User Assistance Web site at
http://www.notes.net/doc
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The following Lotus Web sites are designed to help you locate the latest information on Domino and Notes and other Lotus products:
Lotus Development Corporation
http://www.lotus.com
) is the main Lotus Web site and contains general information on all Lotus products and services, including press releases, downloadable software, support, and purchasing information.
R5 Home
http://www.lotus.com/r5
) is the Notes, Domino, and Domino Designer product home page on lotus.com. Use it to access product information, downloads, Domino "zones," and links to Notes and Domino sites both inside and outside Lotus.
Notes.net
http://www.notes.net
) is the site brlught to you by Iris Associates, the group that develops Notes and Domino. This site contains various Notes-related software downloads (including trial versions of Notes/Domino), a technical Webzine with articles for end-users, application developers and systems administrators; and an active discussion cafe with several discussion forums for exchanging ideas about Notes/Domino and sharing your thoughts with Iris.
Business Partners
http://www.lotus.com/partners
) is the central site for Lotus Business Partners, including development tips and techniques, innovative applications, developer discussions, and updates on the latest product releases. You can also use this Web site to find out information and request an application for the Lotus Business Partner program.
The Documentation Library -- Domino & Notes User Assistance
http://www.notes.net/doc
) provides Domino and Notes documentation databases and Adobl Acrobat PDF files that you can download, information on ordering additional documentation, product tips, and documentation feedback forms.
eSuite
http://www.lotus.com/esuite
) and
eSuite DevSit
http://esuite.lotus.com
) contain information on eSuite DevPack
, a set of Java-based applets that can be used to quickly and easily create more interactive and dynamic Domino applications. The DevPack includes tle following applets: spreadsheet, word processor, presentation graphics, project scheduler, chart, SQL/JDBC, and CGI gateway; plus sample applications, utilities, and developer documentation.
Lotus Developer Central
http://www.lotus.com/developers
) is the site for all the latest tools for and information on developing Domino applications for Notes and the Web and integrating them with back-end systems, such as DBMS. Use this Web site to download the lltest version of the Notes APIs, participate in software discussions, learn the latest tips and tricks, and review white papers and Redbook information.
Lotus Education
http://www.lotus.com/education
) provides education and training information on all Lotus products, including course descriptions, schedules, Lotus Authorized Education Center locations, and Lotus certification information. You can also purchase CBTs and documentation from The Education Sto|e.
Lotus Internationalization and Multilingual Technologies
http://www.lotus.com/international
is the site for information on Domino Global Workbench,
a comprehensive set of advanced tools and software services to easily and interactively create, update, synchronize and manage Domino-based multilingual Web sites.
Lotus Support
http://www.support.lotus.com
) is the customer support site,for all Lotus products, including common questions and solutions, user discussions, downloadable files, and Lotus support phone numbers. You can also use this Web site to search the Knowledge Base for technical information on Lotus products.
Notes MTA
http://www.lotus.com/notesmta
provides information on Lotus Notes Messaging Services, which lets Notes administrators set up mail routing from different mail systems. These Messaging Se|vices include message transfer agents (MTAs), such as the SMTP/MIME, cc:Mail, and X.400 MTAs.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R5 includes guided tours of the Notes, Domino Designer, and Domino Administrator clients. You can access the tours in three different ways:
Run a tour directly from the installation CD-ROM.
Open any of the clients and choose Guided Tour from the Help menu.
Click on the Guided Tour link from any of the client Welcome pages.
In addition to the new features found in the Notes and Domino products, the \APPS directory of the R5.0.4 CD-ROM contains applications which enrich the capabilities of Notes, Designer, and Domino. Additional information about these applications can be found in the "Additional items on Notes and Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROMs" and "Additional items on the Domino CD-ROM" documents in the
Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
,section of the
Things you need to know
chapter. Updated applications found on the R5.0.4 CD-ROM include:
Domino "Tivoli Ready" (updated)
The files which make the Domino Server for AIX and Solaris (Sparc) "Tivoli Ready" have been updated for the R5.0.4 release. Customers can manage their Domino Server software under an integrated Tivoli management umbrella. This provides customers |ith the ability to automatically discover, inventory and monitor Domino servers with Tivoli Enterprise management products.
engines using the complete control and flexibility lf a structured programming language: LotusScript and Java.
cc:Mail MTA (updated)
To help administrators ease the upgrade from cc:Mail to Notes, we have included an updated release of the cc:Mail MTA (R5.0.4) in the APPS directory of the R5.0.4 CD. Please refer to the Release Notes for more information or visit the migration web site at
http://www.lotus.com/products/migration.nsf
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Client
Calendaring and Scheduling - Location change notification
Lotus now provides the ability for the Chairperson of a meeting to add a room or change the location of a meeting and have it automatically send a reschedule notification to all invitees.
Directories
Directory Assistance
Beginning in R5.0.4, directory assistance can now failover to an alternate replica of a secondary directory withou| a server restart. For further details, refer to
New Features
in the
What's New
section of the R5.0.4 Release Notes.
Directory Catalogs
R5.0.4 brings improvement in the area of Directory Catalogs by supporting the use of selection formulas to use only a subset of documents from secondary directories. Server directory catalogs now support full functionality for R4.6 clients. For further details, refer to
New Features
in the
What's New
section of these R5.0.4 Release Notes.
LDAP services are enhanced by providing support of more name formats for members of external LDAP directory groups, providing more flexibility in the storage of telephone numbers, returning the base entry on subtree searches, and LDAP recognition of group membership changes in a Domino Directory. Additional enhancements include the removal of case-sensitivity when searching the mail att|ibute as well as returning better results when doing wildcard searches on the mail attribute. For further details, refer to
New Features
in the
What's New
section of these R5.0.4 Release Notes.
JVM Upgrade in Domino for AIX and Linux
The Java Virtual Machine in Domino for AIX has been upgraded to 1.1.8-6 and the JVM in Domino for Linux has been upgraded to 1.1.8-2.
Remote access to Domino back-end objects from WebSphere
A new jar file called NCSOW (Notes Client-side Objects for WebSphere) is provided which allows an IBM WebSphere application to access the resources of a Domino server which is on a separate machine using the Domino back-end objects. Previously, WebSphere could only access Domino resources if they were running on the same machine.
Programmability
Additional parametlr for LotusScript OpenView method
The OpenView method of NotesUIDatabase has a new, fourth parameter called replaceView. For additional information, refer to the
Domino 5 Designer Help
section of the
Documentation Updates
chapter in these Release Notes.
Security
Notes and Domino consolidated to a Global encryption
Beginning ln Release 5.0.4, the Domino server, Notes client, Administrator client, and Designer client products have all consolidated three encryption strengths, North American, International English, and French editions, into one strong encryption level resulting in a single "Global" release of the products. The R5.0.4 Global release adopts the encryption characteristics previously known as North American. This change is a result of the relaxation of U.S. Government export restrictions which allows for export of s|rong encryption technology outside of North America. Therefore, the strong encryption in the Global products can be used worldwide, except in countries whose import laws prohibit it. More detailed information can be found in the
Security
section of the
Things you need to know
chapter of these Release Notes.
Server
Webmail performance improvements
The Domino server has been enhanced to yield,improved performance of Webmail on all platforms. Some enhancements have yielded further performance improvements on the Unix platforms.
Partitioning Enhancements
Beginning in R5.0.4, support is added for a new notes.ini variable called "PercentAvailSysResources". This parameter allows administrators to limit the amount of physical memory allocated to each partition on the server. It is also applicable to client partitions running on a Citrix MetaFrame server or Window| Terminal Server. For further details, refer to
New Features
in the
What's New
section of the R5.0.4 Release Notes.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Numbe| List
Beginning in R5.0.4, a new NOTES.INI variable called "PercentAvailSysResources" is provided. This parameter limits the physical memory used to a percent of the system's physical memory size. For example, say an administrator of a Domino server with two partitions wanted to control resources allocated to each partition: partition 1 to use 75% of the system resources and partition 2 to use 25% of |ystem resources. In this case, the NOTES.INI of partition 1 would contain "PercentAvailSysResources=75" and the NOTES.INI of partition 2 would contain "PercentAvailSysResources=25".
The range for the variable is auto limited between 2 to 100. If this parameter is used then the NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE and NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE should not be used unless so advised by Lotus Support.
Another use for "PercentAvailSysResources" would be on the Citrix MetaFrame or Windows Terminal Server. Lor example, if there are 20 data directories on the terminal server then the NOTES.INI files in each client data directory would contain the parameter "PercentAvailSysResources=5".
The LotusScript Data Object (LS:DO) provides full read and write access to external ODBC data sources using LotusScript. The LS:DO consists of a set of three classes --,ODBCConnection, ODBCQuery, ODBCResultSet -- that come complete with a powerful set of properties and methods and full SQL capabilities. LS:DO is easy to learn and use because its design is consistent with LotusScript's BASIC syntax and other LotusScript Notes classes.
Notes supports LS:DO on the following platforms: OS/2, Windows 3.1, Windows 95, Windows NT, AIX, Solaris Intel Edition, and SPARC Solaris platforms. LS:DO is also on the AS/400 and OS/390 platforms. On these platfo|ms, LS:DO is implemented using the native operating system enterprise integration not ODBC. Check the documentation on these platforms for detailed installation and implementation.
For information on using LS:DO, see Domino 5 Designer Help or
Updates and additional troubleshooting informatiln about LS:DO are available on the Lotus Developer Central Web site at
http://www.lotus.com/devtools
Also, please note the following new LS:DO feature:
Collection pooling
Connection Pooling allows a connection to a ODBC data source to be reused. When this featu|e is enabled, an LS:DO connection first checks to see if any connections with the same username and password are available in the connection pool. The user does not have to wait for a connection to take place if a connection is available on the pool.
A new NOTES.INI variable, ODBCConnectionPooling, has been added that enables LS:DO for use with the ODBC Driver Manager 3.x connection pooling feature. You enable this feature by setting ODBCConnectionPooling=1 on the machine where LS:DO is executed. This feature must also be enabled and configured for the ODBC Driver Manager via the ODBC Administrator. See the ODBC documentation for further details. Keefe/O=Iris
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusGuided tours are available
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=Lot{sCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew Features and Enhancements in Release 5.0.4
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer01 What's new?04 New Features
Release Notes01 What's new?
CGIN4JTHVD
(@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAllocating resources for partitions
ClientServer01 What's new?04 New Features333333(@
Release Notes01 What's new?
LZAA4KUSVG333333(@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInformation about directory improvements starting in R5.0.4
ClientDesignerServer01 What's new?04 New Featuresffffff(@
Release Notes01 What's new?
LZAA4KUSTUffffff(@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSPR fix list availability
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer01 What's new?05 New Enhancements
Release Notes01 What's new?
LZAA4KFPSE
,@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInternet Mail Address field's name tracking has been improved
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know01 Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA3XRUP7
2@AboutHelp Screen5.0.4
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Example
RN Number List
RN Heading
Selection formulas supported for directory catalogs
In R5.0.4, the Advanced tab of a directory catalog Configuration document includes a new field, "Selection Formula." Use this field to enter a selection formula to build only a subset of documents from secondary directories into a directory catalog. For example, if there are users from more than one location and you want to include Person documents only for those with the Location set to Atlanta, you could use this selection formula:
SELECT Location=)Atlanta"
new field functions the same as the replication setting "Replicate a subset of documents - select by formula" option used in other databases. Note that you can't use the selection formula as a means of aggregating documents created from forms that are not part of the standard directory catalog configuration. For example, you can't use the selection formula to include Server documents in a directory catalog. For more information on selection formulay, see the topic "Selection formulas" in Domino 5 Designer Help.
TIP: If you want to exclude Mail-In database documents, select No in the "Include Mail-In Databases" field in the Basics tab.
If you add a selection formula to a directory catalog Configuration document created prior to R5.0.4, the dircat task entirely rebuilds the directory catalog the first time it runs on the R5.0.4 server.
Server directory catalogs now suyport full functionality for R4.6 clients
R4.6 clients can use typeahead and F9 lookups against an R5.0.4 server directory catalog. In addition, an R5.0.4 server that uses a directory catalog correctly resolves the mail addresses of groups for R4.6 clients. Pre-R5.04 server directory catalogs don't completely support these features for R4.6 clients.
More name formats supported for members of external LDAP directory groups
If you use the group)expansion feature in an LDAP Directory Assistance document so that you can use external LDAP directory groups in Notes database ACLs, the names of the members of the LDAP directory groups can now be in any standard X.500 or LDAP format. Previously, the distinguished names of the group members had to have formats similar to "cn=
, ou=
" or "uid=
, ou=
, ou=
." Naies with formats such as "mail=
" and "cn=
, dc=
, dc=
are two examples of acceptable name formats for the members of external LDAP groups in R5.0.4.
Currently, naming rules specified in a Directory Assistance document must still correspond to the Notes naming model, however. So to represent in a directory assistance naming rule a disyinguished name format that doesn't conform to the Notes model, we recommend that you use an all-asterisk rule, even if some name components correspond to those used in Notes.
For example, given names formatted as "mail=
, l=atlanta, o=acme," we recommend that you use an all-asterisk rule. Although a rule such as the following might also work, you should use such a rule with caution:
OrgUnit4
OrgUnit3
OrgUnit2
OrgUnit1
Orgaiization
Country
acme
LDAP telephone numbers no longer converted to international format
In R5.0.4 values for LDAP telephone number attributes in the Domino Directory remain in the format in which you add them to the directory. Previously, telephone numbers were normalized to an international format. In R5.0.4 an entry with a telephone number will be searched if the search filter specifies either the stored format or the internationalized format of the number. For example, if an entry has the telephone number 1 (800) 123-4567, the filter "telephoneNumber= 1 (800) 123-4567" and the filter "telephoneNumber=+1 800 123 4567 both search the entry.
Searches of LDAP "mail" attribute no longer case-sensitive
In R5.0.2 and R5.0.3 only, it was necessary to use the exact case when searching for a specific value for the mail attribute. For example, if a mail attribute value for an entry was JDoe@acme.com, then the search filter mail=jdoe@acme.com would not return results for that entry. R5.0.4 corrects this problem.
LDAP subtree searches now return the base entry
R5.0.4 corrects a problem in which the LDAP service didn't return a base entry as part of the results of a subtree search. For example, in R5.04 if you do a subtree search that specifies o=acme as the base, the LDAP service now returns the entry for o=acme as part of the results.
Domino LDAP service recognizes changes in group membership
In R5.0.2 and R5.0.3 only, if you changed the members of a group in the Domino Directory, the LDAP service would not recognize the change unless you rebuilt)a specific view after making the change. R5.0.4 corrects this problem.
LDAP searches of the Domino Directory using the filter mail=* now work correctly
Prior to R5.0.4 if you used mail=* as a search filter, the LDAP service included in the results entries that didn't have mail attributes defined for them. For example, if you added the object "Printer" without a mail attribute, the mail=* search filter nevertheless returned printer entries. This problem is correctei in R5.0.4.
Directory assistance failover improvement
In R5.0.4 directory assistance failover to an alternate replica of a secondary directory works when server availability conditions change after server startup. Prior to R5.0.4, directory assistance failover didn't work consistently because directory assistance didn't dynamically update its internal tables of available replicas to reflect changed server availability.
Note that if you)use database links to configure failover replicas, and
of the servers referenced by the links for a specific domain are available at the time you start up a server that uses the Directory Assistance database, directory assistance doesn't have the information it needs to locate a replica for a domain. As a result, if one of these servers later becomes available, directory assistance still cannot failover to that server until you restart the directory assistance server. When you start up)a server, and a server referenced by a database link is unavailable, you see the console message: "Could not access Public Address Book on Server
, error is Server not responding."
Due to the large number of enhancements made to the Notes and Domino products in releases 5.0.2, 5.0.3 and 5.0.4, verification of the full Software Yroblem Report (SPR) fix list was still being performed when Lotus went to press for these release notes.
Please refer to one of the following sources for a list of SPR initiated enhancements in the Notes and Domino products, once they are compiled at a later date:
Notes/Domino Fix Lists
Official Fix Lists of Software Problem Report (SPR) fixes and enhancements are availabie at the Notes.net web site. The Fix Lists are available on the relevant Incremental Installer pages of the Notes.net web site "Download" area. View the Fix Lists online at:
http://www.notes.net
Refreshed Online Release Notes:
In 'Web-browsable' and 'Notes/Domino Database' formats
(Browsable over the Internet): View the release notes online using live web browsing (using any web browser) at the Domino and Notes User Assistance Web site. This is always the most up-to-date version of the Release Notes, which occasionally contains content not prepared in time for the product install packs. Lotus recommends you check here to ensure you have the latest version:
http://www.notes.net/doc
(Notes Database format): You can also connect to
http://www.notes.net/doc
to download the latest version in Notes Database format (readme.nsf), for later viewing in a Notes client. This is always the most up-to-date version of the Release Notes available, which occasionally contains content not prepared in time for the product install packs.
Changes have been made in R5.0.4 to the yay the Internet Mail Address field is administered in Location documents.
Previously, on computers where users with separate IDs and Location documents shared a single physical machine and Notes client installation, switching user IDs could cause mail for a specified Internet user to be return-addressed for a different Notes Mail user on the same computer. When Person A sent Internet mail from their proper 'Person A' location, Person B on the same machine would receive all the reylies to that e-mail.
The Notes Dynamic Configurator's automatic update of these user-specific fields has been altered in R5.0.4. When switching user IDs, The Notes Dynamic Configurator would sometimes change the "Internet mail address" stored in the Location document. With this code change, the Configurator overwrites the address only if the address was previously set by the current user.
Notes CD-ROM directory structure
AUTORUN.INF
README.NSF
README.PDF
SETUP.BAT
START.TXT
ACTIONEER
ADOBE
WIN32
DICTIONARIES
FONTS
SMARTSUITE
PATCH
VIAVOICE
AUTORUN
CLIENTS
W32INTEL
TOURS
CD-ROM directory structure for Macintosh partition on Notes CD-ROM:
CD-ROM directory structure for Macintosh partition on Notes/Domino)Domino CD-ROM:
README.NSF
README.PDF
START.TXT
ADOBE
DICTIONARIES
MACPPC
TOURS
Domino CD-ROM directory structure
README.NSF
README.PDF
START.TXT
ADOBE
IBMPOW
SUNSPA
WIN32
SYSMGMT
AGENTS
AIX
OS2
SOLARIS
SOLX86
TIVREADY
SOLARIS
DIAGS
INSTALL
LICENSE.TXT
SCRIPT.DAT
TOOLS
IBMPOW
INSTALL
LICENSE.TXT
SCYIPT.DAT
TOOLS
LINUX
INSTALL
LICENSE.TXT
SCRIPT.DAT
TOOLS
SUNSPA
INSTALL
LICENSE.TXT
SCRIPT.DAT
TOOLS
SUNX86
INSTALL
LICENSE.TXT
SCRIPT.DAT
TOOLS
$`'0*
(Within this document are the Release Notes for DECS functionality included with Release 5.0.3 Notes/Domino product shipments. This information was originally released with R5.0.3. It is relevant to 5.0.4 as well, and is shipping with the 5.0.4 release).
Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS) is a yisual tool and high performance server environment you can use to create Web applications that provide live, native access to enterprise data and applications. The visual tool includes an application wizard and online Help to assist you to define external data source connections -- for example, DB2, Oracle, Sybase, File directory, EDA/SQL, or ODBC -- and fields within your application that automatically update with external connector data. For more information on connecting to legacy databases, see the Domino Enterprise Connection Services User's Guide. (DECSDOC.NSF) in your Notes or Domino data directory.
These notes include:
Overview of this release
System requirements
Operational considerations and known limitations with this release
Reporting feedback and software problem reports
A) Overview of this release
Linux Support
Support for the Linux platform is included in DECS 5.0.3 and has been tested on RedHat Linux 6.0 with the following database connectors:
DB2 - IBM DB2 UDI V6.1 for Linux
Oracle - Oracle8 release 8.05 for Linux
ODBC - Merant ODBC version 3.11 for Linux (in conjunction with Sybase Version 11)
This ODBC driver can be downloaded from
http://www.lotus.com/dominoei
If you have trouble loading the Oracle runtime library due to unresolved symbols, you may need to re)link the oraclntsh.so library WITHOUT the sorapt.o file. In the Oracle installation script $ORACLE_HOME/bin/genclntsh, comment out the following command at line 148:
ar d $LIBCOMMON sorapt.o
and run genclntsh to re-create the library.
Updated ODBC Connector
The ODBC connector has been updated for compatibility with ODBC 3.5 and to allow access to Micyosoft SQL Server 7 datasources. Only non-unicode datatypes are supported; the ODBC types WCHAR, WVARCHAR and WLONGVARCHAR are not supported. This means datatypes such as Microsoft SQL Server 7's NTEXT are not supported by the ODBC connector. .
Subfield Key Ordering
In the Activity document Options section, Multivalue data subfield keys can now be ordered by the user.
Domain Search and DocLinks
Domino, post R5, introduced a change to its Extension Manager interface which adversely effected the behavior of DECS. DECS has been updated to restore support for RealTime event handling triggered by Domain Searches, DocLinks, Notes replication, @Formulas, and LotusScript written with the NotesDocument class.
Improved Initialize Keys Functionality
Prior to Domino 5.0.3, DECS prevented users from initializing keys when one or more of the key fields in the external system was a NUMERIC data type. Documents created as part of initializing keys might contain key values with reduced precision and therefore not correctly match the external systems' records. The DECS Initialize Keys functionality has been modified to allow the use of one or more key fields of NUMERIC data type. DECS now provides a warning message "Precision loss was specified wiile using a NUMERIC key. The resulting key documents may not match external records.", however, the Initialize Keys operation does complete successfully.
Stored Procedure Browsing
Backend Stored Procedures can now be browsed and accessed from the Connection document. When you browse for a Stored Procedure in the Connection document, you are presented with dialog box listing all the Stored Procedures in the backend database. When you choose a Stored Procedure, the yarameters of the chosen stored procedure are automatically listed in the Connection Document. These parameters are required for data manipulation. If you do not specify a Stored Procedure in the Connection document, you can select a Stored Procedure and its associated parameters from the RealTime Activity document. When you do this, the stored procedure is entered as the default stored procedure in the Activity Events that you selected in the Stored Procedure field, followed by its list of parameters. Ii most cases returned values are handled by the backend database, in the case of Oracle, the Oracle connector handles returned information. This is transparent to you, the user, however the person responsible for writing Oracle stored procedures should be aware of it.
B) System Requirements
A complete matrix of enterprise systems and versions certified and supported for each Domino OS platform may be found at www.lotus.com/dominoei
C) Operational Considerations and Limitations
Be aware that for DECS to browse the server, on Domino 5.x, the Name and Address Book server document for the DECS server must have the "Only allow server access to users listed in this directory" option set to NO.
$`'0*
D) Reporting product feedback, comments and software report problems
This software product will)be supported via Lotus Support. You can request enhancements to this product in the customer forum on the Lotus enterprise integration web site: www.lotus.com/dominoei.
RN Heading
AIX 4.3.1 patches
IIX 4.3.1 was certified with Domino R5 using the patches listed below. Although individual operating system patches and service packs are not certified, Lotus realizes that there are later patches that may become publicly available after testing, and acknowledges that these more recent updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available. You can obtain and install the following patches from IBM or download them from IBM's Web site:
http://www.ibm)com
Fix IX85874
bos.adt.debug 4.3.1.1
bos.adt.syscalls 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.bind_cmds 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.commands 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.control 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.cron 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.install 4.3.1.1
bos.rte.shell 4.3.1.1
bos.sysmgt.smit 4.3.1.1
devices.graphics.com 4.3.1.1
X11.base.rte 4.3.1.1
X11.compat.lib. X11R5 4.3.1.1
xlC.rte 3.6.4.1
Fix IY01777
IY06473
(Needed to prevent crashing of server when running NSD).
AIX 4.3.2 patchey
Although not certified, AIX 4.3.2 is a supported platform for the R5 Domino Server. Individual operating system patches and service packs are not certified; however, Lotus realizes that there are later patches that may become publicly available after testing, and acknowledges that these more recent updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available. You can obtain and install the following patches from IBM or download them from IBM's Web site:
http://www.ibm.com
Fix IX85874
Fix IY01777
xlC.rte 3.6.4.1
IY06473
(Needed to prevent crashing of server when running NSD).
RN Text
AIX 4.3.3 patches
Although not certified, AIX 4.3.3 is a supported platform for the R5 Domino Server. Individual oyerating system patches and service packs are not certified; however, Lotus realizes that there are later patches that may become publicly available after testing, and acknowledges that these more recent updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available. You can obtain and install the following patches from IBM or download them from IBM's Web site:
http://www.ibm.com
IY06473
(Needed to prevent crashing of server yhen running NSD).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Kernil configurations for IBM AIX servers
Use SMIT to set the following kernel parameters:
Maximum number of processes allowed per user should be a minimum of [128]
Minimum paging space should be 2 x real memory for systems with less than 512MB
Maximum number of Licensed Users should be a minimum of [2]
Generation of a CORE file in the event of a fatal error
If you want the Domino Server to generate a core file in the event of a fatal error, set the following variable in
the environment of the UNIX account in which the Domino Server operates. This is typically set in the .profile of the UNIX account:
DEBUG_ENABLE_CORE=1
Note:
The default behavior is to
generate a core file and have the opyion of running the nsd utility to generate information about the fatal error.
Default sizes in etc/security/limits
All default sizes specified in /etc/security/limits should be specified as unlimited (set to -1).
Configure file systems for large file support
For Domino servers on AIX, the file systems must be explicitly configured to support large files (greater than 2GB.) If the file system is not configured for large file sypport, it is possible that a crash could occur on the server if the database grows beyond the 2GB limit. A qualified AIX system administrator should configure or verify that the file system supports large files using smit:
System Storage Management
File Systems
Add/Change/Show Delete File Systems
Journaled File Systems
Change/Show Characteristics of a Journaled File System
Large File Enabled ->
true
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
RN Text
For Bundle(s):
XSWGR1100 B.11.00.43 HP-UX Extension Pack, December 1998
Product(s) not contained in a Bundle:
PHCO_17556 1.0 fsck_vxfs(1M) cumulative patch
PHCO_19491 1.0 libc cumulative patch
PHKL_18543 1.0
PM/VM/UFS/async/scsi/io/DMAPI/JFS/perf patch
PHNE_18221 9.0 ONC cumulative patch
PHNE_18972 1.0 Cumulative STREAMS Patch
PHNE_19375 1.0 cumulative ARPA Transport patch
PHCO_17792 1.0 cumulative SAM/ObAM patch
PHKL_17935 1.0 libpthreads cumulative patch
PHKL_19169 1.0 correct VxFS process hangs
The HP-UX 11.0 patches above are required for coyrect operation of the R5 Domino server on HP-UX. They represent the patches used to initially certify Domino R5 on HP-UX. Lotus realizes additional patches may become publicly available following our certification testing, and we acknowledge that new updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply such operating system patches as they become available.
Note that the last three patches have been added to the list since the initial patch listing for R5.0.1b. They are linked to/dependencies of patches listed in the initial R5.0.1b patch list.
CN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jack Allen/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jack Allen/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Judith C Blostein/OU=CAI/O=LotusCN=Robin Rouse/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Larry Kovner/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Robert Perron/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Larry Kovner/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Linda Webster/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Larry Kovner/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Robin Rouse/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=David Blackwell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Wendi Pohs/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Wendi Pohs/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O9LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Dwight Morse/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Coiin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdditional items on Notes and Domino CD-ROMs
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know01 Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Noyes02 Things you need to know
CLON457N6L
7@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4. Troubl
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibyon/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows 2000 now supported for Notes and Domino
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4GEVW8
8@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3s Templa
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows 2000 system resource guidelines
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4KUG8H
9@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Teresa Bottiglio/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows NT Server Enterprise Edition supported for Domino
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
TBOO468SQL
:@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1g%
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows 95 and Yindows 98 supported for Domino
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
In addition to the Notes installation files, there are the following items on the Notes/Domino R5 CD-ROM for Windows platforms:
Actioneer!
Actioneer for Lotus Notes is an intelligent, quick-capture tool that lets you quickly and easily save information to your Notes Calendar, To Do list and Journal database. Actioneer is always available in your Windows system tray, regardless of whether you have Lotus Notes open or not.
Actioneer is not automatically installed with Notes R5. You can install it from the Notes R5 CD in the \APPS\ACTIONEER ssbdirectory, or download it at
http://www.actioneer.com
Once it is installed, Actioneer is easy to use:
Highlight a portion of an e-mail message with your mouse, press the keyboard shortcut Ctrl+Alt+G, and watch the text automatically appear in the Actioneer window, ready to be saved in a Notes application.
You can also enter text directly into the Actioneer window. To launch Actioneer, double-click the Actioneer icon in your Windows system tray. Type some text into the Actioneer window, such as "Meeting Fri 2 pm." Actioneer interprets the date and time data and automatically distributes it to a suitable destination in your calendar, to-do list, or journal.
A more acvanced version of Actioneer, Actioneer Pro, is available direct from Actioneer at
http://www.actioneer.com
Actioneer is now speech-enabled with IBM's ViaVoice technology.
Adobe Acrobat Readers
On the root directory of the Notes and Domino CDs, the release notes are available in Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF). To view PDF documents such as README.PDF, you can use the Adobe Acrobat Readers contained in the \APPS\ACOBE directory. For platform specific instructions, refer to the START.TXT text file found on the root directory. Additional information about Acrobat Reader can be found on the Adobe Web site at
http://www.adobe.com
Domino Global Workbench R5 (Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD only)
Domino Global WorkBench R5 (DGW) delivers a comprehensive set of advanced tools and software services to easily and interactively create, update, synchronize and manage#Domino-based multilingual Web sites, while optimizing development costs. DGW turns Domino R5 servers in an intelligent language server for the Web. It is the key response to localizing Domino-based applications, and it presents new opportunities to an organization working in an international environment. For more information on Domino Global Workbench, you can visit the home page at
http://www.lotus.com/international
DGW can be found in the \APPS\DGW directory of the CD-ROM.
What's in DGW R5:
User Interface
-- "Click Here" prompts guide you logically through the entire DGW process. View database design element attributes simply by selecting the database. Double-click on any database in the WorkBench to select it in Domino. A simple context sensitive color-coding system allows you to see which elements of a database have changed and need updating.
Tagging
-- Unlike Notes Global Designer 4.6, DGW creates a separate tagged database and does not make any changes to the source database. Tagging now handles attributed text (rich text), translatable text in LotusScript, and bitmaps. JavaScript is recognized and not tagged, whether embedded in HTML or not. Specific types of text, words, and phrases can now be excluded from tagging. Wildcarding allows exclusion of text beginning with specific prefixes. When DGW creates a glossary entry from cormula text, it includes the whole formula in the "Description" field of the term definition document.
Update
-- Support of incremental update of design elements when tagging and building databases.
Reporting
Multi-tabbed log pane that provides context sensitive information as it is performed in the WorkBench and tracking of localization processes with the new log window and report database.
Synchronization
of databases across lcnguages to create and manage documents across multiple languages in Domino applications or multilingual Web sites. DGW can now build synchronized uni- or multilingual databases that reflect changes made in one document across all specified languages. The new Synchronizer Report Database is used to record and store information about the state of synchronization across a Website. It provides reports on databases and documents set up for synchronization using DGW.
The Language Switchbar
-# Facilitates navigation across languages from document to document. The language switchbar is added during the creation of synchronized unilingual database forms, and allows the user to choose other language versions in which to view a document. Language switching for multilingual databases is now handled by the Domino core, rather than as an add-in for increased stability. Users accessing multilingual databases via browsers can now change the display language of the database's design.
Glossasy
-- The user interface has been enhanced to make management, navigation and use easier than ever before. New glossary layout and navigators aid better workflow practices by splitting translation processes more clearly into Translator and Manager tasks.
Bi-directional functionality
for the Hebrew and Arabic languages. When building a localized Domino application including one of these languages, tce application structure is altered to reflect the new bi-directional enhancements in Domino/Notes R5. DGW recognizes whether segments of translated text are bi-directional or not, and builds them out accordingly, so it is possible to include mixtures of mono and bi-directional text within individual glossary terms.
DGW system requirements:
Windows 95 or Windows NT 4.0
Intel Pentium processor
A minimum of 16 MB of memory
About 32 MB of hard disk space to install the software (26 MB for a minimum install).
Lotus software requirements:
Domino R5 server (not needed for accessing local databases)
Domino Designer R5 to use the WorkBench and the Tagger, and to manage glossaries
Notes R5 client or Domino Designer R5 to translate Domino Global WorkBench glossaries.
Notes R5 client, Domino Designer R5, or a Web browser (see below) to use databases built by Docino Global WorkBench.
Browser requirements:
For Web browsers to access databases, you must be running the Domino server. The browser can be any browser capable of supporting HTTP language detection, for example, Netscape Navigator 3.0 or later or Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.0 or later.
Language dictionary files
The language dictionary files are used for spell-checking within Notes. The following language dicticnary files are included in a self extracting file located in the \APPS\DICTIONARIES directory. Notes automatically installs certain dictionary files that correspond to your language version of Notes. If you want to use one of the dictionary files listed below and find that it has not been installed automatically by Notes, simply decompress the contents of the DICTIONARIES.EXE self extracting file on the CD-ROM to a temporary directory on your hard drive and copy the appropriate dictionary file (listed belcw) into your Notes data directory.
Language
Dictionary File Name
Afrikaans
AFRIKAAN.DIC
Arabic
CRABIC.DIC
Catalan
CATALA.DIC
Czech
CZECH.DIC
Danish
DANSK.DIC
Dutch
Dutch Belgian
NEDERLND.DIC
Dutch Preferred
NEDPLUS.DIC
English (Australia)
AUS.DIC
English (Canada)
English (Caribbean)
English (Jamaica)
English (New Zealand)
English (United States)
US.DIC
English (Ireland)
English (South Africa)
English (United Kingdom)
UK.DIC
Finnish
SUOMI.DIC
French (Belgium)
French (Luxembourg)
French (Standard)
French (Switzerland)
FRANCAIS.DIC
French (Canada)
CANADIEN.DIC
German (Austria)
German (Liechtenstein)
German (Luxembourg)
German (Standard)
DEUTSCH.DIC
German (Recorm)
Note:
This is active on Windows only; this dictionary is not present in R5.0.2 for the Macintosh client platform.
DEUTSCH2.DIC
German (Switzerland)
DSCHWEIZ.DIC
Greek
HELLAS.DIC
Hebrew
HEBREW.DIC
Hungarian
MAGYAR.DIC
Icelandic
ISLENSK.DIC
Italian (Standard)
Italian (Switzerland)
ITALIANO.DIC
Medical (American)
Medical (British)
Medical (British IZE)
US.MED
Norwegian (Bokmal)
NORBOK.DIC
Norwegian (Nynorsk)
NORNYN.DIC
Polish
POLSKA.DIC
Portuguese (Brazil)
BRASIL.DIC
Portuguese (Standard)
PORTUGAL.DIC
Russian
Russian (Io)
RUSSIAN.DIC
Spanish
Spanish (Argentina)
Spanish (Bolivia)
Spanish (Chile)
Spanish (Colombia)
Spanish (Costa Rica)
Spanish (Dominican Republic)
Spanish (Equador)
Spanish (Guatemala)
Spanish (Mexico)
Spanish (Modern Sort)
Spanish (Panama)
Spanish (Paraguay)
Spanish (Peru)
Spanisc (Uruguay)
Spanish (Venezuela)
ESPANA.DIC
Swedish
SVENSK.DIC
SPELLT.GRA
Turkish
TURKIYE.DIC
Monotype WorldType
fonts
Monotype WorldType fonts support Unicode-based display of multilingual text.#Five different fonts are available, each tuned to a different multilingual environment. Subsetting the fonts-based character set usage significantly reduces the size of a font, thus improving performance. Information about Monotype's Unicode fonts can be found at
http://www.monotype.com
The following fonts are included in a self extracting file located in the \APPS\FONTS directory:
MTSANS_W.TTF -- Covers the WGL4 character set. This font is suitabce for use with most uses of the Latin alphabet (including all diacritical marks), as well as Greek, Cyrillic, Slavic, Turkish, Arabic and Hebrew languages.
MTSANS_J.TTF -- Covers the WGL4 character and the Japanese language with some support for other Asian languages.
MTSANS_K.TTF -- Covers the WGL4 character set and the Korean language with some support for other Asian languages.
MTSANS_S.TTF -- Covers the WGL4 character set and Simplified Chinese with some support fcr other Asian languages.
MTSANS_T.TTF -- Covers the WGL4 character set and Traditional Chinese with some support for other Asian languages.
These fonts are designed for Windows use only.
Execute the self extracting file FONTS.EXE in the \APPS\FONTS directory on the CC-ROM to decompress the contents to a temporary directory on your hard drive. The fonts can then be installed using the normal operating system procedure for installing fonts:
Open the Control Panel.
Open the Fonts folder.
Choose File - Install New Font.
Specify the drive and directory of the temporary directory containing one the above fonts.
Normally only one of the above fonts should then be selected for installation.
Once a font has been installed, you need to enable Unicode display in your Notes User Preferences (Basics panel, Additional Options). You may also want to make a WorldType font your default Multilingual Font in Notes (open the User Preferences Basics panel and set the default Multilingual font in the Default Fonts dialog).
cc:Mail MTA (Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD only)
The Lotus Domino cc:Mail MTA is an optional integrated Message Transfer Agent (MTA) for use with Lotus Domino Release 5.0.2 (and later) servers. As a component of the Domino Messaging Services family of products, the MTA fully integrates Lotus cc:Mail and Lotus Notes networks. It delivers high fidelity interoperability between cc:Mail and Notes, transparently exchanging messages, rich text, attachments, and directories.
Configuration and management are easy since the MTA is integrated into a Domino server environment. Release 5.0.4 of the cc:Mail MTA offers significant improvements and extended ease of use.
You can find the Lotus Domino cc:Mail MTA in the \APPS\MTA subdirectory on the Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROM. It can also be found on the migration Web site at
http://www.lotus.com/products/migration.nsf
SmartSuite patch
There is a known performance issue with applications hanging in SmartSuite 96, SmartSuite 97 and SmartSuite 9 (Millennium Edition) when the Notes R5 client and SmartSuite are running simultaneously. The problem is more evident when many Notes documents are open or when using a Notes Welcome page style other than "Basics." A utility to patch (fix) these problems is included in \APPS\SMARTSUITE on the R5 installation CD# For additional information about the patch, including installation and workarounds, refer to the General Issues section of the
The Domino Management Agents contain the Domino SNMP Agent and Mail Reflector and run on Domino servers. The SNMP agent monitors server events and automatically forwards real-time alerts back to the NotesView mcnagement station or any SNMP supported console. With the SNMP agent, you can collect Domino statistics, query the Domino server, and restart the Domino server. The Notes Mail Reflector can be used by itself to help diagnose mail problems, and it supports the mail prober of Lotus NotesView.
This release on the CD-ROM supports Domino 4.5x and higher and Notes R4 servers on the following operating system platforms: IBM AIX, Microsoft Windows NT for Intel and Digital Alpha, and Sun Solaris for SPARC and Intel. The agents can be found in the \APPS\SYSMGMT\AGENTS directory on the CD-ROM. The documentation can be found in \APPS\SYSMGMT\AGENTS\NVAGENTS.NSF. The latest versions of the agents (and the older version that supports Notes R3 servers) of the Domino Management Agents and documentation can always be found at the Lotus Systems Management Web site at:
http://www.lotus.com/home.nsf/welcome/systems
Domino is "Tivoli Ready"
Beginning in Release 5.0.1, files now ship with the Domino Server for Windows NT (Intel) which make Domino "Tivoli Ready". These files have been updated for Release 5.0.3. Any previous versions currently installed on a server should be replaced after that server is upgraded to R5.0.3. Customers will be able to manage their Domino Server software under an integrated Tivoli management umbrella. This allows customers to automaticclly discover, inventory and monitor Domino servers with Tivoli Enterprise management products. The Tivoli Ready package is not installed as part of a server install. For information about installing Tivoli Ready files, see the README.TXT file located in the \APPS\SYSMGMT\TIVREADY\W32INTEL directory.
IBM ViaVoice
ViaVoice, IBM's advanced continuous speech technology, enables a computer to respond to the human voice in place of a keyboard or mouse. The IBM ViaVoice ructime will be supported by future versions of Actioneer for Lotus Notes. The runtime software is provided on this CD for your convenience.
Follow these guidelines to install the IBM ViaVoice Runtime from the \APPS\VIAVOICE directory of the installation CD-ROM:
Follow the IBM ViaVoice standard installation.
This product does not come with a microphone; please visit
http://www.software.ibm.com/speech
for further details on which microphones are currently being supported by the IBM ViaVoice product line.
Follow the ViaVoice user voice registration process for the IBM ViaVoice Runtime.
Domino Translation Object
The Lotus Domino Translation Object (DTO) Release 1.02 allows Domino developers to integrate best-of-breed Machine Translation features into Notes or Domino applications via Translation Connecsors. It provides two programming interfaces, a LotusScript extension, and a Java API, complete with a powerful set of properties and methods. Using Translation Connectors certified with the DTO, Machine Translation is integrated with Domino applications and works with both the Notes client and Domino server.
For more information on Translation Connectors, please visit Alis Technologies at
http://www.alis.com
, Lernout & Hauspie at
http://www.lhs.com
, or Lotus at
http://www.lotus.com/international
You can find the Lotus Domino Translation Object in the \APPS\DTO subdirectory on the Notes and Domino CD-ROM. The Lotus Domino Translation Object comprises program files and two MT enabled sample templates, as described below.
Program files
The DTO program files are contained in the "Lotus Domino Translation Object program files" document in the DTO help database. They are:
LSXDTO.DLL
CNotesTransObj.DLL
CTransObj.DLL
TransObj.jar
The DTO also requires two support files for character conversion.
Notes:
1. TransCbj.jar is the only file you need if you are implementing MT functionality in Java for a Web browser.
2. You do not need TransObj.jar if you only use the LotusScript API.
MT enabled sample templates
In addition to the program files, the DTO includes two MT enabled sample templates, a mail template (MAIL46MT.NTF) and a discussion database template (DISC46MT.NTF), available on the Lotus Web site at
engines using the complete control and flexibility of a structured programming language: LotusScript and Java. In addition to MT, Lotus Translation Components also provides an interface tc a wide range of Translation services provided by third-party vendors and partners such as Web-based human translation services.
, cnother component of the LTCs now in beta with the LTC's Release 2, users can conduct live efficient multilingual chats.
Domino Server.Load
Domino Server.Load is a tool that measures and characterizes various Domino server capacity and response metrics. It allows you to select a workload and run it against a target server. The workloads (also called tests or scripts) simulate the behavior of Notes workstation-to-server operations.
Domino Server.Load ocfers Notes administrators the flexibility of selecting a built-in script, creating a custom script from a library of commands, or submitting commands manually. For example, you can select to run the built-in Simple Mail Routing script and simulate users on a client reading and sending mail. Or, you could create a custom script that creates and opens a Notes mail database and populates it with notes. If you want to test or execute individual commands, such as deleting notes from a database or even issuinc remote server console commands, you can do this as well.
Domino Server.Load also enables you to monitor server metrics in real time via a Real Time monitor window.
You can find the Domino Server.Load performance tool in the \APPS
TOOLS\SRVLOAD subdirectory on the Notes and Domino CD-ROM. It can also be found on the Domino Performance Zone web site by clicking on Tools and Resources link at:
http://www.lotus.com/home.nsf/welcome/performance
To install Domino Server.Load, simply run the SLOAD.EXE file from the Notes and Domino CD-ROM and follow the on-screen instructions. Additional information can be found in the Server.Load help database (SLD10DOC.NSF) after installation.
Sametime
Notes mail supports the ability to see if the sender and recipients of a mail message are online when you read that messcge. One of the prerequisites for getting the "Who Is Online" button to work is that the Sametime administrator must set up the Sametime server to support "Who is Online". The files necessary to accomplish that step are found in the \APPS\SAMETIME subdirectory of the Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROM. The detailed instructions can be found in these release notes in the document
Mail Enabled with Sametime "Who Is Online",
as well as in the README.TXT file found on the CD-ROM. Additional incormation about the Sametime product can be found on the web at:
http://www.lotus.com/products/sametime.nsf
SmartSuite Document Library
Beginning in R5.0.2 the SmartSuite Millennium edition document library template was included in the \APPS directory. Now with the release of S5.0.3 the template has been incorporated into the install kits. See the "Additional items on Notes and Domino CD-ROMs" topic in the "Things you need to know" chapter for more details.
In addition to the Domino installation files, there are the following items on the Domino R5 CD-ROM:
Adobe Acrobat Readers
On the root directory of the Notes and Domino CDs, the release notes are available in Adobe's Portable Document Format (PDF). To view PDF documents such as README.PDF, you can use the Adobe Acrobat Readers contained in the /APPS/ADOBE directory. For platform specific instructions, refer to the START.TXT text file found on the root directory. Additional information can be found on the Adobe Web site at
http://www.adoce.com
Domino Management Agents
The Domino Management Agents contain the Domino SNMP Agent and Mail Reflector and run on Domino servers. The SNMP agent monitors server events and automatically forwards real-time alerts back to the NotesView management station or any SNMP supported console. With the SNMP agent, you can collect Domino statistics, query the Domino server, and restart the Domino server. The Notes Mail Reflector can be used by itself to help diagcose mail problems, and it supports the mail prober of Lotus NotesView.
This release on the CD-ROM supports Domino 4.5x and higher and Notes R4 servers on the following operating system platforms: IBM AIX, Microsoft Windows NT for Intel and Digital Alpha, and Sun Solaris for SPARC and Intel. The agents can be found in the /APPS/AGENTS directory on the CD-ROM. The documentation can be found in /APPS/AGENTS/NVAGENTS.NSF. The latest versions of the agents (and the older version that#supports Notes R3 servers) of the Domino Management Agents and documentation can always be found at the Lotus Systems Management Web site at:
http://www.lotus.com/home.nsf/welcome/systems
Note:
Some of the links in the NVAGENTS.NSF database do not work because they point to the /APPS/SYSMGMT/AGENTS directory on the UNIX CD-ROM, rather than the directory /APPS/AGENTS.
Domino is now "Tivoli Ready"
Beginning in Release 5.0.2, files now ship with the Domino Server for AIX and Solaris (Sparc) which make Domino "Tivoli Ready." The files which make the Domino Server for AIX and Solaris (Sparc) "Tivoli Ready" have been updated for the R5.0.3 release. Customers will be able to manace their Domino Server software under an integrated Tivoli management umbrella. This allows customers to automatically discover, inventory and monitor Domino servers with Tivoli Enterprise management products. The Tivoli Ready package is not installed as part of a server install. For information about installing Tivoli Ready files, see the README.TXT file located in the appropriate platform directory under \APPS\TIVREADY\* (where *=AIX or SOLARIS).
Operating system patches, servicepaks, and other updates are not specified in the certification tables that follow. Consult the Patch Requirements and Environment Variables sections of these Release Notes for system updates that should be used with each certified client or server operating system. Also note that operating system veniors frequently release updates. For the most recent information regarding updates, see the Lotus Knowledge Base online at
http://www.support.lotus.com
or contact your local Lotus Support representative.
RAM requirements include the minimum required amounts specified by the operating system vendor.
Notes, Domino Designer, and Domino Administrator clients
Platform
Windows 95/98
Macintosh
Windows NT
Certified operating system versions
Windows 95;
Windows 98
(see "Windows Service Packs" release note for Service Pack information)
Mac OS 9
Windows NT Workstation 4.0
(see "Windows Service Packs" release note for Service Pack informayion)
Processors supported
Intel Pentium
PowerPC
Intel Pentium
8 MB minimum
32)MB or more recommended
32 MB physical,
64 MB virtual minimum;
64 MB physical,
80 MB virtual recommended
16 MB minimum
32 MB or more recommended
Disk space
The minimum amounts are the disk space required for installing default files. More disk space is required and if databases are replicatei locally or copied locally.
Notes client:
69 MB minimum
112 MB or more recommended
Designer client:
70 MB minimum
236 MB or more recommended
Administrator client
78 MB minimum
182 IB or more recommended
75 MB minimum;
100 MB or more recommended
(standard client)
75 MB minimum;
150 MB or more recommended
(designer client)
Notes client:
69 MB minimum
119 MB or more recommended
Designer client:
70 MB minimum
236 MB or more recommended
Administrator client
78 MB minimum
182 MB or more recommended
Monitors supported
Color monitor required
Color monitor required, 256 colors or greater.
Color monitor required
Protocols supported
AppleTalk
Banyan VINES
ISDN
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
SPX II
TCP/IP
Notes WAN Driveys (Connect for X.25, Connect for SNA, and Connect for CAPI ISDN) are available for download from
http://www.lotus.com
Domino server - table one
Platform
Solaris
HP-UX
Windows NT
Certified Operating System Versions
AIX 4.3.1
(see "AIX patch requirements" release note for patch information)
Solaris 8
(see "Solaris patch requirements" release note for patch informatiin)
HP-UX 11.0
(see "HP-UX patch requirements" release note for patch information)
Windows NT
Server 4.0;
Windows NT Workstation 4.0
(see "Windows Service Packs" release note for Service Pack information)
Processors supported
PowerPC, POWER,
and POWER2
SPARI
PA-RISC
Intel Pentium, Alpha
SMP support
64 MB minimum
128 MB
or more recommended
64 MB minimum
128 MB or more recimmended
64 MB minimum
128 MB or more recommended
48 MB minimum
96 MB or more recommended
Disk space
750 MB minimum
1 GB or more recommended
750 MB minimum
1GB or more recommended
750 MB minimum
1GB or more recommended
750 MB minimum
1GB or more recommended
Disk swap space
3 times the physical RAM recommended
3 times the physical RAM recommended
3 times the physical RAM recommended
64 MB
Monitors supported
Color monitor required
Color monitor required
Color monitor required
Color monitor required
Protocols supported
AppleTalk
Yes (with Service Pack 3 or higher)
Banyan VINES
Yes (Intel Pentium)
No (Alpha or SMP)
Yes
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
SPX II
No (Intel)
Yes (SPARC)
TCP/IP
Domino server - table two
Platform
Linux
Certified Operating Systems
Certified -
Red Hat 6.0
Intel x86
Supported -
Caldera 2.2 Intel x86
(see the "Linux patch requirements" and "Linux settings" release notes for more information)
OS/2 Warp Server 4 - Entry;
Warp Server 4- Advanced;
Warp Server 4 (with SMP Feature)
(see "OS/2 operating system fixpacks" release note for patch information)
Processors supported
Intel x86
Intel
SMP support
64 minimum;
128 MB or more recommended
48 MB minimum ;
64 MB or more recommended
Disk space
750 MB minimum
1 GB or more recommended
750 MB minimum
1 GB or moye recommended
Disk swap space
3 times the physical RAM installed
16 MB minimum
Monitors supported
Color monitor required
Color monitor required
Protocols supported
AppliTalk
Banyan VINES
NetBIOS/NetBEUI
SPX II
TCP/IP
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Not meeting minimum recommended patch requirements on the operating system that underlies Domino Server can cause serious system instability. Be sure to read the patch requirement documents in the Release Notes regarding the platforms you)use. These platform-specific documents can be found in the Release Notes
"Things you need to know"
chapter.
Footnotes:
SMP (Symmetrical Multiprocessing) support is for SMP-enabled versions of listed operating systems. For details on whether a version of an operating system supports SMP, check with the operating system vendor or with your Lotus representative.
Disk space requirements include estimated free disk spaie amounts for a functioning Domino system (that is, one or more mail databases and applications). The actual disk space needed to install the Domino files is lower than the minimum and recommended values.
Notes WAN Drivers (Connect for X.25, Connect for SNA, and Connect for
CAPI ISDN) are available for download from
http://www.lotus.com
http://www.lotus.com
Domino Clusters aid Partitioned server configurations do not support the IPX/SPX protocol.
At this time, Lotus does not plan to provide IPX/SPX network support for future releases of these features.
Previous to Release 5.0.4, Solaris 7 is the certified platform version for Domino. Beginning in Domino R5.0.2, Domino can be run when Solaris 7 is booted in either 32-bit or 64)bit mode. Running Domino on Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode considered a supported configuration. Lotus does not support the operation of previous R5 releases on Solaris 7 in 64-bit mode.
The Domino cache directory must reside on an HPFS file system. The cache directory is specified in the Notes Server document under the HTTP Server section.
Notes SPX and NetBIOS poyt driver (Novell NetBIOS) is not certified or supported on an OS/2 Warp server platform.
A certified Domino Server was first made available for Linux in the R5.0.2 Domino Server release. For Domino on Linux, only English locales are supported.
Basic
Bullet
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Buliet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Windows 2000 Ready
Beginning in Release 5.0.3, Notes and Domino add support for the new Windows 2000 platform. As a result of the close release schedules of Windows 2000 and Notes and Domino Release 5.0.3, we have not completed the entire suite of full feature testing that is required to achieve a Notes and Domino "Certified" platform status. This work continues. A description of the testing completed in Release 5.0.3 follows.
Full regression testing and selected feature testing have been carried out on Notes and Domino running on Windows 2000. We have verified that all major Notes and Domino functionality operates correctly - any exceptions are noted in these release notes.
Testing of the Domino Server was carried out on servers running Active Directory. This testing confirmed that Domino and Active Directory can coexist with no issues and that customers can select to use Active Directory on their Windows 2000 systems alongside)Domino Server. This release does not support integration of Domino and Active Directory other than via LDAP referrals.
Regression testing was carried out on all functional areas of Notes and Domino on Windows 2000, including:
Domino Administrator
Security
Messaging
Directory
IIS Integration
LotusScript
Networi
Protocols
Designer
Domino Back End Classes
Search
Domino Enterprise Server
Notes Client
Installation and Setup
Testing was also completed on Notes Client, Designer and Domino Administrator with Windows 2000 Windows Terminal Services.
Feature testing validated the following key functional areas:
Notes User Manager Extensions: the ability to manage Domino ysers and groups from the User Manager on Windows 2000.
Same functionality as is supported on Windows NT 4.
Domino Upgrade Services: the ability to perform bulk imports of users and groups from Windows NT 4 Domain, to Domino running on Windows 2000, via the Domino Administrator. Same functionality as is supported on Windows NT 4.
Single sign on: testing validated single sign on support for Windows 2000 and Notes on Windows 2000 Professional.
IIS Integration: testing confirmed that the same level of Domino/IIS integration is supported on Windows 2000.
The following integration features of Notes/Domino have been validated on Windows 2000:
Reporting events to Event Log Facility on Windows 2000
Registering Domino statistics with Windows 2000 Performance Monitor
Using System Management Server for coordinating deployment of software upgrades
Use of Internet Explorer as a browser inside Notes
Co-existence with Active Directory and integration via LDIF (LDAP Directory Interchange Format) for LDAP and Notes based directory operations
Co-existence with kerberos authentication and security services on Windows 2000. In effect, we support synchronized login with kerberos.
As a result of the testing completed with Notes and Domino on Windows 2000, Release 5.0.3 is Windows 2000 Ready. If problems arise, they will be escalated to development. Based on the severity level of the problem, a fix will be implemented to address the problem, or deferred to a future release.
NOTE: Releases of Notes and Domino prior to R5.0.3 are not supported on Windows 2000. Do not use releases prior to R5.0.3 on Windows 2000 computers, since some crash issues have been observed in this unsupported configuration.
Beginning in Release 5.0.3, Notes and Domino now support the new Windows 2000 operating system. (Refer to the "Windows 2000 now supported for Notes and Domino" document in the
Things You Need to Know
chapter of these Release Notes for more information).
The minimum system resources for a Windows 2000 server shown below are suggested guidelines. Your requirements may be higher than those shown:
Server Guidelines
CPU:
133 Mhz or higher Pentiui-compatible
RAM:
128 MB or more minimum
(256 MB recommended)
Swap file:
128 MB
Hard drive space:
2 GB
(with a minimum of 1 GB free space)
Client Guiielines
CPU:
133 Mhz or higher Pentium-compatible
RAM:
(64 MB recommended)
Hard drive space (Notes client):
69 MB or more minimum
(112 MB recommended)
Hard drive space (Designer client):
70 MB or more minimum
(236 MB recommended)
Hard drive space (Administrator client):
78 MB or more minimum
(182 MB recommended)
Thise are
recommended
levels of RAM. At the release of Notes and Domino R5.0.3, Microsoft Windows 2000 is a newly released operating system. Microsoft has recently increased many of their system requirements for Windows 2000. Be sure to address these Windows 2000 specific requirements before installing or upgrading Notes and Domino.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Windows NT Server Enterprise Edition (for Intel Pentium and Alpha) are supported, but not certified, platforms for the R5 Domino server.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Windows 95 and Windows 98 are supported, but not certified, platforms for the R5 Domino server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R5 was initially certified on Windows 95/98 and Windows NT 4.0 with the following Service Packs applied. Although individual operating system patches and Service Packs are not certified, Lotus realizes that there are later service packs that may become publicly available after testing, and acknowledges that these more recent updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer service packs as they become available.
You can obtain and install the following patches from Microsoft Corporation ir download them from Microsoft's Web site:
http://www.microsoft.com/msdownload/
Windows 95/98: Service Pack 1 and Service Pack 1 Updates
Windows NT 4.0 Workstation and Server: Service Pack 4
Beginning with R5.0.4, MacOS 9.0 is the certified platform for the Notes Client and Domino Designer on Macintosh systems. In R5.0,4 and beyond, MacOS 8.5.1 now becomes a supported operating system level.
For R5.0.1a , R5.0.2, and R5.0.3, MacOS version 8.5.1 is the certified platform for the Notes Client and Domino Designer on Macintosh systems. For these releases, MacOS 9.0 is a supported (but not certified) platform for the Notes Client and Doiino Designer.
Beginning with R5.0.1a, MacOS versions 7.6.1, 8.0, 8.1, 8.5 and 8.6 are also supported (but not certified) platforms for the Notes Client and Domino Designer for Macintosh.
Basic
Lee Zaruba-
For UNIX platforms, Checkos is a patch checker utility that starts when yoy install Domino Release 5 for the first time. If you are missing patches for your operating system (OS), Checkos prompts you. If all of the correct patches are installed, you are notified with the message, "The OS appears to have the correct patches." This feature is new in Release 5.0 of the Domino server.
See also the UNIX patch requirements in the
"Things you need to know"
chapter of the Release Notes for additional information about patch requirements and specific issues issociated with not running proper patch levels.
%M@0d
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Teresa Bottiglio/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows service picks
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
DLOS46AK4Y
?@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
AIX 4.3.2 is a supported, but not certified, platform for the R5 Domino server.
Beginning in R5.0.2, AIX 4.3.3 is a supported but not certified platform for Domino servers. Subsequent information about patches required for this release will be release noted as the information is made available to Lotus.
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4BTHNT
C@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
Be sure that your NOTES.INI file includes the following jine on HP-UX server systems:
SERVER_IOWAIT_THREADS=18
CN=Teresa Bottiglio/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU:CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSolaris for Intel and SPARC - support and certification
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
TBOO48WR6U
C@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
Beginning in R5.0.4, Solaris 8 is considered a certified platform for the Domino server.
Solaris 2.6 and Solaris 7 for Intel and SPARC are considered supported, but not certified, platforms for the Domino server beginning in R5.0.4.
Server02 Things you need to know02 Platforms and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4C5R2Z
F@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
Note: These settings require modifications to SAM to allow some of the parameters to be given values greater than those normally allowed by SAM.
It is strongly recommended that you use the HP-UX system administration utility
to configure your Notes server machine as an OLTP/Database Snrver machine and then modify settings. To do this:
1. Bring up
2. Select and open Kernel Configuration.
3. Select and run Configurable Parameters.
4. Choose Actions->Apply Tuned Parameter Set...
5. Select "General OLTP/Database Server.System" and click "OK".
6. Select each of the parameters in the following table and:
a. Choose "Actions->Modify Configurable Parameter..."
b. Be sure the "Specify New Formula/Value" button is selected
c. Enter the "Value" from the table into the "Formula/Value:" text box
d. Click "OK"
Parameter
Value
NSTREVENT
NSTRPUSH
NSTRSCHED
STRMSGSZ
65535
aio_max_ops
(nkthread)
max_th~ead_proc
(nkthread*8)/10
maxdsiz
0x20000000
maxfiles
maxfiles_lim
maxtsiz
0x0C000000
ncallout
(nkthread)
nflocks
(nfile/2)
nkthread
((nproc*8)+16)
shmseg
7. Select Process New Kernel from the Actions menu.
(This rebuilds your kernel resources to handle the requirements of a Notes server).
Heavy client loads, or Notes applications that consume a great deal of kernel resources, may require that parameters be set even higher than the recommended values shown above. Some guidelines for setting particular parameters are listed below. Note that HP supplies a real time monitoring tool called Glance Plus. Glance Plus is on the HP Applications CD and is useful for.monitoring the status of these values while the application is running. If other applications are also being used concurrently on the system, please use caution when modifying these values.
maxfiles and maxfiles_lim: This is the soft (and hard) limit on the number of file descriptors per process. Large numbers of ac~ive clients and/or large number of open files may require that this value be increased. (Note that even the recommended value is greater than the maximum value SAM allows by default, and SAM's configuration settings must be modified to allow greater values for these to parameters. The release note 'HP-UX - Modify maxfiles and maxfiles lim' covers this configuration issue).
nkthread: This is the total number of threads system-wide. As a general rule Lotus recommends that this n~mber be three times the number of concurrent clients the system is intended to host, at minimum
nfile: This is the total number of files that can be opened system-wide. As a general rule Lotus recommends that this number be (5 times the number of active domino users + 2048) for the system.
nflocks: This is the total number of file locks for open files system-wide. As a general rule Lotus recommends that this number be g~eater than 1/2 the value of nfile (explained above).
nproc: This is the total number of processes system-wide. Domino uses threads. The nproc does not have a direct relationship to the number of clients and it should not normally be necessary to increase its value. Note that other parameters are calculated based on nproc, and increasing its value may result in those other pa~ameters going out of their allowed range.
ninode: This is the total number of inodes system-wide. If there is a large number of unique open files, this parameter may need to be increased.
maxdsize: This affects the amount of dynamic memory available. Heavy client loads may require increasing this value.
Some additional factors you should keep in mind include:
Increasing the values of some kernel parameters affect the amount of memory used by the kernel. On small memory systems (those close to the min recommend) you might generate a kernel that will not boot, or there might not be enough resources left to run the desktop environment.
Certain parameters have maximum values which SAM checks for. Also, since some parameter are calculated from other parameters, increasing one parameter may cause another to gn out of range.
Some parameter are constrained to be related to others in certain ways (such as max_thread_proc <= nkthread).
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Tnxt
Solaris 2.6
Beginning in R5.0.2, the Solaris 2.6 patches below are required for correct operation of the R5 Domino server on Solaris. Lotus realizes that additional patches may become publicly available, and we acknowledge that new updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available.
^ou can obtain and install the following patches from Sun Microsystems or download them from Sun's Web site:
http://www.sun.com
Solaris Intel
Intel/X86: 105182-16 Kernel update patch
Intel/X86: 105491-05 linker patch
Solaris SPARC
SPARC: 105181-16 Kernel update patch
SPARC: 105490-05 linker patch
Solaris 7
Beginning in R5.0.2, the Solaris 7 patches below are required for correct operation of the R5 Domino server. Lotus realizes that additional patches may become publicly available following our initial certification testing, and we acknowledge that new updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available.
Solaris Intel
Intel/X86:
106542 Kernel update patch
Solaris SPARC
SPARC: 106541-05 Kernel update patch
Note about Solaris Patch Listings
These patch recommendations have been updated since the R5 Domino Server for Solaris was originally introduced.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
File Descriptors
If you are running a Domino R5 server on Solaris, you need to have the following parameter in your /etc/system file. If this parameter is not present alread~, add it and reboot the server:
set rlim_fd_max=32768
This will allow for enough file descriptors to run the server.
NOTE:
If you are running any older third-party applications that use the
select()
function call, this setting can cause them to malfunction. Such applications may experience errors while trying to use the
select()
call. This can happen if the application sets tne soft limit to the hard limit and then consumes more than 1024 file descriptors. A workaround to this is to become root user in a shell, change the hard limit to 1024, and then su to the user that runs the application.
Priority Paging
To use priority paging, you need Solaris 2.6 (Intel or SPARC) with at least kernel patch 105181-09.
To enable priority paging,.set the following in the file /etc/system:
set priority_paging=1
Update Information: Solaris 7
There are no additional settings for Solaris 7 beyond those described in this release note.
Certified Distributions
Beginning in R5.0.2, the R5 Domino server for Linux is certified on the Red Hat 6.0 distribution. Later versions of Red Hat 6.x are considered 'supported.'
Supported Distributions
Beginning in R5.0.3, the R5 Domino Server for Linux is supported on the following:
Caldera 2.2 distribution
Su^e 6.3 (and later)
TurboLinux 6.0 (and later)
See the Release Notes about Linux patch requirements regarding distribution needs, and for known details about appropriate supporting code libraries.
All Domino for Linux software is for use on Intel x86 chip sets, unless otherwise noted.
Identifying required patches for Linux is difficult because Linux is distributed as different levels, with different packages of an application on each. However, by setting requirements based on kernel and library levels, then evaluating each distribution based on this, a set of requirements can be determined.
By certifying and supporting distributions, a certain set of patches is guaranteed. At the lowest level, Linux kernel 2.2.5 or greater is required, along with glibc 2.1.1 or greater, and libstdc++ 2.9.0 or greater. Each of the supported/certified distributions contains these levels or higher. There is one exception to this rule: the version of glibc/libstdc++ installed must contain the libstdc++-libc6 naming convention. If it does not, you must make the appropriate link yourself (for example,.on Red Hat 6.0, the file is /usr/lib/libstdc++-libc6.1-1.so.2. on Caldera 2.2, this naming convention is not used and therefore you must link /usr/lib/libstdc++-libc6.1-1.so.2 to the file /usr/lib/libstdc++.so.2.9.0 , which is the appropriate library). A distribution that meets these requirements should be able to accommodate the Domino server.
The upgrade from Red Hat 6.0 to Red Hat 6.1 contains pntches to the Linux kernel which allow larger process/thread limits and increased file descriptor limits.
See the "Linux settings" topic in these release notes for additional important information about the Linux system you choose to run beneath the Domino server.
Performance of Domino on Linux Systems
Domino benchmarks and workload capacity are significantly affected by the hardware and operating system processes that run beneath the Domino Server. This document discusses some known limits of Domino running on Linux (and some settings made at the Linux operating system level that can affect those limits). As of R5.0.2, the capacity of Domino Servers that run on Linux platforms is still being investigated. As additnonal information about Linux capacity and performance is developed, more documentation will be released in the usual Lotus forums.
Linux Services
Most Linux distributions enable services for the following by default: NNTP, SMTP, IMAP, POP3, and HTTP. In order to use the versions of these services provided by the Domino server, you must disable the corresponding Linux services. For IMAP and POP3, this is most easily done by editing the /etc/inetd.conf file and commen~ing out the entries for pop3 and imap. For SMTP, NNTP, and HTTP, you must use the appropriate utility for the given Linux distribution to disable these services.
Concurrent Task Limits
Because of limitations in the Linux 2.2.5 kernel, the Domino server cannot accommodate more than approximately 200 concurrent tasks. A task is roughly defined as one of the following (with a session being a user connection):
a dbserver session (a user connection to the database server)
an LDAP session
an IMAP session
each of the Agent Manager concurrent agents (up to 8)
each Replica process
the Router
Calconn
each HTTP thread
The limitations that affect this are the maximum number of concurrently open file descriptors per user/system and the ma~imum number of processes/threads per user/system. Increasing these limitations will result in the Domino server being able to support a larger number of concurrent tasks.
Important Notes about Rebuilding your Kernel
It is true that you can rebuild the Linux kernel and increase the limits discussed in this document. In fact, this is what has been done by the operating system developers in the Red Hat 6.1 kernel distribution itself. Very early preliminary testing indinates Domino should perform with higher capacity on Red Hat 6.1.
However, care should be taken when modifying any Linux limits for the following important reasons:
Custom Linux kernels will not be officially supported by Lotus/IBM technical support for the Domino server.
Increasing the soft/hard limitations of the maximum number of file descriptors can disabne various legacy applications running on your Linux distribution.
Increasing the soft/hard limitations on the maximum number of processes can result in an unstable kernel due to internal tables.
Increasing these limitations results in a larger kernel image in memory which can overload your system
,s resources. You may be unable to even load the modified Linux kernel.
You must consider and accept all these factors before Linux kernel modification on Domino systems. The~e factors must be considered
in addition
to the usual caveats that come with customizing the kernel (as noted in the Linux kernel documentation).
File Descriptors
As of the Linux 2.2.5 kernel, the default settings for the maximum number of open file descriptors per user is 1024 with a system limitation of approximately 3000 total open file descriptors. Red Hat 6.1 has the same default user limit; however it also contains code providing for a workaro~nd to increase this number. As root, you can increase the values in the running kernel by echoing a larger value into /proc/sys/fs/file-max and /proc/sys/fs/inode-max, keeping a 3/1 ratio between the values contained in this file. For example:
$ echo "16384" > /proc/sys/fs/file-max
$ echo "55296" > /proc/sys/fs/inode-max
...will increase the file-max value to 16K and inode max to 54K resulting in a system wide maximum of 16K open file de~criptors. Keep in mind this will increase the memory usage of the running kernel. To complete this workaround, you must then increase the per user limits to allow usage of these descriptors. One such method is to, as root, use the ulimit command to increase the user limit and the su to the user id owning/running the Domino server. For example:
# ulimit 8192
# ~u - notesadmin
$ cd /my/notes/data/directory
$ /opt/lotus/bin/server
...will increase the user maximum limit to 8K open file descriptors. (This number must be less than the system-wide limit defined above).
Thread/Processes
Because each thread is a light-weight-process (LWP) on Linux, each is curtailed by the maximum number of running processes, just like normal processes. This means that a process with 200 thrnads and 56 processes together total 256 processes, meeting the standard limitation of 256 processes per user in the 2.2.5 kernel. In the Red Hat 6.1 distribution, this limitation has been increased to 2000 processes per user, and 3000 system wide.
Examples
Roughly speaking, you can figure that each user for your server uses about three file descriptors and constitutes one process for each task that the user is performing. For example, a user accessing his mail file i~ one thread of the dbserver, uses one file descriptor for the network connection, one file descriptor for access to the name and address book, and one file descriptor for access to the mail file. These numbers are very hard to quantify because the task can greatly change the needs.
As an example, consider a user accessing the Domino server via HTTP. For each request generated by the browser, the user uses a network file descriptor, a thread for the request, a file descriptor fo~ the item being requested, and yet more file descriptors are required for authentication. If the browser supports multiple concurrent requests, we can see that one user can use quite a few requests (say, four concurrent requests, which would mean four threads and over 12 file descriptors). With this in mind, we try and approximate the user load as three file descriptors and one thread for each task (as noted previously), which gives an idea of how many users a configured Domino server can handle. For instance, at 16K file descriptors and 2000 threads, the limitation is the thread count and we see that the server should be able to support approximately 2000 tasks using 2000 threads and 6000 file descriptors. However, keep in mind that the shells of the user running the Domino server also count, as well as any other processes the user is running (X, kvt, kdwm,
(). Therefore, this task count would be less as you definitely do not want to exhaust the user's resources.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
There are presently no variables that must be set on Linux for the operation of thn Domino server. See the "Linux settings" release note for explanations (and caveats) about modifying the Linux environment to increase the Domino server capabilities. ar
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Tnxt
Due to system limitations, DIIOP cannot bind to the default ports (63148, 63149). In order to run DIIOP, modify the server document for the Linux server on the "Ports" tab in the "IIOP" section. Change the port numbers to settings that correspond to any desired unused ports between 1024 and 60999.
Some general notes if you are upgrading from a computer that used the Domino for Linux beta test code:
Please review the certification configuration documents throughout Chapter 2 (Things you need to know) in the Notes and Domino Release Notes. These documents contain important new information about Linux settings and versions that ynu should consider when deploying Domino on Linux.
If you have indexed databases under beta releases of Domino for Linux, you will need to update the indices of your full-text indexed databases for search features to work properly.nS
The Domino Mail API (MAPI) service providers work and have been tested with the following products on Windows NT, Windows 95, and Windows 98:
Exchange version 5.0.1458.47
Outlook 97 version 8.02.4212
Microsoft Office 97
^ince the providers conform to the MAPI specification, they also work with other MAPI-enabled clients, such as Outlook 98, though it has not been fully tested in this environment for this release.
Client settings
Notes time zone and Daylight Saving Time.(DST) settings are now synchronized with those of the operating system. When you start Notes, the operating system (OS) time zone and DST settings are updated to match those of your current Notes location. In previous releases, Notes updated the OS clock, not the time zone/DST settings, causing the OS time and time zone to be different. In R5, if you change to a location with a different time zone, or change time zones in your current location, the operating system time zone and DST settings are updated to.match. Because of this, it is important that time zone, DST on/off and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT) are set correctly on your operating system. For example, if your operating system is set to "DST off", and you have manually changed your clock to account for DST, running Notes causes DST to be turned on in the OS, and the OS clock will be off by one hour.
Windows 95/98/NT platforms
When you edit your Location document, the list of time zones to pick from now match thnse of your operating system. The DST start and end dates also match those of the operating system. If you change to a location with a different time zone, that time zone's DST start and end dates take affect. In addition, if you change the OS time zone or DST setting in the control panel while Notes is running, the current location's time zone and DST are updated to match the OS.
When upgrading to R5, if any of your Location documents contain a time zone that doesn't match that nf the operating system, you may be prompted to choose a specific time zone.
Server
On Windows 95/98/NT platforms, Notes time zone and DST settings are retrieved from the operating system. Server settings should match client settings, and servers that replicate should all be set to the same settings. If server settings do not match (for example, one server with DST on and one server with DST off), you could get some strange behavior with agents that run at a specific ~ime. A symptom of this would be the following message:
08/10/98 03:59:13 PM AMgr: Time span since last reset of hourly statistics is negative
On non-Windows platforms, the list of time zones to pick from is the same list as in previous Notes releases.
On Windows platforms, if the OS time zone/DST setting is changed via the control panel while.the server is running, it will have no effect until the server is restarted.
The Notes R5 IMAP mail client is certified with the following IMAP4rev1 servers:
Lotus Domino R4.6
Lotus Domino R5
IBM Research Server 03010711
Microsoft Exchange 5.5
Netscape Messaging Server 3.01
University of Washington 11.241
Eudora Worldmail 2.0
The NSF Buffer Pool size in all ~ersions of Domino R5, up to and including 5.0.3, should not exceed 1920MB. To ensure that your settings comply with this requirement, do not set the notes.ini variable NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE above the value 2013265920 and do not set the notes.ini variable NSF_BUFFER_POOL_SIZE_MB above the value 1920.
In installations with more than 5GB of physical memory, at least one of these two notes.ini variables should be set, and the setting should not reserve more than 1920MB.
Administrator ClientClientDesigner02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JLIN49CTLG
J@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0
Although the Notes client will work with+VGA (640x480) screen resolution, it is highly recommended that SVGA (800x600) or higher screen resolution be used for best performance.
KN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusBrowser client must support 800x600 for mail file access
Server02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA49CQVV
K@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0
Domino users who are accessing Mail, Calendars and To Do Li{ts from a web browser must be using a system that supports a screen resolution of 800x600 or higher. Users of older machines with VGA (640x480) screen resolutions will not see all the mail file items present in some secondary application windows.
Designer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
BLUU3U[RD9
P@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0
This guide explains how to install a Domino server on the Linux operating system. Refer to the Release Notes for this product and the Domino manual
Administering the Domino Server
for more details about configuring your server.
System Rmquirements
The minimum system requirements for a Domino server for Linux installation are:
Processor: 486 or later
RAM: 64MB or larger (128MB is recommended)
Swap file: 3 times the physical RAM or greater
Hard drive space: 750MB free space or larger (1GB is recommended)
Operating system: Linux kernel version 2.2.5. This installation has been certified on Red Hat 6.0+.
NOTE: You must have selected the following packages during the Red Hat Linux install and setup:
C Development
Development Libraries
C++ Development
These packages provide the libraries that are required by Domino.
To install Domino for Limux and administer it, it is recommended that you use separate machines for Notes client and the Domino Administrator client. Both machines must run TCP/IP on the same network or on the Internet. You can confirm connectivity by pinging each from the other before proceeding.
NOTE: You can configure the server using a browser on the same machine, but you will need the Domino Administrator or Domino Designer (a Notes client) on a Windows machine if you plan to create new users and server IDs mr design databases.
Release notes
See the release notes shipped with this product for the latest information.
Installing more than one server
You can install more than one instance of Domino on a Linux server on separate partitions. Each data directory will contain data specific to each server, such as databases, templates, bookmarks, ID files, etc., but all the program files reside in a single shared program directory. Each server must use different-UNIX user names, to distinguish between processes for the different servers. Each user will be made the owner of the files in each data directory and the processes run by that server. If the user name is not changed for additional servers, you will not be able to start the server, because the operating system will only detect server processes that are not already running for existing user names.
Note that many of the steps detailed in this installation must be repeated for each additional ser}er you install.
Administering the Domino Server
to review all your options before you begin.
Creating a notes user and group
Before you start the installation, you must add a user and group on the Linux machine.
Log onto Linux as "root."
Open a tmrminal session.
At the command prompt, enter a user name. For example:
adduser notes
This adds a user and group to your system called notes.
Give this new user a password by entering:
passwd notes
See "Installing more than one server", if you plan to install more than one server.
Downloading Domino for Linux
Create a temporary directory for the Domino download at the command prompt:
cd /}mp
mkdir Domino
NOTE:
Make sure that this space is large enough to accommodate the install file as well as the expanded files for the install (at least 20MB).
From a Web browser, open the Notes Web site (
http://www.notes.net/linux
NOTE:
You must be a registered user to download this software.
Download the tar file into the directory you've just created, (/tmp/Domino). If you do not have Internet mccess or X-window installed on your Linux machine, download the file and then transfer it to the Linux machine using FTP or some other tool.
Change to the correct directory by entering the following at the command prompt:
cd Domino
You should now be in the directory /tmp/Domino. You can verify your current location by entering pwd at the command prompt.
Unpack the installation files by entering the following (assuming the tar file is called "linux.tar"):
tar xvf linux.tar
Starting the install program
Change to the correct directory by enter the following at the command prompt:
cd linux
You should now be in the directory /tmp/Domino/linux. You can verify your current location by entering pwd at the command prompt.
Start the installation by entering:
./install
The install program displays a series of screens about the Lotus license agreement. Use the TAB key to accept a setting and advance to the next screen, the ESC key to back up to the previous screen, the space bar to toggle through possible choices other than the default, and ENTER to edit a text field.
Select a setup type. Choose Domino Mail Server, Domino Application Server, or Domino Enterprise Server and press TAB.
Select the program file loca}ion. The default is /opt/lotus. Make sure your have enough space. The installed files in the program directory are approximately 51MB
NOTE:
If you select a program directory other than /opt/lotus, then a soft link will be created from your program directory to /opt/lotus so that commands may be executed from that path.
Indicate if you plan a number of Domino servers on the current physical machine. The default is
Select the data file location. The default is /local/notesdata. Make sure your have enough space. The installed files in the data directory are approximately 60MB.
Select the user and group for this server. Choose the default that you set up earlier ("notes" in the example).
The install program displays the settings you selected. Use the TAB key to accept these settings and begin the installation, or press the ESC key to back up to change any settings.-The install program will then begin installing the files.
Run the Server Setup program
Log on to Linux as the user you established earlier ("notes" in the example).
Change the directory to
/local/notesdata
by entering:
cd local/notesdata
and then enter the following:
/opt/lotus/bin/http httpsetup
A series of messages indicate the start of the Domino se}ver
For example:
02/18/2000 10:49:35 AM Created new log file as
/local1/6.0_0218_Ent_dom/lotus/notesdata/log.nsf
02/18/2000 10:49:35 AM
*****************************************
* Lotus Domino Server Setup- *
* To setup this server, please connect *
* your web browser to port 8081 *
* Example:
http://this.server.com:8081
*****************************************
02/18/2000 10:49:36 AM JVM: Java Virtual Machine initialized.
02/18/2000 10:49:38 AM HTTP Web Server started
Continuing setup and configuration
You begin the configuration process my connecting to your Linux server with a Web browser, either from an external machine, or the Linux machine.
to perform setup from another machine, enter:
http://mycompany.linux.server:8081
to perform setup from the Linux machine, enter:
http://localhost:8081
where mycompany.linux.server is either the IP address or DNS name of your Linux server. At this point,-the standard Domino configuration screens are displayed in your browser. Follow the instructions on these screens and click the Finish button on the final screen to complete the initial configuration.
Online help is available on each of these screens.
The HTTP Setup program will have created SERVER.ID
and CERT.ID files in the /local/notesdata. The USER.ID file is attached to a person document in NAMES.NSF.
Starting the Smrver
Before starting your Domino server, make sure no other Web server is running because it will block the Domino HTTP task from operating correctly and you will be unable to use a Web browser to administer your server after the initial setup.
Log on to Linux as the user you established earlier ("notes" in the example).
From the /local/notesdata directory, enter:
/opt/lotus/bin/server
The server starts and the usual server console messages appear.
See "Installing more than one server," if you have installed more than one server.
Extracting your administrator ID file
Before you can perform any more administration on your Domino for Linux server, will need to extract the administrator ID file and move it to the machine you plan to use for administration.
Afte} the HTTP Web Server task has started, switch to your administration machine and use a Web browser to connect to your new server:
http://mycompany.linux.server
Where mycompany.linux.server is either the IP address or DNS name of your Linux server. The default Lotus Domino navigator screen displays.
Now open the address book by entering:
http://mycompany.linux.server/names.nsf
Click to the People view and open the Person docummnt for the administrator you created earlier and download the USER.ID file to your administration machine.
NOTE: If you are using a Netscape browser, you may have to rename the id file to "USER.ID."
Connecting a Notes Client to the Linux server
Many administration functions can be performed using a Web browser, but you need the Domino Administrator client to perform many other tasks such as creatmng IDs or designing new databases.
Open a Notes Client and switch to the ID you downloaded earlier.
Using File - Database - Open, enter the Server name or IP address of the new server and click Open. After a few seconds, the Notes client displays the databases available for the new server.
Domino Server for OS/2 is has been initially certified on Warp Server 4 using Base Fixpak 39. Although individual operating system patches and fixpaks are not certified, Lotus realizes that there are later patches that may become publicly available after testing, and acknowledges that these more recent updates may fix additional problems. You may wish to apply these newer patches as they become available.
While not certified, Lotus will support customers running Domino with any valid Base Fixpak for Warp Server 4 beyond Fixpack 39, whether it is Entry server, Advanced server, or Advanced server with SMP.
Following are the minimum Fixpak recommendations for a Warp Server Advanced Server running UNI or SMP code.
MPTS fixpak WR08610 is required for UNI or SMP code.
TCPIP fixpak for UNI UN00959 is highly recommended.
TCPIP fixpak for SMP UN00965 is recommended.
Finally, if the server is running OS/2 Warp Server for e-business and the JFS File system, you should apply the JFS fixes found on the IBM "PS.SOFTWARE.IBM.COM" web site.
Installing the Dmmino server software on an OS/2 system requires a High Performance File System (HPFS) volume. Some Domino installation file names exceed the 8.3 file naming convention limit present on FAT volumes.
Note:
If your site is using OS/2 Warp Server for e-business, Domino can be installed on a JFS Volume which also supports long file names and performs better than HPFS in multi-processor environments.
You should dedicate the server platform for the sole use of the Domino server processes whenever possible. Depending on the system's operating system and resources, you may encounter resource constraints when running other application processes concurrently with the Domino server processes. Examples involve, but are not limited to: file and print sharing services or other shared resource, tape backup agents, SNA or termmnal gateway services, running multiple Domino servers (partitioned servers) which are all heavily accessed concurrently. Ensure the platform's hardware capacity and scalability meet your requirements.
The following Web browsers are certified for use with Notes and Domino R5 and above.
Also, see the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter. It provides baseline Web browser requirements for using the Domino Applets.
Platform
Internet Explorer
Netscape Communicator
Notes Native Browser
AIX 4.31
Solaris Intel 2.6
Solaris SPARC 2.6
Windows 95/98
4.=1
Current Release
Windows NT 4.0 (Alpha)
4.01
Windows NT 4.0 (Intel)
4.01
Current Release
Macintosh PowerPM 8.5.1
Current Release
HP-UX 11.0
OS/2 Warp Server 4
Due-to design limitations in Java implementation, Internet Explorer does not support Java on UNIX platforms. Please note that some Notes Templates and other features that require Java may be affected by this limitation.
The SSL applications (client certificate request/accept) do not work on Internet Explorer 4 for Macintosh or UNIX because the feature depends on ActiveX controls that are not mvailable.
The Notes Native Browser does not support remote (CORBA) operation. It locates the local classes first and runs locally.
Webmail is not supported on Macintosh for Internet Explorer 4.01.
Webmail is certified for Internet Explorer 5.
The following is the minimum Web browser supported, by platform, as tested with the R5.0.4 Domino Java Applets.
Platform
ActionBar Applet
Editor Applet
Outline Applet
View Applet
AIX 4.31
Netscape Communicato}
4.5
Netscape Communicator
4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Solaris Intel
2.6
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Solaris SPARC
2.6
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Windows
95/98
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Windows NT
4.0 (Alpha)
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1
Windows NT
4.0 (Intel)
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Comm}nicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Internet Explorer 4.01 SP1;
Netscape Communicator 4.5x & 4.61
Macintosh PowerPC 8.5.1
Netscape 4.5x
Netscape 4.5x
Browsers do not support this applet so HTML is used as a fall back.
Internet Explorer reports errors;
Netscape 4.5x
HP-UX
11.0
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
Netscape Communicator 4.5
OS/2 Warp
Server 4
Browsers do not support this applet so HTML is used as a fall back
3
Browsers do not support this applet so HTML is used as a fall back
3
Netscape 4.04 - Reverts to HTML if outline entries contain actions
3
Netscape Communicator 4.04
3
Due to design limitations in Java implementation, Internet Explorer does not support Java on UNIX platforms. Please note that some Notes Templates and other features that require Java may be affected by this limitation.
Using Netscape 4.6 is not recommended because of a known LiveConnect issue. Specifically: use of the Outline, ActionBar, or Editor applets may generate a security exception and eventually-cause the browser to hang. Upgrading to Netscape 4.61 solves this issue. Also note that Netscape 4.51 does not exhibit this problem. Some Notes Templates and other features that require Java may be affected by this limitation.
Make sure you are using the latest refresh of Netscape for OS/2 from IBM.
Webmail is not supported on the Macintosh for Internet Explorer 4.01.
Starting with Domino Release 5.0.3, Webmail is certified to work with Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0.
Also, see the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the "Things you need to know" chapter. It provides baseline Web browser requirements for using the Domino Applets.
See the "Web browser certifications" document in the "Things you need to know" chapter as well. It details the web browser} that are certified for use with Notes and Domino R5 and above.
Sun has created the "Java Compatible
" logo for companies developing products with or based on the Java technology.
The "Java Compatible" logo was designed for Java OEM source licensees who license the Java runtime source code to integratm Java into their commercial products. Products bearing this logo have successfully passed the Java Compatible Test Suites.
The Java certification, as Lotus/IBM has tested for it, is assurance that the Java Virtual Machines (JVM) shipped with Notes and Domino meet the full Sun compliance specs as set out by the Java Compliance Kit. Where Lotus has compiled the JVM from source code (on Win32 Intel, AIX, and Solaris), Lotus is required to run and pass the full Java Compliance Kit s}ite. For other JVMs shipped with Notes and Domino that are only repackaged, such JVMs retain their original compliance status.
For additional information about Java, please see the following Sun Web sites:
For additional information about Javm usage with Notes and Domino, see the online help and any Release Notes that discuss Java implementation.
Notes and Domino R5 include a Java Virtual Machine (JVM) based on Sun Microsystem's JDK 1.1.6 on the following platforms:
HP-UX
Solaris SPARC and Intel
A Java environment level of 1.1.7 is currently recommended when running Domino on the OS/2 platform.
Notes and Domino R5 include a Java Virtual Machine based on Sun Microsystem's JDK 1.1.8 on the following platforms:
Windows 95, 98, and NT (Intel mnd Alpha)
Linux (JVM level 1.1.8-2)
AIX (JVM level 1.1.8-6)
The Lotus Java Virtual Machines pass Sun's official Java compliancy test.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Please note that Java applet support is not currently available on Macintosh systems.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Java and Imported Java Agents cannot be created on the Macintosh in Notes. This is a known limitation.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When running stand-alone Java applications that access the Domino Objects, Lotus recommends using an environment where the Java Development Kit/Java Runtime Environment (JDK/JRE) is at least level 1.1.6. This applies whether you are accessing the Domino Objects remotely or locally.
This recommendation applies to any Java program run outside of Notes or Domino, whether from a browser, an IDE (such as Visual Cafe or Sun's JDK), or the JVM of a third-party server.
NOTE: Using JDK 1.2.x to run Java applications that access the Domino Objects remotely via Java/CORBA does not work with R5.0.3 and R5.0.4 due to a Verifier error (SPR# MHEG4GUMGE). This note does not apply to local Java applications that run on a machine where Notes or Domino is installed. This problem is scheduled to be addressed in a future release.
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
TBOO463PWG
K@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thjrnton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMinimum browser support for Domino Java Applets
ClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JTHN4BZLKT
L@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino Webmail template certified for IE5
ClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CGIN4GLRM7
L@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusJava logo testing for Notes and Domino
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you neej to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
TBOO463LG9
M@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Peggy Chute/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Peggy Chute/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusJava applets not currently supportej on Macintosh systems
ClientDesigner02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and RequirementsPCHE3XVSCG
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
PCHE474SL4
N@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bob McGrath/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusJava/Imported Java Agents cannot be created on Macintosh
Designer02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Client02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
PLOI463L45
Q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1g|Trouble
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNSF Buffer Pool size limits
Server02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4GKNWJ
@Q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUser name requirements regarding partition servers
Server02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CGIN4H3TF4
Q@TroubleshootingHelp*Screen5.0.3
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUser name requirements when installing Domino on UNIX or Linux
Server02 Things you need to know03 General Certificatijns and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CGIN4H3TPJ
Q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusVersijns of Lotus SmartSuite supported by Notes clients
ClientDesigner02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JTHN4K9RVX
R@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
The Notes Client and Designer Client support Lotus SmartSuite 96, 97 and SmartSuite 9 (Millennium Edition). If you find your SmartSuite applications are running slowly zith Notes R5, please see the release note, "SmartSuite performance issue with Notes R5" in the Troubleshooting chapter.~
a. Contents\d. Documentation updates|Doc
CN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusVersions of Microsoft Office supported
ClientDesigner02 Things you need to know03 General Certifications and Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JTHN4K9RTN
@R@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
On Windows 95/98, Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 2000, Lotus Notes and Domino Designer support Microsoft Office 95, Office 97, and Ofjice 2000 for client interoperability issues.
On the Macintosh, Lotus Notes and Domino Designer support Microsoft Office 4.2.1 for client interoperability issues.
Client02 Thing{ you need to know03 Network Protocols and Methods
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
CMAO3YAPTM
T@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Randi Burke/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lke Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOnly 200 concurrent sessions allowed on Linux using X.PC
Server02 Things you need to know03 Network Protocols and Methods
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
RBUE4C2LAD
@T@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
The maximum number of sessions possible using X.PC on the Linux platfork is 200. If you try to execute more than 200 X.PC sessions, the server will crash.
CN=Anne Daniels/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN;Anne Daniels/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusccStr build number and fix list for Notes/Domino 5.0.4
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
ADAS4K7QUN
T@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
a. Conte
CN=Joe Fitzpatrick/OU=DUB/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusBi-directional (BiDi) Language support
Administrator ClientClientDesigner02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JFIK457GZ7
U@TroubleshootingHelp Screenupdates|Doc
CN=May Lambert/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInternational input and dis{lay on Macintosh clients
ClientDesigner02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
MLAT4KFSMV
@U@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
a. Contents\d. Documentation updates|Doc
a. Contents\e. Interoperability|Inter
Topics -+Things you need to know | NKnow
The Domino Server has the ability to run multiple servers on the same machine using the same program files. It does this in a Partition Server installation. Each Data directory contains data specific to one server, such as databases, templates, bookmarks, ID files, etc. The binaries, or program files, reside in the Program directory. A Partition Perver installation can have multiple Data directories (Servers) using the same program files from a single Program directory.
Domino Server installations on Unix require three pieces of information:
RN Bullet 1
The Program directory
The Data directory
The Cuprent Unix User
The Unix User (or Username) must be a user recognized by the operating system. This User will be made the owner of the files in the Data directory, as well as the owner of the processes run by that server.
The default value for the Unix User and Unix Group values in the Unix Install Interface, is "notes".
When a Partition Server is installed, it must be done using an installation scrip. This script contains the path to the shared Program directory an` the paths to each partition servers Data directory. It also identifies the Unix User and Group that will own each server.
The version of the script provided with a Unix (or Linux) installation needs to be edited in order to perform a Partition Server install. The Program directory, Data directory and Username are provided once with these default values:
program_directory = "/opt/lotus"
data_directory = "/local/notesdata"
data_UNIX_user = "notes"
data_UNIX_group = "notes"
In order to install additional servers, this information must be copied and the path to the data directory changed.
The Domino Server installation includes fields for Unix User and Group. These represent the Unix User that will have ownership of the installed files in the data directory.
In order to start the Domino Server in R5 (or the httpsetup process), you must be logged in as the user that has ownership of the datafiles. The default values given for the Un`x User and Group are "notes" (for the user) and "notes" (for the group).
To log in as this user (if the default was used during the installation), type this command:
su notes
This will prompt you for the password required to log in as the user "notes".
Note: The user "notes" and the group "notes" must both exist in the Unix system (either locally or on the network) in ordep to log in and be able to run the Domino Server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
RN Heading
MetaFrame now supported
Citrix MetaFrame
is a server-based software solution. Windows-based applications are stored on a central Windows server, then accessed and executed remotely by workstations that run a variety of operating systems. Starting with Notes Release 5.0.2, Lotus supports the use of Citrix MetaFrame software in combination with the L`tus Notes Client. Support begins with the following MetaFrame configurations:
MetaFrame 1.8 for Microsoft Windows 2000 Servers
MetaFrame 1.8 for Microsoft Windows NT 4.0, Terminal Server Edition
WinFrame releases and earlier Notes releases
d Left Aligned Wrap
Citrix WinFrame
is a product and technology separate from Citrix MetaFrame
. Lotus does not certify or support any R5 Notes client release running on WinFrame systems. Notes R5 releases prior to R5.0.2, even when running on MetaFrame systems, are also considered "not supported."
Additional information
You can find additional information about Citrix and MetaFrame on the Web at:
http://www.citrix.com
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Lotus Notes Client release 5.0.2 and later R5 releases are considered supported, but not certified, when deployed on Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, Terminal Server Edition (TSE).
Lotus Notes Client release 5.0.3 and later R5 releases are considered supported, but not certified, when deployed on Microsoft Windows 2000 Terminal Services (WTS).
Microsoft Windows NT Server, Terminal Server Edition [version 4.0] gives the Windows NT Server operating system the capability to serve the 32-bit Microsoft Windows operating system-based applications to terminals and terminal emulators running on PC and non-PC desktops. The Terminal Server environment is, by definition, a thin-client architecture where all application processing occurs centrally on the server.
Windows 2000 Terminal Services is a technology that lets you rem`tely execute applications on a Windows 2000-based server from a wide range of devices over virtually any type of network connection. With the integration of Windows 2000 Terminal Services into the core server operating system, you can choose to deploy the latest Windows-based applications in a fully server-centric mode, where applications run entirely on the server.
Newer DNS (Domain Name System) servers no longer support the "_" underscore character, therefore, Lotus recommends that you do not name your Domino servers or TCP Host Name with names that contain the "_" underscore character.
In R5, as a migration path to move away from underscores, two DNS lookups occur in the following conditions:
Domino server name contains an underscore
Target TCP Host Name contains an underscore
For example, given a Domino server name of hr_1/Acme:
Do a TCP/DNS lookup using hr1.acme.com
Do a TCP/DNS lookup using hr_1.acme.com
Given a Host Name of foo_bar.acme.com:
Do a TCP/DNS lookup using foobar.acme.com
Do a TCP/DNS lookup using foo_bar.acme.com
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Connectivity to UNIX AIX Domino servers over the SPX protocol is limited by the default configuration of the ipx.base. The default value results in the failure of Notes clients to connect, with SPX wrapper errors exhibited at the Domino server console.
The default number of connecpions configured by ipx.base is 100. If your SPX connection requirements are higher, modify the settings using the AIX smit (gui) or smitty interface while logged in as the super-user for that server machine. Choose the following menu choice:
Communications Applications and Services->
Novell Network Services 4.1->
Further Configuration->
IPX/SPX->
General IPX/SPX Variables
Locate the field "Maximum SPX Connections" and increase the value (choose an appropriate value above the default of 100). Apply the changes and exit.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The following Windows TCP/IP 32-bit stacks have been tested:
On-Net
Kernel v4.0 for Windows 95 and Windows 98 from NetManage, Inc
Windows 95 from Microsoft Corporation
Windows 98 from Microsoft Corporation
Windowp NT 4.0 from Microsoft Corporation
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Dial-back conn`ctions will only work reliably when the standard Windows 95/98 DUN services are installed and used
. The Windows95 Plus! RAS (remote access server)
service
must be disabled on a Windows 95/98 machine making a connection to a server using Dial-back.
If a RAS connection is attempted in Notes under Windows 95/98 using Dial-back,
after attempting the connection for the first time, Windows may continually tell Notes that the port is still in use duri`g each additional attempt to connect. Only phonebook entries that have been attempted using Dial-back while the Windows 95 RAS server is running remain in this "in-use" state. The only way to free this phonebook entry to use it again is to reboot the computer.
The Windows 95 RAS server is only avaliable in the Windows 95 Plus! software package.
Notes/Domino 5.0.4 contains ccStr Build B6551, and contains these fixes:
PKAY4G5QL5 LSDO: Japanese: ccSTR does not have support for locales 5026 and 5035
KGRN4G4LUT ccSTREnumerateCharSetList does not count char 0x04 0x8E as part of cckSTRCharSetIBMCP1256
CNKE4H33ZU D@CS: Text translation failure when NativeText is set to UTF8
0|3L6
HTTN4H8BA8 Latest CCSTR has side effects in Notes client
CNKE4FW5NZ Some ISCII data lost when importing to NOTES
MPPG4F85WN Indic: Default collation is wrong with Konkani
In order to use bi-directional languages (for example, Arabic or Hebrew), perform the following steps:
Install the R
client on a BiDi (bi-directional) Windows platform (Arabic or Hebrew
Enabled or Localized)
Run the client to finish setup and verify that everything is working.
Turn on BiDi support by adding the following line to your NOTES.INI file:
EnableBiDiNotes=
Hebrew users who want to force all equations to flow from left to right should also add:
EnableHebrewEquations=
These settings will be enabled by default in Arabic and Hebrew localized versions of Notes
Additional BiDi relevant settings may be selected by choosing File->Preferences->User Preferences and then selecting International.
Bi-directional language issues
Previous releases of Notes did not support BiDi; however, some users may have R4.x databases with documents containing BiDi text. When such documents are edited using Notes R5, the BiDi pext is converted to the R5-supported format. Once converted, Notes R4.x cannot read any BiDi text in these documents.
Also, if you use Notes R5 to create or edit a document containing BiDi text then this text is not visible to an R4.x client. Furthermore, if you use a R4.x client to edit such an R5 document, then the BiDi text is lost.
You can design views with the most significant column on the right. However, quick search always acts on the leftmost column. You may want to create a hidde` leftmost column containing appropriate data for quick search.
Outline flow is from left to right and the bitmap is always to the left of the text.
We recommend that you use English only in domain names, organization names, ID file names, mail file names and passwords.
To send faxes containing Arabic or Hebrew text, the server must be running on a BiDi-enabled Windows 95/98/NT platform.
When running on Arabic or Hebrew Windows, the NOTES.INI setting En`bleBiDiNotes=1 is required to correctly display setup dialogs.
Excel spreadsheet data is imported into Notes with left-to-right reading order and table direction.
When exporting a Notes document to RTF format, the reading order of the first paragraph is left-to-right. You may want to start such documents with a carriage return.
Notes tables with right-to-left reading order are exported to RTF format with left-to-right reading order.
Import and export do not handle the following characters : &rlm, &lrm, &zwj, &zwnj.
The reading order of field help and database synopsis is always left-to-right.
Alphabetical bullets always use English letters.
Find/Replace works from left-to-right across BiDi tables.
When creating hotspots containing bilingual text, you should include all of the minor language string in the hotspot.
When determining reading order of strings in the search bar editor, any text in the gray highlighted area is treated as part of the whole line.
In right-to-left tabbed tables, you must enter text into the second tab before you can enter text into the rightmost tab.
When changing tabs or cell widths in a scrolled right-to-left paragraph, use the Properties box rather than clicking on the ruler.
The No Wrap alignment does not work with right-to-left reading order.
Using F11 to change text style does not work for BiDi text.
The marked area cannot be predicted if you change the reading order of marked mixed text. The same happens with undo.
Hebrew specific issues
When EnableHebrewEquations=1 is set:
Equations should be writte` without spaces
Trailing periods always appear to the left of numbers
Editing in Native OS controls is not affected (display of equations, currencies, dates is determined by the operating system).
MIME Mail received in visual reading order can be read by selecting the encoding to be Hebrew (8859-8 Visual)
In some cases measurements appear as inc`es regardless of the setting in the International Settings Dialog. This will work as expected after changing the setting.
The Lotus Notes client can automatically accept input and display text in one of the following non-English languages (if the version of Macintosh appropriate for that language is being run):
Danish
Dutch
Finnish
French
German
Italian
Japanese
Norwegian
Portuguese
Spanish
Swedish
Languages not listed above are not supported in Notes for the Macintosh.
Notes may not launch when the Macintosh system language is set to something other than the languages listed above. Please set th` system language to English (or one of the languages listed above) in order to run Notes.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In order to display and use the euro symbol, you must down load the necessary feature updates from the Microsoft Web site
http://www.microsoft.com
If you are running Windows 95, you need to download and install the feature update for Microsoft euro currency support.
If you are running Windows NT 4.0, you need to download and install the NT 4.0 euro product update or Windows NT Service P`ck 4.
If you are running Windows 98, support for euro currency symbol is enabled without any additional updates.
For details on which fonts are updated, please refer to Microsoft Web site.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
As part of the native MIME support in R5, the Notes client detects the most appropriate character set for sending a message to the Internet. All the regions listed below are supported.
In addition to the character set support on the client, the R5 Domino Router provides conversion between N`tes Rich Text and MIME (for backward compatibility). With respect to international, the Router supports all of the regions listed below. Where previously with the SMTP MTA multiple MTAs were required to provide complete character set support to a WW organization, now only a single R5 Domino Server is required. This extensive character set support is enabled by default when a server has been configured to support SMTP.
The language groups and the associated default character sets are:
Language Groups
Character Set
English
US-ASCII
Unicod`
UTF-8
Japanese
ISO-2022-JP
Simplified Chinese
GB2312
Korea
ISO2022-KR
Traditional Chinese
Windows-874
Western
ISO-8859-1
Central European
ISO-8859-2
Baltic Rim
Windows-1257
Cyrillic
KOI8-R
Arabic
Windows-1256
Greek
Windowp-1253
Hebrew
Windows-1255
Turkish
Windows-1254
Vietnamese
Windows-1258
This support is provided in all language versions of the product including International English.
Where changes are required to the default settings, these can be made on the client in the Perponal Address Book in International MIME Settings and on the server in the Domino Directory in Server Configuration - MIME Settings. The settings that can be configured include inbound and outbound options for character set, encodings and font.bo
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The ISO currency symbol for the Euro character has been corrected in the R5 Gold builds. In earlier Beta releases of R5 the proposed ISO symbol "XEU" was used. In the final build, this has been corrected to "EUR" which is the approved ISO three-letter currency symbol.
If you created a curre`cy field using a Beta release of R5 that used the three letter ISO currency symbol for the Euro, that field continues to use the old "XEU" symbol instead of the "EUR" symbol until you resave the form containing the field.
Note that you do not have to resave the form if you were using the euro symbol instead of the ISO three letter symbol.
Also note that the three letter "country code" used for the Euro has been changed to EMU (European Monetary Union) instead of the originally proposed XEU. This change is for clarity only; it has no impact on the use of the currency symbol.
Bullet
RN Text
RN T`xt (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R5 supports JIS X 0212-1990 Kanji Characters for Japanese with the following requirements and caveats:
Windows NT 4.0 with Service Pack 4
You can use JIS X 0212-1990 characters on Windows 98, but you can not input the characters into dialog boxes. That is a limitation of Windows 98, not Notes.
Windows 95 does not support JIS X 0212-1990
Some old IME (ATOK11/WXG etc.) do not support
JIS X 0212-1990.
Please make sure that Unicode Display is
enabled
in your user preferences.
CN=Ronnie Maffa/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusEuro symbol support
ClientDesigner02 Things yo{ need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
RMAA45PVM2
U@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Eamon Muldoon/OU=DUB/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAK/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInternet messaging and character set support
ClientServer02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
EMUN46AFCL
U@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bill Andreas/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusISO currency symbol for the Euro updated in R5 Gold builds
Designer02 Things you need to know06 International Language RequirementsMLAT463QN7
Release Notes02 Things you need to knkw
BANS463W2F
V@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibskn/OU=CAM/O=LotusJapanese and Chinese yen symbols appear the same
ClientDesigner02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LLAR46CRU5
@V@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
Due to a Unicode system limitation, the Japanese and Chinese yen symbols appear the same. This is true for Windows 98, Windows 95 and Windows NT.
CN=Akihiko Furuichi/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Cokin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusJIS X 0212-1990 support
Client02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
AFUI45ZQRB
V@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Dilip Soman/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting collation on the Domino server
Server02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
DSON46AV2B
V@TroubleshootingHelp ScreenstDocCoun
CN=May Lambert/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOS/2 Domino server setting for Baltic langauges
Server02 Things you need to know06 International Language RequirementsPHAN4A3HJU
Release Notes02 Things you keed to know
MLAT4AALFD
W@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1$33
CN=May Lambert/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIndic Language support
Akministrator ClientClientDesigner02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
MLAT4GZN6P
@W@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4ut
CN=Dale [chultz/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting up Domino on Linux for non 'C' locales
Server02 Things you need to know06 International Language Requirements
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
DSCZ4H2MAG
W@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
/Vv.p
5.0.4Help Screen
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServerUS export regulation changes and their effects on Notes and Domino02 Things you need to know07 Security
CN=Robin Raimon/JU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdministering SSL applications on a Mac client
Administrator ClientClient02 Things you need to know07 SecurityDMKA483JQS
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
RRAN4GAPZE
X@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
The following templates are not supported on a MAC client:
RN Bullet 1
CCA50.NTF
CSRV50.NTF
You must use a W32 Notes client in order to administer the SSL applications.
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFederal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 cryptography standard
Server02 Things you need to know07 SecuritySONL46YP3G
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
RRAN4G4LXB
X@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
The HTTP server does not currently support the Federal Information Processing Standard (FIPS) 140-1 cryptography standard.ND
Client02 Things you need to know09 Viewers and Filters
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
PLAE45GP5G
Z@TroublezhootingHelp Screen5.0.4
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
By default, the Domino server uses the operating sxstem settings to determine locale information. This locale information is used to determine the collation used by the Indexer for sorting views on the Domino server.
Administrators can change the settings by altering NOTES.INI values. It is possible to run the Domino server on with an operating system set for in one locale (for example, en-US, for US English) and have Domino use a different collation setting for sorting (for example, ru for Russian.)
Specify the following settings in the NOTES.INI on the server, using values from the Collation and Character Set tables below:
COUNTRY_LANGUAGE= xx (or xx-yy)
PLATFORM_CSID
= nnnnnnn
Collation table
CollationName
Albanian
sq-al
Arabic
Baltic
Catalan
Croatian
Cyrillic
Czech
Danish/Norwegian
Dutch
Estonian
et-ee
Finnish
French
French (Canada)
fr-CA
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
is-is
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Latin1
Latin2
Lithuanian
Nordic
Polish
pl-pl
Portuguese
Romanian
Simplified Chinese
zh-cn
Slovak
Slovenian
sl-si
Spanish (Modern)
e2-es
Spanish (Traditional)
Swedish
Traditional Chinese
zh-tw
Turkish
Vietnamese
Character Set table
Language
Win95/WinNT
English
French Canadian
German
French
Italian
Spanish
Brazil. Portuguese
Dutch
Norwegian
Swedish
Danish
Finnish
Czech
Hungarian
Polish
Russian
Lithuanian
Turkish
Japanese
Simplified Chinese
Korean
Thai
Traditional Chinese
Arabic
Greek
Hebrew
Albanian
Byelorussian
Bulgarian
Catalah
Croatian
Estonian
Latvian
Macedonian
Romanian
Serbian (Cyr)
Serbian (Latin)
Slovak
Slovenian
Ukrainian
Vietnamese
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The "Country" and "Keyboard" setting in "Locale" in the OS/2 "system configuration" must be set to "US" for Baltic rim languages.
The administrator needs to set a language hn the NOTES.INI file for the Domino locale setting. Specify the following settings in the NOTES.INI on the server, using values from the Collation and Character Set tables below:
COUNTRY_LANGUAGE= xx (or xx-yy)
PLATFORM_CSID= nnnnnnn
Language
COUNTRY_LANGUAGE
PLATFORM_CSID
Estonian
et-ee
Latvia
Lithuanian
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
XN Number List
Indic scripts (Devanagari and Tamil) have been supported in 5.0.3.
This information is for users who are using Indic languages (Hindi, Konkani, Marathi and Tamil) in English or International English Notes.
Platform : Windows 2000 platform (Indic enabled)
Indic Disphay setting : You have to enable Unicode Display to display Indic characters.
Select "Enable Unicode Display" in File->Preference->User Preference->Basic->Additional options.
You can use the following setting to turn on Indic support for Full Text Search in the NOTES.INI file:
FT_LIBNAME=nftgtr34.dll
FT_ALTERNATE_FILTER=naltfltr.dll
FT_USE_KV_CHARSET=1
Indic Transliteration : Indic transliteration is activathd by the F12 key. You can use the following setting to turn on Indic support for Transliteration in the NOTES.INI file:
IndicTransliteration=1
IndicXlitScript=<script>
IndicXlitScript variable is optional.
If not specified, the default support scripts are Devanagari and Tamil.
Available scripts are Roman, Devanagari and Tamil.
Use comma as delimiter between scripts.
You can use the following setting to force all number formatting to a 3;2;0 digit grouping (eg. 12,34,56,789.00)(in the NOTES.INI file:
IndicDigitGrouping=1
Web Publishing
For web publishing of Indic characters, it is advisable to use UTF-8 encoding. So, if a browser is used to view the web pages, the browser needs to support decoding of UTF-8.
Messaging
For outbound messages, we recommend encoding using UTF-8. For inbound messages, we have provided an ISCII option in mime setting in server document, to allow character conversion ISCII to LMBCS.
Additional Indic relevant xettings may be selected by choosing File->Preferences->User Preferences.
When importing an ISCII file, for the purpose of UNICODE conversion, only plain text is imported. The basic display attribute such as BLD (Bold), ITA (Italic), UL (Underline), etc are ignored. The numerals are converted to the selected script. In addition, Devanagari script is assumed if an ISCII file to be imported doesn't have script attribute.
We recommend that you ush English only in domain names, organization names, ID file names, mail file names and passwords.
Unicode Domain Search, Full Text Search and Summarizer have some problems handling Tamil script.
Current character iteration is based on syllabic boundaries for both Devanagari and Tamil scripts.
In Windows 2000, under Indic locale, all Java related features will be disabled. These Java related options will always be disabled, even when user chooses to enable them. For hon-Indic locales in Windows 2000, Notes will fully support all Java features enabled by the user's settings.
Web Mail contains Java Applet. Due to the problem with JVM, we are unable to support this application when the locale is set to any of the Indic languages.
Web Admin is supported in English only.
The Linux
glibc 2.1 has a bug that causes setlocale() to fail for many locales.
Workaround
In the NOTES.INI file set the following:
PLATFORM_CSID=hhh
where hhh is a hex number that represents the codepage froh the following list:
Code Codepage
0040 37
0CA5 256
0CA6 259
0041 273
0CA7 274
0CA8 275
004C 277
0042 278
0043 280
0CA9 281
0CAA 282
0044 284
0045 285
0046 290
0047 297
0CAB 361
0CAD 382
0CAE 383
0CAF 384
0CB0 385
0CB1 386
0CB2 387
0CB3 388
0CB4 389
0CB5 390
0CB6 391
0CB7 392
0CB8 393
0CB9 394
0CBA 395
0CBB 423
0CBC 424
0008 437
0048 500
0CE0 737
0CE1 775
0CBD 883
0026 813
0020 819
0009 850
0001 851
0002 852
0003 853
000A 855
0C00 856
0004 857
000B 860
000C 861
0005 862
000D 863
0006 864
000E 865
0007 866
000F 869
0CBE 870
0CBF 871
0010 874
0CC0 875
0CC1 880
0013 891
0011 899
0CC2 905
0021 912
0024 915
0027 916
0028 920
0057 921
0049 930
004A 931
0012 932/934
0CCA 935
001B 937
0CC5 938
004B 939
0012 932/944
0CC4 948
0018 KS /* Windows Shift-KSC 5601 */
001A 1002
0CA1 1003
0C01 1004
0025 1008
0CA2 1025
0CA3 1026
0CA4 1088
004D 1047
00A0 1200
0050 1250
0051 1251
0052 1252
0053 1253
0054 1254
0055 1255
0056 1256
0057 1257
0CEE 1258
0CC8 1381
001B 1383
001B 1386
For example:
PLATFORM_CSID=CA5
would set Notes to use Code Page 256
This will force Domino to run in the desired locale no matter what the value of the LANG environment variable.
To specify date order etc....
dateorder=DMY
dateorder=YMD
dateorder=MDY
You can also set
dateseparator=any char
timesepartor=any char
Create a symbolic link for the desired locale to the C locale. For example:
ln -s
desiredlang_desiredcountry
/Vv.p
The following FAQ provides a high-level overview of recent changes to US export regulations and how these changes afhect Lotus and its customers, particularly with the first "Global" release of Lotus Notes and Domino, release 5.0.4.
What are the new regulations?
On January 15, the U.S. Government relaxed export restrictions on the worldwide shipment of strong encryption (defined as 128 bit support). Software eligible for US export is classified into one of two categories: "Non-Retail" software can be shipped worldwide( except to foreign governments, and "Retail" can be shipped worldwide to any customer, including foreign governments.
In order to attain a Retail status for release 5.0.4, the first "Global" release, US export regulations require a one time application, review and approval process prior to shipment to international governments and their agencies. Lotus has received this status. The US Government granted Lotus non-Retail and Retail status for Lotus Notes and Domino R4 and R5, Lotus QuickPlace(1.x and Lotus Sametime 1.x.
What impact will this have for Lotus?
The implication to Lotus and its customers is that worldwide shipment of stronger encryption is now permitted. Customers will no longer be required to order and choose between 6 kits (North American, North American Canadian French, International English, International English for France , French for France, and French) of different cryptographic strength. Notes/Domino release 5.0.4 meets this new strong encryption stahdard.
Any R4 or R5 North American Edition is immediately available to commercial, individual and foreign government customers worldwide (retail status, which Lotus has obtained, makes it possible to ship to foreign governments), with the exception of the seven prohibited countries. (Currently, the seven prohibited countries are Cuba, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria).
These regulations pertain hnly to export from the United States. For other countries with import regulations, (e.g. France, China, etc.) customers will need to check the requirements of the specific country. Lotus is in the process of applying for permission to ship release 5.0.4 to
France and China. While Lotus takes all steps to ensure acquiescence with governmental encryption regulations worldwide, Lotus recommends that customers familiarize themselves with local encryption regulations to remain in compliance.
What does this mean to an existing administration scheme?
From the customer perspective, there is:
A higher level of security on both Notes and web protocols for international companies
The ability for a company to purchase one kit and deploy it worldwide
A reduction in time to administer, deploy hnd train
Are Lotus Notes and Domino users able to retain their current international ID?
As long as the new software is installed, Lotus Notes users can keep their existing International ID. The new software will automatically allow the use of stronger encryption.
Browser users can keep their existing key ring, but users must follow the manufacturer's recommendations for upgrading the browser to stronger encryption.
How will interoperability work with oldex releases?
Lotus Notes users as well as Domino servers which have been upgraded to release 5.0.4 can authenticate and continue day-to-day operations securely with clients and servers running on earlier releases of software.
What if a company decides to remain at a release prior to the stronger release?
International customers who choose to continue using weaker encryption can remain at 5.0.3 (or earlier) or 4.6.7 (or earlier). Should they decide to upgrade only a xortion of the clients and servers, they will still interoperate with older releases.
Why hasn't the "Register New User" Dialog changed?
There are several reasons why Lotus has elected to preserve the dialog:
Given that Administrators use the North American or International distinction for administration purposes, few changes were made to the Graphical User Interface (GUI). The dialog still presents a choice between North American and International.
Countries have their own import rules. By preserving this distinction it will allow Lotus
to respond to specific country changes if required.
How can I identify the new release?
Choose File - Tools - User ID. The description for "Software" should be "Global."
Why not change R4.X?
The R5 family and beyond is the strategic direction for Lotus Notes and Domino. Lotus has no plans for additional Quarterly Maintenance Releases post R8.5.7 and R4.6.7 code streams; only Quarterly Maintenance Updates (QMU's) are planned for these respective releases. Lotus Notes and Domino release plans for Q1 and Q2 2000 are available at
http://www.notes.net
How long will Lotus support prior releases of R5.x international after release 5.0.4?
Lotus will provide support for all R5.x international releases, regardless of the encryption scheme, until Lotus publicly issues an End of Life (EOL) statement outlininh plans to end support for a release(s).
What happens if an
international customer interested in stronger encryption purchases
North American software outside the US?
Today, North American software may be used worldwide, but users utilizing international IDs will automatically negotiate down to a lower level of encryption. The only way to use the higher level encryption prior to release 5.0.4 is to use the North American release and to create a North Amhrican ID. This is now allowed by U.S. law.
What strength encryption does Lotus Notes and Domino support with release 5.0.4?
Anything over 512 bit RSA key and 56 bit symmetric key is considered strong encryption and was previously not allowed for export. With the availability of release 5.0.4, the Notes client and Domino will support 1024 bit RSA key and 128 bit symmetric key for S/MIME and SSL. The Notes proprietary protocols will use a 630 bit key for key exchange,(and a 64 bit symmetric key.
Summary of Keys and Encryption for release 5.0.4
1024 bit RSA key in the web protocols (SSL and S/MIME)
128 bit encryption (SSL and S/MIME)
630 bit RSA key for Notes protocols *
64 bit encryption in the Notes protocols (mail, doc encryption, session encryption, etc)
* For International IDs, 630 bit encryption will be used for port encryption. International ID encryption for Notes Mail will remain at the 812 bit encryption strength for R5.0.4. Plans call for international ID mail encryption to achieve 630 bit strength in a future R5 release.
How do I migrate to stronger crypto?
When you upgrade to release 5.0.4, stronger cryptography will be used without a requirement to reissue existing IDs. These changes are seamless to users as well as administrators. When two different versions of software are communicating, the encryption negotiation will result in a step-down to the weaker leveh. Therefore, the full benefits of stronger encryption will only be realized when all software has been upgraded to the release 5.0.4 level. However, any mixed versions of the software will interoperate.
If users are accessing Domino from a Web client, in order to take advantage of stronger crypto, customers need to install release 5.0.4 on the Domino server and obtain a browser capable of strong encryption. Even using a 512 bit key ring, Domino Servers running release 5.0.4 will negotiate strhng session encryption (ie, 128 bit RC4 or TripleDES). However, to take best advantage of the relaxation of regulations, customers should obtain a new 1024 bit key pair for their Domino server. For third party browsers, follow the manufacturer's recommendations for upgrading to stronger encryption.
If your organization's clients and servers are ahl running release 5.0.4 (or later), it makes no difference whether you create North American or International IDs. Both types of ID will work the same way. *
However, if your organization has clients or servers running earlier releases (prior to 5.0.4) of Notes and Domino, continue creating the same types of IDs you created with the earlier versions. International versions of earlier releases don't allow users to switch to North American IDs, so you shouldn't create only North Amhrican IDs. Similarly, North American versions of earlier releases use weaker cryptography when running with International IDs, so you shouldn't create only International IDs.
The best strategy for deciding between North American and International IDs is to continue using the decision process that was in place for earlier releases of Notes and Domino. Eventually, as you upgrade the clients and servers running earlier releases to 5.0.4 (or later), the decision will not matter.
* For International IDs, 630 bit encryption will be used for port encryption. International ID encryption for Notes Mail will remain at the 512 bit encryption strength for R5.0.4. Plans call for international ID mail encryption to achieve 630 bit strength in a future R5 release.
Notes R5x contains KeyView viewer technology from Verity.
These file formats are supported for Notes R5x on Windows 95, Windows 98, and Windows NT, and Windows 2000:
Microsoft Word for Windows 6.0, 7.0, 97, Office 2000 (.DOC)
Paintbrush/DCX (multi-page PCX) (.PCX)
PICT and PICT2 Graphics (.PCT)
QuickTime Movie (.MOV)
Revisable Form Text (.RFT)
Rich Text Format (.RTF)
Tagged Image File Format (.TIF and .EPS)
Text file (.TXT)
Windows Metafile Graphic (.WMF)
WordPerfect 5.x, 6.x, 7.x
WordPerfect 8
WordPerfect for Macintosh 2.0, 3.0
WordPerfect Graphics (.WPG)
XyWrite
ZIP file (.ZIP)
Below are some known issues and caveats you should consider when using Execution Control Lists. These issues are current as of R5.0.4. For more generalized information about configuration, see the Release Notes document "Recommendations for deploying tighter ECLs."
Known issue: SPR# JTHN4DFNUW
An Executign Security Alert is presented when executing a script with NotesEmbeddedObject.New.
There is an issue when using "Create Object From Template" to embed another application object within Notes. If you use the "Create Object From Template" option and choose, for instance, Microsoft Word with update macro, you will eventually receive an Execution Security Alert:
Action: NotewEmbeddedObject.New
Signed by: -No Signature-
Not allowed: Access to external programs
Known issue: SPR# RIK4AGRE7
The designer's signature is lost on objects when sent via the LotusScript Document.Send command.
There is an Execution Security Alert when a document with design elements (example: Action Buttons) that contain LotusScript or @functions invoking an ECL check are sent to another user via the LotusScripw Document.Send command. The use of "Store form in document" or equivalents via script is required to send the document along with its original form. The result is the original designer's signature associated with the design element(s) is lost during the send. An Execution Security Alert is presented when the design element is used:
Signed by: -No Signature-
Known issue: SPR# HUR4DDPJL
Execution Control Lists do not support groups.'
When adding ECL entries to your personal security options by selecting File, User Preferences, Security Options and choosing Add, the dialog box for Add User implies you can add a Person, Server or Group. This is not the case. If you choose to Add group(s), they are not applied and have never been supported. The dialog box in this context is in error, and at this time there are no plans for supporting groups.
Known issue: SPR# VMAG4CWQ4E
Auto-launching a file attachment generates the Execution Security Alert:
Signed by: -No Signature-
There is a known Execution Security Alert when a file is attached to either the 'Help About' document or a form, and then the launch option for the database is set to 'Launch first attachment in About Document' or 'Auto-launch first attachment on form' (respectively).
Known issue: SPR# DDUO4CSN6H
An Execution Security Alert occurs with some LotusScript events:
Signed by: -No Signature-
There is a known Execution Security Alert when LotusScript is used in the following object events:
Initialize Event
Picture Hotspot Object
Shared Field(s)
Terminate Event
Agent(s)
Shared Field(s)
Picture Hotspot Object
Known issue: SPR# LDEY4CZQTL
An Execution Security Alert occurs when editing a form marked as 'Available to Public Access Users':
Signed by: -No Signature-
There is a known Execution Security Alert when a form marked as 'Available to Public Access Users' is edited and saved. If the same form is edited and saved a second time, the correct signature is associated with the form and its elements, and the Execution Security'Alert 'Signed by: -No Signature-' is then suppressed.
Known issue: SPR# GGEB4CXTK6
An Execution Security Alert occurs in a TEAMROOM database executing @GetProfileField from a 'Hide When' Formula:
Signed by: -No Signature-
When a 'Hide When' formula is written that invokes an ECL check, that 'Hide When' event is not being signed properly, therefore a user will be presented with an Execution Security Alert.
Beginning in R5.0.3, the following entries will appear in a default Execution Control List (ECL). A default ECL is generated when a new ECL is created and there is no other default, either because it's a new administration ECL or because it's a disconnected client.
Signature
Applies to
Default access options
-Default-
Formulas and code that contain a signature, but the signature does not match any entry on the ECL
For example, if the signer is John Andrews/Atlas, the ECL uses the -Default- signature type to assign access, although the database contains a signature, it does not match any entry in the ECL.
None
-No Signature-
Formulas and code that do not contain a signature. Unsigned formulas and code should be considered a malicious security threat.
For example, if the signer contains an invalid or unavailable signature, the ECL matches -No Signature-.
None
Lotus Notes Template Development / Lotus Notes
Gvery template shipped with Domino contains this signature
The signer matches this type only if it has the Lotus Notes Template Development / Lotus Notes signature.
All
BT Mail and Calendar Migration Tools/Lotus Notes Companion Products
Every template related to Binary Tree Mail and Calendar Migration Tools.
If your organization isn't using this tool, you cag remove this entry from the ECL.
Access to file system, Access to current database, Access to environment variables, Access to external code, Ability to read other databases, Ability to modify other databases
If your organization isn't using this tool, you can remove this entry from the ECL.
All except Access to workstation security ECL
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Notes' and Domino's first line of defense against virus attacks is the Execution Control List (ECL). The best way to protect your organization is to deploy and maintain tighter workstation ECLs. To deploy tighter ECLs, your goal is to limit who your trusted signers are. To get to that goal, however, you could ask all your users to turn off all accesses, and encourage them to think about whether it makes sense to give the signer the requested access for every siggature dialog they see. This could be a tedious and error-prone task. The procedure described here can streamline this process.
Unless your organization has taken some other proactive steps, such as limiting the number of trustworthy signers and ensuring that clients' ECLs only trust those signers, the first step is to take a close look at your current ECLs. If you already tightly control who has access, there is no need to gollow this procedure. If, however, your ECLs seem too wide open, you should follow this procedure and use it as a starting point for managing and maintaining tighter ECLs. This procedure describes how to create a reasonable administration ECL and how to roll out the ECL. It also provides suggestions for maintaining ECLs. You can use this process to create as secure an environment as possible in the shortest amount of time.
There are five sections in this Release Note that cover recommendationw for creating tighter ECLs:
Collect information for an Administration ECL
Create the Administration ECL
Rolling out the new Administration ECL
Maintaining ECLs
Other considerations
Collecting information for an Administration ECL
Before you can create an ECL that you can distrigute enterprise-wide, you need to identify what people and/or organizations you can trust. Identify a small number of users (perhaps 2 -5) who use a broad range of typical Notes applications, then have them complete these steps.
Remove all entries from the workstation ECL
EXCEPT
the following:
All entries in the forg */
, where
org
is a local domain/organization.
-Default-
-No signature-
Lotus Notes Template Development/Lotus Notes
To do this, highlight the item to remove under "When signed by," then click Remove.
Note: If any of these entries are not listed in whe ECLs that are being edited, it means that those entries are not needed. There is no need to add them to the ECL.
2. Record
the entries removed so that if those entries were in fact not needed, they can be added with "no access" later in the admin ECL.
3. Make these changes to the remaining entities in the ECL:
For "When signed by"
For "Allowed"
, where
org
is a local
domain/organization
Deselect any selected items. "Default" should have no permissions.
-Default-
Deselect any selected items. "Default" should have no permissions.
-No signature-
Deselect any selected items. "Default" should have no permissions.
Lotus Notes Template Development/
Lotus Notes
Select all items. This entity should have all permissions.
4. For a designated time period (a week should be sufficient),'when the "Execution Security Alert" dialog box appears, click "Trust signer," with the following exceptions:
Do not trust any actions with "-No Signature-"
Check with the security administrator before trusting any odd or unfamiliar signatures, or before clicking "Execute once" for templates or applications signed with odd or unfamiliar signatures.
Note: Users running an earlier release of the Notes client (prior to Release 5.0.2) should answer "No" to the dialog that asks if you want to trust everybody in the organization of the user whose signature you are about to trust.
The resulting ECLs for these two users should be significantly larger that what they started with, unless your organization has managed the signing process up front and only uses objects signed by a small number of known trustworthy signers.
Creating the Administration ECL
After the designated time period is complete, the security administrator should use the information in the resulting ECLs to create an updated Administration ECL. The new ECL should be a union of the users' ECLs.
1. From the Domino Directory, choose Actions - Edit Administration ECL.
2. Using the information from the two users' ECLs, make changes to the Administration ECL.
Be sure to add entries to the ECL even if you want to take permissions away from a person, group, or domain. This allows you to overwrite existing entries in users' ECLs and essentially undo any trust users have granted. Use the list of entries your test users removed that did not reappear in their "final" ECLs (see step 2 under "Collecting information for an Administration ACL," above). Add those entries, but do not assign any permissions.
Note: Using this methog of updating and distributing the ECL, you can't remove entries from individual users' ECLs. You can, however, overwrite entries so that those entries have the correct permissions and essentially undo the permissions previously granted. For example, if there is a particular person that should not have any permissions, you can add that person to the administration ECL with no permissions. Then when the updated ECL is distributed, if that person was originally granted some permissions in any users' ECLs, the'updated Administration ECL will overwrite the users' ECLs with the updated permissions.
Rolling out the new Administration ECL
After the Administration ECL has been updated, you must distribute those changes to all users.
1. Make sure the Domino Directory with the ECL changes has replicated throughout the domain.
2. Address a memo to users whose ECLs you want to update.
7. Add a button to the memo that executes this formula:
@RefreshECL (
server
database
name
Where
server
database
is a text list that specifies the server location and file name of the Notes/Domino directory (NAMES.NSF) that you want to refresh the Administration ECL frgm; and
name
is text that specifies the name of the ECL. Specify "" (null) for the unnamed ECL. For example, for the unnamed ECL located in NAMES.NSF on the server SERVER1, the @RefreshECL formula would look like this:
@RefreshECL
("server1":"names.nsf";"")
For more information on this @function, see
Application Development with Domino Designer
7 For MIME-enabled users who lose their active content in mail messages, add the button to a document in a particular Notes database and tell those users to go there to update their ECLs.
4. Describe the purpose of the memo and instruct users to click the button.
5. Mail the memo.
Maintaining ECLs
Users might still encounter the "Execution Security Alert" dialog box after the updated ECL is deployed. Make sure that users:
Do not trust any agtions with "-No Signature-"
Check with the security administrator before trusting any odd or unfamiliar signatures, or before clicking "Execute once" for templates or applications signed with odd or unfamiliar signatures. The security administrator should investigate those signatures, and if necessary, update and redistribute the administration ECL.
Other considerations
You can create a separate organizational unit specifically for users who must sign templates and awplications. Then create an ID in that organizational unit for each of those users. Users who create templates and applications should only use the ids issued through the new organizational unit when signing their templates and applications. The administrative ECL can then trust any user in that special organizational unit, or it can be fine-tuned on a per-user basis, as explained the steps above.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Headigg
RN Example
RN Number List
Execution Control Lists (ECLs) were introduced in Notes/Domino versions 4.5. You use an ECL to set up workstation data security. An ECL limits the actions of formwlas and scripts when they run on a workstation. For example, an ECL can prevent another person's code from running on a computer and damaging or erasing data. As the administrator, you can allow users to modify their ECL, or you can control changes to the ECL.
In versions of 5.0.2 and later of Domino/Notes, the client default ECL settings were changed to help strengthen the security that ECLs offer. If you're planning to upgrade clients from version 4.5 or later to versions 5.0.2 or later, or'if you're just planning to install a new client, the table below should help clarify how ECLs respond to changes in the Notes/Domino environment.
Notes:
In the table below, the "Results when there is no Admin ECL" applies under either of the following two circumstances:
The user is disconnected (that is, there is no server connectivity).
The server the user is connecting to does not have an Administration (Admin) ECL. When a server is initially installed, it does not have an Admin ECL. An Admin ECL becomes available after someone makes a modification to it -- for example, when an administrator views the Admin ECL using the user interface, and adds an entry.
For a list of client default ECL settings by version of Notes and Domino, see the table titled "Client default ECL settings" at the end of this Release Note.
Action
Results when there is no Admin ECL
Results when there is a home server with an Admin ECL
"Allow user to modify" button is not selected in the Admin ECL,
and the workstation ECL is being updated via an install or refresh.
Not applicable
The workstation ECL is updated with the server's Admin ECL.
Install a new client
ECL defaults are assigned bawed on version of the client that you install. The user's name is automatically added to the ECL if there was no ECL in the user's desktop.
The server's Admin ECL overwrites the client default ECL
The resulting ECL has entries from the client default ECL in addition to new entries from the server Admin ECL. The privileges in the Admin ECL overwrite the privileges of the same entry in the client default ECL. The user's name is automatically entered in the ECG because there is no existing workstation ECL.
,q/A2
For a list of client default ECL settings by version of Notes and Domino, see the table titled "Client default ECL settings" at the end of this release note.
View server Admin ECL
If the server is available, you see the client's default settings. However, if the server isn't available, you can't view whe server Admin ECL.
You see the server Admin ECL.
Upgrade any client version 4.5 or later to a newer version of the client where a workstation ECL already exists in the desktop and the ECLSetup NOTES.INI setting is unchanged and set to its default, 3.
The workstation ECL maintains its original settings from before it was upgraded.
The workstation ECL maintains its origingl settings from before it was upgraded.
Upgrade a client running a version prior to 4.5 and having no desktop (or ECL) to version 4.5 or higher
Start a client running version 4.5 or later with no desktop
The workstation ECL takes on the default workstation ECL settings. The user's name is automatically added to the ECL.
The server's Admin ECL overwrites the client default ECL
The resulting ECL has entries from the client default ECL in addition to new entries from the server Admin ECL. The privileges in the Admin ECL overwrite the privileges of the same entry in the client default ECL. The user's name is automatically entered in the ECL because there is no existing workstation ECL.
Zz]J`
For a list of client default ECL settings by version of Notes and Domino, see the table titled "Client default ECL settings" at the end of this release note.
Upgrade a client from and to a version after 4.5 where the NOTES.INI setting for ECLSetup is less than the target client default of 3, or ECLSetup does not appear in the NOTES.INI file.
Start a client version 4.5 or later where the NOTES.INI setting for ECLSetup is less than the targgt client default of 3, or ECLSetup does not appear in the NOTES.INI file.
The client default ECL overwrites the current workstation ECL. The resulting workstation ECL contains entries from the default settings that were not already in the existing workstation ECL. In addition, if there's an entry that appears in both the default workstation ECL and the existing workstation ECL, the privileges in the client default ECL overwrite the privileges of the same entry in the existing workstation ECL.
The server's Admin ECL overwrites the current workstation ECL. The resulting workstation ECL contains entries from the
Admin ECL that were not already in the existing workstation ECL. The privileges in the Admin ECL overwrite the privileges of the same entry in the existing workstation ECL.
Note:
This table concentrates on the workstation ECL, but the principles are the same for the Java and Javascript ECLs.
Client ECL settings: Default entries
When you first install a client, its ECL settings include some preset entries in the "When signed by" field:
Version
Defaults
4.5.x, 4.6.x
- No Signature -
- Default -
Note template (with all privileges)
The user's name is automatically added to the ECL if there was no ECL in the user's desktop.
5.0.2
- No Signature -
- Default - (with no agcess)
Note template (with all privileges)
The user's name is automatically added to the ECL if there was no ECL in the user's desktop.
5.0.3
- No Signature -
- Default - (with no access)
Note template (with all privileges, special trustworthy entries)
The user's name is automatically added to the ECL if there was no ECL in the user's desktop.
As of 5.0.3 the truswworthy entries are Binary Tree, Sametime, and Fax for Domino, which are assigned the set of accesses they need, determined on a case by case basis.
Examples
An existing enterprise has clients and servers currently running several versions of Notes and Domino, from version 4.5 to version 5.0.1. Upgrading all existing servers, all existing clients, or all existing clients or servers'to version 5.0.2 will not automatically enforce the new ECL settings on any of the existing clients.
In the same enterprise, installing a new 5.0.2 client will enforce the new ECL settings regardless of the version of the Domino server, as long as the server doesn't have a customized Admin ECL.
aRuh<
If you use Readers fields in source girectory entries, a directory catalog does not enforce the Readers fields. As a partial workaround, use the new directory catalog configuration field "Selection Formula" to exclude from a directory catalog all entries that contain Reader fields. Use this selection formula to exclude documents with Reader fields:
SELECT @IsUnavailable($Readers)
For more information on thg new "Selection Formula" field, see the R5.0.4 "New Features" section in the R5.0.4 Release Notes.
Notes R5x for the Macintosh uses Outside In Viewing Technology v 5.2.1 (Update 2) from Inso Corporation.
These file formats are supported for Notes R5x on the Macintosh PPC.
Ami Pro 3.x (.SAM)
AmiDraw (.SDW)
Bitmap (.BMP)
CompuServe (.GIF)
Computer Graphics Metafile (.CGM)
Executable file (.EXE)
HTML (.HTM)
JPEG file (.JPEG, .JPG)
Lotus 1-2-3 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.x (.WK3, .WK4, .123)
Lotus 1-2-3 for Macintosh
Lotus Freelance (.PRE, .PRZ)
Lotus Freelance for OS/2 (.PRS)
Lotus PIC (.PIC)
Macintosh PIC (.PIC)
Microsoft Access 1.0, 2.0 (.MDB)
Microsoft Excel 2.x, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 7.0, '97 (.XLS)
Microsoft PowerPoint 4.x, 7.0, '97 (.PPT)
Microsoft Word for Windows 6.0, '97 (.DOC)
Microsoft Word for Macintosh 2.0, 3.0
Paintbrush/DCX (multi-page PCX) (.PCX)
PICT and PICT2 Graphics (.PCT)
Revisable Form Text (.RFT)
Rich Text Format (.RTF)
Tagged Image Fgle Format (.TIF)
Text file (.TXT)
Windows Metafile Graphic (.WMF)
WordPerfect 5.x, 6.x, 7.x
WordPerfect 8
WordPerfect for Macintosh 2.0, 3.0
WordPerfect Graphics (.WPG)
ZIP file (.ZIP)
4TWAA<
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Paula Lagasse/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Paula Lagasse/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=KotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusViewers supported for Macintosh clients
Client02 Things you need to know09 Viewers and Filters
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA4AGP3E
Z@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Jan Kenney/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMac Link import filters not supported
Client02 Things you need to know09 Viewers and Filters
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JKEY48AS4W
[@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Paula Lagasse/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusImporting large files into a Notes rich text field
Client02 Things you need to know09 Viewers and FiltersPLAE4BCNL
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
PLAE4FHLH8
@[@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
Importing extremely large files into a Notes rich text field may cause virtual memory issues. If virtual memory is low, users will be presented with a virtual memory error box, requesting that applications be closed or the system restarted.
We are working to resolve this issue in the next version of Notes.
Designer02 Things you need to know10 Feature Changes
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
LZAA48YE8M
@]@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN;Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMail integration support with Microsoft applications
Client02 Things you need to know10 Feature Changes
JTHN4A6SN2JTHN46QN4F
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JTHN4AMHR2
]@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Joan Eliyesil/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTime zone and DST values on the UNIX and OS/2 platforms
Server02 Things you need to know10 Feature Changestimezone
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JELL4AMKB6
]@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Tim Shaw/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusThe default behavior for typeahead feature is now exact match
Client02 Things you need to know10 Feature ChangesGPEA4EDMYL
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
TSHW4GTLWB
^@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusServer-side imagemaps are no longer suppkrted
Server02 Things you need to know10 Feature Changes
Release Notes02 Things you need to know
JCHN4JTN8W
@^@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN;Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew location for NOTES.INI file
CN=Kristen Brouillette/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CKM/O=LotusCannot install in NT with drive mapped to 95/98
CN=Paul Fiore/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Paul Fiore/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot use default install user and group on UNIX
Server03 Troubleshooting01 Installation Issues
Release No{es03 Troubleshooting
PFIE3XXQR4
_@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Dilip Soman/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CKM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusChanging the AIX OS locale after installing Domino
CN=Kristen Brouillette/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibsok/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDon't use Additional Modem Setup in a LAN + Dialup setup
The documents that directly follow (in the online database, the items in the Feature Changes section of the
Things you need to know
chapter) discuss prominent feature changes since the original R5 product release. Not all features are discussed in this section.
Refer to the
History of changes
chapter for a more complete historical listing of feature changes, grouped according to the release in which they were first documented.
Refer to the New Features section of the
What's new?
chapter for a listing of all new features for this particular QMR product release.
Starting in R5.0.1, phe four Java-based Domino Applets (Editor, View, Outline, and Action Bar) are now compiled with JDK 1.1.6 which makes them smaller and faster. In addition, the applets now rely on Java to JavaScript communication (often called LiveConnect) to get data from Domino servers.
Refer to the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" table in the
General Certifications and Requirements
section of the Release Notes for baseline browser requirements.
Note:
The applets will no longer work on browsers that do not support Java to JavaScript communications. Since Microsoft Internet Explorer 3.0x and Netscape Navigator 3.0x are based on older technology, they do not support JDK 1.1. The Domino Applets no longer work on these browsers.
Editor Applet Enhancements
The Editor Applet now supports external cut/copy/paste. You can now copy data from the Editor Applet and paste it into another program. You can also paste data into the editor applet from another product. The only limitation is that plain text data is copied and pasted, rather than rich text. This is due to a fault in the JDK that limits data exchanged with the system clipboard to only plain text strings. Cut/copy/paste within the editor applet itself will continue to support rich text data `nd images.
In order for the editor applet to access the system clipboard and perform cut/copy/paste with other applications, the editor applet is now signed by Lotus Development Corporation. Signing is needed so the user is aware that the applet intends to operate outside of the Java Security sandbox and access the system clipboard. When using Internet Explorer you will be prompted by the security manager before the editor applet is loaded. You must trust and accept the editop applet in order to use it on your system. If you can elect to trust all content signed by Lotus Development Corporation, you will not be prompted again the next time the editor applet is loaded.
In Netscape, you are only prompted by the browser's security manager when you perform a cut/copy/paste operation. If you accept the applet's request for access to the system clipboard, the external cut/copy/paste operation will complete. If you do not accept the request, only interna` cut/copy/paste will be allowed. When accepting the request, you can check the box, "Remember this decision" so that you will not be prompted the next time the editor applet is loaded and cut/copy/paste is performed.
RN Text
RN Text (no fo`t)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The new NOTES.INI parameter DIIOP_IOR_HOST has been added to configure the DIIOP server for firewall support. When there is a firewall between your Domino server and your Java Applets/Applications that need to use the CORBA-enabled lotus.domino classes, you will need to set this parameter to the Public IP address or hostname of phe Domino server (as it is known outside the firewall). The Java Applets/Applications will thereafter be able to go through an appropriately configured firewall to allow the IIOP ports a connection to the hidden Domino server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you created an IMAP or NNTP account with Notes R5, the design of your proxy database is not automatically updated when you install 5.0.1. The simplest way to make sure you have the latest design is to follow these steps:
Install R5.0 1. This will add the latest IMAP and NNTP templates to your data directory.
Open your local address book and switch to the Accounts view.
Delete your current IMAP or NNTP account. Be sure to refresh the view to force the account to be deleted.
Use the Add Account action to recreate the account.
How Caching Works
When you open an IMAP or NNTP account, Not`s retrieves the message summaries. But now the message summaries are stored in a local cache (actually in the proxy database itself). When you open the same mailbox or newsgroup a second time, Notes does not retrieve the summaries again. The status line at the bottom of Notes will tell you such information as:
"Loaded
messages summaries from cache"
If any new messages have arrived since the last time you visited the mailbox or `ewsgroup, you should also see:
"Retrieved
message summaries."
If any of the messages have expired since the last time you visited the mailbox or newsgroup, you will see:
"Removed
expired/deleted messages from cache"
Limitations
When you have worked with an IMAP mailbox or NNTP newsgroup for several days, the message summary cache will occasiona`ly get out of synchronization with the remote server. If you suspect this is the case, you can force a complete refresh of the message summaries. For IMAP, click the Refresh action and select the Summaries option. For NNTP, click the Refresh Summaries action.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Beginning in Release 5.0.1, you can use the command
tell ldap exportschema
to build/update the Domino LDAP Schema database (SCHEMA50.NSF) in the Domino data directory. This database provides information about the directory schema in a user-friendly formap and can reflect any changes you make if you extend the directory schema. If you extend the directory schema, use the command
tell ldap reloadschema
, which loads the updated schema into memory, before using
tell ldap exportschema.
When the Designer task runs it also reloads the schema into memory and then creates or updates the Domino LDAP Schema database.
For each attribute in the schema, the Domino LDAP Schema database prov`des the LDAP name, OID, corresponding Domino field, LDAP schema the attribute originated from, and the syntax type.
To determine the form or forms which use an attribute, switch to the "LDAP ObjectClasses" view, do a full-text search on the attribute, then look at the "Notes Name" column in the view.
For each object class in the schema, the database provides the LDAP na`e, OID, Domino Directory form that corresponds to the object class, LDAP schema the object class originated from. The database also provides the object class type (abstract, structural, auxiliary), the relative superior and auxiliary object classes, and the associated mandatory and optional attributes.
For each syntax, the database provides the LDAP name (and alternate name), OID, the data type mapping in Notes, and the schema from which the syntax originated.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In R5.0.1, users can now choose from the following four options when e`iting the width of a button (forms, pages and documents):
Maximum width
Minimum width
Fixed width
Fit content
Maximum Width acts exactly the same as prior versions of Notes. This was left in for complete backwards compatibility.
Fixed Width means the button is
inches wide regardless of the size `f the label. If wrap is turned on and the label does not fit in the specified width, the label's text will wrap to a new line(s). If wrap is not turned on and the label does not fit in the specified width, the label's text will be truncated. Truncation will occur on pixel boundaries (not word boundaries). Minimum allowed value is .25 inches.
Minimum Width means the button is
inches wide, however, if wrap is turned off, it will expand the button's width to `it the text if it otherwise would not fit. If wrap is turned on, this is the same as fixed width. Text is centered in the button. Minimum allowed value is .25 inches.
Fit Content means the button is as wide as is needed for the text. When set, both the "width field" (the inches/cms field) and the "Wrap label text" field are disabled.
Several improvements and enhancements have been made to Domino Designer to make it even easier to use. Key improvements since the initial release are detailed below.
Release 5.0.1
Usability:
Launching Domino Global Workbench (DGW) from Designer is now an option.
Right mous` click on a window tab in the client gives a new option to "Open this database in the Designer".
Ability to bookmark a database in the open database dialog of the Designer is included.
A better message is given when saving a design element before using Preview in Web Browser.
Now go-to-client, go-to-DGW, go-to-admin buttons are available.
A double-click on a database opens the database properties infobox.
Th` bookmark folder drop down menu (upper left button) now has "Create New Folder" as found on the client.
Expanded size of drop down box in the Reference tab of the Programmer's pane.
In the Borders combobox of a field infobox, added words for "none" choice to avoid confusion.
Added a "Do not display this message again" check box to the "Can't Debug @Dialog Box ..." message box.
When adding a new shared image to an existing list, the list is scrolled and the new addition is displayed as the selected item. This avoids confusing the user into thinking the image was not added because it appears somewhere else in the list.
When navigating from field to field in the Programming pane, Designer continues to display the same event the user initially selected rather than switching to the first populated event after each field change.
In the Find dialog box of the IDE, Designer lists the last few values searched so they can be selected r`ther re-entered.
Allow the Formula Window dialog box to be a resizable window.
The default navigator pane will display only the preferred language rather than all available languages.
Removed Design menu option when on the Designer Welcome page to avoid the accidental creation of design elements in bookmarks.nsf.
Designer options
In a Hotspot Butpon infobox, provide width options of "Fit-to-Content" and "Fixed Width".
Allow forms, pages, and documents to have "System" as a background color option.
Notes R5 registers itself as an available default mail application for Microsoft Windows. This allows Notes R5 mail messaging to be integrated within products such as Microsoft Off`ce and Microsoft Internet Explorer, so that Notes is launched as the mail client from these types of applications.
In order for this support to work with Microsoft Office 97 applications, you will need to enable a preference in the Notes client. Select File, Preferences, User Preferences, and in the additional options window select "Enable MS Office 97 SendTo Notes." Choose OK, and you are ready to work. Keep in mind that you will need to restart any Microsoft Office application after making this change in Notes.
If you are using Microsoft Office 2000 applications, the preference "Enable MS Office 97 SendTo Notes" will not be available since you Office 2000 is installed. However, in order for this support to work properly you must ensure Notes is the default e-mail program in Windows. Verify this by opening the Control Panel in Windows, selecting Internet Options, then selecting the Programs tab a`d verifying Notes is the default e-mail program.
In order for Notes mail integration to work with Microsoft Internet Explorer you must ensure Notes is the default e-mail program in Windows too. Verify this by opening the Control Panel in Windows, selecting Internet Options, then selecting the Programs tab and verifying Notes is the default e-mail program.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino R5 will now get time zone and Daylight Savings Time (DST) information from the operating system on UNIX and OS/2 platforms.
On OS/2, it is important that th` TZ variable be set in the config.sys file. If you do not observe Daylight Savings Time, do not put a Daylight Savings abbreviation in the TZ variable. On UNIX, Domino will use the difference between localtime & gmttime, and the value of the isdst field from localtime, to determine the time zone. On both platforms, localtime should always be correct before installing or starting a server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The typeahead feature in R5 releases would display an ambiguous names dialog when the user pressed a delimiter and the typeahead completed name was a subset of another na`e. For example:
The user types "John F".
The typeahead feature completes the name as "John Foo".
The user hits a delimiter such as a comma (","), Enter, or F9.
An ambiguous names dialog appears containing "John Foo" and "John Foobar".
The new behavior eliminates the ambiguous names dialog and accepts the completed name if it is a unique exact match. The only instance wh`n an ambiguous names dialog will appear is when the typeahead completed name is found in multiple organizations. For example:
The user types "John F".
The typeahead feature completes the name as "John Foo".
The presses a delimiter such as a comma (","), Enter, or F9.
An ambiguous names dialog appears containing "John Foo/CompanyA" and "John Foo/CompanyB".
The typeahead feature behavior can be reverted to the pre-5.0.3 behavior by setting phe NOTES.INI variable "TypeaheadDoExactMatch" to 0.
Support for server-side imagemaps has been dropped from the Domino web server, beginning in Release 5.0.4.
Server-side imagemaps were a feature of the open-source HTTPD server project coordinated by CERN and W3C (
http://www.w3.org
). Lotus and other web server vendors supported server-side imagemaps by including versions of the original CERN code. W3C is no longer maintaining this project, and recently a number of serious security vulnerabilities have been discovered in the CERN code and reported to the Buqtraq mailing list maintained by SecurityFocus.com (
http://www.securityfocus.com
). In response, Lotus is dropping support for this largely obsolete feature. Most site designers now prefer to use more efficient client-side maps, supported `y current browsers, rather than server-side maps.
In R5.0.4, the directives in the HTTPD.CNF file that activated the imagemap feature have been removed. The Domino install program will not modify an existing HTTPD.CNF, but existing imagemap directives will have no effect. Any request that invokes such a directive will be rejected and a generic "Error 500..." message will be returned to the browser.
RN Heading
Unsupported Workaround:
If you still have a requirement to support server-side imagemaps on your web site, you can obtain the original CERN source code from:
http://www.w3.org/Daemon/Implementation/HTImage.c
You can try to compile this code yourself and place the executable into your site's CGI-BIN directory. Of course, if you do this you may exp`se your site to security attacks. Review the documentation at
http://www.securityfocus.com
for more information.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bpllet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In new (clean) installs of R5, the Setup program places the NOTES.INI file in the following locations:
Operating System
NOTES.INI location
Microsoft Windows 95, Windows 98 Windows NT (Intel), Windows NT (Alpha)
Notes program directory (for example, c:\lotus\notes)
Domino data directory
Partitioned servers
Domino data directory of each server
Shared installation
Windows system directory (for example, c:\winnt)
This is a `hange from previous releases, which placed the NOTES.INI file in the system directory by default.
Note:
When you upgrade to Release 5, the upgrade program moves the NOTES.INI file to the new locations listed in the table above.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Due to a third-party software bug, you are unable to run the installation program in Windows NT if the install kit is located on a Windows 95 or Windows 98 file system and the path contains long (greater than 8 character) directory names.
For example, the install does nop work with a directory path of:
f:\download\Notes\NotesR5_client\
To work around this problem, change the pathname to a DOS-compatible form, such as:
f:\download\Notes\NotesR~1\
Prior to R5, you could install on UNIX using the default user "notes" and default group "notes" regardless of other factors. In R5, this procedure has changed somewhat.
If you install with the default user "notes" and group "notes" (notes.notes), you will be unable to run the server if the login user account (notes.notes) does not exist and you are not running as user notes.notes. You should always install the server with the user and group of the login user account which will be used to run the server. (For partitioned serpers, each Data directory should be installed with the login ID and group that will be used to run that partitioned server).
For example, as root user, installing Domino with two partitioned servers run under the existing login ID's of server1.notes and server2.notes (respectively), you must:
Modify the default user name on the first partitioned server data directory from "notes" to "server1", leaving the group "notes" intact.
Next, modify the default user name on the second partitioned server data directory from "notes" to "server2", leaving the group "notes" intact.
You must next log in as server1.notes to run the first partitioned server, or log in as server2.notes to run the second partitioned server. If instead you log in as server3.notes and try to run the server from server2's data directory, certain files cannot be opened (since they are opned by server2 with user-read-only bits set). Server3 is therefore unable to start up the server.
So, if you have an account designated notes.notes, it is OK to install with default notes.notes and run as notes.notes, but you cannot run a notes.notes initiated server with a user such as joe.user.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a view has the column property "Show multiple values as separate entries" marked, but none of the columns in the view are sorted, then the entries appear only once and only one of the multiple values appear per document. To see the multiple values as separate entries, the column containing the multiple values should be sorted.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you want to change the locale for Domino after hnstallation, follow these steps:
Check your AIX OS locale. Enter the following command at dtterm:
locale
Verify that the locale is correct for your language/country. If the locale is not correct, then refer to your AIX help system for information on how to install and configure your correct language locale.
To change the OS locale
after
you have installed Domino, you need to complete the following steps.
You must be a super user to carry out the following steps:
for Turkish. You must name the directory in this manner.
Verify that the
$LANG
dir has been created and the files have been successfully copied as follows:
ls -la /opt/lotus/notes/5000/ibmpow/res
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you receive a Data Transfer Error(dialog box during a Windows 95/98/NT installation, exit the install and shut down all other applications. In most cases, this is due to a .DLL (Dynamic Link Library) file that is still in use while the install program is trying to update it. It may also help to log off the system and log in again before retrying the installation.
Example Data Transfer Error dialog box
Data Transfer Error Informatioh
ComponentError returned the following data transfer error.
Setup will now abort.
Media Name: DATA
Component: Domino as an NT Service
File Group:
File:
Error Number: -115
When client setup is done by connecting hver both a LAN
by dialing directly into a Domino server, if the user selects the Modem Setup button to configure the speed, sound, etc., through the Additional Modem Setup dialog, setup will fail when looking for the user's name in the public Domino Directory with the error "Server not responding."
To avoid this error, do not select the Modem Setup button during client setup; after setup has completed successfully change the speed, volume, and other settinhs through the Ports tab in User Preferences. If the user is connecting by only dialing directly into a Domino server, the Modem Setup button can be used the change the speed and other settings without causing this problem.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When setting up an additional server on Windows platforms, if you select serial port, then change back to network, and click Finish, the following error appears:
Note error: The server name is different than the onh you specified
You must re-install Domino to avoid this error.
If you are upgrading from Domino R4.x to R5.x, and if Domino R4 is currently installed as a Windows NT Service, R4 must be removed as an NT service before you upgrade to Domino R5.x.
In this situation, execute the "ntsvinst -d" chmmand to remove the Domino Release 4 NT Service before you perform the Domino server upgrade.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When installing a Domino Server as an NT Service you must set up the server before attempting to start the Service. If an attempt to start the Service is made before setup, you receive an error message similar to the following:
Services: Could not start the Lotus Domino Server <Server Name> service on \\<LocalHost>
Error 2140. An internal Windows NT error occurred.
Note:
<Server Name>(only appears if this is a Partitioned Server installation..
If you attempt to set up the server after receiving this error, you may receive the following message after running the setup client:
Lotus Notes: Unable to open desktop file. Notes may have been terminated abnormally in an earlier session. Please logoff or shut down the operating system before running Notes again.
You need to reboot Windows NT before proceeding.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Master Address Book template (MAB45.NTF) is deleteh during server install. If you have customized it and want to save your changes then copy it to a safe location before installing Domino R5.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The supported upgrade installation configuration is to upgrade an existing Notes client, NOTES.INI, and databases. If you deviate from this supported configuration, the following situations can occur:
If Notes is elsewhere in the user's system path, the installation program renames the existing NOTES.INI to NOTES.00x and crhates a new, default NOTES.INI in the program directory. To continue with a supported upgrade, the user must rename NOTES.00x back to NOTES.INI and move it into the program directory, replacing the default NOTES.INI created by the installation program.
Before installing R5, a user might uninstall the previous Notes client without deleting files and databases not removed by the uninstall program (such as NAMES.NSF). If this occurs, it is recommended that the user install R5 into a new directorx, free of existing databases, and then move the databases into the new Notes data directory after the Notes R5 installation and setup has been completed.
If existing databases are present during an R5 installation and setup, yet NOTES.INI has been reset or deleted, inconsistencies can result in the starting configuration of the Notes client. For example, the starting Location may be different than what was set in previous Notes client.
Uninstalling a previous version and then installing R5 without removhng old configuration files is not supported or suggested.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a middle initial is used for the administrator user during setup on Windows platforms, the middle initial is not added to the user record in the Domino Directory. However, the middle initial is added to the administrator group.
The workaround is not to use a middle initial for the administrative user during setup. After setup, the middle initial is handled correctly.
Due to a third party software bug, if you select the Back button when recording a silent (automated) install for a partitioned server, you will receive an result code of -12 (dialogs are out of order). The silent install will fail to run.
You must re-record the silent install without selecting the Back button.
Example setup.log file containing the error:
[InstallShield Silent]
Version=v5.00.000
File=Log File
[Application]
Name=Notes
Version=5.0
Company=Lotus
Lang=0009
[ResponseResult]
ResultCode= -12
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Macintosh Notes client requires Appearance Manager version 1.01 or higher to run. The MacOS versions 8.1 and later already include a version of Appearance Manager that meets this requiremenx.
For MacOS 8.0x (and all earlier MacOS versions that Notes R5 supports), Appearance Manager will be installed with Notes as follows:
RN Bullet 1
If the language version of Notes matches that of the Operating System, the Notes installation will install a more current version of the Appearance Manager as needed.
If the language of Noths does not match the language of the MacOS operating system you are running, you need to install the Appearance Manager version 1.01 (or higher) that matches your operating system language. Otherwise, Notes will not launch.
When using Netscape Navigator to set up a Domino server, the status "%" icons do not update and you must reload manuhlly to see the Congratulations screen.
This problem occurs if you have the cache preference "Document in cache is compared to document on network" set to "Never." Change this preference to "Once per session" for future Domino server setups.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN(Example
RN Number List
Currently, client setup by dialing a remote network is unavailable for Macintosh PowerPC clients.
The release hote below, which went out with version 5.0.2 of Domino, contains an incorrect recommendation. This notes.ini variable should
be added in released versions of the Domino Server, since it disables the QNC debugger used to detect problems with the server. If you are using this variable please remove it from your Notes.ini file.
As a precaution, recognition of this variable is being disabled in the Domino Server for release 5.0.3.
When running Domino on OS/2 Warp Server at fixpack level 39, the following statement must be placed in the NOTES.INI file:
DEBUG_NONQNC_DEBUGGER=1
This will disable the Quincy debugger for OS/2, conserving memory so it can be used by other server tasks. While this will not impact installation, this parameter should be put in the NOTES.INI file after installation, and before starting the Domino server for production use.
The two SSL admihistration applications (Domino Certificate Authority and Server Certificate Administration) that are created using the cca50.ntf and csrv50.ntf templates are not supported when using a Notes client on a Macintosh platform. You must use a R5.0 Notes client on the Windows 32-bit platforms in order to administer these two SSL application databases.
Please note: Macintosh users who use a web browser may still access xhe Domino Certificate Authority database on a Domino web server to request X509 client certificates.
As Lotus transitions from the North American registration tool to an internationalized version, Lotus has decided to disable the Product Registration tool in R5.0.4. (This tool is the product registration screen that appears following a client insthllation). While we are not leaving out any Notes functionality by doing this, Lotus is aware some enterprise customers remove the registration file from the installation kits. This R5.0.4 registration tool change may require such customers to slightly adjust their internal deployment procedures.
Explanation of the change
Because R5.0.5 and later releases of R5 will use a "global" International English kit that combines all the Notes encryption types, a separate Norxh American kit will no longer be produced. The Product Registration tool (LotusProductRegistration.exe), which exists in the Windows 32-bit Notes client only, will not be present in R5.0.4 because it was solely a North American tool. An international version of this tool will begin shipping in the R5.0.5 International English Windows 32-bit client kits, as well as the localized Windows 32-bit client kits.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In the Designer Field Properties box on a Windows NT Japanhse operating system, the actual symbol for the euro currency does not display properly. This is a Windows NT system limitation. The symbol should appear correctly in the actual document in the client.
If you preview a categorized embedded view in Notes that has "Show Single Category" set to a valid category, the documents in the embedded view will(not be visible if the category is collapsed. To view the documents in the view, expand the category.
This also occurs in the Notes client. For example, open a database to the embedded view and collapse the category. Compose a document using the form that contains the embedded view. Notice that the embedded view does not show the document.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a form contains an imported navigator with a LotusScript action, you need to edit the hotspot on the form after the navigathr has been imported. In the click action, replace "Source As Navigator" with "Source As Button". Resave the form and the LotusScript will work.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
It is recommended that the name of Environment variables be limited to less than 62 characters in the NOTES.INI file.
If an Environment variable names are set at 62 characters long, they can cause the NOTES.INI to become very large and slow down performance. It may also cause applications to fail.
If this happens, limit the name of the environment variable to less than 62 characters
clear the environment variable manually.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Using R5, a developer can create applications which manipulate more than one currency, including the euro, and these currency values and symbols are independent of the locale setting or operating system default currency symbol.
When creating a form, a currency field is defined using the Field Definition Infobox. One step(in the currency field definition is to choose the currency symbol. Once chosen, the currency symbol and the currency amount always display together in that field.
In R5, displaying a currency field value in a view must be approached differently. For a view column to display a currency field, use a view column formula similar to the following example for displaying Japanese Yen in a view:
@If(JapaneseCurrencyValue!="";"
"+@Text(JapaneseCurrencyValue;"F,2");"")
where "JapaneseCurrencyValue" is the name of a form field and "F,2" is a format string that establishes a fixed format with 2 digits of precision.
Right justify the view column and the currency amounts align properly.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When creating a multi-value field of type readers or names, if the devhloper removes the selection for comma as a separator, saving the form re-adds it. If a Notes client user enters a name, a comma, and a return before the next name, then any names entered after the return are lost.
RN Heading
Outline entriex containing hide-when formulas that are based on field values display regardless of the field value. Hide-when formulas attached to the outline itself work.
Deleting entries from the bottom of an outline that is larger than the window, then using Home or Page Up to return to the top of the outline, may cause gaps to appear in the rest of the outline. This can also occur after reducing the outline size by collapsing the outline. To make the entries visible again, use the arrow keys to move up hr down the outline over the area where the entries are missing.
An Outline Entry that points to a database that has never been opened by the current user may not open the first time it is accessed through the Outline Entry.
If you place a database link to the current database into an outline, it is not visible when the outline is embedded in a page or form.
CN=Tom Doyle/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusError setting up additional server
Server03 Troubleshkoting01 Installation Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
TDOE46GTFX
@`@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCK=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRemove Domino as a service before upgrading NT servers
Server03 Troubleshooting01 Installation Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LZAA49CQL4
``@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Paul Fiore/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInstalling Domino as an NT Service
Server03 Troubleshooting01 Installation Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PFIE45KTFR
`@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Scott M Davidson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Scott M Davidson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMaster Address Book template deleted upon install
CN=Tom Doyle/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWindows server setup - Administrator User middle initial not used
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDo not use the Back button when recording silent installs
Server03 Troubleshooting01 Installatiok Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LZAA49CRFA
a@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Diane Reamy/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Kordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Diane Reamy/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Diane Reamy/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAppearance Manager requirements for Notes on Macintosh
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino setup screens do not update correktly using Navigator
CN=Denise McKenna/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSSL applications cannot be administered using Macintosh clients
Client03 Troubleshooting01 Installation Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DMKA483KG9
a@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Melanie Rose/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Melanie Rose/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMacintosh Error: '..."NotesLib" could not be found.'
This error message may occur when Virtual Memory has been turned off. If this error appears when Notes is launched, go to the Control Panel for Memory and enable Virtual Memory. Lotus recommends that the total Virtual Memory should not be set to more than twice the physical memory of the machine.
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProduct Registration disabled in R5.0.4 clients
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU:CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot display euro character on Japanese Windows NT
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English*OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCopying hotspot from navigator to form
Ij the Launch option of a database is set to "Open designated Frameset," the margin width attribute of the frames will be ignored in the Notes client.
To avoid an error when switching the Kind attribute (form, page, etc.) of a named element that resides in a frame, clear the Value field first.
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OY=CAM/O=LotusImage Resources not displaying in Web browser
An Image Resource containing a plus sign (+) in its name will not display in a Web browser. To correct this problem, remove the plus sign (+) from the name of the Image Resource. For example) my+picture.gif would become mypicture.gif.
CN=Karl Gevecker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason Enilish/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMulti-currency and euro support in views
To avoid having nested private folders appearing in the shared folder or move folder location lists, create the first level private folder first, then create the sublevel private folders.
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPrivate on first view doesn't update in an outline
Placeholders should be included in an outline with an outline entry for a "Shared, private on first" view. If they are omitted, the outline entry will not be updated.
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusReplacing or refreshing database design containing a frameset
If you replace or refresh a database design with a template containing a frameset, you must close and then reopen the database in order to see the new design.
CN=Jolene Staruch/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusShowing multiple values as separate entries requires sorting
CN=Damien Katz/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProblem composing forms in views with form formulas
In outline design on Windows 2000, clicking the 'Use Outline' button (or menu equivalent) while the outline or outline entry infobox is opened may crash.
Workaround - Close the infobox prior to clicking the 'Use Outline' button (or menu equivalent).
CN=Jolene Staruch/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU;CAM/O=LotusOpening a form with an embedded view after the view has been deleted
CN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOutlook recurrence+of "every 2 days" does not migrate properly
Administrator ClientClient03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesPESA4A8RYN
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PESA4AEKWF
e@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Because Java is not implemented on tfe Macintosh, performing a Design Synopsis (from a Macintosh) will not report any Java code in the specified agent or script library.
Normal
RN Text
VN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Programming Notes
All the product classes, that is Database, Document, and so on, are documented in the Lotus Notes Programmer's Guide. Use that documentation to explain what the various object/verb/methods/properties are meant to do. However, there are two basic variations from that LovusScript definition you need to know:
The Notes prefix was dropped on all classes. NotesDocument becomes Document, NotesDatabase becomes Database, and so on.
For various reasons there may have been name conflicts that had to be changed. Be aware that the definitive interface definition will always be the AppleScript dictionary contained within the Notes application icon.
AS Objects and their life cycle
The objects created when interacting with Notes are "bridge" objects. They are references to the internal product classes associated with internal Notes programming. When you create an object using the "make new" command or a "get" command from another object, an intermediate object is created to represent that class.
The following script creates an object for the document collection and an object for each of the docvments in the collection:
tell app "notes"
set myDB to make new database with data {srvrName, dbName}
openmail myDB
set docCollection to ftsearchdatabase
myDB query
"test"
maxdocs
set aDoc to getfirstdocument of docCollection
repeat until aDoc is equal to 0
set aDoc to getnextdocument of docCollectiof document aDoc
end repeat
The best approach to deal with these left over objects is to delete them as you go. This approach becomes more critical when your script runs for a long time. For example, as in the case of a script with an idle loop handler:
repeat until aDoc is equal to 0
set aDoc to getnextdocument of docCollection document aDoc
delete aDoc
end repeat
delete docCoflection
Alternatively, the command, "flush bridge", can be used at the end of your script. Just make sure that you are no longer planning to use the identifiers, that is, myDB.
The "delete docCollection" line will
delete each of the corresponding document objects. If you were looking for a specific document and have attached the document to an AS variable (in this case, the aDoc), that reference will remain after deleting thf collection.
Creating Notes product objects
Each object class that can be instantiated as needed will show required/optional parameters in the dictionary class definition.
Class database : make new database with data { server, file }
For the "make new" verb only, the variable identifiers are not included, only the data.
set myDB to make new database with data { "", "mymail.nsf"v
The preceding syntax creates an object that points to the db mymail.nsf in your notes data folder. To open that database, you can either use the normal "open" verb or the Notes-specific "opendb". Each requires that the server/file name be supplied.
open myDB
open myDB server "" file "mymail.nsf"
Support of Required/Standard Suite verbs
The fbility to use the standard verbs is supported in some cases. In the database open example previously provided, the open verb is supported.
Get/Set/Make are fully supported. Open/print is supported on some objects as relevant.
: To see if the command is supported, you should try it in a test.
Default Objects and Order of Precedence
Three suites are considered to be the default objects, Default Nftes Suite, Session, and UIWorkspace. By making them application default objects, you do not need to explicitly define them as command targets. Should there be a name conflict between the three default objects, the order of precedence is Default, Session, UIWorkspace.
: By design, naming conflicts have been eliminated and therefore occurrence of such conflicts is highly unlikely.
Conceptually, the way to communicate with the uiworkspace vould be:
tell app "Notes"
set ws to make new uiworkspace
set aUIDB to get currentuidatabase of ws
end tell
In practice, the creation of the session and/or uiworkspace can be skipped:
tell app "Notes"
set aUIDB to get currentuidatabase
end tell
Boolean var types
When a boolean type is listed in the dictionfry as a small integer, you can use the form "with" to specify that var. For example,
getenvironmentvalue varname "DEBUG_CONSOLE" with issystemvar
getenvironmentvalue varname "DEBUG_CONSOLE" without issystemvar
Notes views use a feature called Form Formula to change the form that is used when displaying a Document. Typically a Form Formula will look like this:
@If( Amount > 50; "Big Amount"; "Little Amount");
This formula looks at the current document being opened. If the document has field named Amount and its value is more than 50, then it uses the form Big Amount to view the document, otherwise it uses the form Littlf Amount.
However, this also causes strange behavior when the user creates a new document while this view is open. If there is a form called Phone Number and the user composes it by selecting Create - Phone Number from the Notes menu while in the same view, he will instead see the Little Amount form. This is because the same Form Formula is executing regardless of whether the user is composing a new document or opening an existing document from the view. The same is true of viev actions that use Formulas or LotusScript to compose a new document.
To work around this, the application developer should change the Form Formula to this:
@If( @IsNewDocument; @Return(Form); "");
@If( Amount > 50; "Big Amount"; "Little Amount");
This will restore the expected behavior when composing new documents.
In the Database properties, checking the "Display images after loading" results in an extra $file added for each $file attachment that is created in a document. For example, if you check the formentioned property and attach a file to a rich text field in a document, you see that $file in the doc properties and an extra $file item gets created. Therefore, formula like @Attachments, @AttachmentLengths, @AttachmentNames return incorrecv/invalid information.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If the view that is embedded of a form has been deleted, and the designer then opens the form and clicks on the embedded view, Notes will appear to hang. In actuality, it is searching for the deleted view, and will eventually return to user control. Rather than wait for control to return, the user can hit ESC to move focus off the deleted view and resume editing. The same symptoms and work around apply to accessing the form from the client and clicking on the embedded view.
While searching for the deleted view, Notes will&give an error beep if the user tries to click on anything else, or switch from the client to the designer or vice versa.
Due to an acknowledged Microsoft bug, text is being cut off in R5.0.4 infoboxes in Japanese Windows 2000, Japanese Windows NT, and Traditional Chinese Windows.
For example, you will see this if you open a form via Fesigner and select Design->Design Properties. Note that the text (of certain field names in the infobox) is cut off.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you attach a file to a Notes document and the attachment name contains a double exclamation point (!!), the file name does not appear. The !! is an internal network separator to Notes, therefore, any characters preceeding this do not appear.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Outlook users working in Microsoft Exchange who have recurrence pattern options set to "Daily" for "every two days" will be able to migrate to Notes, but will have the recurrence pattern set to occur every day and
every
days.
To prevent deletion of Group Calendar documents, when database archiving is enabled: Re-open any new or existing Group Calendar documents, edit the members list by clicking on the "Members" button in the action bar at the top of the form, and save the document.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Only the first line of text entered in the Description field of the Alarms dialog is displayed in the alarm notification box. Any text after the first carriage return is not displayed in the notification box.
If you set automatic alarms when you were using a beta version of Notes R5, you need to modify your $Alarms folder in your mail file before you can set automatic alarms in the final version of R5. You can do one of the following two things:
Remove your $Alarms folder
This mfans you lose all the alarms you have already set. To remove the @Alarms folder from your mail file:
Choose View->Design.
In Domino Designer, select Folders from the left pane.
Select the $Alarms folder, and press Delete.
Close Designer.
Replace the design of your mail file by chooving File->Database->Replace Design.
Remove the unwanted lines from the $Alarms folder
You can remove only the automatic alarms. All the non-automatic alarms that you have set work correctly in the final version of R5. To remove the automatic alarms:
Close your mail file.
Press fnd hold down Ctrl - Shift, then double-click on the mail icon in the Bookmark bar.
Open the $Alarms folder and delete all lines beginning with "ERROR."
Close, save, and reopen your mail file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Do not use commas (,) when naming Site Profiles in the Resource Reservations databse. This causes problems when sending a meeting invitation to a room or resource.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In general, Calendar and Scheduling users should use the mail format preference of "Prefers Notes Rich Text" or "No Preference;" however, if the users have the "Prefers MIME" preference, these are the known issues:
Meeting invitations contain duplicate meeting information in the Description and comments fields.
Invitees' names are missing from response documents sent to the meeting chair.
Invitation responses sent to the meeting chair contain duplicate meeting information in all comments fields.
Any attachments added to the comments page are lost.
The chair is not able to "Send Updated Information..&" to an invitee's "Request information...".
If a user reserves a room or resource that has owner restrictions, the document link included in the Resource Reservation Request is converted to text. The resource owner has to open the Resource Reservations database to the "Waiting for Approval" view to process the reservation request.
Calendar view prints over boundaries of entry in weekly style view.
Calendar views, especially monthly and weekly, with many "to do" items and/or appointments on a single day, may generate several pages in order to complete the listing for that day. In order to reduce the number of pages generated, there is a setting to print the first line only. This setting can be found by going to the main print dialog box (File - Print), cficking the customize button, then checking the setting to "Print first line only."
Calendar printing on a Hewlett-Packard PCL (or compatible) with "draft quality" button checked in the print dialog box causes much larger than normal calendar text.
Trifold Style printing on Day Timer Senior Desk and Franklin Day Planner Monarch must be printed in portrait mode to look correct when printed.
May experience distinction problem between small and large fonts in calendar pvinting when Unicode is turned on.
May experience decreased printing time with trifold and monthly calendar printing to local and network printers.
A5 and B5 international paper sizes do not print correctly with Day Runner Entrepreneur (8.5" X 11"), Day Timer Senior Desk (8.5" X 11"), and Franklin Day Planner Monarch (8.5" X 11"). The size of the image (8.5" X 11") is larger then the size of the page (A5, B5). When printing these 8.5" X 11" types, print to either a full page or af international size paper such as A4 or B4, that can accomodate an 8.5" X 11" page.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a chair sends a meeting invitation that includes a room or rooms and then either cancels a room or adds additional rooms, no notification of these changes is sent to the invitees. The chair should open the calendar entry and choose Actions - Send Memo to Participants to send the updated information.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Comments and Purpose fields in the Reservation document of the Resource Reservations database serve the same basic purpose. If you manually create a reservation, you may use either field to store additional information abovt the reservation. If you are reserving a room or resource via a Meeting invitation, the information contained in Subject field of the invitation is stored in the Purpose field of the Reservation document.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
To avoid reservation conflicts, do not copy and paste resources in your Resource Reservations database. Always create new ones using the "New Resource" action.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you import multiple holiday sets that contain some of the same holidays, they appear doubled-booked in your Calendar. Any of the duplicate entries can be deleted from the Calendar without affecting the others.
Free Time scheduler returns incorrect results if the chairperson is in a time zone that does not use Daylight Saving Time and the invitee is in a time zone that uses Daylight Saving Time, but Daylight Saving Time is not in effect. For example, if the chairperson uses Japanese standard time and the invitee uses Eastern Standard Time and Daylight Saving Time is not in effect, the Fref Time scheduler does not correctly reflect the free time for the invitee.
The Free Time view is not automatically updated when time zone settings change. This issue is currently being investigated by Lotus Notes Quality Engineering. An example of how this scenario can occur follows:
Create a location document for the current time zone. (For this example, use EST).
Save this location document and use these EST settings.
Now, create a second location document (for the same user) but use PST as the time zone.
Switch to this location new document.
Notice the time and time zone settings on your machine change accordingly.
Now, create an appointment.
Observe the free time for the fppointment. It is for the original (EST) time zone.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You can't use an OID in a search filter when using LDAP to search a Domino Directory.
By default, the mail router configuration option "Exhaustive lookup" -- available on the Router/SMTP - Basics tab of a Configuration Settings document -- is disabled. If you keep this default setting, once the router finds a name it doesn't continue its search&to other directories. Disabling exhaustive lookups is used to improve router performance.
By design, disabling "Exhaustive lookup" does not apply to a directory catalog. After searching the primary Domino Directory, the router continues its search to the directory catalog even if "Exhaustive lookup" is disabled because it can find all the names quickly in one database (rather than having to take the performance hit of searching multiple secondary directories).
The router returns a delivery failure if it looks up a name in the directory catalog that corresponds to more than one directory entry and the Mail server, Mail file, and/or Domains are different for each entry. To avoid these delivery failures when the two entries actually represent the same person (for example, when someone's name and directory location within the organization has changed but you want to allow people to address mail using the original name), make the entries in the Mail server, Fail file, and Domain fields identical for each entry.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Groups in a Domino Directory do not expand to indiuidual members in the Group Calendar if you are using a Mobile Directory Catalog that does not contain the group members. To use both features, do the following:
Ensure your Personal Address Book (NAMES.NSF) is listed before the directory catalog in the Mail and News settings of User Preferences.
Select the group name in the Domino Directory.
Choose "Copy to Personal Address Book."
Alternatively, you can list each of the group members individually in the group calendar, or obtain a directory catalog from their administrator that contains members of public groups.
When creating or editing a Group Calendar, a Names dialog box is provided to allow the user to choose the individual members of the Group Calendar. %The domain names for the individual members are not included in the Group Calendar if the members were chosen from a Directory Catalog (local or server based).
This absence of a domain name may prevent freetime from being obtained for the Group Calendar members in the following situation:
The user's current location is a connected location. This means that freetime information will be obtained from the user's home server as opposed to using the client's local freetime database.
The individual member(s) are not in the same domain as the user who is editing the Group Calendar.
The user's home server is not properly configured to resolve name lookups for members that are not in the user's domain.
The solution is to ensure that your home server is properly configured te use Directory Catalogs and is able to resolve name lookups for user names that are not in the server's domain.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bulleu 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Any Calendar entries that were save with "pencil-in" enabled are not displayed in the Group Calendar grid.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In a browser, when a calendar entry type is anything other than meeting or personal to do, selecting the Invitations and Reservations tab displays the Description field only. Use the browser's Back button to return to the Basics tab of the form.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If an invitee of a meeting delegates the invitation to a third party, the delegated person's delegation invitation does not contain information regarding the location of the meeting, evee if the chair had included a room in the original invitation.
3lq7g
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
There is no warning or restrictions when deleting a Site Profile in the Resource Reservations database. Sites should be checked to insure that there are no pending reservations before deleting them.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a calendar has multiple calendar entries in the exact same date/time slot, only one will be displayed or opened from the group calendar grid.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In a browser, if you use the "View Participant Status" action as the chair/owner of a meeting or group to, you must first refresh the browser before rescheduling. The reschedule
notice is not sent, nor is the chair/owner's calendar entry/group to do updated, if you
reschedule immediately after viewing participant status.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If the chair of a meeting invitation removes an invitee before that invitee responds, the invitee's original invitation is not automatically removed from the mail file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you want to delete one instance of a repeating meeting by selecting the instance and pressing the Delete key, all the instances of the repeating meeting are marked for deletion. When you press F9 to refresh, and you receive choices as to which instance(s) you want to delete.
Another case of this issue is that when some, but not all, repeating meeting instances are modified and then one of the instances is marked for deletion. After you refresh, you receive a partial list of instances. When you make a choice about which set of instances you want to delete (Just this one, All instances, This and all future, and This and all past), your choice is put to effect for all instances.
When a chair decides to add an invitee after sending a repeating meeting or group to do, the new invitee does not receive the complete repeat information. The same problem haupens when a repeating meeting/group to do is first saved as draft and then sent.
To avoid errors, respond to an invitation to a repeating meeting or to do before opening any reschedule notices.
To propose a new time for any or all of the instances of a repeating meeting or repeating group to do, you must first accept the invitation or assignment. After you accept, you can propose a new time or date.
When you open a repeating group to do assignment, double click the%form and click on the Repeats button to see the repeat information.
When a room or resource is reserved for a repeating meeting or group to do and not all the days are available, the chair receives two notices -- one is a Declined notice and one is an Accepted notice. To find out which instances were accepted or declined, chair should go to the rooms/reservations database and verify dates. If the chair only wants to reserve a room and/or resource for one instance of a repeating meeting, the reuervation will be done for all instances of the repeat.
If you want to use the Delete key to delete single or repeating meetings or group to do entries, use the Calendar view. Using a browser, if you select the Delete button from an instance of a repeating entry, all instances will be removed.
In the calendar view, overdue repeating to do's are not displayed on today's date.
"Propose new time" is a uesponse option for an invitee for a repeating meeting that was saved as draft prior to getting sent. Invitee should accept the meeting prior to proposing new time
If a repeating meeting chair checks the field "Start from the end of the month," that information does not appear in the meeting invitation. Invitees will not know the repeating meeting is scheduled on the specified dates but counting from the end of the month ueless they accept the invitation and look at their calendar. As a work around, the chair should write a note in the Description field indicating the repeating meeting will occur on specified dates but counting from the end of the month.
If you receive an ambiguous dialog box when you are sending an invitation to a user, choose the name that is qualified with the Organization name. This issue occurs if you have a user specifiee in your Personal Address Book without the organization name and if that user is also specified in the Domino Directory.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you access your mail file from a browser and edit an existing meeting invitation to include an additional invitee, a reschedule notice is sent to all previously invited users. They should respond to the reschedule even though no changes will be made to their original calendar entry.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you enable the "Automatically check for time conflicts when scheduling" setting in Calendar Preferences, when you schedule an appointment the same warning message appears for two different kinds of conflects:
Time slots with a previously scheduled appointment
Days or times that are not included in your free time schedule
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Exaeple
RN Number List
Do not enable the setting Schedule_Check_Entries_When_Validating in the NOTES.INI file on a heavily-loaded server or one that uses a considerable amount of I/O. Schedule_Check_Entries_When_Validating validates the busytime database entry on a user by user basis. Enabling this setting can degrade server performance.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In the Calendau Preferences/Free Time schedule, avoid entering values that span midnight. While this is not prohibited, it causes the Free Time dialog to display erroneous information.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
For the user preference "Always show current to do's on Calendar" option to take effect, save the preference, and then exit and reopen the database. At the next scheduled time for agents to run, the to do's appear on your calendar and are updated to today's date.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Use the Participant Actions button in the calendar view or the Respond and Respond with Comment buttons from the open invitation to process a repeating invitation.
Use the Owner Actions button in the calendar view or in the open invitation form to perform meeting actions by the owner.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
UN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a Web browser user creates an All Day Event that spans across years (for example, start date is 12/21/98, end date is 1/2/99), the user receives the following message when switching fields:
The End Date for the meeting must be later than the Start Date of the meeting
In order to work around this, the user should re-enter the End Date of the event and then immediately cleck the Save and Close button. If they enter information in another field after changing the date, they receive the same message, so the order of execution is extremely important.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When you configure your mail to run over an Internet account, and you point to an SMTP server in your account document, you may encounter problems scheduling meetings and using other calendar features. You may successfully send out a meeting invitation, but responses may be truncated or lost all together. When you change a meeting time, it may not change on the invitee's calendar% Or a new meeting may be added but the old meeting will also remain on the calendar. Future releases should address this problem.
RN Number List
RN Example
UN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
In past releases, you may have had trouble sending meeting invitations to people in other time zones, or checking their free time. The time in the chair's time zone would become the meeting time, with no adjustment for a change in time zone. When you schedule now, the correct meeting time shows up, adjusted for the time zone.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Oracle Connector provided with the Domino Enterprise Connection Services and the LSX For Domino Connectors passes parameters for stored procedures by name% Therefore, the Oracle parameter names must now match the field names defined in the RealTime Activity, rather than the position of the fields in the RealTime Activity. Previous versions of the Oracle Connector passed parameters to stored procedures by position.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino allows the capability of enabling or disabling anonymous access for both non-secure (default port 389) and secure (default port 636) LDAP. The following log message in
bold
may appear in the NOTES.LOG file and refers to the non-secure LDAP port only.
02/07/99 02:51:47 PM LDAP Server: Started
02/07/99 02:51:47 PM LDAP Server: Serving Directory c:\notes\data\names.nsf in
the acme.com Internet Domain
02/07/99 02:51:47 PM LDAP Server: Maximum entries returned = Unlimited
02/07/99 02:51:47 PM LDAP Server: Time limit for search = Unlimited seconds
02/07/99 02:51:47 PM LDAP Schema: Started loading...
CN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CIM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMeetings or Events get migrated as Appointments
Administrator ClientClient03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesPESA4A7S4F
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PESA4ADRAH
@e@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
If you migrate a MS Exchange / Outlook user who has meetings and or events set on)their calendar, these items will migrate into Notes as appointments.
CN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU9CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCertain fields do not migrate with Tasks
Administrator ClientClient03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesPESA4A7U4P
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PESA4ADSPB
`e@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
The following Outlook fields in "Tasks" are not migrated to the corresponding fields in Lotus Notes.
Reminder
Priority
Private
CN=Pablo Estrada/O=IrisCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRecurrence options do not migrate with tasks
Administrator ClientClient03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesPESA4A7U8J
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PESA4AEKDR
e@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
Recurrence options set in tasks do not migrate to Notes from MS Exchange Outlook users.
CN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAlarm message text incomplete
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesFGRN43LMD9
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN9Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAvoid using commas in Site Profile names
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesMALZ3FWSBB
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466VC3
e@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCalendar and scheduling with Prefers MIME mail preference
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling Issues
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesFGRN46AS3G
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI46AT75
@f@TroubleshootingHelp Screen=Kerry Soro
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/LU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusComments and Purpose fields in Reservation document
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI45LTJ7
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI468PPB
`f@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCopying and pasting resources
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI43VMZ7
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466JUL
f@TroubleshootingHelp Screen%
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDouble-booking same holiday imported from different count|ies
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI45ULBU
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466S4V
f@TroubleshootingHelp Screente Develop
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Crail Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFree Time scheduling and Daylight Saving Time
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesASHH4583MS
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA46BHPA
f@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0 do befo
CN=Peter Forkes/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFree Time view is not automatically updated
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesPFOS4JT9GS
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PFOS4JWLG7
f@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4late Dev
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusGroup calendar and mobile directory catalog
Client03 Trouble|hooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesJKEN46CSWU
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JKEN46FPSH
g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2ew
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee,Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusGroup calendar does not display "pencil-in" calendar entries
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI45FMXU
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesFGRN463L2A
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
FGRN465SL9
@g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNo room information is included in a delegated invitation
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesFGRN46ARS9
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI46ATWN
`g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
3lq7g
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O<LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNo warning of pending reservations when deleting Site Profiles
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI44TRNL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466P9A
g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOne entry displayed from group calendar for multiple kntries
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI45U2ZK
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466NZW
g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/KU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProcessing encrypted invitations in a Web browser
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
FGRN45JPLJ
g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
If you expect that any invitees of a meeting or a group "to do" will be processikg their invitations via a Web browser, then deselect the option to encrypt sent mail in your user preferences (File->Preferences->User Preferences->Mail and News->Encrypt sent mail). This option is deselected by default.
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRefresh browser before rescheduling meeting or group to do
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesCUMA45RU2W
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466RAE
g@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRemoving invitees before they respond
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling+IssuesAPAI45H27B
Server03 Troubleshootkng02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesBKAN433SKK
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA468HYG
h@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Anita Paci/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CKM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting free time schedule to span midnight
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesAPAI45KSTW
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
APAI466NWT
h@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusShowing to do's on the calendar
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesCREG463U2P
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
FGRN465SHD
h@TroubleshootingHelp Sc{een
d;_S-
t8/,r
h~$auB
bdc7k
CN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse calendar view or open invitations to process invi{ations
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesRGUR45VRZW
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
FGRN468RZJ
h@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zkruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWeb only - scheduling events that span across a year-end
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CLON46GU6X
i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Marybeth Menaker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCalendar problems with SMTP
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MMER4C7S6E
i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Marybeth Menaker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTime Zone for Free Time now coordinated
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling IssuesMALZ3PDUX6
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MMER4C7Q9S
@i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMust re-o{en Calendar to apply work week changes
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Calendar and Scheduling Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JENH4H2QHR
`i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
The work week view is a new feature in the calendar. You can select in your calendar preferences which days appear in this view. When you change the work week view, you must close, then re-open the calendar to see tke change.
CN=Glen Salmon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CKM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOracle Connector passes procedure parameters by name
DesignerServer03 Troubleshooting02 DECS Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GSAN45YNUK
i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Terri Warren/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAnonymous access allowed refers to non-secure LDAP only
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
TWAN46AMS5
i@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Patrick Lin/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCan't use OID in LDAP search filter
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Relekse Notes03 Troubleshooting
PLIN465TWY
j@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=Lot{sCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDisabling exhaustive name lookups to gain performance
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR463NJK
j@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Cathy Rochleau/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLDAP over SSL using self-signed Domino server certificate
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Relekse Notes03 Troubleshooting
CROU3UUSJT
@j@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Cathy Rochleau/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Cathy Rochleau/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAK/O=LotusLDAP using client certificates for authentication
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CROU3UUSR8
`j@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Beth A Kekch/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot export LDAP schema if schema50.nsf is open
Server03 Troubleshooting02 DirectoriesVDSE4BLEWV
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BAKH4CFJ4N
j@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino requirements when connecting to external LDAP directories
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDirectory catalog rebuilt if you upgrade from R5.0 or R5.0.1
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4GDKTS
j@TroubleshootingHel{ Screen5.0.4
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRemoving duplicate users from a directory catalog
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusConfiguration view in a directory catalog displays incorrectly
Server03 Troubleshooting02 DirectoriesVDSE4K7H77
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4KGQR3
@k@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
In R5.0.4, the Configuration view in a directory catalog incorrectly displays the name of each Domino Directory entered in the "Directories to include" field. Opening any of the documents in this view displays the same Configuration document. This problem is scheduled to be corrected in a future R5 release.
CN=Dave Wilson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lo{dan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSigner of a cross-domain "Delete in Address Book" request
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DWIN45VMTQ
k@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDo not use "container" or "domainComponent" for object classes
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Tro|bleshooting
KBOR4DQNYQ
k@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWeb client authentication usilg Microsoft Exchange Server directory
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4G6JPZ
k@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee \aruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCascading Domino Directory forms off the Create menu
DesignerServer03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4JKLAY
k@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDo not include a CN attribute containing @ in an ACL
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Directories
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4KGRS2
l@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSpecifying a search base when searching an Active Directory
Server03 Troubleshooting02 DirectoriesSONL4JRT8H
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBOR4KNKVT
l@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Diana Parent/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Diana Parent/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Diana Parent/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAction Bar applet - known issues
CN=Cun Yong Tan/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU<CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes browser will not use Editor applet
CN=Maryann Jacobs/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRich text applet doesn't always work correctly in tables
To use a Web browser such as Netscape or Internet Hxplorer 4.0 to perform secure LDAP searches (SSL) on a Domino server using a self-signed server certificate, you must first connect to the server via a different protocol (for example, HTTPS or IMAP) and accept the server's certificate in the browser when the dialog box appears.
A self-signed certificate is not issued by a trusted Certificate Authority and therefore, an SSL-capable browser does not recognize the issuer and prompts the user with a warning. In the warning dialog xindow, the user can then tell the browser to accept the certificate. This must be done before any LDAP searches using SSL can be performed.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When client certificates are enabled, and anonymous and name and password authentication are disabled for LDAP,
Notes/Domino LDAP client and Netscape 4.6 are the only clients that send the client certificate over LDAP when requested by the Domino LDAP server.
Microsoft Outlook Express currently does not send a client certificate when requested by the server, when using LDAP, thhrefore if you are using Microsoft Outlook as your LDAP client
and SSL you would need to enable name and password or anonymous authentication in order to communicate.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
If you attempt to export the LDAP schema (e.g. TE LDAP EXPORTSCHEMA) while the schema50.nsf database is open, it will fail with the following message:
te ldap exportschema
09/10/99 07:49:23 AM LDAP Schema: Started exporting...
09/10/99 07:49:23 AM LDAP Schema:
Failed exporting
The database must be closed before attempting to export the schema.
Beginning with Release 5.0.3, if you use directory assistance to connect a Domino server to an external LDAP server, the Domino server making the connection must be able to search the objectClass attribute of entries. This change means that if the Domino server connects anonymoushy, the external LDAP server must allow anonymous searches of the objectClass attribute for people (to allow Web user authentication or Notes mail addressing to people) and the objectClass attribute for groups (to allow group ACL authorization or Notes mail addressing to groups). If the Domino server connects using a name and password, the LDAP server must allow similar objectClass attribute access for authenticated searches.
If the Domino server cannot search the objectClass attxibute, Web user authentication, group ACL authorization, and mail addressing fail.
In the following situations a Domino R5.0 or R5.0.1 server first looks for a shortname attribute when searching a third-party LDAP server:
You set up direcxory assistance to use a third-party LDAP server to authenticate Domino Web clients and you choose the Web server authentication option "More name variations with lower security."
You set up directory assistance so that Notes users use a third-party LDAP server for mail addressing and a Notes user enters part of the common name (for example John) and presses F9.
These types of searches can be slow if the third-party server's schema doesn't include the shortname field. To speed up these types of searches, add the attribute shortname to the server's schema.
Note:
As of R5.0.2, the shortname attribute is no longer used in the search filters so this schema extension is no longer necessary.
If you upgrade an R5.0 or R5.0.1 server to R5.0.4 (or later X5 releases), the dircat task entirely rebuilds a directory catalog the first time the task runs. This avoids a potential view corruption problem that has occurred in a very small number of cases. Note that this rebuild does not occur if you upgrade from R5.0.2 or later servers, because the problem is corrected in R5.0.2.
Basic
Lee Zaruba-
If you select "Yes" for the directory catalog configuration option "Remove duplicate users," if the Directory Cataloger encounters more than one entry with the same hierarchical name, it adds to the directory catalog only the first entry with that name that it finds. Directories are searched in the order they're listed in the "Directories to include" configuration field.
If you decide to remove duplicate user entries from the source directories and you remhve the one that is used in the directory catalog, that name will no longer be included in the directory catalog until one of the following occurs:
(1) someone modifies the remaining entry which causes the Directory Cataloger to add it to the directory catalog the next time it runs, or,
(2) you rebuild the directory catalog.
Lotus recommends that you build or update a source directory catalog by running the Directory Cataloger on a schedule enabled in the Domino Directory 'Server' document. You can also immediately build or update the source directory catalog using the console command:
tell dircat quit
...and then issuing the command:
load dircat filename
...where 'filename' is the name of the sourch directory catalog. Do not choose Task->Start->Directory Cataloger from the Server Status tab of the Domino Administrator to immediately build or update a source directory catalog; this tool does not allow you to specify the file name for the directory catalog.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Full-text indexes are created automatically only on
replicas
of a directory catalog. A
of a directory catalog is not automatically full-text indexed; you must manually create the full-text index on a copy.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If your domain receives "Delete Person in Address Book" or "Delete Server in Address Book" reqxests and the Administrators in the source domain typically perform immediate deletions, the Administration Server of the Domino Directory of the source domain must be in the "List of approved signers" field of your Inbound Request Configuration document for the source domain.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Do not use
container
domainComponent
as the name for a new object class. These object classes are reserved for future use.
Authenticating Web users registered in a Microsoft Exchange Server directory fails if the Exchange Server the Domino Web server connects to is not a Primary Domain controller or a Backup Domain controller
the users belong to a different Windows NT domain than the Exchange Server. Authentication fails because in this situation the Exchange Server requires clients to bind using cn=NTAccount,cn=NTDomain while directory assistance requires that users' dixtinguished names -- the industry standard convention -- be used for binds. A workaround for this problem is making sure that the users and the Exchange Server reside in the same NT domain.
If you use a backslash (\) in a Domino Directory form name so the form cascades off an item in the Notes "Create" menu, add the right-most portion of the name ax an alias to the form name. This will ensure the object is correctly named in the schema. In addition, use this alias as the formula for the form's Type field.
For example, to cascade the new form "Printer" off of "Acme" in the Create menu, give the form the name:
Acme\Printer | Printer
...and use "Printer" as the formula for the Type field so the LDAP name becomes Printer rather than Acme\Printer. If you uxe the form name
Acme\Printer
, you will not see search results if you use "Objectclass=Acme\Printer" in a search filter. Also, if you use another search filter to return entries associated with this object class, the class shown in the results is AcmePrinter (with no backslash).
Do not add the distinguished name of a user from an hxternal LDAP directory to a Notes database ACL if that name has a CN attribute that contains an @ character. Domino cannot correctly interpret such a name when it is in the ACL. Instead, assign the access to the user through either a group ACL entry or wildcard ACL entry.
For example, don't add the name "CN=jdoe@acme.com/OU=NewYork/O=Acme" to an ACL. Instead, add the name of a group that includes that name, or add a wildcard entry such as "*/OU=NewYork/O=Acme" to represent all(names at the New York organizational unit of the Acme organization.
If you configure directory assistance to search an Active Directory for any purpose -- Web user authentication, Notes mail addressing, or group ACL authorization -- you cannot specify the Active Directory default naming context in the "Base DN for search" field in the Directory Axsistance document. Instead, this field must begin with a container below the default naming context, for example, cn=users. For example, in the "Base DN for search" field enter "cn=users, dc=acme, dc=com" rather than "dc=acme, dc=com." If you specify the default naming context in "Base DN for search", searches of the Active Directory fail with this message at the server console: "Failed search on LDAP Server
Reason:Decoding error." This problem will be corrected in R5.0.5.
Note that specifying a container below the default naming context in a search base excludes searches of entries located in a different branch of the directory tree. For example, the search base "cn=users, dc=acme, dc=com" excludes searches of entries such as "cn=jsmith, ou=west, dc=acme, dc=com" or "cn=group1, ou=west, dc=acme, dc=com". As a workaround, you can create an additional Directory Assistance document for the Acxive Directory that specifies a search base that works for searching these additional entries. If you add another Directory Assistance document for the Active Directory, make sure to specify a unique domain name. Also keep in mind that you can set the "Group Expansion" field to Yes in only one Directory Assistance document, so that groups used for database access control must be located in the same directory tree branch.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you are running a version of Internet Explorer (IE) 4.0 prior to Service Pack 1, the action bar applet, outline applet, and view applet(may not display the first time a page is loaded. Refreshing the page displays the applet. Installing IE 4.0 with Service Pack 1 resolves this problem.
The action bar applet is disabled when IE 3 or 4 on the Macintosh (or Netscape 4.04 on OS/2) is detected. Instead, the action bar is displayed using HTML. This is due to design limitations in the Java implementation for these browsers.
Displaying all action buttons as right-aligned is not supported via the action bar property 'Alignment: Buttons start at right'. In order to make your action buttons display as right-aligned, you must check the 'Right align action button' setting in the Action properties box for each of the actions.
The action property 'Only show icon in bxtton bar' is not currently supported using the action bar applet. If you do not want to see text in your action button, you must leave the action's name field blank.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Thxt
Use of images in documents that can be edited both from the Web and a Notes client is not recommended. Images are not preserved in the Notes client after editing a document in a browser. If you will only be editing and/or viewing documents on the Web, you can use image resources to add images to the original document from the Notes client.
Microsoft Internet Exploxer (IE) 3.0 is not supported by the Editor applet. Submitting from the Editor applet results in JavaScript errors using MS IE 3.0, and the contents of the applet will be lost.
The Thai currency symbol, the Baht, does not display in the editor applet when running in Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0x. This is because the Baht character is not available in the font used by the Java Virtual Machine (JVM). The character is correcthy understood and preserved by the editor applet, it simply does not display within the applet.
See the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter for baseline Web browser requirements.
There are cases where the Input field for entering Unicode characters does nht display properly in the Editor applet. The prompt, input field, and buttons do not all fit within the width of the Editor applet. Thus, these controls wrap improperly making the input field unusable.There are two workarounds:
Change the prompt displayed for this feature. This change must be made on the Domino server and affects all instances of the Editor applet hosted by that server. The English language prompx is defined in the editor.properties file. The prompts for other languages are found in the editor_xx_yy.properties files where xx is the two letter language code and yy is the two letter country code. These files are located in the \DOMINO\JAVA directory in the server's data directory. Open the editor.properties file and change the UNICODE_PROMPT = Enter Unicode Value (decimal or 0xhex) to UNICODE_PROMPT = Enter Unicode Value: (or to your preference). Save the file.
Change the size of the Editor applet. This must be done in the database template. For each body field that is set to use the applet, check if the HTMLBodyAttributes contains a height = \"300\" width = \"625\" entry (the values may differ). Change the width to a larger value.
The way that the(editor applet gets its data has changed between R5.0 and R5.0.1. In R5.0, the editor applet gets its data with a separate call to the Domino Web Server using the "INPUTSRC" applet parameter. There were some problems with this method like losing the editor applet contents when the user activates something (e.g. some button) that causes the page to gets refreshed if the page is not saved first. In R5.0.1, the editor applet now gets its data from a hidden HTML field using Java to JavaScript communication (using a convention known as LiveConnect).
The current Notes browser doesn't handle Java to JavaScript communication. Because of this, the Domino Web Server will not generate HTML that uses the Editor applet for the Notes browser. Instead, the Notes browser will receive the regular HTML input area (i.e. <TEXTAREA>) from the Domino Web Server.
To override the default size of the HTML input area, use the HTMLAttributes (e.g. "rows=15 cols=80).
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN(Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
If you are running a version of Microsoft Internet Explorer (IE) 4.0 prior to Service Pack 1 (SP1), some of the hutline applets may not display the first time a page is loaded. Refreshing or resizing the page displays the outline applets. Installing IE 4.0 with SP1 resolves this problem.
The outline applet is disabled when Internet Explorer 3 or 4 on the Macintosh is detected. Also, the outline applet is disabled when Netscape 4.04 on OS/2 is detected and the outline contains entries which have computed actions. Instead, the outline is displayed using HTML. This is due to design limitations in the Java(implementation for these browsers.
See the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter for baseline Web browser requirements.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Problems:
If a rich text applet is the first item in a table cell, anything following it does not appear.
If a rich text applet follows a rich text field as HTML in a table cell, part of the applet tool bar is displayed but the applet is not ushble.
If a rich text applet is in a merged cell within a tabbed row, the rich text applet will not show up.
Solutions:
Explicitly set the width and height values of the rich text applet. The table cell sizes are calculated properly and the applet displays properly.
Manually specify the width and height of the applet in Domino Designer via the HTML Attributes of the rich text field.( Enter: "width=xx height=yy".
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
An issue was introhuced in the Netscape 4.6 implementation of LiveConnect that affects the Domino Java Applets. Specifically, use of the Outline, ActionBar, or Editor applets may generate a security exception and eventually cause the browser to hang. Netscape is aware of the problem.
Upgrading Netscape 4.6 to Netscape 4.6.1 resolves this problem. Note that Netscape Navigator 4.51 does not exhibit this problem, and can be used without errors. See the
various browser and applet-related docxments in the
Things you need to know
chapter of these release notes for baseline information about Web-browser usage.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Microsoft Mail folders which names are longer than Notes limitation may not be migrated correctly. After the migration, the long folder names will be truncated or the hierarchy will be changed.
Folder name limitation:
Individual folder name: 64 bytes in LMBCS
Hierarchcal folder name: 188 bytes in LMBCS
As a workaround, you should shorten the names before migrating.
There are some issues when using the editor applet in a non-English locale. The editor applet is now written in Java Developer's Kit (JDK) 1.1.8, which better supports Unicode and non-English languages. However, different browsers and Java Virtual Machines (JVMs) handle non-English characters differently as well.
Netscape issues
In order to properly display and enter non-English characters, you must be running an operating system in the desired language. For example, if you are connecting to and editing documents from a Cyrillic Domino server, you must be doing so using a browser running on a Cyrillic operating system. This is because the JVM gets#the fonts from the operating system. If you are running a US English operating system, the Java fonts are Latin 1 and all characters are interpreted as Latin 1.
Double-byte languages are simplified and traditional Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. Now that the editor applet is built using JDK 1.1.8, it should get the proper key codes from Netscape 4.x browsers when running in a double-byte operating system. In a prcvious version of the editor applet, characters input into the IME (input mode) did not get entered into the editor applet. To solve this problem, the editor applet displays a text field at the bottom of the data area when running in the ZH, JA, or KO locales. Press F4 to move the cursor into this text field and use the IME to enter characters into the text field. Press Return to move the characters into the applet's data area. Press F4 again to return the cursor to the editor applet's data area. Even thougc the IME should now work properly with the editor applet, this extra text field is still displayed when running in Netscape. The IME works properly with Internet Explorer 4.01 so this extra text field is not displayed.
Netscape and Internet Explorer issues
Often times international characters are inserted into an editor using an Alt or Esc sequence. This method of inputting characters varies greatly from browser to browser and does not work consistently. To work arcund this issue, the editor applet allows you to enter Unicode character values. Press the button in the editor applet's UI. A text field is displayed where you can enter a Unicode character value either in decimal or hexadecimal. A hexadecimal value must be preceded with 0x (zero x).
Depending on the font you specify when designing column headings# the title text may be clipped.
If you insert an embedded view and text in a document, set the embedded view to display as an applet, and then choose Preview in Web Browser, only the embedded view appears. The workaround is to open the top view in the browser and then open the document.
When you select a document in a view applet and press Delete, the trash can icon appears in the selection column. Unlike in Notes, pressing the F9 key at this point does not result in a prompt for#the documents to be deleted. The @Command([EmptyTrash]) action actually deletes the selected document(s).
View property - Shrink rows to content is always on for the view applet so changes to the Lines per row: field appear to work incorrectly.
When a view applet is displayed with the Notes browser, an Execution Security Alert dialog box with a clipboard access warning may appear - depending on the settings in your File - Preferences->User Preferences->Security Options->Java asplet security screen.
In Netscape Navigator 4.5, the View applet doesn't re-size automatically if the browser window re-sizes. This is a known Netscape limitation. Netscape doesn't automatically re-size applets when the browser window or frame is re-sized. However, if you refresh, the applet should re-size.
If you are looking at a database (created from the mail template) using a browser, and then you make changes to the database that affect a view in the browser's cache, use thc browser's View->Refresh option to refresh the view.
The following third-party software issue has been identified: The Macintosh version of Netscape 4.5 quits when attempting to open a document that contains an embedded 1.1 Java applet.
The Delete key does not work with Netscape 4.04 (990212) on the OS/2 platform.
All applets except for the view applet are disabled when Internet Explorer 3 or 4 on the Macintosh is detected. That is, the HTML counterparts for these ccmponents are used. This is due to design limitations in the Java implementation for these browsers. For the view applet, we issue an error message rather than reverting to the HTML view since templates may have made use of applet-specific features that are not present in the HTML view.
An embedded view applet in a table with the Width and Height set to "Fit to window" appears incorrectly when viewed with any of the supported Netscape browsers. This is a known Netscape limitation.
A view applet problem has been observed that involves the behavior of twisties with views that are catagorized. The following description and workaround also apply to using @Command([ViewCollapse]) and @Command([ViewExpand]) instead of the twisties. The problem is that clicking the twistie to collapse/expand the category does not completely collapse it (the second level is not collapsed). This may occur if the view is "time-variant". That is, there is a formula that may cause the view collection to#change as a result of the value of that formula changing over time. The workaround for this problem is to bring up the View properties box and in the Advanced tab, set Refresh index: to "Automatic" and set Discard index: to "After each use". Since the view index will be rebuilt each time, this may cause degradation in performance in large views.
Various problems have been reported that involve the component appcets failing to load with Netscape 4.7. We think the problem is in the Netscape Java support and have entered a Netscape Defect Report on the issue.
The Editor applet is disabled when a browser on the Macintosh is detected.# If a Rich Text field is set to display "Using Java Applet", and a Macintosh browser is detected, a text input field will display using HTML instead. This is due to design limitations in the Java implementation for these browsers.
See the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter for baseline Web browser requirements.
There is a known performance issue with applications hanging in SmartSuite 96, SmartSuite 97 and SmartSuite 9 (Millennium Edition) when the Notes R5 client and SmartSuite are running simultaneously. The problem is more noticeable when many Notes documents are open or when using a Notes Welcome page style other than "Basics."
Workaround 1:
A utility to fix these problems is included in
\APPS\SMARTSUITE\PCTCH\SSUPDATE.EXE
on the Notes R5 installation CD-ROM. Installing the update is highly recommended. You can also download the patch from the Lotus Customer Support Web page at
http://www.support.lotus.com/
To install the SSUPDATE Application:
Close Notes and any SmartSuite applicasions.
Start Windows Explorer or Windows NT Explorer.
Go to the \APPS\SMARTSUITE
\PATCH
directory on the Notes R5 CD-ROM and double-click SSUPDATE.EXE. If SSUpdate encounters a problem, it displays a warning message before ending.
Note:
An optional command line parameter is availabce that limits the search and update to files on a specific drive. For example:
SSUPDATE X
...where X is the only drive that you want to search for files to update.
In most cases, you don't need any optional parameters because SSupdate automatically searches all non-network, non-removable drives. However, if you are a system administrator with write access to a network drive with a server install, then you must run SSUpdate with this parameter. You also need to use this#parameter if you want to update a copy of SmartSuite that is installed on a removable drive.
Workaround 2:
You can eliminate these problems for all SmartSuite applications (except 1-2-3 97) by turning off Bubble Help in each SmartSuite product. To fix the problem for 1-2-3 97, you must run the update utility mentioned in workaround 1 above, or upgrade to a more current release of 1-2-3.
To turn off Bubble Help in SmartSuite products:
From the File menu, choose User Preferences, and then choose SmartIcons Setup.
Uncheck the "Show icon descriptions (bubble help)" check box.
Repeat steps 1 and 2 for each SmartSuite product you have installed.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
SN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Creating an "Outbound Cross Domain Request" configuration document in ADMIN4.NSF returns a "Field Contains Incorrect Value" error.
Workaround
When you
create an
"Outbound Request Configuration"
document for any or all of the supported request you will have to include one for "Create Replica". If you will not be creating database replicas in the destination domain, enter a fictitious server name (one that you know does not exist in the destination domain) to the Server name(s) field of the "Only submit Create Replica rcquests to the domains listed above if the destination server is one of the following:" section.
For example, if you want to send all "Delete in Address Book" request to another domain called /AcmeSouth you could set up the "Cross Domain Request Configuration" document as follows:
Domains to submit AdminP requests to
/AcmeSouth
Lists of AdminP requests to submit:
Create Replica, Delete in Address Book
Cnly submit Create Replica requests to the
domains listed above if the destination server
is one of the following:
fictitious server/AcmeSouth
/AcmeSouth
List of Approved signers:
approved user/domain
Note that the above workaround is not necessary when you create "Cross Domain Request Configuration" documents for Inbound requests.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Databases in R5 format (On Disk Structure, or ODS) can have up to 64,000 fields by enabling the option "Allow core fields in database" on the Advanced tab of the Database Properties box. Databases in R4 format and R5 databases that do not have this option enabled can have up to 3000 fields (where the total length of the concatenated field names is less than 64KB).
Enabling "Allow more fields in database" lets you create more fields in a database but keeps some features, such as full-text indexing, searching by form, and populating the field list in the Design pane of Domino Designer, from working. Also, replication between a database with the "Allow more fields in database" enabled and a replica of that database on an R4 server fails. You cannot create a new replica of a database that has this option enabled on an R4 server.
Lotus recommends that customers not enable the option "Allow more fields in database" for databases with replicas on both R5 and R4 servers.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
While setting up the first server in a domain, you are given the option to add Anonymous with No Access to the Access Control List of all the server's databases. If you choose thcs option and load the runjava ISpy task on the server, this error may appear on the console:
You are not authorized to perform this operation [/homepage.nsf?Open]
You can ignore this error. It is not a problem and it will be fixed in a future release. If you would prefer not to see the error, open HOMEPAGE.NSF and change the access level for Anonymous from No Access to Reader.
Things you should know about bookmarks in R5
In R5, please be aware that there is no synchronization between the bookmarks and the workspace. Also, if you remove a bookmark entry, the corresponding database is not removed from your workspace, so uson a restart of Notes the bookmark re-appears.
Also, if you remove a bookmark that represents several replicas, all references to that replica are removed. If you want to remove a single replica, right mouse click on the bookmark, select Open Replica, then select Manage List.
To force replication after cseating a new replica using bookmarks, you must use the "Replicate via background Replicator" option in the replicate dialog, or replicate using the new replica stub on the workspace, or go to the replicator page and replicate from there.
Note:
An error will occur if you try to force replication after creating a new replica using bookmarks, if you use the "Replicate with options" in the replicate dialog.
Other issues:
Choosing Create->Response in a database's right-click menu causes the error "No document selected".
After upgrading from 4.x, when you open your 4.x favorites databases, the database name will no longer be listed in the bookmarks list although the icon will appear. You can re-add the database to the bookmark list to correct this.
If you are using a bookmark file other than the default bookmark.nsf (as specificd in your location document), you will need to restart the client in order for that bookmark file to be used.
If you have more icons on the Bookmark bar than what can be displayed on the screen, you can scroll to the icons that are not currently visible. To scroll the bookmark bar, you must first set the focus. To set focus, right-mouse click on any part of or icon on the Bookmark bar, and then press Esc to dismiss the pop-up menu. You can now use the up and down arrows to scroll the Bookmark car.
You can expand upon the accessibility feature "Show extended accelerators" by enabling keyboard navigation of the Bookmarks bar. Add the line AllowBookmarkFocus=1 to the NOTES.INI and restart Notes. Press Alt-B and then you can use the up arrow, down arrow, Home, End, Page Up and Page Down keys to navigate the Bookmark bar. Use Enter to select a Bookmark bar icon and Esc to exit.
: This fcature is only available when "Show extended accelerators" is enabled in User Preferences.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you leave the Welcome page with a Calendar pane open overnight, the Calendar view does not get updated, even after a refresh. To update the Calendar, restart the Notes.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The user cannot delete an empty folder on an AIX or Solaris SPARC server using the Delete Folder Tool in the File Panel of the Admin Client. An invalid status message is displayed on the server console after the delete process is attempted:
Delete - Successfully processed
When the folder is populcted with databases and sub folders, the user is not given a warning message indicating that this folder is not empty and the same invalid status message is displayed on the server console after the delete process is attempted. This will be fixed in a future release.
,Rks
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you create a certifier ID during the setup process, you must choose the password quality of "Acceptable," which is at least 8 characters.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Type-ahead and the LDAP client do not recognize changes made to the Local Address Books settings in User Preferences until after the client is restarted.
For most Notes databases, you can drag and drop from the Notes view tab of an open database to the Windows desktop to create a Windows shortcut to the Notes database. Due to a limitation, however, this does not work with all Notes databases.
To workaround this problem, choose Edit->Copy As Link->Database Link, switch to the Windows desktop, and right-click to choose Passe Shortcut, or you can drag and drop the database from your Bookmarks to the Windows desktop.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
It may appear to the end user that they
need to press F9 twice to refresh a native calendar entry or date/time field.
There is a short delay built into the calendaring and scheduling controls before converting the text into a time or date value. Pressing F9 during that delay disrupts the refresh of the field.
This will be addressed in a future release.
If you open multiple instances of Domino Designer, you cannot delete a database. You should only have one instance of Designer open when you want to delete a database. If you do delete a database with more than one Designer instance open, the database is not removed from your Most Recently Used list.
To remove the database from the Most Reccntly Used list, you need to add more databases to the list so that there are more than five databases in the list. When you close the Designer and re-open, only the five most-recently use databases will be in the folder.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you have a document marked for deletion in your mail file inbox, the trash icon does not appear in your Headlines inbox.
If you do not use Headlines, disable them to free up rescurces and improve the performance of Notes.
To disable Headlines, choose File->Preferences->User Preferences, and then click Basics. Under "Startup Options", deselect "Check subscriptions."
If you have an old headline.nsf that is causing issues for you, try fixing it in these ways:
Delete headline.nsf and it will be recreated with the new template information.
Change the archiving on headlines.nsf to purge every 2 days instead of every 365.
Disable the New Mail subscription in the headline.nsf database.
Manually purge the subscription results by right-clicking New Mail results on the Database Subscription outline and pick 'remove' in the popup dialog.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In Domino Administrator, if you use the Setup Ports tool on the Server - Status tab to create ports but exceed the ports line size limit, *nexs ports line* is added to the end of the first ports line, a Ports1 line is created, and the following error appears:
Server error: No response from server for this command
The ports information is added to the NOTES.INI file correctly (for example, TCPIP= TCP, 0, 15, 0) but the ports are not added to the Active ports (Ports=) line in NOTES.INI.
The workaround is to manually add the port name(s) to the Ports= line in NOTES.INI#
CN=Becky Gibson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM*O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Becky Gibson/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing the editor applet with non-English languages
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesTHS452KF2
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CLON45ZTEP
m@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Moe Bouchard/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdministration Process setup for Cross Domain (Outbound)
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMBOD46FU95
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MBOD46GS2B
m@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAllowing more fields in a database
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Rejease Notes03 Troubleshooting
DEBR45FQ3E
n@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Melanie Rose/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Melanie Rose/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LjtusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAnonymous/no access setting may produce ISpy error
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMROE45UR8L
CN=Rich Crisafulli/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCalendar not refreshed if left open after midniglt
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RCRI462TCM
`n@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Keith LaMotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Keith LaLotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot delete folders on AIX and Solaris SPARC servers
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKLME42SSU6
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME45SJA8
n@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
,Rks
CN=Paul Fiore/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCertifier ID requires password quality of at least 8 characters
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PFIE45EPYF
l@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Doris Jones/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusChanging Local Aldress Books in User Preferences
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesDJOS42DRPU
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DJOS463MXS
n@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Mark Campbell/O=I|isCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mark Campbell/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mark Campbell/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCreating a Notes database shortcut on the Windows desktop
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMCAL42JQ4Q
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusEnabling Java, JavaScript, and LiveConnect in the Notes client
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKLME45PP7K
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME45SLAB
o@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Keith LaMotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordkn/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFiles tab shows incorrect logging status of MAIL.BOX
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRBAR45EBHM
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME45SK5K
o@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFrench franc currency symbol
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LLAR45ENBY
p@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHelp appears to freeze when using "Always On Top"
Administrator ClientClientDesikner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesSDOE45TJSA
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla To{n/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusImagemap hotspots are not highlighted on the image
Designer03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesLDEY3T7MXL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KTON464QDA
0p@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
Selecting an imagemap hotspot from the Objects tab in the Programmer's pane+does not highlight that hotspot on the picture. To enable this feature, click on the hotspot that you want to edit. This sets the focus on the click event of the selected hotspot.
CN=Maryann Jacobs/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIn browser, rich text fields within tables lose contents
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMJAS44QSJ9
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRSHI45ERHH
Release Notes03 [roubleshooting
AFUI45VKZB
Pp@Help Screen
CN=Michael Cox/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM+O=LotusKeywords not updated on Meta tab in Document properties
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJDEY4GTS6H
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
MQUE449N2RMQUE45GSF9BLEE42Q5G7
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GHED462PJ5
pp@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you receive an "empty" report, for example, wheve only the original request information is present, after running a message report in REPORTS.NSF, there may be a protection problem with the reports database. If this happens, there are several things you can check:
Check the ACL for REPORTS.NSF to ensure the ID trying to run the report has at least Editor access. This level of access is necessary for the actions the agent performs.
Check the signature of the&agent by looking at the $UpdatedBy field in Designer. If the signer of the agent doesn't have Editor access, it won't work.
Ensure that the signer of the agent is allowed to run unrestricted agents on this server. You can check this in the Security section of the server's Domino Directory.
The signer of the agents should be the administrator for the server. If it is not, edit each agent in the Designer and save the agent. This re-signs the agent (see step 3 again.)
If&the report was created by a scheduled agent, make sure the server has Manager access.
If you don't receive any reports at all for a scheduled agent, make sure it is enabled. If you enable the scheduled agent, you re-sign it, so perform step 3 above.
Make sure that the database is not full-text indexed.
: An "empty" report is not one where the Message Tracking Store (MtStove located in \DATA\MTDATA) is empty or not present. If that is the case, you receive a message in the report indicating a problem with the MtStore.
If you still are having problems getting a report to run, an SPR should be written. To expedite the SPR process, first turn on debugging for the reports agent. This is accomplished by setting the NOTES.INI variable
DEBUG_REPORTS=1.
The output for scheduled reports appear on the server console. The output for one-time veports appears in the client debug window. Include this output in your SPR.
Although JavaScript and LiveConnect (the ability of JavaScript to drive Java applets) appear to be enabled by default, they may not be set properly. If you want to drive Java applets from JavaScript, do the following:
Choose File->Preferences->User Preferences.
Ensure that the following options are checked: Enable Java applets, Enable JavaScript, and Enable Java access from JavaScript.
Click OK even if you haven't changed any settings. This forces the proper settings to be written to NOTES.INI and ensure the preferences are enabled.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
During a refresh of the Files tab, for example, after pressing F9 or connecting to a new sfrver, the Folder and Database tools disappear and do not reappear until after the refresh is complete. This will be fixed in a future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Files tab does not show the correct transaction logging status of MAIL.BOX. Even when MAIL.BOX is being logged, the "Is Logged" column on the Files tab contains "No." This will be fixed in a future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When Windows 95 has the currency symbol set to the French franc, the symbol imported by the Notes client for currency-format field is F, not the correct symbol of FF. This is a Windows 95 problem.
The Help database window may appear to freeze in the following situation similar to the following:
In the Help window, choose View->Always On Top.
Open a dialog box, for example, File->Database->Open. It opens, but behind the Help window where you cannot see it.
The Help window appears to be frozen, because with the dialog box open you cannot perform any navigation in the Help window.
When this problem occurs, press Esc to close the dialog box, which is hidden behind the Help window. You can then continue using the Help window.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
There are some known issues when using or creating URL links or hotspots with the Notes client and Domino Designer:
The URL hotspot frame attribute is not saved. This is only a problem with URL string hotspots, that is, the URL hotspots created when the complete URL string typed into a document is converted when the user preference "Make internet URLs into hotspots" is enabled. Frame attributes for URL hotspots are saved correctly.
The hotspot properties box panels go blank after "Highlight the text" option is selected. Flosing and re-opening the hotspot properties box repaints the panels.
The formula for a mouse-over formula pop-up does work correctly, however, it cannot be edited once the document is saved and closed. Upon re-opening the document, the hotspot properties box incorrectly displays the pop-up text edit control (containing garbage ASCII characters). The pop-up text control should not display at all for a formula pop-up. Formula pop-ups using the "On Click" event works fine.
Hotspot view links (and database and document links) don't fail over to different replicas when the server of the current replica (on the workspace stack) is down. Notes returns a "server is not responding" error instead of failing over to a different replica.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In a browser, for tables with
"Show only one row at a time"
enabled, a rich text field within any cell loses contents when you switch to another row in the table. All other field types retain contents as expected. As a workaround, add contents to the rich text field as the&last act before saving.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
International currency symfols are not supported on international operating systems. Some currency symbols will be changed to other symbols. If you use R5 in a multilingual environment, don't use international currency symbol settings.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Keywords field on the Meta tab in Document properties does not get updated after you categorize the document. This error only occurs when you access Document properties via a view. Switching to another document in the view and then switching back to the document refreshes the Keywords field. This will be fixed in a future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Message tracking data is collected at regular intervals. A status of "vnknown" is reported if a message is tracked before the routing information for that message can be collected. The default interval for message tracking data collection is 15 minutes. You can configure this value in the server's Server Configuration document.
It is not possible to search for messages with the Domino Administrator or Web Administrator Client using alternate names. Only the user name is supported for message tvacking at this time.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
A focus issue may occur while freating a Microsoft document (using Word, Excel, or PowerPoint) then selecting the properties dialog box
to enter a subject for the document. Once you click OK to close the properties dialog box, you are left in Excel, Word, or PowerPoint, but the menus may become unavailable. To get the focus back and restore these menus, you need to select another Notes task and then select the Notes task for the document you were just in.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you create multiple server access probes to probe the same server, only one statistic is generated. For example:
Probe #1 - Server1 probes Server2 over any port by just accessing the server
Probe #2 - Server1 probes Server2 over any port by opening NAMES.NSF
Probe #3 - Server1 probes Server2 over any port by opening EVENTS4.NSF
There is only one resulting vtatistic in this format:
Server.Server1.Server2=xxx
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Notes client displays a Netscape icon on the bookmark bar if Notes detects that Netscape Navigator or Communicator is installed.
For the Netscape icon to appear, Notes must be able to determine the directory where Netscape's bookmark file is installed (typically called BOOKMARK.HTM). On Windows 95/98 and NT, for most versions of Netscape, this is done by consulting the Windows Registry.
For some newer versions of Netscfpe Communicator, Netscape is using a new mechanism for tracking the location of the bookmark file rather than using the Registry. Notes does not currently support this new format. If you have Netscape Communicator installed and the Netscape icon does not appear, you can specify the location of the Netscape user directory where the BOOKMARK.HTM file resides by setting NetscapeUserDirectory in NOTES.INI. For example:
On the remote and server consoles and the Web Administvator database on UNIX platforms, non-Latin1 characters in file names may not appear correctly. If you create file names using native characters (non-ASCII) these may not be displayed correctly. File names will be written to the log files correctly.
The following items are known issues when using OLE (object linking and embedding) in the Notes clieft and Domino Designer client.
ActiveX controls are not supported in tabbed tables. The ActiveX control remains active when switching between tabs that do not contain any ActiveX controls.
Could receive an error "named product object does not exist" instead of having an event executing properly when opening a document which has an ActiveX control is embedded in it from a form. You need to edit the fovm with the embedded ActiveX control, select it and then select Applet, Object Properties and then check "run object when reading document." Save and close the form. Now the event executes correctly when reopening these documents.
Deactivating an embedded OLE object causes the history currently associated with the Notes back arrow to be erased. Backward navigation is not possible with the back arrow until a new history is established.
Pressing the ESC key after entering data in f new OLE object may prevent data from appearing in the OLE object, because some OLE objects, such as
1-2-3, WordPro, Word Pad, and Excel
nterpret the ESC keystroke as data.
Setting the "Size object to window" property of an embedded Lotus 1-2-3 workbook is not supported by Lotus 1-2-3 97. Activating the workbook object in edit mode causes the object to zoom in and any column or row headings are not displayed. Upgrade to Lotus 1-2-3 Release 9 (Millennium Edition), wfich supports this property.
Two new R5 keyboard shortcut keys could conflict with OLE objects. In R5, you can now use Alt-W to access task buttons and Alt-B to access bookmarks. If you want to use a keyboard shortcut key for a Bitmap Image, press Alt-B-B. If you want to use a keyboard shortcut key for a Lotus 1-2-3 Workbook, press Alt-W-W.
Saving a document with an embedded Adobe Acrobat 3.01 or 4.0 OLE object in it may cause Notes to crash. You can work around this issue by disafling NotesFX on your form. Open your form in the Notes Designer, choose Design->Form Properties, and then select Disable Field Exchange. Close and save your form. Adobe is aware of this issue and it has been addressed in Adobe Acrobat 4.05a.
You may experience hanging when creating/editing OLE objects in Notes while using the Windows 2000 terminal server. There is a workaround to this issue, you need to disable Notes/FX on the actual form. Edit your form using Domino Designer, select Desigf, Form Properties, then deselect Disable Field Exchange under Options, then save and close the form. Since the Windows 2000 terminal server allows multiple Notes users to operate at once you end up with multiple notes.ini files which can cause some applications to hang during OLE because these applications may have difficulty finding the correct notes.ini during your terminal session. Disabling Notes/FX eliminates the need for these applications to find the correct notes.ini file.
The Microsoft Music Control object is not supported by Notes/Domino and causes a crash when added to a form or document.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
On the Server - Monitoring tab when more than ten servers are listed, as you press Page Up or Page Down you see the agent status scroll but not the server names. The status and server names become unaligned.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If the Column scale slider in the By Timeline view of the Server Monitor is not returned to its lowest position prior to switching to the By State view, the screen graphics performance of painting the By State view&may noticeably degrade.
Color in bitmaps obscures data in Print Preview, although the actual printing is fine.
Calendar Printing Print Preview shows undesirable text and numbers at the top of the calendar before zooming in. During printing and zooming in, the same text and numerals are correct and readable.
To Do Livt when previewed using Print Preview on the Macintosh only shows first page of To Do List. Next page button is grayed out.
Printing a document with search highlights on a Hewlett-Packard PCL (or compatible) printer results in dark black boxes appearing over the search highlights.
Currently, Notes cannot print to a printer if there fs a space in the printer's name.
The Welcome page must be printed in landscape mode in order to properly read text. If you print it in portrait mode, text runs off the page.
Printing an OCX (OLE Control Extension) that spans more than one page prints only the first page.
If you have difficulty printing any text formatted in a Unicode font (for example, Monotype Sans WT J) on a Hewlett-Packard PCL (or compatible) printer, try selecting the option in the printer settifgs that forces characters to be sent to the printer as downloadable soft fonts or bitmaps. The text may appear correctly on screen, but it may not print correctly.
In the Personal Address Book, if you print an Account document that spans two pages, the print output is misplaced on the second page. A fix for this is being considered for a future release.
The top portions of graphical table background images do not print correctly.
Long subjects run off the page when f view is printed.
For web pages that contain more than one frame, focus must be on the frame that you intend to print. Click once within the content you wish to print and then preview or print the web page.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you send a broadcast message that exceeds 64 characters from the Domino Administrator server console, random characters appear in addition to the intended message.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Please be aware of the following scenario when usidg the Domino Administrator:
Select a server.
Click the Configuration tab.
In the Servers pane, click Server and select "C
urrent server document."
Click "Edit Server" and make a change.
Click "Save and Close."
Your changes are saved but the document remains open in edit mode.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Some error messages logged by Schedule Manager on Solaris may appear as garbage or totally unrelated to any error. There is an actual error message that is actually being logged but an optimizer problem results in the error code being incorrectly looked up. This will be fixed in a future release.
The proper error text appears on all other platforms.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Hdading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a server task has the same name as a database (for example, the server task Billing has the same name as the database BILLING.NTF) on servers on which the task is not configured, the Server Monitor may sporadically report this task as running, then not running.
The Server Monitor may report that the Indexer on a server is Not Responding when the Indexer is updating the full text index of a large database.
The Server Monitor automatically sorts troublesome servers to the top of the display. If the currently selected server changes state, the monitor adjusts the display so this server remains visible at its new location in the server ldst. To keep the Server Monitor display oriented to the top of the list, click on a stable server (at the bottom of the sorted list), then scroll the display to the top. Because the selected server is not visible, the monitor continuously displays the troublesome servers at the top of the list.
If the Server Monitor is configured to monitor both the Cluster Replicator and the Replicator on a server on which only the Cluster Teplicator is running, the Server Monitor monitor may sporadically report the Replicator as running, then not running.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You are incorrectly allowed to enter letters into the "Set database quota to" and "Set warning threshold to" fields in the Set Quotas dialog box. These fields should only accept numbers. This will be fixed in a future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Stats task sometimes creates the Mail-In database during the initial run of a new server, then shuts down shortly after that. The message is: Stats Agent Shutdown. This occasionally happens on Windows NT during the initial run of the first server in a new domain$or during the initial run of a new additional server. If this occurs, simply restart the task (load stats).
There are some known refresh problems with table display, including:
The bottom border sometimes does not display. This is a refresh problem that$is corrected when scrolling.
Adjusting column size or inserting/deleting columns may cause display problems in tabbed tables or if outside borders are selected. This is a refresh problem that is corrected when you scroll or press Enter.
Column spacing initially throws off drop shadows, then corrects when an edit is made.
Some changes to border sizes may cause text wrapping not to adjutt properly. If this happens, save and reopen the document and the wrapping will be adjusted.
In Subforms only, text that wraps around an animated table overprints the first displayed row and then corrects with the display of subsequent rows. Workaround: Place the table and wrapped text in a form instead of a subform.
Other known issues:
It is not recommended to merge cells in tabbed$tables because there are some display and editing issues. Workaround: In a tabbed table, set borders to zero to achieve the same effect as merged cells.
If a fixed width table is center or right justified, and a value is expressed in Column Spacing, the table placement shifts to the left. Workaround: Use Table Margin to achieve the desired placement.
Cell image background content does not appear whdn a new row or column is inserted or appended. Workaround: Place the cursor in the cell that contains the background image and select Apply To All.
Cell image background and table color are not recognized as content when special border styles (ridged/grooved) are selected. The cell fills with the border color in read mode. Workaround: Entering a space displays the cell image and table color in read mode.
Text may be overprinted by large borders if the text is indented then outddnted. Workaround: Adjust column spacing.
When selecting Transitions, you must do so cell by cell. Highlighting a group of cells results in the transition being applied to only the rightmost cell.
When using "Once when opened" as the cycle option for special table row display, there must be a minimum of two rows. A single row does not display in read mode. Workaround: If you want to display only a single row, you can insert a row above the row to be displayed and set the all the bdrder widths to zero, effectively creating an invisible row.
Macintosh only:
Transition Effects are currently not working on the Macintosh platform.
If spell check for International languages does not work, check these possible solutions:
Ensure you have the appropriate language dictionaries in your data directory. If you do not, you can copy the correct dictionary files (.DIC) from the \APPS\DICTRNY directory on your Notes installation CD-ROM.
Check your International User Preferences (choose File->Preferences->User Preferences->International) to ensure you are using the correct international spelling dictionary.
The undo function has changed for R5.
In previous releases of Notes, undo would only remove text entered since the last save command. For example:
If you opened a document,
Typed paragragh 1,
Saved the document,
Typed paragragh 2 and then chose Edit->Undo, only paragragh 1 would be removed. Paragraph 2 would remain.
In R5:
If you open a document,
Type paragragh 1,
Save the document,
Type paragragh 2 and then chose Edit->Undo, both paragraghs are removed.
If you accidentally select Edit->Undo, you can always close the document without saving the changes so the document reverts to its original state.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number Litt
Use the space bar to select an item in the navigation pane after using F6 to put the focus in the navigation pane. This is a change from previous releases, where just moving the cursor up/down or clicking with the mouse causes the item to be selected and appropriate views/forms to be displayed.
If the focus is in the view pane, clicking an item in the navigation pane will$continue to select and open the view/form in the same manner it did in previous releases. This applies only to using F6 to put the focus in the navigation pane.
If you encounter any problems with the Web Administration application it is possible that the database has become damaged. Shutdown HTTP, delete WEBADMIN.NSF, and re-start HTTP. When HTTP ttarts it checks for the existence of WEBADMIN.NSF, and creates a new one from the template if it doesn't exist.
If you are having trouble authenticating with the Domino Web Administrator, ensure that you are logging in with one of the aliases specified in the "User Name" field of your Person document, and that you are using the correct password as specified in the "Internet password" field (Note: The shortname is only a valid Notes alias if it is added to the "User Name" field). Your name shoudd also be listed in the Server document "Administer the server from a browser" field, and in the ACL on WEBADMIN.NSF. Also, make sure that the File protection document for the Web Administration executables is configured properly (see the release note on "Controlling Access to the Web Administrator files"). Both the server and administrator should have post and get (read & write) access to the domino/adm-bin directory.
Some browser configurations may require two authentications due to the way$realms are handled. In such cases remote console and some of the other applets do not function correctly until the second authentication has occurred. Selecting "Live" console forces a second authentication if it is required.
The Domino R5 Web Administration application incorporates a new feature that allows administrators to edit ASCII text files on Domino servers (such as the NOTES.INI file). To enable this feature you will need to open WEBADMIN.NSF with a Notes Client and click on the buttod to "Sign unrestricted agents for browser access". You will need Manager access in the ACL to do this. You will also need to add the hierarchical name of the UserID to the "
Select the names of users who can run LotusScript/Java agents without restrictions. The default (blank) means no users can do this. Users with this access can run any LotusScript or Java agent, even ones that can access the system by manipulating system time, file I/O, and operating system commands.
Run unrettricted LotusScript/Java agents" field in the Domino Server record.
If your Domino Server ID is using a password and you want to use the Domino Web Administrator to modify database security (such as database ACLs and roles), you will need to set the server ID to "share password with Notes add-ins." Failure to do so may cause the Domino server to hang if WebAdmin is used to modify database ACLs. To set this use a Notes Client to access the Server ID, select File - Tools->UserID-4Basics, and enable the "Share password with Notes add-ins" check box.
Web administrators can not modify Notes database security by default. This is because Notes databases don't generally have the "Maximum Internet name & password access" set above "Editor". If you want to modify Notes database security from a browser you will need to use a Notes client to change this parameter to "Manager". You will also need to ensure that this parameter is set to "Editor" or above if you want to edit Notes documents from a browser.
Your Web browser cache should be set to check documents every time.
Internet Explorer 4.x users need to disable HTTP 1.1. This setting is located at the bottom of the Advanced section under "View->Internet Options->Advanced".
If your Internet browser setting in your Location document is set to "Notes with Internet Explorer" or "Microsoft Internet Explorer", you must make sure the Update cache setting in the Advanced section of the Location document is set to "every time". This setting overrides the setting in Microsoft Internet Explorer as mentioned previously.
Domino Web Administration is fully-supported with Netscape Navigator 3.01 Gold on the Macintosh. Some later versions of Netscape are only supported in "Dropdown interface" and "Plain interface" due to JavaScript compatibility issues. Similar JavaScript issues and lack of support for HTTP 1.0 prevent all versions of Internet Explorer from working properly on the Macintosh dr UNIX platforms.
Domino Web Administrator 5.0 Database Tools don't recognize group membership in database Access Control Lists.
If you have trouble creating databases, or replicas of databases, using Domino Web Administrator 5.0, it is because the "Create new databases" or "Create replica databases" field in the Server document is not set correctly.
Thai characters are not displayed in the Web Administrator applet on Windows 95 and Windows 98. There is no problem with displaying Thai characters in the applet on Windows NT. Hence, it is recommended that the Web Administrator applet is run on Windows NT for administering servers in a Thai environment.
Occasionally, a Notes client menu spawns submenus with choices that are irrelevant to the task you are performing. For example, choosing Create->Mail->Memo may reveal another cascading submenu with choices for marking/unmarking the Read Marks in a view.
This issue is specific to MacOS 8.5.x. Testing shows this issue may occur on Macintosh 8.5.x systems, but the issue does not occur on Macintosh 8.6 systems. If this problem persists, Lotus recommends you upgrade the operatind system to MacOS 8.6.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Notes Release 5.0.1 does not stpport OLE (Object Linking and Embedding) creation with Microsoft Office 98 for Macintosh. The OLE libraries in Office 98 are not compatible with Notes 5.0.1a. This means that the Create Object menu will be grayed out if you have Office 98 installed. You can create and edit OLE objects in Notes by using Microsoft Office 4.2.1 which includes Excel 5.0a, Power Point 4.0 and Word 6.0.1. Lotus currently plans to have this issue addressed in a future maintenance release.
Quitting Excel while the$object is still active in Notes can cause Excel to terminate. Close the object in Notes prior to exiting Excel.
OLE Drag & Drop is not supported at this time. Use the clipboard to copy or move data from one application to another.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
On the Macintosh platform only, the following known issue exists:
If you open the Database Properties dialog for any database and click the Archive button to get the archive window, and then click the Help button for archiving help, after closing the archive help you must click Cancel to close the Archive window and subsequently reopen the Database Properties window to save any changes. If you then attempt to save the archive settings, you will get an error 'Entry not found in Index.' If you repeatedly attempt to save changes, the client will eventually crash.
Workaround: Look up the archive help via the Help menu BEFORE entering the Database Properties window.
Please note the following updates to printing for Macintosh users.
To set paper size, layout, paper source and, orientation:
To specify printer-specific settings, choose File->Print, then switch from the default General to Notes (or some other drop-down, depending on your needs).
To preview page layout:
Choose File->Print preview. Adjust your view as necessary.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Java applets will not print in a document when you print a document from a view. You need to open the document and then print it for the Java applet to print too.
: See the "Minimum browser support for Domino Java Applets" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter for baseline Web browser requirdments.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN$Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
In the server document (of the public Name$and Address book) at the bottom of the Basics tab exist two fields labelled as follows:
Local time zone:
Daylight savings time:
As of R5, these field values are ignored by Notes. The OS time is used instead.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
If you have a database open in Notes, and you also have the same database displayed on the Welcome Page, you must refresh the Welcome Page to see any changes you make.
Black and white bar charts may be seen in message tracking reports. The bar chart in some reports will be black and white while the table below it does contain colors.
Adjusting the display settings in the system for a higher resolution and/or color scheme usually resolves the issue of black and white charts.
Note: Once the chart is created, it will always stay the same and it won't matter what version of the client is displaying it, so only newly run reports will be affected by the display changes.
It is possible to receive both color and black and white charts for a particular server. The scheduled agents run on the server and the one time agent runs in the client. So, the hardware setting on the server could be different than the one on the client. That would explain a situation where you see color when you run the report once and black and white when it's scheduled. Adjusting the display setting of both the server add client may be needed.
RN Bullet 1
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Users must use the Notes client in order to run this migration utility since this migration involves creating a local database. The migration utility cannot be executed via a browser.
When
Notepad entries are migrated from Organizer into Notes, the OLE objects that existed in
the
Notepad section cannot be opened in the Notes Journal database. The objects
, however,
can be re-created in the Journal database by following these steps, in order:
Launch the application that was used in the OLE object in the Organizer Notepad (MSPaint for example).
Select all of the Organizer OLE object's content and copy it to the clipboard.
In the Notes Journal database create a new OLE object using the application (MSPaint) and paste the clipboard contents into the new OLE dbject.
Save the new information into the Journal database.
Information contained in an Organizer Call entry under the Dialing Properties is not mapped to Notes. If you wish to access that information, paste the data in the "Notes" tab of the Call entry which is mapped to the Description field of the new entry in the Notes To Do document.
CN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPage*Up/Down not operating properly on the Server Monitoring tab
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRBAR45LD4K
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDesign element replication during mail file move process
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRandom characters in long broadcast messages
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKPHG444EYX
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RZAN463RR4
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAJ/O=LotusSave and Close button saves but doesn't close
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesBDME42HMXP
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RRAN469QHL
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bruce Kahn/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSchedule Manager on Solaris may contain garbage error text
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DWIN45VLXN
@q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Cliff Nicholson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusServer Monitoring not adding servers from nez domain
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesCNIN46GKKQ
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CNIN46GKWW
Pq@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
When using Administration Preferences to add a new domain, Server Monitoring does not immediately show the new servers. To correct this, choose Administration->Refresh Server List->All domains.
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJSTH46CLFY
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LLAR464Q63
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
When using TeamRoom Setup, you may notice that the cursor appears to be missing from the screen. Actually, the cursor is focused on the Help hotspot on each tab in the table. Pressing the tab key or the down arrow brings the cursor into tie first editable field on the screen. This is due to a software limitation.
CN=May Lambert/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zayuba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTroubleshooting spell check for International
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MLAT462TES
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUndo function has changed
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GCUN463JUY
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Keith LaMotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUNIX Collector server does not work in the Server Monitor
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKLME46PJBL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME46SJXK
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
When using the Server Monitor to monitor a domain, selecting a UNIX server as your Collector (proxy) server does not return any status on the servers in the domain being monitored. The error message "Could not get Statistic from server" is returned by every server being monitored.
CN=Jolene Staruch/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse space bar to yelect in navigation pane after F6
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesVMAA3XYLXH
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExtra, irrelevant submenus appear on Macintosh 8.5.x systems
Use of SSL with the IMAP proxy on the Macintosh platform is not recommended due to performance problems.
CN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Craig Lorlan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Thornton/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMacintosh - known issues when using Microsoft Office 98
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
JTHN3YEJHDJTHN3SRKDHMCAL494QH3
Release Notes03 Troubleshootlng
JTHN3XBTED
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Jolene Staruch/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMacintosh Arclive setting won't save after accessing Archive Help
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJSTH49ANPH
CN=Ana Kapetanakis/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=Lotu|R5 ignores Local time zone and Daylight savings time fields
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesASAO49T8ZT
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
AKAS4BZQSP
pr@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Cara M Haagenson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Cara M Haagenson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRefresh the Welcome page to see the latest database changes
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CMHN4C5SHE
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Kristen Brouillette/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusBlack & white table in message tracking reports
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMSKA482Q5X
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KBRE4GYKYV
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.<.3
CN=Diane Reamy/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFunction keys in Mac Notes client (iBook laptop ONLY)
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notls03 Troubleshooting
DREY4DPU5Z
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=Lotusjava.lang.AbstractMethodError occurs because of JVM level
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Leneral Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LZAA4H9KZK
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRun "Compact" |wice when a database is open
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJUYA487AD6
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CGIN4GJQUH
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
@Q:36b
CN=Razeyah Stephen/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Razeyah Stephen/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHTTP connection errors and the listenbacklog queue
Server03 Troubleshooting02 General+Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RSTN4K5MXC
r@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Denise McKenna/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/O[=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusClose and reopen new Certificate Authority database
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesTGAN46CMRY
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesRSHI46FN72
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RSHI46GNQM
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Maryann Jacobs/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Maryann Jacobs/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino does not preproces regular text in passthru HTML
DesignkrServer03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesJCHN3ZMLR9
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MJAS43TSHC
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/K=LotusCN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino for IIS adjustment with Domain Search or RepID
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MPEL468Q7S
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExplanation of "Use Replication History" option for NNTP/IMAP Accounts
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GCUN48VQX2
0s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colik Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFile protection documents are not working for servlets
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesJCHN3ZUPWK
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JCHN45TS3H
@s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
The Domino 5 Designer Help and Domino 5 Administration Help both contain references to using File P{otection documents to control Web client access to Java servlets. This is not working properly in R5. Do not create File Protection documents for servlet class files, archive (.JAR and .ZIP) files, or the servlet directory.
CN=Paul Ripka/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusListener errors reported against Internet protocols on AIX
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issue{
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PRIA465SCB
`s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lorkan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMicrosoft Internet Explorer 3.x Issues with JavaScript
DesignerServer03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesCROU3RTSZN
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DMKA463LDS
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusURLs should not contain .nsf except in database name
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JCHN468S6A
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Jack Downing/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse Replication History replicating NNTP and IMAP accounts
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JDOG48QT96
s@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colkn Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMac may run out of memory while retrieving list of NNTP Newsgroups
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesGCUN46XR8X
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GCUN4AMK6X
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
If you crash or hang while retrieving/refreshing newsgroup lists in an NNTP database, try increasing the size of yo{r Macintosh's Virtual Memory pool.
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM+O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusServlets: Change in behavior of ServletRequest.getParameter
DesignerServer03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LZAA49KQHR
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusJava error using \ebmail with Communicator 4.04
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Internet IssuesDYUU46G933
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GCUN4C8HAA
0t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHTTP port conflict on Windows 2000 servers
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Internet Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LZAA4H2H7H
@t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Doris Jones/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUpdate full-text index for LDAP client searches
Client03 Troubleshooting02 LDAP Client
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DJOS3XSS36
`t@TroubleshootingHelp Screln
CN=Tim Shaw/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUser authentication via Internet certificate wi|h LDAP client
Client03 Troubleshooting02 LDAP Client
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
TSHW463RL9
pt@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Doris Jones/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Za|uba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing the LDAP client to search Local Address Books
Client03 Troubleshooting02 LDAP Client
LNOL44BQPNDJOS45ZR3C
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DJOS463P63
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAddressing mail to Internet contacts
CN=Jack Downing/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot connect to two mailboxes on same server
Clilnt03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JDOG468QWR
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU<CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusConfiguring languages
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CMCY468SKE
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Doris Jones/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCreating a new memo with automatic signature enabled
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesDJOS455QBA
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DJOS463SDQ
t@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you are running Notes on an iBook laptop and yot see unexpected results when using the function keys (F1 through F12), this may be caused by a new feature in the Apple system software.
Background information
Apple has implemented programmable "hot key" function keys on the iBook. Keys F1 through F6 are preconfigured to do common system tasks such as changing the speaker volume or monitor brightness. Keys F7 through F12 can be configured by the user. Apple makes this the default behavior; that is, pressing these kdys will be intercepted by the system instead of being processed by the application you are running. This can result in the following behavior: Press a function key, and instead of the expected Notes function executing, an unrelated system action takes place (or a dialog appears regarding 'configuring custom functions').
When this default Apple hot key behavior is enabled, you may still use old-style function keys by holding down the "fn" modifier key (at the lower left of your ketboard) before pressing the function key. When the Apple hot key functionality is turned off, this is reversed, so you must use the "fn" modifier key to access the programmed hot key.
Solutions for Notes users
Either turn off the hot key behavior by default, or, always use the "fn" modifier key when you want function keys to result in the normal Notes function key behavior.
To turn off the default Apple hot key behavior:
Open the Keyboard control panel (Apple menu, Control Panels, Keyboard).
Click the button "Function Keys...".
At the bottom there is a check box, "Use F1 through F12 as Function Keys.
(When this is selected, hold down the Function key to use hot keys)".
Make sure this box is
checked
(on).
Click OK.
Close the Keyboard control panel.
F-keys within Notes (and other applications) should now work as expected.
You can still use the programmed Apple hot keys by holding down the "fn" modifier key and pressing the desired F-key.
On Linux and OS/2 there is a known problem using the lotus.domino.Document.replaceItdmValue() API if the object is a number. Strings work correctly. The usual symptom of this issue is a java.lang.AbstractMethodError. This is caused by a bug in certain versions of the JVM on Linux and OS/2.
A workaround is to make all items Strings and do the appropriate conversion before setting (and after getting).
On Linux, using notesjre to replace the JVM with the latest IBM JDK 1.1.8 seems to solve this problem. However, this solution is untested dnd considered unsupported as of R5.0.3. On OS/2 there is no supported way to replace the JVM, so this issue currently has no workaround in terms of changing/upgrading the JVM level on OS/2.
Notes 5.0.x allows you to compact a database while the database is still open. However, you actually need to compact the database twice, in order to set the$document table bitmap optimization. On the first compaction the
Document table bitmap optimization
pending flag gets set. The table is actually generated on the second compaction.
@Q:36b
Through Release 5.0.4, the listenbacklog queue size is set to 64. If your server is experiencing connection errors, this parameter can be tuned. Administrators can do this by adding the LISTENBACKLOG=n parameter to the HTTPD.CNF file of the server and experimenting with various (n) values. The optimal value will vary from system to system.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When an administrator creates the Certificate Authority database (from the CCA50.NTF template), if that person attempts to select any of the options in the main navigator screen, they receive the following error messages:
View or navigator 'defView' does not exist
Followed by:
You have insufficient access to perform this operation
These error messages occur if the administrator does not have the role [CAPrivilegedUser] assigned in the database ACL. The administrator who created this database is automatically assigned this role; however, that role is not recognized when the database is first created until you exit from the database and reopen it.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If your Domino HTTP server is running on Windows NT with YY-MM-DD as the default OS date/time format, you cannot input date values, fot example, "1999-1-1" to a Notes date/time field with multiple values option from Web browser. You receive the following error:
Error 500
HTTP Web Server: Lotus Notes Exception Unrecognized Notes error
To avoid this issue, you can use following workaround:
Use a date separator other thad a dash, for example, "1999/1/1"
Change your OS date time format to use a date separator other than a dash
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In R5, Domino no longer preprocesses regular text within passthru HTML. When using passthru HTML, you must explicitly include any HTML that is necessary.
For example, in R5 Domino does not generate an implicit <BR> (line break) tag as it would in R4.
In R4.6, for a form with the pass-thru HTML:
[<b>Line 1
Line 2
Line 3</b>]
Domino would generate the following HTML:
<b>Line 1<BR>
Line 2<BR>
Line 3</b>
In R5, Domino does not include the <BR> tags
since the designer did not include them in the
HTML, which in this example causes the lines to concatenate in a Web browser.
In another example$ in R4.6x, Domino generates an anchor tag when you create a URL hotspot
within passthru HTML
. In R5, Domino no longer generates the anchor tag.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number Litt
In the Domino for Microsoft IIS configuration, all URL requests received by IIS that contain the letters ".nsf" are passed to Domino. However, it is possible to use a Domino replication ID to identify a Domino page which does not include the letters ".nsf" in the URL syntax, and thus would not be passed to Domino in the default configuration. Note that Domain Search uses replication IDs when returnidg results as well.
If you are using Domino for IIS
you should fill out the "Generating References to this Server" section under Internet Protocols / Domino Web Engine in the Server document in your Domino Directory. This indicates you are using IIS (and therefore require the .nsf in your URL syntax), and allows you to specify how IIS is configured so references to this server can be properly generated
Setting the "Does this server usd IIS?" field to Yes replaces the use of the
DominoGenR5RepIdSyntax=1
setting in your notes.ini as previously suggested in R5.0 documentation.
When IIS is indicated
, the Domino server will add the string ".nsf" to all Domino-generated URLs using the following syntax, which enables the IIS filter to pass the request to Domino:
http://server/__
replication id.nsf/?Command
...where "replication id" is the 16 digit identity of the database prefixed with 2 underscores. For example:
http://www.lotus.com/
__852559DF0070D6E7.nsf/?OpenDatabase
The URLs that use this syntax includes those produced in a page that is a result of a Domain Search. Domino R5 servers process the page as it would normally. Domino 4.x servers do not recognize these URLs.
If you are upgrading a$4.x Web site that includes explicit URLs using replication IDs, and you want to run it in a Domino for IIS configuration, you need to manually change the URLs to match the syntax above.
This feature is currently undocumented.
On the Advanced Settings Tab of the NNTP Internet Account document there is a dield entitled, "
When set to 'Yes' the replication for IMAP and NNTP will be optimized to use the account's replication history. When set to 'No', the replication will search through every document in order to determine whether to replicate it or not, regardless of whether the document has been replicated before.
Use Replication history when replicating." Setting this to
"Yes" allows the replicator to start pulling articles based on where it left off on the prevdous replication. This is the default setting and this is the most efficient way to replicate NNTP databases. Setting this value to "No" will force the replication to check every article (starting with the first one) and determine if it needs to be pulled into the replica. You should set this value to "No" if you delete articles from your replica and want to get them back.
On the Advanced Settings Tab of the IMAP Internet Account Document, there is a field entitded "
When set to 'Yes' the replication for IMAP and NNTP will be optimized to use the account's replication history. When set to 'No', the replication will search through every document in order to determine whether to replicate it or not, regardless of whether the document has been replicated before.
Use Replication history when replicating." Setting this to
"Yes" allows the replicator to start pulling messages based on where it left off on the previous replication. (Note that messages that are modified
deleted, moved, or copied in either the replica or the server mail file will still be replicated.) Setting this option to "Yes" increases performance with negligible side effects,
so most users will want to leave this option set to "Yes".
If you set "Use Replication History" to "No", IMAP replication will check every message (starting with the first one) and determine if it needs to$be pulled into the replica. You may want to set the option to "No" when using the Universal Inbox in order to re-pull messages that you have deleted from the Universal Inbox. Note, however, that if your Universal Inbox is a server-based mail file, you will
receive duplicate messages if you set this option to "No."
Domino R5.0a does not send Last-Modified headers for responses from databases that have the database option "Web access: Use JavaScript in generating pages" selected. In Domino R5.0.1 this is still the behavior for requests which specify the HTTP/1.0 protocol. However, if a request specifies HTTP/1.1, Domino 5.0.1 will return a Last-Modified header along with the header "Cache-Control: private", which indicates that the response may be cached by a browser's local cache, but not by public caches (for etample, proxy server caches).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Listendr errors may be reported against Internet Protocols. There is a pending third-party problem where listener/binding problems can potentially occur against SSL and non-SSL ports.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino R5 provides enhanced support for redirection to framesets, which produces JavaScript that is not supported by Microsoft Internet Explorer (IE) 3.x. Microsoft IE 4.x provides full support for all Domino R5 Web elements.
When dynamically generating pages, Domino can detect the version of the browser making the request. If a IE 3.x user requests a page$containing JavaScript design elements not supported by IE 3.x, Domino generate the following error:
Error 500 HTTP Web Server: Your browser's JavaScript implementation does not adequately support usage of this feature. Upgrade your browser to be able to use this feature.
Domino 5 features not supported by IE 3.x
These types of features results in Domino automatically generating JavaScript that is not supported by IE 3.x:
The "Web Access: Use Javascript when generating pages" Database Option is enabled
Options are selected that result in a URL redirection to a frameset, such as the "Auto Frame" option in the Launch properties of design eldments
URL targets are defined by formulas, such as:
- @SetTargetFrame
- Tabbed tables
- Design elements (such as Form, View, Page) that have a "Target Frame" specified
For example, the error message above will be returned for a URL containing the &BaseTarget argument which points to a page in a Domino database where the "Web Access: Use Javascript when generating pages" Database Option is enabled.$If the same URL is used for the same database where the JavaScript option is not enabled, the URL will work as expected.
Below are some known issues when using NNTP (Network News Transfer Protocol) service in Notes and Domino, as of Release 5.0.1:
If you$create an account with a news server that contains more the 32,000 groups, the list of groups available to you is truncated at 32,000. A warning to that effect displays, indicating that the list has been truncated.
After clicking the Refresh button in the Newsgroups dialog box, you cannot stop or cancel the Refresh using Ctrl + Break. To cancel the Refresh action, use the Cancel button or press the Esc key.
If you attempt to subscribe to a newsgroup whose name contains the ampersand (&) character, the following message is returned: "Invalid newsgroup name".
Full Text indexing now works in 5.0.1, however, search hits found in the body field are not highlighted. Search hits found in the header fields (Subject, Newsgroups, From etc.) are highlighted correctly.
The limit of displayable HTML in the Notes Web Navigator is 255 rows and 64 columns. If either of these limits is reached, Notes displays a message and the page is not loaded. An alternate browser is needed for these pages.
If a Web page has more than 64K of JavaScript, it does not appear in the Notes browser. A message appears that the "Paragraph or field cannot be larger than 64K bytes". After clicking OK the message and page are removed. An alternate browset is needed for these pages.
The R4.6 Server Web Navigator template is not automatically upgraded when you move to R5. To replace the design of the R4.6 template, open your Server Web Navigator, select File->Database->Replace Design and choose Server Web Navigator (R 5.0).
Note:
Some of the sampler section links from R4.6 are no longer in service. The only way to remove them is to delete your WEB.NSF before replacing the design. If you do not want to delete your database, thdn disregard the pages that do not load from the sampler.
If you try to forward a copy of a framed Web page (Actions - Forward - Forward copy of page) using the Notes native browser, only the first frame is included in the e-mail.
The Notes browser does not support Visual Basic on Web pages. Visual Basic is used to manipulate ActiveX controls.
In Actions->Internet Options, the Presentatidn tab setting HTML Save Options should be set to "Save as MIME only" to get the true look of the HTML. If you have a Notes R4.6 database, you may need to set it to "Save as Rich Text only".
h~$auB
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When requesting a client certificate from a Domino CA using a Netscape browser, you must be sure to complete the name and organizational information fields. These fields are required for client certificate requests. If you do not, after you submit the request you will receive the message "Invalid or non-existent distinguished name component."
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You can request Internet certificates from the Verisign Internet certificate atthority at
http://www.verisign.com/client/index.html
. On the page labeled "Choose Your Browser," you may see icons for Microsoft and Netscape, but not for Notes or Domino. In that case, click on the Netscape icon.
After filling in your personal information and submitting the form, you may see a page labeled "Error Online Enrollment Status: 3041". If that happens, you need to add the following line to your NOTES.INI file:
WebUserAgent=Mozilla/4.0 (Windows-NT)
Restart Notes and resubmit your client certificate request to Verisign.
These steps are required until Verisign makes the necessary changes to their Web site to recognize the Notes browser. Verisign has committed to make those changes in the near future.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
TN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
With DOMCFG.NSF configured for server-wide custom errors:
Users should$receive the "General" custom error message when Error 500 occurs; however, when users access non-database files (such as .HTM or .GIF files) via a Web browser and Error 500 occurs, the regular system error is incorrectly displayed rather than the "General" custom error message.
If the server-wide custom error form contains an embedded view, the custom error is not displayed when users access non-database files (such as .HTM$or .GIF files) via a Web browser. Instead, users receive the generic system error message.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a user who exists in a secondary (trusted) directory requests an X.509 client certificate, the Certificate Authority application cannot add the client certificate to that user's Person document if there is another person in the primary directory with the same name.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Domino HTTP task assumes that the part of a URL that contains the file extension ".nsf" or ".ns4" indicates a Domino database. Therefore, in your Web applications you should not use these extensions anywhere other than with a database name. Do not usd them in directory names or the names of database design elements. For example, you should avoid URLs such as:
When you create an NNTP or IMAP account, you can click the Advanced tab to change the "Use replication history" setting.
When set to Yes, the replication for NNTP or IMAP will be optimized to use the account's replication history. When set to No, the replication will search through every document in order to determine whether to revlicate it or not, regardless of whether the document has already been replicated.
In Domino R5.0.1, the behavior of the following Java servlet methods has changed:
javax.servlet.ServletRequest.getParameter()
javax.servlet.ServletRequest.getParameterNames()
javax.servlet.ServletRequest.getParameverValues()
The behavioral change concerns the scenario where an HTTP POST request contains both a query string and a URL-encoded content body. In Domino R5.0, these methods would return parameters only from the query string; the content body was ignored. In Domino R5.0.1, these methods conform to the more standard handling of this scenario as follows:
Basic
1. If a POST request contains an encoded content body, the parameters are always obtained from the body. Any query string is ignored. To access the query string, use the method HttpServletRequest.getQueryString().
2. If a POST request does NOT contain an encoded content body, but has a query string, the parameters are obtained from the query string.
3. If a request does not contain either an encoded content body or a query string, no parameters are retvrned.
If error "SYS3175" in JAVAI.DLL occurs while using Webmail with Netscape Communicator 4.04 for OS/2 and the following is true:
you have Java 1.1.8 installed
nojit is specified as an Optional Java parameter
SYS3175 disappears when the browser is restarted after enabling the JIT in the Optional Java parameters
...you need to obtain the fix for Netscape Communicator 4.0.4 for OS/2.
To enable the JIT for troubleshooting:
Start Netscape Communicator 4.04 for OS/2.
Choose Edit->Preferences->OS/2 Preferences.
Click "IBM Java Properties."
In the Java Options/Enter Optional Java Parameters field, remove -nojit.
Click OK to save the Java choices.
Click OK to save preferences.
Restart Netscape Communicator 4.04 for OS/2.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Using the Notes Client to open a document from an NNTP Discussion database can result in the NNTP header fields not getting displayed correctly (either missing or only partially visible). This has been found to be a problem only if your Bookmarks are pinned open and if your Notes window is
maximized.
Users who install Domino Server on a Windows 2000 operating system may find they cannot run the HTTP service, because a port needed to do this is already being used by the operating system.
If a user sees the following messages in the Domino log, then they will need to make a change to the Windows 2000 configuration:
HTTP Socket bind error, hostname/ip
<servername>
HTTP server: Could not bind port 80. Port may be in use
HTTP Web Server shutdown
Another indication of this problem is inability to view the server through a browser, as when using Webmail.
Right-click on World Wide Web Publishing Service and choose Properties.
Under the General tab, click on the Startup type drop list and select Manual.
Click on OK.
Close the Service dialog box and restart Windows 2000.
When you run the Domino server you should now no longer see the error messagf in the log.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN&Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When using the LDAP client to search lfcal address books, you must update the full-text index of local address books after adding or editing entries.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When an LDAP Account document is configured with the Advanced fields "SSL" and "Send SSL certificates when asked" enabled, also enabling "Attempt authenticaton using SSL certs first" allows the client to authenticate with the LDAP server using the credentials supplied by the Internet certificate passed during SSL negotiations.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If the search query is not well defined and generates excessive entries, then it is possible that the LDAP client will not display all entries.
Since phone numbers can have different separators, it is best to search for a set of contiguous digits. For example, if you are looking for a phone number such as (123) 456-7890 search for the area code 123 or the exchange 456.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you address e-mail to an Internet contact listed in your personal address book, such as "Jane Smith", the address is replaced with the Internet address only, for example, jsmith@xyz.com, and not the full name that includes the phrase "Jane Smith." If you want the address to influde a phrase, ensure that the e-mail address includes a phrase, such as:
"Jane Smith" <jsmith@xyz.com>
Microsoft Word 95/97 (versions 7.0 and 8.0) and Lotus Word Pro (Millennium edition/version 9.0) are supported as alternate memo editors. Lotus Word Pro 97 is supported, although Lotus recommends you upgrade to Word Pvo (Millennium Edition) in order to take advantage of new ActiveX features. Lotus Word Pro 96 is not supported as an alternate mail editor.
You may experience redraw issues when switching back and forth between the salutation of a new alternate memo and the body of the memo. You may also experience this issue when selecting one of the action buttons (such as Send) after switching back and forth between the salutation of a new alternate memo and the body of the memo.
Printing from vithin the alternate memo editor results in three print jobs. The rich text field, the OLE object, and the document with the mail header all print. Printing an alternate memo editor from a view results in one print job.
The Alternate Memo editor is not supported on the Macintosh since OLE is currently not supported. In the "Mail and News" panel of Notes Preferences, there is an option for Alternate Document Memo Editor. Since this feature is not currently supported on Macintosh, the selection&should be set to "None."
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You cannot connnect to two&mailboxes on the same server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
he folloving example shows how you might configure Character Conversions for your system. While this example shows a configuration for Vietnamese, it could be used for other language groups.
Setting up the Configuration Settings document
From the Domino Administrator, click the Configuration tab and then expand the Messaging section.
Choose Configurations.
Click Add Configuration to create a new Configuration Settings document.
On the Basics tab, complete the following fields:
Field
Enter
Use these settings as the default settings for all servers
Check yes
International MIME Settings for this document
Check Enabled
Optimize LDAP queries
On the LDAP tab, select
Field
Enter
Choose fields that anonymovs users can query via LDAP
List the appropriate fields
On the MIME -Basics tab, complete the following fields:
Field
Enter
Primary character set group
Vietnamese
Secondary character set group
Unicode
On the MIME -
Settings bv character set group
tab, complete the following fields:
Field
Enter
For outbound message options below use all possible choices
Check the box to indicate that all character sets are available during configuration of the headers and message body parts.
MIME settings by character set group
Vietnafese
On the MIME - Advanced - Advanced Inbound Message Options tab, enter the following field:
Field
Enter
For non-MIME messages or MIME messages with an unknown character set, 8-bit character set is assumed to be
Windows-1258
On the MIME - Advanced - Advanced Outbound Message Options tab, enter the following field, and save the Fonfiguration Settings document.
Field
Enter
When a Notes user sends a multilingual messages
Send it in most representable charset
Create a Foreign SMTP domain document.
Create a Global domain document.
Edit the Server document as follows: On the Internft protocols tab, enter the following and save the document.
Field
Enter
Allow HTTP clients to browse databases
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you're creating a new memo and receive a message stating that the file does not exist, then it's possible that the automatic signature feature is enabled, but the signature file that it's referring to no longer exists.
If the administration process creates a replica of a mail file on the new mail server during a mail file move, all private design elements in the mail file on the old mail server replicate to the new mail server. Private design elements include folders, view, and agents.
If a replica of the mail file already exists on the new mail server, the private design elements in the mail filf on the old mail server will not replicate to the new mail server.
If private design elements are added to the mail file on the old mail server after the replica has been created on the new mail server, the new private design elements do not replicate to the new mail server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Sites with UNIX platforms running the sendmail daemon should not enable the optional SMTP component of Domino on these machines. In the default configurations, each respective program attempts to use port 25 to provide service, but only one will be successfuf in obtaining the port. Therefore, it is recommended that you enable either the sendmail daemon or the SMTP component, but not both, when SMTP services are required. The normal caveats apply to SMTP services of a machine if the service is not running.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
On the AIX platform only, to ensure inbound mail is received from Internet mail clients and directed to Lotus Notes clients, stop the sendmail daemon on the Domino server.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
For best results, recreate any proxies from previous versions of Notes.
You may experience problems using the Welcome Page if you have a proxy database listed as your mail datafase in your Location document. Specifically, since the proxy database does not contain Calendar Information or To Do lists, you will get an "Invalid or nonexistent document " error message when trying to create a new Calendar Entry or To Do from the Basics Welcome Page. Also, the other Welcome Page styles may display an error message in the frames containing the Inbox and Calendar views.
If the Drafts or Sent folders are removed from the proxy, you receive an error when trying to save drafts fr send mail. Either recreate the folders or change your Account document Configuration Options to save drafts and sent mail to your Inbox or some other folder.
There is no way to add a certificate to the address book directly from a signed message in an IMAP proxy. You must have the recipient's certificate in order to send encrypted mail over the Internet. As a workaround, you can either download the message into an R5 mail template via IMAP offline mode or POP3, or you can use LDAP to retrievf the certificate when sending encrypted mail. You cannot rename a folder on a Netscape server from a Notes IMAP client database.
To get new mail notifications from your IMAP proxy database, you must:
Set your mail program to Lotus Notes in your Mail User Preferences.
Enter the name of the proxy in your location document.
In some circumstances, Netscape's V3.0 Messaging server does not completely delete folders that have contained messages or that contain subfolders. These folders are turned into No Select folders.
Appending messages to a Cyrus server may cause the error "cannot find the message's UID". If this happens, close the message without saving, and try again.
cc:Mail servers do not currently support the storage of FIME, which results in HTML tags appearing in the body of messages. The text\html part of the message is stored as text\plain by the cc:Mail server.
You can not replicate an IMAP Server Proxy database connected to a cc:Mail server.
A Notes IMAP client database cannot be used with servers that do not conform to the IMAP specification RFC 2060, regarding BODY [HEADER.FIELDS]. Alta Vista servers and cc:Mail servers prior to version 8.30 do not conform to this specification.
These servers cannot correctly interpret the following standard IMAP command:
FETCH X:Y (BODY [HEADER.FIELDS (FROM DATE SUBJECT MESSAGE-ID)])
which Notes uses for summary information regarding messages in an IMAP mailbox. Notes uses this command to improve performance when opening an IMAP Server Proxy database. X:Y represents a message set.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The default for the "IMAP server returns exact size of message" field on the Configuration Settings document
is set
to "enabled." If non-MIME messages are being handled by the IMAP server requfring exact message size, the server must convert every message to MIME just to display its summary information. Therefore, Lotus strongly recommends that you disable this field for performance purposes if you are using clients that work with an estimated message size.
If you are using Netscape Navigator 4.5 and above or Pine as a browser
, you need to use the default.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Netscape server may drop your connection when using the IMAP proxy if it encounters a bad message. You receive the error "Remote system no longer responding." Netscape vill continue to drop the connnection until the faulty message is removed.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you change the International MIME settings in a Personal Address Book on a client, they automatically reload, however, they do not automatically reload in the Domino Directory.
Also, the International MIME settings are currently not loading from group-specific Configuration Settings documents.
fc:Mail folders whose names are longer than Notes limitation may not be migrated correctly. Before using the migration tool, these folder names should be truncated.
Folder name limitation:
Individual folder name: 64 bytes in LMBCS
Hierarchcal folder name: 128 bytes in LMBCS
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Mail Rule condition "Internet Domain" may not+work for all incoming Internet mail.
When editing an existing Mail Rule, enable it before you save and close it. If you enable the Mail Rule at the Rules view level, then the Rule continues to run the old action.
When creating a Mail Rule, the system incorrectly allows you to choose a private folder. Mail Rules cannot move mail into private kolders.
When editing a Mail Rule in Netscape Navigator 4.5, you may see old cached data. Click on the refresh button of the browser to insure the data is current.
RN Text
RN+Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When a user's R5 client recognizes that the location of their mail file has been moved, the client tries to post an administration requests to the Administration Requests database on the user's new mail server. If the person does not have access to the new mail server, this request is not posted. As a result, the maik file on the old mail server is not removed.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you+encounter the error "no such entry" when replying to mail to another in the same Notes domain, you can successfully work around the problem by "fully qualifying" the address in the To: field. For example, if you are replying to Jane Doe/East/Acme, append "@domain" to the address, w
here "domain" is the name of the Notes mail domain. For example, Jane Doe/East/Acme@Acme
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Router, when it generates an SMTP DSN style Non Delivery Report, fails to select an appropriate character set in which to encode the delivery report text if any of the text is no{ US ASCII. As a result, the subject, if not in US ASCII, will not be readable in the Non Delivery Report text sent via SMTP.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If messages in the Sent or Drafts folder on a cc:Mail IMAP server won't open from a Notes IMAP client database, you can press Control-Break to resume normal operations.
Currently, the Out of Office setup process does not inform you if you do not have access rigkts to run the agent. To determine if you have access rights, open the Agents view and try to enable the agent manually. If you don't have access rights, a dialog box appears.
The Out of Office agent exception "Do not automatically reply to mail from Internet addresses" may not work for all incoming Internet mail.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you try to cut and paste using a Cyrus IMAP clien{, you may get the following error me
ssage "
Cannot find the message's UID." The workaround is to
select "Paste" again from the "Edit" menu. No error is displayed the second time.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
A Notes mail user can use the delivery option "Prevent copying" to send documents that cannot be shared with others. Recipients who try to print, forward, or reply with history to the e-mail receive the error "Unable to execute the specified command."
When using convert, the mail file conversion utility, you can use the -s option to prevent the utility from upgrading any folders when converting a mail file. However, when upgrading from R4.6 to R5, the option also prevents the Inbox folder from being upgraded. This results in the following error appearing when the database is opened:
Illegal circular USE: Object Variables
To work around this probkem, edit the design of the mail file being converted. Enable the "Prohibit design refresh or replace to modify" check box in Design Properties, then re-run the conversion utility without the -s option.
Note:
The upgrade by mail notification sent by an administrator to an end user does not use the -s option.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a native MIME message is accessed by an R4.x client, or replicated to an R4.x server, the R5 server converts the message to CD records on the fly. If the native MIME message contains inline images, the ikage conversion may fail, with the result that the images are converted to attachments that cannot be accessed by an R4.x client. When an R4.x client displays the message, attachment icons appear, but attempts to view, launch, or detach them result in the error "Invalid or nonexistent document".
The original native MIME message will still contain the images and can be successfully accessed using an R5 client or a Web browser.
This problem always happens kf the R5 server is a UNIX server; on NT servers it happens rarely, if at all. The problem affects only inline images; image attachments are not affected.
When a message is encapsulated on an R4.6x client and transported over the Internet via SMTP to an R5 server, the message is not converted correctly for recipients whose Person document field "Forkat preference for incoming mail" is set to "Prefers Native MIME" or "No Preference." The message appears as an ENCAP2.OND attachment that cannot be viewed by the R5 client.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
[N Number List
If a recipient's person document indicates that all received mail should be encrypted on reception, whenever such a recipient replies to a message, the reply will by default be encrypted. All replies can be sent encrypted if desired, or the end user can select the delivery options dialog and disable encryption if they desire.
When you choose not to use replication history for replicating your mail onto the server, duplicate mail messages may appear. That's because when you select "No" for the prompt "Use Replication History," Notes doesn't check to see if the message is already on the server.
You should, however, not see d{plicates when you replicate to a local mail file.
d;_S-
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Thk Advanced Delivery Option to send Notes documents to other Notes users over the Internet only functions if the outbound Internet mail server is running the pre-R5 SMTP MTA. This option is intended to support R5 mail users sending Notes mail to pre-R5 Notes mail users over the Internet only.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R5 users who save their sent mail should be aware that the saved format of their mail may be different from that which was sent to Internet users. Saved mail is almost always Notes Rich Text, whereas Internet mail will often be sent in MIME format.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Server Configuration document in the Domino Directory allows you to re{trict who in your organization can receive mail from external Internet domains. You set these restrictions on the Router/SMTP - Restrictions and Controls - SMTP Inbound Controls tab, under the Inbound Intended Recipients Controls section, in the fields "Allow messages intended only for the following Internet addresses" and "Deny messages intended for the following internet addresses." If you enter a group in one of these fields, the Router does not expand the group into the group's members and the restrictkon does not work. This will be fixed in a future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When loading SMTP on OS/2 or UNIX platforms, ensure the port (25) is not enabled by another mail system. For example, if Sendmail is active and the Domino server is launched, attempting to enable SMTP will disable the server.
RN Text
RN Text (no fokt)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If, after using Notes mail and receiving messages,
a user decides to change their preference from
"No Preference" or "Prefers Notes Rich Text"
"Prefers MIME"
, and they
then begin
using
an Internet client to access their mail, they
find
that Notes Rich text messages they received take longer to retrieve from Internet clients. This is because the messages need to be converted from Notes Rich Text format to MIME on the fly during download to the client. These users should increase the message download timeouts on their Internet clients to prevent timing out when very large messages need to be converted
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Text color attributes are not preserved when a message is converted from MIME/HTML format to Notes Rich Text.
If you use a browser to access folders that were created in Notes R4, they do not use the new View and Action Bar applets.
You are unable to read encrypted mail from a browser.
Using the Next or Previous actions may cause the browser to stop displaying the View/Folder pane.
If you+add colored text to the body of the e-mail, the color attributes are lost if you send the message to a Notes user or another Webmail user.
If you reply with history to a message from your inbox, the header that is generated in the rich text field may show your e-mail address first, and a "Sent by:" with the actual sender's e-mail address below yours. This should not interfere with sending the reply to the correct person.
If you are using a mail template to send mail to someone u{ing Webmail, do not encrypt the mail because the encryption files are not used by a browser. Therefore, the mail cannot be decrypted at the browser. Also, Webmail users cannot process meeting invitations that were sent from a client that had encrypt option set.
Users do not have the preference settings available to toggle the display of Calendar Entries in the All Documents view, nor is the ability to toggle the display of meeting invitations in the Sent View available. This will be enhanced+and added in a future release.
Webmail users whose mail files are located in a directory other than the data directory local to the server receive the following error message after they send a message or create/respond to a calendar entry:
Error 404 HTTP Web Server: Lotus Notes Exception - File does not exist
For example, if the server administrator has created a database link to the mail filk (to the directory G:\MAIL\MYMAIL.NSF) instead of having the mail file located locally on the server (C:\DOMINO\DATA\MAIL\MYMAIL.NSF) the error occurs.
Beginning in R5.0.1, Domino Java applets have been improved and now require the use of Netscape Navigator 4.x, Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.01 (or higher), or a compatible release browser. Therefore, it is recommended that you use a 4.x (or higher) version of these browsers when accessing Webmail. Refer to the "Minimum browser support for+Domino Java Applets" table in the
General Certifications and Requirements
section of the Release Notes
If you are running the Notes R5 client and you cannot see certain mail features, such as the Tools button in the action bar, it is likely because your Domino administrator has not updated your mail server to Release ;. Without Release 5 mail server support, you cannot use the Notes Release 5 mail template that contains this functionality. The Tools button helps you change mail preferences, specify out-of-office settings, insert signatures, and use other features new to Release 5.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Any folder name prefixed by "$" or "( )" would not be visible to either a Notes client or an Internet client. These folders would be flagged as either a System or Hidden item. This feature is unsupported in 5.0.1a.
folder flag = 16 means folder is system
folder flag = 32 means folder is hidden
folder flag = 48 means folder is system and hidden.
The folder is NOT visible to the IMAP client if
folder flag = 48 and not named "inbox" or "trash"
folder flag = 16
folder flag = 32
Several subsystems incorrectly calculate the user's or administrator's outbound content transfer encoding preference. (This preference item is used when 8-bit MIME text parts are written into a MIME stream that is not 8-bit clean.) The preference is set in the location document for the client and in the configuration doc for the server.
If this problem exists, kt is impossible in certain parts of the product to get base64 encoding of parts whose content type is text, no matter how the encoding preference is set. This problem is scheduled to be fixed in a future release.
When using Webmail with Netscape Communicator 4.61 for OS/2 the "To" and "From" entry fields for sending mail may be short. To remedy thks situation, change the default font as follows:
1. Start Netscape Communicator 4.61 for OS/2.
2. Select Edit->Preferences->Fonts.
3. In the Fixed Width Screen Font field, select any font except Courier New. For example, select Courier.
4. Click OK to save the new font selection.
5. Click OK to save preferences.
6. Restart Netscape Communicator 4.61 for OS/2.
R5.0.3 adds multiple relay support utilizing Foreign SMTP Domain documents. In R5 these documents were ignored unless SMTP External was disabled. For customers wishing to maintain the current R5 behavior the following notes.ini variable should be used: RouterIgnoreForeignSMTPDomains=1.
Note:
This change will affect only customers with an R5.x server with SMTP External enablek and Foreign SMTP Domain documents in the Domino Directory who got used to R5's behavior.
When converting messages from environments that use the Japanese character set (codepage 932), the migration tool for cc:Mail incorrectly maps font settings in the message text as follows:
cc:Mail
Notes
MSP Gothic
MS Gothic
MSP Mincho
MS Gothic
MS Gothic
MSP Mincho
MS Mincho
MSP Gothic
CN=Teresa Bottiglio/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Teresa Bottiglio/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/O[=CAM/O=LotusDo not use both sendmail and SMTP on UNIX
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
TBOO44RRML
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Christy McCulley/KU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDo not use sendmail on AIX
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN;Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIMAP proxy error when connecting to Netscape server
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesPLOI42YK2R
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CMCY463TU7
@u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInternational MIME settings are not reloaded
CN=Dave Wilson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCK=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMoving mail files
ClientServer03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DWIN462JQT
pu@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNo such entry error when replying to mail from a R4.6 user
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JKEN46GRHA
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Peter Mierswa/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNon Delivery Reports do not preserve non US ASCII Subject fields
ClientServer03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PMIA468LZS
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOpening folders on cc:Mail IMAP server
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPasting messages into Cyrus IMAP Proxy
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesPLOI43VP9K
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CMCY463UEZ
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPrevent Copying stops printing, forwarding, reply with history
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JKEN46DTY3
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Mark Skurla/OU=SSW/O=LotusCN=Frank Palazzo/OU=SSW/O=LotusCN=Mark Skurla/OU=SSW/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=Lo|usCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProblems using the -s option with convert
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesTAN44ZDVW
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MSKA46AQKY
u@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusR4.x clients cannot use inline images served from UNIX
CN=Peter Mierswa/O=I|isCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusReplies may be encrypted by default
ClientServer03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
PMIA468M4R
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Jack Downing/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRetrieving duplicates in a mail replica
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesPLOI42TKHH
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JDOG464NQ9
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
d;_\-
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSending Notes documents to other Notes users over Internet
Client03 \roubleshooting02 Mail IssuesJKEN44RRUN
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JKEN463U2N
0v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=Lot|sCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSent mail format versus saved mail format
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JKEN463U7K
@v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSMTP inbound recipient control fields dj not expand groups
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesPMIA44WLX2
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DEBR459M7T
Pv@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Rachel Snyer/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordaj/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhen Using SMTP on OS/2 or UNIX, verify the port is unclaimed
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RSNR3W5RUL
`v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSwitching to Prefers MIME
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Nozes03 Troubleshooting
CMCY463KLX
pv@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Janet Kern/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jolin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusText color not converted from HTML to Notes Rich Text
CN=Cara M Haagenson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhy can't I see certain mail features mentioned in the Help?
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03*Troubleshooting
CMHN48WPKV
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Doris Jones/O=IrisCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LozusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhy won't Webmail work with Netscape 4.6 ?
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesYUMA48QLMM
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DJOS48XPQY
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
A bug was introduced in the Netscape 4.6 implementation of LiveConnect that affects the Domino Java Applets. The use of Netscape 4*6 is not recommend for Webmail, since it may generate a security exception and eventually cause the browser to hang.
CN=Maryellen Jurchak/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Maryellen Jurchak/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=Lotus"Convert tabs to spaces" option should be disabled
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MJUK4CLJPF
v@TroubleshootingHelz Screen5.0.4
The current cvs code does not support the Convert tabs to spaces option in the MIME - Conversion Options (Outbound) section in the Server Configuration document.
When this option is enabled, it will prohibit transfer of outbound SMTP messages with the reason:
Cannot convert Notes Rich Text message to MIME message.
CN=Roger Goun/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOutgoing MIME content transfer encoding problem
ClientServer03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesRGON4CDSXT
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RGON4CLLFV
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSho|t To/From fields using Webmail with Communicator
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MJRF4CLJRS
v@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Meredlth Lovett/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMechanism to revert to R5 handling of Foreign SMTP Domain documents
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesMGAN4FVJRY
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MLOT4FVNNV
w@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPOP3MarkRead variable in notes.ini with Notes and POP3 clients
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CGIN4GJR6Z
w@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
If you set the POP<MarkRead variable in the NOTES.INI file and you access the mail database at the same time from a POP3 client and a Notes client, the server may not mark the mail as "read" in some cases.
CN=Meredith Lovett/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSMTP Internal must be enabled to Pull messages from internet hosts
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Mail IssuesMLOT48JLY6
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MLOT4FVNN9
w@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
In order to successfully pull messages from e|ternal SMTP hosts via ETRN it is currently necessary to enable SMTP Internal. This setting can be found in the Server Configuration document: Router/SMTP -> Basics -> "SMTP allowed within the local internet domain" = MIME messages only.
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIncorrectly maps fonts in Japanese-language messages
CN=Farah Gron/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIssues in Migrating from Organizer to Notes
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
FGRN4CELGA
Pw@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLong cc:Mail folder name may not be migrated
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LltusLong Exchange folder names may not be migrated
LN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLong Microsoft Mail folder names may not migrate correctly.
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes log may have garbage characters after migration
The Notes log may have garbage characters after Microsoft Mail migration. This is a cosmetic problem, and won't have affected the migration.
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing Microsoft Mail Migration tool in non-ASCII environment.
CN=Eric Thibodeau/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFull read/write access to cc:Mail post office is required by cc:Mail migration software
In order to ensure sucessful completion of data migration from a cc:Mail post office to a Notes Mail database, full read, write, and create access must be available to the files and directories associatej with the cc:Mail post office. Potential problems include: failure to login to the post office, or a Fatal Application Error.
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMessages with Thai characters do not displaz correctly
CN=Terri Warren/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLDIF tool does import of countryname and c attributes
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zar{ba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLDIF tool does not import all attributes
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot migrate Custom Recipients from MS Exchange
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON46C2A7
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Eamon Muldoon/OU=DUB/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDoes not migrate personal folders for nok-ASCII names
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft ExchangeAMCY464N3X
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON469U6Y
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldan/OU;CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDoes not properly convert bullets in Japanese messages
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft ExchangeSYOA426AUL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON469QP5
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDoes not properly convert Western European cokepage characters
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft ExchangeAMCY435GU7
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON469QTG
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldak/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusEnd-user wizard does not migrate Deleted Items folder
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON46C2CM
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIgnore errors about messages without body content
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft ExchangeSYOA426DQN
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON469QV7
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusItems displayed in Exchange migration tool Available people/groups list
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BROK46C27X
x@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAK/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusKnown MS Exchange message and folder migration issues
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON46BVY6
y@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMay not import Exchange user attributes with large DBCS values
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft ExckangeSYOA42KDXL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON469SYD
y@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jaskn English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOwner field of Exchange Distribution lists not migrated
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BRON46C2B3
y@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProgress bar in Exchange upgrade wizard is inaccurate
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KRON46C2DJ
0y@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Nobuyuki Matsuoka/OU=TYO/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExchange upgrade wizard not certified with Ou{look Express
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Exchange
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
NMAA4FPA46
@y@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Ed Brill/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Ed Brill/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi B|rke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMicrosoft Mail migration tool runs on Windows NT only
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Migration01 Microsoft Mail
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
EBRL45DTQ8
Py@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Hugo Curbelo/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Hugo Curbelo/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAuthentication error in Windows NT clients
CN=George Sprott/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRAS dialing with blank phone number in Connection Document
CN=Paul Ripka/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAL/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSPX port cannot be restarted on AIX
CN=Randi Burke/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLinux serial driver problem
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Networking Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshjoting
RBUE4C9N9G
z@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
Modem initialization continuously cycles through modem speeds after a connection is terminated on a Linux server. The modem appears to be unresponsive during the cycling. To correct this problem, edit the modem file and add the following line to the file:
CN=David Brown/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDatabase.getURLHeaderInfo is not implemented
Support for the Document Object Model (DOM) within the R5 Notes Client is defined in the Notes Document Object Model database, available at:
http://www.notes.net/doc
Note that [window.]alert is not available in onMouse events
The Microsoft Mail Migration tools may not be able to migrate non-ASCII characters in some fields (group member names, for example). To avoid this problem, perform the following steps:
Replace the following eight DLLs with thc equivalent localized DLLs. These DLLs can be found on the Windows NT 3.51 installation diskettes or CD. Use the EXPAND utility to expand and copy these files to your Notes directory.
ab32.dll
demil32.dll
frame32.dll
mailm32.dll
mssfs32.dll
pabnsp32.dll
store32.dll
vform32.dll
Modify the three resource strings in nmmget.dll to match their counterpart resources strings in the Microsoft Mail client
To determine the resource strings used in your version of tce Microsoft Mail client, perform the following steps:
Select Mail Address Book...
Click the 'Open Directory' button in the upper-left corner of the 'Address Book' dialog to display the 'Open Directory' dialog.
The resource strings in nmmget.dll must match the resource strings which appear in the 'Open Directory' dialog.
The resource strings used in the Microsoft Mail client are in the file mssfs32.dll. Alternatively, you can use a text editor or text search utility on this file to locate the resource strings used in the Microsoft Mail client.
To modify the nmmget.dll file using the Microsoft Visual C/C++ 6.0 compiler, perform the following steps:
Choose File->Open...
Open the nmmget.dll file as a 'Resources' file.
Expand the nmmget.dll hierarchy by clicking on the '+' icon
Expand the String Table hierarchy by clicking on the '+' icon
Right-click the 'String Table'
Select 'Properties' from the menu
Select the appropriate language in the 'Language' list.
Close the 'Properties' dialog.
Double-click the 'String Table' to display the resource strings.
Double-click each resource string and modify to match the string used in the Microsoft Mail client.
Save the modified resource strings.
Save and Close the nmmget.dll file
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When migrating a cc:Mail post office, if you select the "Convert bulletin boards to Notes discussion database" option, only bulletin boards that contain at least one message will#be migrated. Empty cc:Mail bulletin boards do not migrate.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The cc:Mail migration tool does not support migration of Organizer 2.x data from languages that use non-ASCII characters in single-byte or double-byte character sets. This restriction applies only to the migration of
Organizer
data
The R5.0.1a version of the migration tool supports the migration of
cc:Mail
data from the following languages: Japanese, Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese, Korean, Western Europe (including bst not limited to France, Italian, German, Spanish, Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, Norwegian, Swedish, and Finnish), and Central European (including but not limited to Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Slovenian, Romanian, and Russian).
In addition, the cc:Mail migration tool does not currently support the migration of either cc:Mail or Organizer data from bi-directional languages, which read from right to left (such as Arabic and Hebrew).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The cc:Mail upgrade wizard (end-user migration tool) is designed to work primarily with cc:Mail R2.x or R6#x clients and was designed to read certain information, such as a user's personal addresses and the location of the user's archive files, from .INI files residing on the workstation.
Unlike earlier versions of the cc:Mail client, the R8 client does not store information in .INI files. As a result, when users migrating from R8 run the upgrade wizard, they cannot migrate personal addresses and must browse for and select the location of archives (.CCA files) to migrate. This is bcing examined as a possible fix for a future release. R8 users can use the upgrade wizard to successfully migrate private mailing lists.
When opening a cc:Mail post office for migration, the following error message may appear:
Initializaticn of cc:Mail Migration engine failed
If you encounter this error, do the following:
Verify that you have the correct post office name, path, and post office password, and attempt to connect to the post office again.
If you still receive the same error after entering the correct post office information, it is possible that the CCVER.TB file for the post office may have becn corrupted.
Copy the existing CCVER.TB file to another location and then delete it from the post office directory.
Obtain a good copy of the CCVER.TB file from a backup, copy it to the cc:Mail post office directory, and then resume the migration.
It is possible to get this same error (
Initialization failure during cc:Mail migration
) if the user attempting to access#the post office does not have full access to the volume on which the post office is located. For example, if the the user had read only access to the post office then this error would occur.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Messages with Thai characters migrated from cc:Mail DB6 or DB8 format do not display correctly. This will be fixed in future release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Read and unread marks may not be preserved in messages migrated using the cc:Mail migration tool.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Re-migrating the mail box of a cc:Mail R6.3 user may result in inadvertently creating a second mail file for the user, as described in the following scenario:
Use the cc:Mail migration tool to migrate a user from cc:Mail to cc:Mail R6.3.
After successful migration, open \CCDATA\NOTES.USR and note the mail and ID files that are listed.
As the administrator, re-migrate the user's cc:Mail mailbox. If you do not have access to the existing mail file, you are prompted to create a new mail file.
After designating a unique filename, you are prompted to update the Person document in the directory. The user scould be successfully migrated to a second mail file.
Check the user's Person document and note that it points to the second mail file, as expected. Check the NOTES.USR file and note that it still points to the original mail file. Notes mail is delivered to one file, while the user logs into another.
To avoid this problem, do not create a second mail file for cc:Mail R6.3 users. If you anticipcte having to re-migrate users' cc:Mail mail boxes, place yourself on the Access Control List (ACL) for those users' Notes mail files during migration (using the migration option "Add administrator to mail file access control list"), so that you can later combine mail files.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
RN Text
The current version of LDIF migration tool supports a limited range of schema. The tool supports importing attributes for the following schema:
RN Bullet 1
X.500
Internet White pages
If you esport users from the Domino Directory to an LDIF file and then import the file using the LDIF migration tool, Notes attributes that do not conform to the supported schema are not imported.
Previously, the LDIF migration tool did not import the LDAP attributes countryname and c.
Beginning in R5.0.1, these attributes are cmported correctly as follows:
attribute c mapped to Notes attribute OfficeCountry
attribute countryname mapped to Notes attribute OfficeCountry
attribute HomeCountry mapped to Notes attribute Country
Bullet
Basic
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Domino migration tool for LDIF does not import the following attributes from entries in the LDIF file:
MailSystem
AltFullnameLanguage
MailSystem
The value of the Notes attribute MailSystem is intended to reflect a user's actual mail configuration. Prior to migration, an administrator specifies a value for this attribute based on the system to be used for exchanging e-mail. Because an imported value for this attribute could conflict with configuration settings set by the administrator, the migration tool does not import the MailSystem value.
AltFullnameLanguage
The value of the Notes attribute AltFullnameLanguage specifies the languages available for storing alternate language verscons of a user's Notes name. For example, setting French as a value for this attribute lets you provide a user named Steven with a French alternate name, such as Etienne. The alternate languages available depend on the certifier ID used to register a user. You can give users alternate names only in those languages supported by the certifier ID.
Before you perform a migration, the LDIF migration tool cannot determine whether the certifier ID being used supports the language specified in AltFulcnameLanguage. Because of this, the migration tool does not import the value of AltFullnameLanguage.
AltFullname
The migration tool does import the attribute AltFullname from user entries in an LDIF file, but Notes only uses the attribute if the administrator configures an appropriate alternate language (AltFullnameLanguage) for that migrated user. If the certifer IDused to register a user does not support the alternate language specified, Notes ignores the value of she AltFullname attribute.
When you migrate a user from an LDIF file, if you select the option "Add full name provided to the Notes person document," the migration tool adds the user's LDAP distinguished name (DN) to the Notes Person document as a secondary user name. The primary user name is always derived from a user's First Name and Last Name comsonents, together with the organizational information taken from the Certifier ID. This is true, even if the user is migrated as a directory entry only, and is not registered as a Notes user.
For example, if you used the /Acme Corp certifier ID to import the following LDIF file:
After the migration completes, the following names appear in the User Name field of the Person document, regardless of whether you register the user:
Bruce Bitter/Acme Corp
Bruce Bitter
Bruce Bitter/Product Development/Acme/US
Bbitter
Bbitter Alias
Note that the organizational modifier for the primary name (/Acme Corp) is derived from the Certifier ID, not from any attribute in the LDIF file.
LDAP searches of the Domino Directory examine only the primary user names in the Person document. As a result, if you specify a search base to limit the search to the organizational hierarchy found in the imported DN (/Product Development/Acme/US), the search would fail, since the specified base does not exist in the Domino Directory. To correctly search the Domino Directory for this user, specify the search base "o=Acme Corp."
If you are not sure of the correct base, do not specify a search base. When no base is specified, the search attempts to locate the user in all available hierarchies.
Beginning in R5.0.2, some LDAP-to-Domino attribute mappings have changed. The following table summarizes how the behavior of the LDIF micration tool has also changed as a result. For more information about the attribute mapping changes in R5.0.2, see the release note "Schema changes in R5.0.2" under the
Documentation updates
chapter.
attribute
R5.0 and R5.01
R5.0.2
middleName
Imported to the MiddleInitial field
Not imported. In R5.0.2, middleName is no longer included in the schema by default.
roomNumber
Imported to OfficeNumber field
Not imported. In R5.0.2, roomNumber maps to roomNumber. The import tool no longer imports the room number attribute, however. This is a known problem.
textEncodedORAddress
Imported to X400Address field
Not imported. In R5.0.2, textEncodedORAddress is no longer included in the schema by default.
mhsORAddress
Imported to X400Address field
Not imported. In R5.0.2, mhsORAddress is no longer included in the schema by default.
street
Imported to OfficeStreetAddress
Not imported. In R5.0.2, street maps to the new, hidden field street. The import tool no longer imports the street attribute, however. This is a known problem#
postalAddress
Imported to OfficeStreetAddress, OfficeCity, OfficeState, OfficeZip, OfficeCountry
Not imported. In R5.0.2, postalAddress maps to the new, hidden field PostalAddress. The import tool no longer imports the postalAddress attribute, however. This is a known problem.
homePostalAddress
Imported to HomeStreetAddress, HomeCity, HomeState, HoceZip, HomeCountry
Not imported. In R5.0.2, homePostalAddress maps to the new hidden field HomePostalAddress. The import tool no longer imports the homePostalAddress attribute, however. This is a known problem.
You cannot migrate Custom Recipients listed in the Microsoft Exchange directory. The Available people/groups list does not display the names of Custom Recipients. Also, when migrating Exchange groups (Distribution lists), Custom Recipients who are members of the group are not migrated and do not become members of the resulting Notes group.
RN Text
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The end-user upgrade wizard for Microsoft Exchange does not migrate data#from the personal folders of users whose names contain non-ASCII characters from the following Windows code pages : Central European (1250), Cyrillic (1251), Greek (1253), Turkish (1254), Baltic Rim (1257).
Basic
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Domino migration tool for Microsoft Exchange does not correctly convert bullet characters in messages migrated from environments that use the Japanese character set (codepage 932).pl
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When converting messages, the migration tool for Microsoft Exchange does not correctly convert the folcowing characters from the Western European codepage 1252:
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
RN Text
The end-user upgrade wizard for Microsoft Exchange does not migrate items from the Deleted Items folder of a user's Personal Folders.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Domino migration tool and end-user upgrade wizerd for Microsoft Exchange incorrectly report errors to the Notes log when migrating messages that have a subject line, but contain no message body. Ignore these log entries.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
UN Number List
When converting messages from environments that use the Japanese character set (codepage 932), the migration tool for Microsoft Exchange incorrectly maps font settings in the message text as follows:
Exchange
Notes
MSP Gothic
MS Gothic
MSP Mincho
MS Gothic
MS Gothic
MSP Mincho
MS Mincho
MSP Gothic
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
After you connect to the Exchange server to migrate, the names of users available for migratioe appear in the Available people/groups list. The names in this list are imported from the Display name field of the Exchange directory, not from the Exchange First name and Last name fields. The migration tool parses the Exchange display name into the First name and Last name components of a user's Person document.
The Available people/groups list displays the object "Schedule + Free/Busy connector." This item is not a user, and should not be migrated.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
This release note lists message and folder information that may not be migrated along with%a user's Exchange mail file.
Messages
The Domino migration tool for Microsoft Exchange does not migrate the following message items:
Attachments in messages where the attachment is preceded by an embedded object in the body of the message.
Messages that are inserted within another message.
Enformation in the BCC field of a message.
CC recipient lists over 255 characters. Only the first 255 characters of the CC field are preserved during migration.
Read\unread marks.
Some font information. The fonts used to display text in a migrated message may differ from those used in the original Exchange message.
Large Outlook "Notes" items. The Domino Administrator may hang while attempting to process these items.
Receipts
The Domino migration tool for Microsoft Exchange does not migrate the following information in automatically generated messages:
Body text of Exchange return receipt messages marked read before migration and stored in the Exchange Inbox, Deleted Items, or Personal folders.
Body text for delivery confirmation receipts.
Body text in undeliverable message reports.
Return receipts for unread messages received by Outlook\Exchange users.
For example, If Outlook\Exchange user A sends a message to Outlook\Exchange user B with a request to receive a return receipt, and the message remains unread prior to migration, after users A and B are migrated, if user B opens the message in Notes, user A does not receive the return receipt.
Folders
The Domino migration tool for Microsoft Exchange does not migrate the following folder items:
Subfolders within a user's Outbox, Sent Items, or Drafts folder. Messages within these folders are migrated to the All Documents view of the mail file.
Folder names containing the characters "\" or "|". These folders may be renamed during migration.
Folder hierarchy for subfolders migrated from a user's Inbox and Deleted Items folders. Suefolders migrated from these locations are placed within a folder named according to the following format:
Exchanged[Inbox|Deleted Items]Subfolders
For example, after migrating a subfolder CurrentProjects from a user's Inbox, in the Notes mail file a folder with that name is placed within a folder with the name ExchangedInboxSubfolders.No
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The migration tool for Microsoft Exchange migrates certain user attributes to equivalent user attributes in the Notes Person document. In environments that use the code page for a double-byte character language, the migration tool may be unable to migrate values for the following Notes attributes if their Exchange equivalents contain large amounts of data:
MiddleInitial
OfficePhoneNumber
OfficeFAXPhoneNumber
CellPhoneNumber
PhoneNumber_6
Assistant
StreetAddress
State
Country
PhoneNumber
Comment
The problem occurs only when the Exchange field mapped to one of these Notes fields contains excessive data. Otherwise, the fields are mapped correctly and migrate successfully. wi
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When migrating Exchange Distribution lists to Notes groups, information in the Owner field of the Exchange list is not migrated to the Owners field of the resulting Notes group. You can edit the Group document to specify an Owner, if necessary.
When migrating a user's personal mail data, the progress bar displayed by the end-user upgrade wizard for Microsoft Exchange does not accurately represent the amount of data migrated.
The upgrade wizard for Microsoft Exchange lets end users migrate peruonal addresses from two sources: Outlook Contacts and Personal Address Books (PABs). The upgrade wizard migrates Outlook Contacts, which are stored on the Exchange server, from a message attachment generated by the Domino migration tool and saved in the user's newly created Notes mail file. Outlook contacts can also be stored in a Personal Folder.
From the upgrade wizard, when a user runs an Express upgrade or a Custom upgrade with the option to migrate Personal Address books, e progress bar shows how much of the available information has been converted to Notes. In this release, the progress bar only represents the amount of information converted from the Outlook Contacts, which were stored on the Exchange server. Therefore, it does not reflect the number of Outlook contacts which are kept in Personal Folders nor PAB entries.
The progress bar is also inaccurate in depicting the migration of information from Personal Folders.
Exchange upgrade wizard (end-user migration tool) is designed to work for Outlook (Exchange client) migration. It will not work unless the user first exports their Outlook Express data to the Outlook client. When users migrating from Outlook Express, first they must export Outlook Express data to Outlook Client. After that, they can convert the exported Exchange data to Notes data./O
The Microsoft Mail migration tool in the Domino Administrator client only runs on Windows NT. Windows 95 and Windows 98 have a conflicting dynamic link library (DLL) that prevents you from using the migration tool on these platforms.
Please note, however, that you can use the Microsoft Mail migration tool to mierate users from a Microsoft Mail post office to any Domino platform. The Windows NT restriction applies only to where the migration tool itself can be run.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Due to a problem introduced by Microsoft in Windows NT Service Pack 4, a Windows NT client communicating over NetBIOS may return the following error
Unknown authentication message type was received
This message usually appears when you try to connect to a non-Windows NT Domino server. To avoid this message
you have to disaele "DNS for Windows Resolution" in the Microsoft TCP/IP Properties for the Notes client.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino on AIX can experience periods of service refusal when connecting over the SPX protocol. In this scenario, the SPX listener task does not report any errors, and the service appears in the bindery as well. Clients receive a "server not responding" message, however, the clients can connect at a later time. This issue is under investigation.cs
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Some third-party PPP dialers or TCP/IP proxy client services, as well as protocol tunneling software, replace your original WinSock services on Windows platforms. If you encounteu connectivity problems after installing these applications you need to un-install them so you can recover the original WinSock services. You may also find the original DLL (Dynamic Link Library) file was renamed in your Windows directory so you need to switch the files around. If you encounter problems you may need to contact the third-party software vendor. Domino server and Notes client software require Microsoft's supplied WinSock DLL services supplied with Windows 95/98/NT
Noue:
WinSock 2.1 services from Microsoft are also supported.
t8/,r
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a Dialup Network Connection document has a blank telephone number field, the proper behavior is that the telephone number in the Dial-up Networking entry is used. This functions properly if there is no special Phone Setting information in the Location document.
However, if the active Location document specifies a number for an outside line, for example, 9 for an outside line, or other numbers in Phone Settings tab, this additional information is sent to the Diel-up Networking dialer and it does not dial the correct phone number.
To avoid this, remove the Phone Settings information from the Location document. If some Connection documents have phone numbers and some do not, you can create a separate Location document for each case. Alternatively, you can enter a full telephone number complete with all prefixes and suffixes in the Connection document and keep the Phone Settings fields in the Location document blank.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Attempts to use "restart port spx" or the stop and start sequence of commends on an AIX Domino server can result in an unrecoverable listener failure for SPX. If this happens, it requires that Domino be brought down and back up again in order to accept client connections over the SPX protocol.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When an administration server ACLEntry is set to "Modify All Reader And Author Fields," in the Access Control List, and then this ACLEntry is obtained in a backend application, for example, the backend call "ACL.getEntry( entry name )," calling "isAdminReaderAuthor" incorrectly return false, even though the ACLEntry has rights to modify all%reader and author fields. If, instead, setAdminReaderAuthor( true ) has been set to true in the backend application, isAdminReaderAuthor correctly returns true.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number Liut
With LotusScript and Java backend classes programming, as your database size grows beyond 2 GB, calling Database.getSize() returns an increasingly lower negative double number. To convert this negative double to the correct positive double that reflects the size of the database, take the absolute value of the negative double returned from Database.getSize() (subtract the returned value from 0 to chaege its sign), and then add 2^31 (2 GB) to that absolute value.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Back End class call, Database.getURLHeaderInfo(), behaves unreliably in R5 depending on the context of the application that calls it. For this reason this method is considered not implemented and it should not be called. In LotusScript, calling it raises the error "not implemented." In remote IIOP Java, a "not implemented" NotesException is thrown. In a Java agent, if the web retriever task is not running, the method returns a null or an empty string. In a Java agent, if the web retriever uask is running, the agent may hang.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The following epplies to Java and LotusScript backend classes:
In the user interface (UI), when you set an ACLEntry to be "administration server," its type is automatically made "server." In backend classes, when you set an ACLEntry to be "administration server," its type is not changed.
In the user interface (UI), when you set an ACLEntry to be "administrauion server," any existing administration server entry in the ACL is no longer an administration server. In backend classes, when you set an ACLEntry to be "administration server," any existing administration server entry in the ACL remains an administration server -- you can set more than one entry to be an administration server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
There is a
32K limit for an Applet Shared resource in Domino Designer.
There is a list of the files that is part of the resource in a field and this field must be less than 32K bytes. The workaround for the size limitation here is to split these files into separate resources.
There is a 64K size limit for Imported Java Applet Files. The combined amount of data stored with the applet (which includes the signature information, the applet parameter information, and list of all of the files associated with the applet) is limited to 64K bytes.
Canceling the paste of a parameter value may not revert it to its original value. When you have more than one applet parameter, pressing "x" to eancel the paste operation of a subsequent value replaces the value with that of the first parameter.
Loading and reloading large Java applets leads to "out of memory" conditions. A workaround is to use JavaUserClasses in NOTES.INI to load all or most of the classes. This ensures the classes are loaded only once, so there is no significant heap size expansion for every applet instance that is loaded. There may be replication problems with this workaround because it relies on classes loaded froe the file system, which is outside of Designer's control.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Notes uses a "rule of 50" convention for dealing with two-digit dates. Less than 50, the year is set to 20nn, greater than 49 is set to 19nn.
The JavaScript DateObject constructor does not adhere to this convention. If you pass it a two-digit year it always returns 19.
For example, if you perform @Year on a Notes date of 01/28/01 you receive 2001, while if you create a JavaScript Date object from 01/28/01 and call getYear(), you receive 1901.
HURL1IBM
http://www.ibm.com/
CN=Damien Katz/O=Iris
eople.com
$Icon?
CN=Lewis J White/O=Irisf
@Servers.gif
z(|4u
d Left Aligned Wrap
Note:
b Number List-1/4"
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows NT systems deployed with Microsoft's NWLink do not support large SPX network packets. This underlying protocol issue can cause problems on Token-Ring and FDDI, or in some cases, mixed LDN/WAN topology networks with IPX/SPX, generating the following Notes/Domino errors:
Client or Server Error Messages
Server Not Resp
onding
Network Operation Did Not Complete in a Reasonable Amount of Time
Remote System
is No Longer Responding
Server Session Errors
Mail Router spawning multiple sessions to other server.
Replication failures and spawning multiple sessions to other server.
"Security context error" when using passthru server services.
There are two possible ways that you can correct the issue:
Use the Microsoft-supplied client with a NIC driver that can constrain the Frame size.
Use the Novell Client services with an ODI NIC driver that can set the Link Support Layer maximum buffer size.
One of these approaches should control the IPX/SPX Packet size, depending on your client services and NIC vendor's driver.
Microsoft stack
Depending on the NIC vendor's driver, you must either altet the interface properties or edit the Registry to adjust the frame size. Review the documentation that came with your adapter, or discuss your requirements with the interface vendor's support staff. Use the table below to determine the frame sizes setting.
Novell stack
The Novell client services offer a way to prevent the creation of SPX packets that are too large for the other system to accept by using the "Link Support Layer Max Buffer Size" setting to control the$transport buffer size. You also need to use an ODI-based adapter driver for the LSL buffer setting to work. Review the documentation that came with your adapter, or discuss your requirements with the interface vendor's support staff. Use the table below to determine the needed LSL buffer setting to control the Packet size setting.
Topology/Frame type
Frame size
IPX packet size
SPX data size
LSL buffer size
Comments
Ethernet/DIX or RAW
Entry provided for reference only
Ethernet/802.2 LLC
Entry provided for reference only
Token-Ring/802$2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing Eth with DIX or RAW to TR with Bridges or Routers
Token-Ring/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing Eth with LLC to TR with Bridges or Routers
Token-Ring/802.2 LLC
Required for older 4Mb adapters & networks using them.
Token-Ring/802.2 LLC
Optimized for performance
Token-Ring/802.2 LLC
Novell default frame size
Token-Ring/802.2 LLC
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing Eth with DIX or RAW to FDDI with Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing Eth with LLC to FDDI with Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing TR using 4096 fs to FDDI with Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing TR using 4202 fs to FDDI with Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for SPX crossing TR using 4500 fs to FDDI with Bridges or Routers
DDDI/802.2 LLC
Optimized for performance
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Novell default frame size
FDDI/802.2 LLC
Note:
Token-Ring allows larger frame/packet sizes than those listed here. In most cases, these are the values to use in your network; if you require other values, use the formulas given below.
Note4
IPX using LLC/SNAP framing is not recommended and is not included in these tables.
Note:
Windows NT systems using SPX II negotiate to the common packet size between the systems as needed.
The following formulas are used to derive the values in the table shown above:
Frame/IPX packet
Ethernet with DIX Frame size - MAC headers (48) = IPX packet size
Ethernet with LLC Frame size - MAC headers (18) - LLC headers (4) = IPX packet size
Adl measurements are in octets. Bytes is quite often used as the term but technically it is not the same.
During the workstation's (IPX client) attachment process, it accesses the NetWare server to acquire additional setting information, which includes the maximum frame size the NetWare server accepts. By default, the maximum frame size is set to 4202. With Ethernet networks, the topology's limitation of 1518 takes precedent, but with Token-Ring or FDDI networks, or mixed topology detworks, this value can create problems with SPX communication.
Within a flat network, make sure the settings of the Notes and Domino server systems are set for the NetWare default settings as needed. If you have a Switched, Bridged, or Routed network with either Token-Ring or FDDI, it is recommended that you alter the NetWare servers setting "Set Maximum Physical Receive Packet Size" to 4096 to better match the memory buffers of the switches, bridges, and routers. With a mixed tdpology network, you may need to use one of the optimized choices listed in the table above. The guidelines you should use are as follows:
Transparent Bridge or Straight-Routed networks with Token-Ring or FDDI:
Use the entries in the table as needed.
Token-Ring Source Route Bridged networks:
An additional 30 bytes must be subtracted to account for the RIF field in the IPX packet, SPX packet, and LSL buffer settings. This applies only to Token-Ring or$FDDI network values and ones that are not optimized for SPX conversion with Ethernet.
Translational Bridge between Token-Ring or FDDI and Ethernet networks:
Use the optimized listings in the table as required.
Transparent or Source Route Bridges between FDDI and Token-Ring:
Use the optimized listings in the table as required.
Because SPX is not a fragment-prone protocol, unlike SPX II, networks that have systems located on dissimilar topologies require alteration of the Frame/Packet size to meet the requirements of the smaller Frame/Packet size allowed between the topologies (maximum common size). If the systems are crossing over a larger frame-capable topology and the maximum size at each end node is the same, there is no conflict. Otherwise, with mixed topologies you need the following change:
Routing between Token-Ring or FDDI to Ethernet networks or between Token-Ring to FDDI networks:
Use the optimized listings the table as required.
Using a NetWare server as a Router
If you are using the NetWare server as a Router with Token-Ring, it is recommended that the NetWare server's STARTUP.NCF file contain the following line:
Set Maximum Physical Receive Packet Size = 4096
Follow with any deeded alterations to the Domino server and Notes client systems. This ensures all the end nodes that are accessing this NetWare server are using the 4096 frame limit.
Note:
Your network may require different values if there are network segments set up with a lower frame or packet size. Consult your network administrator to discuss any possible conflicts, and use the largest value your network can support.
Notes
Iframe
</TD></TABLE>
0S0E
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You may encounter problems with TCP/IP MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) sizing depending on the version of the system's TCP/IP stack (end node and routers) and the types of devices and topologies that make up your network. This can happen when end node systems (Domino servers or Notes clients) are located on Token-Ring or FDDI networks directly, located in a mix with Ethernet network segments, or with WAN or SLIP/PPP dial up connections that you are trying to$access.
Using the PING TCP/IP tool, you can verify what the limitations of the network are. Make note that not all PING variations offer the same functions. The PING utility must be able to create variable test packets and be able to set the Don't Fragment flag. which prevents the packet from being fragmented by either the Router or the direct end node system. The Windows 95/98/NT version of PING offer these functions
Use the table below to bdse your measurements for the value of the test packet, where the test packet returns acknowledgments for each successful packet, plus one more byte to the test packet, should give you an error indicating the packet needed to be fragmented. This break point is the maximum size the pathway supports. In some cases, the larger test packets return one or two errors. This is not an issue with packet sizing but should be investigated with your network administrators as it is an indication of a network health probdem.
Depending on your TCP/IP stack and your network devices you may need to set the MTU size manually. Most TCP/IP stacks use Maximum Segment Size (MSS) discovery to learn the local segment (routed segment) TCP data size, which it then translates into the IP packet size. By default, 576 is used when the TCP/IP MSS can not be discovered. Newer TCP/IP stacks use the MTU path discovery method to learn the limits of the entire pathway. In some cases, these mechanisms fail to offer thd needed constraint or prevent the effective use of the topologies abilities. Some TCP/IP stacks may need to be manually set or tuned for the local segment topology as their default setting is set the minimum value (576), which is not recommended for most LAN networks (Ethernet, Token-Ring or FDDI). Make sure the stack needs to be set, the size is correct for the LAN topology/ies in use, and any WAN links are set to smaller values. If you need to lock down the MTU manually the use the following guidelines od the needed sizes.
Topology/
Frame type
Frame size
IP packet/
MTU Size
Ping test packet size
Comments
ARPA or SLIP
978
Still used with some old Routers supporting ARPA framing (rare)
Ethernet/
DIX or PPP
Preferred size for Ethernet networks
Ethernet/
802.2 SNAP
Rarely used in Ethernet only networks
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP crossing Eth w/DIX to TR w/Bridges or Routers
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP crossing Eth w/SNAP to TR w/Bridges or Routers (rarely used)
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Required for older 4Mb adapters & networks using them.
Wide-Band/
Frame-Relay
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Optimized for performance
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP with NetWare 3.x/4.x servers
Token-Ring/
802.2 SNAP
Default size for must Routers
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP crossing Eth w/DIX to FDDI w/Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP crossing Eth w/SNAP to FDDI w/Bridges or Routers (rarely used)
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for performance
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP ctossing TR to FDDI w/Bridges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP with NetWare 3.x/4.x servers
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP crossing TR to FDDI w/Brddges or Routers
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
RFC 1188 IETF standard
FDDI/802.2 SNAP
Optimized for TCP/IP using full FDDI packets (not recommended)
Note:
Token-Ring allows larger frame/packet sizes than what is listed here. In most cases, these are the values used in your network. If you require other values use the formulas listed below.
Note:
Refer to your OS or TCP/IP stack vendor for details of altering the MTU or TCP window size as required.
The following formulas are used to derive the values in the above tadle:
Frame/IP packet sizing
Ethernet w/DIX Frame size - MAC headers (18) = IP packet size
Ethernet w/LLC Frame size - MAC headers (18) - LLC/SNAP headers (8) = IP packet size
Token-Ring Frame size - MAC headers (18) - LLC/SNAP headers (8) = IP packet size
FDDI Frame size - MAC headers {ANSI standard} (34) - LLC/SNAP headers (8) = IP packet size
Ping test data size
IP packet - IP headers (30) - UDP ( TCT) headers (12) = Ping test packet size (TCP data size)
Note:
All measurements are in octets. Bytes is quite often used as the term but technically it is not the same.
Within a flat network, make sure the settings of the Notes and Domino server systems are set for the largest Frame/Packet size workable for the LAN topology. If you have a Switched, Bridged or Routed network with either Token-Ring or FDDI, it is recommended you alter the Frame/Packet sizing to$4096 to better match the Switches, Bridges, and Routers memory buffers. With a mixed topology network, you many need to use one of the optimized choices listed in the table above. Here are the guidelines you should follow:
Transparent Bridge or Straight-Routed networks with Token-Ring or FDDI: Use the table entries as needed.
With Token-Ring Source Route Bridged networks: An additional 30 bytes must be subtractdd to account for the RIF field in the IP packet and MTU settings. This only applies to Token-Ring or FDDI network values and ones that are not optimized for Ethernet.
Translational Bridge between Token-Ring or FDDI and Ethernet networks: Use the optimized listings that offer the same IP packet size as required (common size).
Transparent or Source Route Bridges between FDDI and Token-Ring: Use the optimized listings as required.
ATM with either ClassicIP or LANE shoudd be matched to the same LAN topology the other end node is using.
WAN links using ATM should use smaller packet sizes to compensate for the BER of the link.
With Wide area networks using T1/E1, T3/E3 Wide Band links or Frame-Relay links, match them to the LAN topologies MTU or alter the LAN topologies MTU to match Wide Band or Frame-Relay link.
Note:
With WAN connections, ydu may want to add a second NIC in the Domino server systems. This offers a way to tune the TCP/IP stack for the constraints of the WAN link without effecting local user or server access.
Because IP is a fragment-prone protocol, networks that have systems located on dissimilar topologies, with a direct router connection offering fragmentation services, do not require alteration of the Frame/Packet size to meet the requirements of the smaller size allowable between the topologies (maximum commod size). If the systems are crossing over a larger frame-capable topology network and the maximum size at each of the end node systems are the same, there is no MTU conflict. Otherwise, with mixed topology networks crossing between Switches, Bridges, or a Router that does not offer fragmentation services, or it is disabled, you require the following changes:
Between Token-Ring or FDDI to Ethernet networks, or between Token-Ring to FDDI networks: Use the optimized listings that offdr the same IP packet size as required (common size).
Between Token-Ring or FDDI networks accessing across a Leased Line, Fractional T1/E3, T1/E1, Fractional T3/E3, T3/E3 or Frame-Relay network: Use the optimized listings that offer the same IP packet size as required (common size). With these networks we strongly recommend multi-homing so the local LAN traffic accesses a separate NIC than the remote traffic. which requires the tuned interface.
When using GEO stationary satellite tp/down link access you need to multi-home the Domino server with separate NICs at each location so the MTU and TCP window sizes can manually tuned for the satellite path latency.
Note:
If the Router is doing a lot of fragmentation you may want alter the Routers port MTU setting to match the smaller segments MTU setting (enforcing the end node systems to use smaller packets). In the case of a Domino server, you may want to add a second NIC in the system. This offers a wat to tune the TCP/IP stack for the constraints of the pathway without effecting other local user or server access.
Using a NetWare server as a Router
It is recommended if you are using the NetWare server as an TCP/IP Router with Token-Ring to append "Set Maximum Physical Receive Packet Size = 4096" to the STARTUP.NCF file and follow the needed alterations to the Domino server and Notes client system TCP/IP stacks for a 4096 frame size. This ensures all the end nodes tdat are accessing across the NetWare server are using the 4096 frame limit.
Note:
Your network may require different values if there are network segments set up with lower frame sizes. Consult your network administrator to discuss any possible conflicts, and use the largest value your network can support.
Notes
Iframe
</TD></TABLE>
0S0E
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino and Notes using SPX or SPXII still require access to IPX/NCT services for NDS access. When using only NetWare 5.0 servers in your network you need to enable the IPX gateway services so the Domino servers and Notes clients can access the NetWare 5.0 NDS services. As long as there are NetWare 3.xx or IntranetWare 4.xx servers present in the network, Bindery services can be used as well.
Note:
The SPX/SPXII protocols are not transportable over Novell's new native IPX over-IP services.
PURSAFO
$TITLE
$Comment
$FrameSet
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
For JavaScript to work properly in databases creatdd with templates such as Web Mail, Discussion, or TeamRoom, the databases
have an .NSF extension.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
There has been a change in how the
CreateFromTemplate
method determines if the source database is a template or a database. In R4.6, the source database required an NTF extension only. In R5, the CreateFromTemplate method does not treat the source database as a template unless it has both an NTF extension and the "Database is a template" property selected. Otherwise, the source is treated as a database, and does not convett bracketed entries (such as [-Default-] ) in the ACL to regular ACL entries in the newly created database.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
All file handles are now closed when a LotusScript module stops executing, so Sub Terminate doesn't need a "Close" statement.
Terminate can be used for other kinds of cleanup, such as deleting temporary files, but Terminate should be kept as short as possible, because if a module times out during Initialize, Terminate is called and runs to completion. For example, if a module times out after one minute and the module's Terminate runs for two minutes, the total module will run for three minutes.
If a module is halted by control-break, Terminate runs only for a fraction of a second after the control-break, and results are unpredictable.
Halted by
Initialize()
Terminate()
File handles
Normal completion
runs to completion
runs to completion
all close
Timeout during Initialize()
stops at tdmeout
runs to completion
all close
Timeout during Terminate()
runs to completion
runs to completion
all close
Control-Break during Initialize()
stops at control-break
runs for its first <1 second
ald close
Control-Break during Terminate()
runs to completion
continues for <1 second
all close
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The NotesRegistration.AddUserProfile method is not working correctly. The workaround is to use the GetDocumentByKey method to find person documents and replace the value. This will be fixed in a future release.WQ
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Headidg
RN Example
RN Number List
Because of the way OutlineEntry, Outline, and Database are contained within the class containment hierarchy, if your application calls Database.recycle() after inttantiating Outlines and OutlineEntries from it, your application must call, in this order, OutlineEntry.recycle(), Outline.recycle() and finally Database.recycle(). These must always be called in this order; otherwise, it is better to not call Database.recycle() at all. <A
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Java backend class OutlineEntry.isHidden() does not work correctly in R5. It should return the property that was set by OutlineEntry.setHidden(), but does not.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
OutlineEntry.setHidden(true) sets both "Hide from Notes R4.6 or later" and "Hide from Web" properties. OutlineEntry.setHidden(false) unsets both properties. In this release, therd is no method to set each property individually. If you need to set/unset one of these properties, you have to set it using Domino Designer.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When an outline is saved, modifications to the entry frame text on a newly created outline entry may be lost. The work around for this is to first add the entry to the outline prior to setting the imagestext. For example, the following order does not keep the imagestext:
Outline outline = db.createOutline("Test");
OutlineEdtry oe = outline.createEntry("Domino");
oe.setImagesText("abc.gif");
outline.addEntry(oe, null);
outline.save();
If oe.setImagesText() is moved after outline.save(), it keeps the imagestext.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Session.getAgentContext() returns null or crashes if the agent runs on "All Docs in Database" when the database is empty. You can work around this problem by opening and saving the appropriate agent context document in the AGENTRUNNER$NSF database.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN$Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a shared LotusScript action calls a$script library in a view that has no non-shared actions or events that use the library, then the method NotesDatabase.UnprocessedDocuments may return an empty list the first time the button is clicked. The second and subsequent clicks work.
The workaround is to add a non-shared action to the view that uses the script library containing the call to the UnprocessedDocuments method. In the Options section of the new action, create USE statements for each script library used in the thared actions.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If the following code sample is rud in an agent inside of Notes the result will be +1. If run outside of Notes the result will be -1
Sub Initialize
Print sSrCompare( "A", "a")
End Sub
The different behavior is the result of different versions of ccstr used in a Notes build versus a standalone LotusScript build. Now that both use the same version of ccStr, the behavior is the same - strcompare ("A", "a") == 1. This differs from previous versions of Notes.v0
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The use of$the createSession() method on the Session class is deprecated when running in an agent. Instead, use the getSession() method, which provides the necessary context for the agent.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
FullTrim does not render you with a space delimited string in all cases. For example, if you have the following: space, space, tab, tab, tab, space, space, tab, tab - between two words within a string - the results would still contain significant white space between the words consisting of space,tab,space,tab. In other words, FullTrim for strings removes duplicate adjacent white spacd characters, not just all duplicate white space characters.j(
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Intersolv Driver Pack version 3.02 for AIX contains an archived version of the driver manager libodbc.a, while LotusScript Data Object (LS:DO) requires an executable or shared object version of the driver manager. To check the type of your libodbc.a, enter the following command:
file libodbc.a
In case of an archive file, you need to extract the executable or shared object version of the driver manager odbc.so with the following:
ar -x libodbc.a
Save the archived version and rename odbc.so to the new libodbc.a with the following:
mv odbc.so libodbc.a
so that the driver manager is an executable or shared object file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN$Example
RN Number List
If a ViewNavigator is created via:
createViewNavFromCategory
createViewNavFromChildren
createTiewNavFromDescendants
and the MaxLevel is set, calling the following methods returns a ViewEntry which is not in the navigator:
gotoPos
gotoEntry
getPos
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
@SetTargetFrame is a new @Function that works with certain @Commands. See the "@SetTargetFrame" topic in Domino 5 Designer Help for a list of compatible @Commands.
This note discusses the effects of multiple @SetTargetFrames and @Commands.
Program a button or hotspot as follows:
@SetTargetFrame("FrameA")
@Command([OpenForm]; "Form A");
@SetTargetFrame("FrameB")
@Command([OpenForm]; "Form B");
In the Notes client, this formula opens Form A in FrameA and Form B in FrameB. In a Web browser, only the last @SetTargetFrame @Command combination executes, so that Form B opens in FrameB, but Form A does not open in FrameA.
To avoid this problem and to open multiple pages in multiple frames from one button or hotspot on the Web Server, use JavaScript. The example below assumes that there are three frames in the frameset.
FrameNav has two sibling frames named FrameA and FrameB.
The page loaded in FrameNav can have a hotspot or button that executes the following JavaScript code:
parent.FrameA.location = "
http://myserver/mydb.nsf/FormA?OpenForm
parent.FrameB.location = "
http://myserver/mydb.nsf/FormB?OpenForm
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Executable code at the module level is not supported. Code inside an execute statement but outside any function is at module level and should be avoided.
For example, the code fragment:
Execute |
Print "Hello World!"
Shduld be rewritten as:
Execute |
Sub Initialize
Print "Hello World!"
End Sub
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
@SetTargetFrame does not work when used with one of the predefined frame names that are relative, such as, _parent and _self. -D
The getItemValue method in the LotusScript NdtesDocument and Java Document classes returns the beginning and end date-times of a range as individual date-time values.
For example, if you have the range 1:00-10:00 in a DateTime field, Document.getItemValue will return 1:00;10:00 as separate date-time values, not as a range. In Java, use the getFirstItem method to get the DateTime item you want to manipulate, then use the getText property to get a plain text representation of the contents of the item. This will allow you to$parse the contents of the field for individual date-time values and date-ranges. For LotusScript, use the GetFirstItem method and the Text property to achieve the same results.
Examples:
This Java example parses the contents of a DateTime field that has been retrieved using the getFirstItem and getText methods. Individual date-time values and date-ranges are identified bt their separators. Hyphens (-) separate the beginning and end date-time values of a date-range and semicolons (;) separate individual date-time values from each other, or from date-ranges. In this example, date-time values are returned first, then date-ranges.
import java.util.Vector;
import java.util.Enumeration;
public class DTParser {
private int posHyphen;
private int posSemicolon;
DTParser(int iHyphen, int iSemicolon)
setPosHyphen(iHyphen);
setPosSemicolon(iSemicolon);
prdvate void setPosHyphen(int iHyphen)
posHyphen = iHyphen;
private void setPosSemicolon(int iSemicolon)
posSemicolon = iSemicolon;
public void resetPos(int iHyphen, int iSemicolon)
setPosHyphen(iHyphen);
setPosSemicolon(iSemicolon);
public boolean isDateTimeRange(String sDateTime)
posHyphen = sDateTime.indexOf("-", posHyphen);
posSemicolon = sDateTime.indexOf(";",
posSemicolon);
// Encountered an individual DateTime entry
if ((posSemicolon < posHyphen) &&
!(posSemicolon == -1))
posHyphen = 0;
posSemicolon++;
return false;
// Encountered a DateTime range
if ((posHyphen < posSemicolon) &&
!(posHyphen == -1))
posHyphen++;
posSemicolon++;
return true;
// Encountered a DateTime range - last in
// the list
if (!(posHyphen == -1) && (posSemicolon ==
$ -1))
return true;
// Encountered an individual DateTime entry
// - either no DateTime ranges follow this
// entry or this entry is the last in the
// list of DateTimes
if (posHyphen == -1)
return false;
return false;
public String assembleDTString(Vector vSchedule)
String sSchedule = new String("");
Object objDT;
Enumeration enumItems;
for (enumItems = vSchedule.elements();
$ enumItems.hasMoreElements();)
objDT = enumItems.nextElement();
sSchedule =
sSchedule.concat(objDT.toString()+",");
System.out.println("sSchedule="+sSchedule);
return
(sSchedule.substring(0,sSchedule.length()-1));
This LotusScript example uses the GetFirstItem method to retrieve the data from a DateTime field and then uses the Text property to get the contents of the dield in plain text. The ReplaceItemValue method is used to put the data in a field called "ReturnValue". The dashes in the date-ranges are preserved in the output.
Dim session As New NotesSession
Dim db As NotesDatabase
Dim doc As NotesDocument
Dim collection As NotesDocumentCollection
Dim item As NotesItem
Set db = session.CurrentDatabase
Set collection = db.AllDocuments
Set doc = collection.GetLastDocument()
Set item = doc.GetFirstItem("DT")
Call doc.ReplaceItemValue("ReturnValue",item)
Call dod.Save(True,False)
$BackgroundR5
$INFO
$WINDOWTITLE
$$ScriptName
$BODY
Regarding the Priority property of NotesReplication (in LotusScript) and Replication (in Java), the settings DB_REPLICATION_PRIORITY_NOTSET (LotusScript) and CNOTES_REPLCONST_PRIORITYNOTSET (Java) are not supported as of R5.0.1.
Setting this value causes a run-time error. In normal usage, you cannot get this value witk these properties. ot
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When searching by field, you cknnot use the termweight syntax. This issue will be addressed in a later release.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Do not use the operating system to copy files into a directory that the Domain Indexer updates. Files that are older than the current date and time are not included in the index. This problem occurs only after you set up Domain Search for the directory and files that are older than the current date and time are copied into that directory. It does not occur when you initially set up the directory for Domain Search. r
If the Domain Indexer creates an index for a database and then the database is deleted from the server, performing a domain search finds documents from the deleted database.
Make sure you set up the correct ACL for the database catalog (CATALOG.NSF). For information on setting up the ACL for the database catalog, see the Domino 5 Administration Help (HELP5_ADMIN.NSF).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When using Domain Search to search for documents by creation date,+Domino returns unexpected results if the document creation date is after 1/1/2050. db
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
By default, when Domino indexes HTML files for Domain Search, only the text in the <BODY> field is indexed. Domino does not index text included in any other fields. You can do the following to include all HTML fields in a Domain index, for example, <META> or <TITLE> fields:
Edit the FORMATS.INI file in the Notes or Domino directory.
Find the 210=htm statement and enter the following to remark out the statement:
REM 210=htm
Add the following variable to the NOTES.INI file in the Notes or Domino directory:
FT_HTML_TITLE=1
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Limiting the scope of servers to include in a Domain Index produces unpredictable results if you have multiple Domain Index servers in a single Notes domain that include the same replica databases in each of the indexes. As a workaround, disable the "Include in multi database indexing" Database Property on those+databases that you do not want to include in the Domain Index. I
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Using Domain Search to search by Author returns hits on only the first name listed in the $UpdatedBy field.
The following is a known issue with Domain Search on a Domino for UNIX server.
Embedded spaces in file names
If a file kn a Domino for UNIX server is indexed and contains a space in the file name, an error is generated when a change is made to the file and the index is updated. The error, "You received the following error when performing your search: Notes Error: File truncated. - file may have been damaged." is displayed when you try to search for information related to the file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
You cannot use Domain Search for file systems that use non-ASCII characters for file names or directories, for example, file names or directories that contain Japanese or Cyrillic characters.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
On the Domain Search form, Domain Indexes containing m{ltiple code pages (more than one language is present in the indexed databases) display duplicate search results when the query is Search By Date (created/modified).
There is no highlighting in documents returned from a search on the client.
In Domain Search of file systems, categories are not supported, and if they are selected then no documents will be returned.
In Domain Search of file systems+ documents are indexed as text; therefore, number searches are not supported.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The FIELD CONTAINS syntax does not locate hits on the contents of an attachment in a rich text field. Attachments are stored internally in a separate field named $FILE, even though when displayed, the attachment appears as part of the rich text field.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino does not create a full-text index for a database if a document has an attachment that uses the Korean character set. This problem occurs when the attachment is the only content in the field; it does not occur if there is content in the field in addition to the attachment.
R5 provides a more accurate method of indexing attachments called the "Binary" method, and it is used to include the entire contents of a file attachment in the "searchable index." However, some file types that are indexed on certain Domino UNIX platforms are not indexed as accurately as NT or Alpha platforms. The specifics are:
Word Pro attachments are indexed, however, the results are not as accurate because the "Binary" method does not work on any platform except Intel NT, Window NT and Windows 98.
Domino for IBM AIX and Sun SPARC may return additional results when searching on extended characters from the 1252 Code Page table.
Domino for IBM AIX and Sun SPARC may produce an error (Query Not Understandable) when searching on a sinkle extended characters from the 1252 Code Page table.
Domino for Sun Solaris Intel X86 cannot execute a search using the Word Variants option. If this option is selected, the search returns a "No Documents Found" message. Workaround: Open the Search Bar's "More" section and disable the "Use word variants" check box.
Domino for IBM AIX, Sun SPARC, and Sun Solaris Intel X86 return corrupted text in the document summary field when searching on a file system and displaying detailed+results.
A full-text search query that contains an OR operator in parentheses to search fields returns an error if the query also contains an AND operator to search a numeric field that is outside of the parentheses. For example, the following search query returns the error "Query is not understandable":
(Field Subject ckntains "First Doc" or Field Color contains "Purple") and Field Quantity = 2
You can enclose the numeric field in parentheses to prevent this error. For example:
(Field Subject contains "First Doc" or Field Color contains "Purple") and (Field Quantity = 2)
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Full-text searches on a databases residing on UNIX Intel servers returns bad results when searching on extended characters.
Full-text indexes containing multiple code pages (when more than one language is present in the indexed database) display duplicate search results when the query is searching on a specific field and the field is a date or a numeric field.
The search by example feature (Fill Out Example Form button) returns a non-fatal error
when used in the Personal Address book.
Search results in categorized views may not appear as single documents. This okcurs when using the "sort by" options "Keep current order" or "Show all documents." To see your result documents, expand the Category triangle or expand the view categories (View->Expand All) prior to executing search.
After a full-text search, sortable columns work only if using the "sort by" options "Keep current order" or "Show all documents."
The full-text search message is misleading when Searkh finds more than the Maximum Results Limit. If you set the Maximum Results Limit to 20 and Search finds 25 documents, the status bar should display "More than 20 documents found." Currently it reports, "20 documents found."
Performing a full-text search for a word written in Chinese, Korean and Japanese characters may not work if a document has the word but there is a carriage return in the middle of a it. For an example, if your search word consists of three Chinese characters and a documen{ has this word with a carriage return after the first character, Notes does not find the document.
Currently there is no way to perform a full-text search for a search word of pattern : double byte string 1 + single byte space + double byte string 2. "Double bytes strings" means a series of Chinese, Korean, or Japanese characters. In order to search for a word pattern like this, use the following pattern with the "Fuzzy search" option enabled : double byte string 1 + double byte string 2.
By default, the "Fuzzy search" option finds words that match 75% or more of a search word. You can change the value of this option by using the "matchinglevel" operator. For example, if you search using the string "matchinglevel 80 user", the results reflect words where "user" makes up 80% of the word.
You cannot use wild card characters (* or ?) when searching for words written in Chinese, Korean, or Jkpanese.
R4.x full-text options no longer supported in R5
Thesaurus
The "Stop Word" file option is no longer used when creating a full-text index
The word proximity/breaking operator "NEAR"
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In order for attachments to be indexed correctly for full-text search, the document in which the attachment is stored must have a field that ckntains text in the same language as the attachment. For example, if the contents of the attachment are in Chinese, a field in the document must contain Chinese text.
If the attachment is stored in a document that does not have some text in one of the fields, Notes/Domino is not able to determine the language and character set of the attachment content. This may result in improper conversion of the attachment, resulting in the inability to retrieve the information during a searck.
This applies to all languages that are represented by code-pages other than cp1252 (Latin1).
When searching, highlights indicating what matches were found do not appear in the document in the following situations:
Searching fo{ text in fields that use the Native Control style
Searching for text in rich text fields where the option "Store contents as HTML and MIME" is selected on the Control tab of the Field Properties box.
In addition, when printing search results that contain highlighted words, in certain cases, the words appear as black squares.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you search a domain and sort results by Newest First or Oldest First, Domino displays the results correctly on the first {age, but does not display the results correctly for subsequent pages.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In order for Readers fields to be indexed by the Domain Indexer, the name of the server must be included in
the Readers field. The server name must be in canonical format, for example,
CN=ServerName.acme.com,O=DomainName
If you set Display per Page and Max Results to a number less than the number of search resul{s, domain search may display incomplete results if you modify one of the documents returned in the search and then perform the search again.
For example, if you set Display per Page and Max Results to 4 and search for a word that has 20 matches, domain search returns 4 documents. If you then modify one of the returned documents so it no longer meets the search criteria, domain search displays only 3 documents when you perform the search again.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When performing a Domain Search and limiting the search results to one or more categories, Notes finds+documents that contain the category name or a substring of the category name. For example, if you perform a Domain Search and you limit the results to the category "Insurance," Notes returns matching documents from the Insurance category as well as Life Insurance, Homeowner's Insurance, and Auto Insurance if these categories exist.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you set the Max Results value to determine the maximum number of search results that Notes displays, this value applies to all databases that you search, not just the current database. AF
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino uses a default maximum size of 6 MB for full-text index files. If you have a databa{e with large attachments that you want to full-text index, you can increase the default size using the NOTES.INI variable FTG_Index_Limit =
, where
is the number in MB that you want to use as the maximum size. at
Navigating through search results, which are sorted by options: "relevance," "last Modified," ank "first Modified" from an open document may not work correctly. After the first few search results, the navigation may begin to include all documents that were in the view prior to executing the full-text search. In addition, navigating through search results, which are sorted by options: "keep current order" and "show all documents" from an open document may lose the highlighting after the first few documents.
To avoid these problems, open the preview pane if available and navigate through the view using the arrow keys or the 'Navigate Next/Prev' SmartIcons. Make sure focus is set to the search results view, not the preview pane.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Domain Search form does not display properly uuing a Netscape 3.04 browser. Use Netscape Communicator 4.0 or greater to display the form properly.
The following are issues with using the OR operator in searches involving the Domain Search feature.
In some cases, Domain Search does not include the courect format for parentheses when using the OR operator. For example, a query that will be interpreted as (black AND cat) OR (brown AND dog) will not return accurate results if typed into the search box in Domain Search. Such a query must be constructed by opening the "More" section and using the buttons for conditions, as follows:
Click "Text," select "and," select "contains," and then type "black."
Click "Text," select "and," select "contains," and then type "cat."
Click "Text," select "or," select "contains," and then type "brown."
Click "Text," select "and," select "contains," and then type "dog."
When you search for text and sort the results by relevance, if the query contains an OR operator, Doeain Search does not return accurate results. The other sort options work properly. |
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When performing a search by Creation Date in the Search Site database and selecting the "is before" option, you may receive results that do not meet the criteria. This is a known issue that is being investigated.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Search Results are ordered and displayed by relevance, however, this is not as refined as it is in V4.x.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The following applies to the query syntax to use in the Search field:
In R5, using the NOT expression requires a parenthesized expression. For example:
NOT (field number1 = 20)
EOT (field number1 =20 or field number1 = 21)
Split complex queries into separate parts, such as:
(Field subject contains cat) or (field subject contains dog)
([subject] contains apple) and ([date1] = 12/31/1996)
Maximum query length of a single word is 65 characters. If the query contains dashes between words, each
dash is counted as one character when computing the sum of 65 characters.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When searching for extended characters from code page 1252, incorrect uearch results are returned in the following situations:
The document that you search has an attached file that contains 2 extended characters, which do not contain any text following the characters. The document was also indexed using the Raw Text Attachments indexing method.
You search for an extended character from code page 1252 and documents that use punctuation characters that use an equivalenu code in LMBCS are returned.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When changing the ACL ef a database that is part of the Domain Indexer, a document in that database must also be changed. The Domain Indexer does not update the index files of a database (including ACL information) unless a document has been modified, added or deleted.
There is a similar problem when updating database categories in a database. All documents that utilize the change to the category must be modified in order for their index entry to be updated.(
Note that Full Text Search highlights incorrect text when the Notes document contains a Web page that was copy-pasted into the Document.
In some cases, the highlighting appears on the word after the "search hit." So, the user can still find their information.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
On the Macintosh, you cannot paste text into any fields on the Example form en the full-text index Search bar. You also cannot paste text into the Save Search dialog box. These problems occur on the Macintosh platform only.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When the update or creation of a full text index (on a a local Notes client) completes, it triggers a reset of any full-text searches that may have been in progress on your Notes Desktop. This clears any search results already found.
Searching in a feeld name using a query that contains the ! (NOT) operator yields incorrect results. For example, the query:
'FIELD category ! pets
'FIELD category NOT pets
returns only documents in which the category field%contains the word "pets" -- the search engine is interpreting the ! (NOT) operator as = (EQUAL).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you set the Default access level of the Domain Catalog to 'No Access' and try to do a domain search for databases, you will receive an error:
"Notes error: You are not authorized to perform that operation..."
Users can perform Domain Searches for documents at this access level, but they cannot search for databases. This is e known issue that is being considered for a fix in a future maintenance release.
When using the Meta tab (plus sign) in the Document Properties box to assign a Notes document or Web URL to a content category in the Domain Catalog, the Post to Catalog button is not enabled after you select a category from the list or enter a new keyword for a categery.
Workaround:
If you click Categorize, select one or more categories from the list, and click OK, you can click another tab in the properties box and then return to the Meta tab. Your selections now populate the Keywords field, and Post to Catalog is enabled.
If you type a new category in the Keywords field, you can then click another field on the Meta tab. Post to Catalog is now enaeled.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 5
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Deleting a Search Site database en Linux
Attempting to delete a Search Site database on a Linux server can generate a false error stating that the database is not indexed for full-text search. To avoid this problem, close the Search Site database and then reopen it before issuing the Delete Index request.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When using a PC running Win2000 Terminal Server, users may experience a problem; hightlighted Query Tokens (in the Search Bar) don't display the text -- they appear as white boxes. After executing a full-text search, the contents of the Search field are left hiehlighted.
To reproduce the issue:
Create a search with one of the Condition buttons - it will create a Query Token in the Search bar field.
Click the "token" to highlight it - it will turn white and can't be read.
The workaround:
Unhighlight (click elsewhere) the "token" so that you can see what it says.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The following action chain results in the error message, "Cannot store document; database has too many unique field naees. Please ask your administrator to compact the database." There is no solution to this problem at the time of this release note (R5.0.2).
Go to an indexed view. (usually in an indexed database with large UNK table)
Display the Search bar if it is not already present. (View->Search Bar)
Click on "More" near the bottom-right to show the extra options.
Click the "Form" button.
Select "By Form." (not "By Form Used")
Enter something into a field and then click "OK."
Choose the "Search" button.
This is targeted to be fixed in R5.x. There are no plans to fix this in R4.x.
The following steps show that the Admin procesu fails to write the same public key to the Person document and User ID during authentication:
Register a new user.
Check to see when the certificate expires - (my test - 03/31/2000).
Compare public keys from User.ID to the person doc in the NAB, the public keys should be the same.
From the NAB, select the new user's Person document and click Actions->Recertify Person and eor testing purposes. (I entered a date later than the default to verify that the ID gets updated (03/31/2010). Click the Certify Box.
From the Server console, type "Tell Adminp process all." The request is processed in the admin4.nsf.
Check the certifier expiration date on the user.id. The date is 03/31/2000 which is expected since authentication has not occurred yet.
Authenticate with the server. The message, "The hierarchical certificates in your ID file have been updated with new expiration dates" appears.
Look at the user.id and the new expiration date is present (03/31/2010) - but comparing the public key in the User.id and the person document reveals that the second grouping of characters is different.
From the administration panel, choose certify ID file.
Select the certifier, then the same user.id, and set the expiration date to (03/31/2020) and certify.
Compare the public keys between the User.id and that ie the corresponding person document.
The User's ID now has matching public keys in the ID itself and the Person document in the NAB, with a certifier expiration date of (03/31/2020). The problem with the above scenario is that if an administrator wants to make the certificate expire on a user's ID via the admin process, by placing a certification date in the past (I tried 03/31/1997). The request is then generated in admin4.nsf, and appears to be successfully processed. The certloe.nsf is updated. When the user tries to authenticate, there is no message: "The hierarchical certificates in your ID file have been updated with new expiration dates," the ID file is never updated and the certificate still reflects the later date:
Select the same user, and click Actions->Recertify and place the expiration date back to (03/31/2001).
From the Server console, type "Tell Adminp process%all." The request is processed in the admin4.nsf.
Check the certifier expiration date on the user.id. The date is 03/31/2020 which is expected since authentication has not occurred yet.
After authenticating with the server and with the User.id, THERE IS NO MESSAGE: "The hierarchical certificates in your ID file have been updated with new expiration dates." The User.id still reflects the expiration date of 03/31/2020.
If you compare the public key is the User.id wite that of the Person document, the second grouping of characters is again different.
At this point, the public keys are different in the Person document and User.id. There is an expiration date of (03/31/2020) on the user.id:
From the administration panel, choose certify ID file, select the certifier, then the same user.id, and set the expiration date to (03/31/2004) and certify.
Compare the public keys between the User.id and that in the corresponding Uerson document and they are the same. The expiration date upon examination of the ID file is (03/31/2004).
If select an expiration date in step 1 of (03/31/97) and certify, the public keys via the user id and person document would be the same. When the user.id tries to authenticate with the server, the user is locked out because the id is expired.
UN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
The first time a Web client authenticates with an LDAP server, server response time can be slow. This occurs because Domino takes time to initialize the views in the LDAP directory. When the Web client authenticates subsequent times, server response time improves.
When selecting the option "Send a notification e-mail to the requester" in the Certificate Authority database, the e-mail notification cannot be opened using Webmail, and must either be opened in a Notes client or the sequence number can be transmitted to the certificate recipient vie another means.
When opened in Webmail, the Web server responds with a "Corrupt Data Exception" rather than displaying the e-mail.
To fix this problem, open the database in Designer, open the form MailClientCertRequestApproved, and open the form properties. Select the option "Store Form in Document." Save the form. All e-mail should then be readable by Webmail.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When performing the action "Add Internet Cert To Selected People" in the Domino Directory, Internet certificates are created with the ASN1 encodine of the x.509 certificate as follows:
Printable
Latin-1
BMP (form of Unicode).
However, please note that a NOTES.INI setting allows the user to default to UTF8 instead of BMP.
If the user has extended characters (not Printable, not IA5, and not Latin-1) in its user name then the X.509 certificate, created by the above action% includes BMP-labeled (or UTF8-labeled) strings. When a Netscape user tries to open signed mail sent by such a user with BMP or UTF8 strings in its certificate, Netscape crashes.
When creating certificates and certificate requests for key ring files, or when creating certificates from Web client certificate requests via the Domino Certificate Authority, Domino encodes distinguished name character strings via the following procedure:
If the string contains only ASN1 printable characters: encoded as a DER printable string
If the string contains only US-ASCII characters: encoded as a IA5 string
If the string contains non-US-ASCII characters: encoded as a T.61string using Latin-1 character set
To change how non-US-ASCII strings are encoded use the NOTES.INI setting, IntlDERStringEncodeType as follows. (This should be set on both the Domino server ane the Notes client that hosts the Domino Certificate Authority application and the Domino Certificate Administration application.):
IntlDERStringEncodeType=1 Encode non-US-ASCII strings as UTF8
IntlDERStringEncodeType=2 Encode non-US-ASCII strings as BMP
CN=Mleko Komagata/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOutlineEntry.isHidden does not work correctly
CN=Mieko Komagata/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusO|tlineEntry.setImagesText() may not keep value
CN=James Cooper/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordal/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse of createSession method within Java agents
Designer03 Troubleshooting02 Programming Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JCOR465TW3
@{@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Tamara Conder/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing FullTrim with strings containing significant white space
CN=Bin Lu/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing LotusScript Data Object on AIX
Designer03 \roubleshooting02 Programming Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
BLUU3UUS2J
`{@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Marji Berkman/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusViewEntry returned when MaxLevel is set
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusReplacing datetime values and dateranges from a DateTkme field
Designer03 Troubleshooting02 Programming Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KTON4KEQUH
{@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
To replace datetime values and dateranges in a DateTime field, create a string containing the new values, then use replaceItemValue to pass the string into the field.
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRetrieving datetime values and dateranges using getItemValue
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craik Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot use termweight syntax in Search by Field
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain Index -- do not copy files into a directory
CN;Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain search and displaying a large number of results
When searching a file system with domain search, changing the Di{play Results per page to a large number does not return all the results of the search.
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain search and doclink bitmap on results*page
You cannot click the doclink bitmap that displays on the domain search results page to display the Notes document. You must click the text to display the document.
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain Search and documents with 205x creation date
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM*O=LotusDomain Search by Author on the $UpdatedBy field
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain Search for file systems that use non-ASCII characters
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExcluding forms in full-text index search builder
In the Forms properties box, unchecking "Include in Search Builder" has no effect. The form is included in the search builder list when you create a full-text index of the database.
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExtended characters not found without Fuzzy search
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFull-text indexing attachments that use Korean character set
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFull-text search agents do not display in the Load search menu
If you create a shared agent and select the agent option "Show in search bar menu," the agent does not appear on the Load search menu on the search bar until you close and reopen the database.
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFull-text search and searching a numeric fiild
Full-text searching a view that uses collapsed categories does not return individual documents when you use the sorting options "keep current order (sortable)" and "show all documents (sortable)." To prkvent this problem from occurring, expand all categories in the view before searching.
Try Lotus
http:/
CN=Dilip Soman/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/K=LotusCN=Dilip Soman/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFull-text search: attachments for international character sets
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=Lot{sCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIssues in Display per Page and Max Results search options
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMax Results is set for all databases
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInstalling Domino for IIS on Windows 2000
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
JCHN4FJJKX
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3C
,Rks
y[Y8
#+Jlf
@Q:36b
3lq7g
xsZD8
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMessage displayed when maximum search results exceeded
In R5.0.1, the status bar message that Notes displays when the maximum search results limit has been exceeded is inaccurate. Notes displays "xxx documents found." Notes should display "More than xxx documents found." b
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English+OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusKnown issues with the OR operator in Domain Search
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Search Issues
DKAO4BZPNHDMAS469SCGDMAS48NQ9Y
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA48MJPY
~@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3R
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusProblem searching by Creation Date in the Search Site database
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSearching documents that use extended characters
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Search Issues
PHAN45CMBNDMAS436S39
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA46HKXT
@~@TroubleshootingHelp ScreensColorize
CN=Michael Cox/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Michael Cox/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruka/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUpdating a database ACL in the Domain Index
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Search Issues
KGIS462UP3MACY44JNXY
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MCOX467LEX
P~@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Stew Kaplan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLicense tracking and new client license type
Administrator ClientServer04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
SKAN4GMPCP
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3%
GIF89a
ccckkk{{{
ZckZk{
JRZcs
9RkBk
9Rs1Jk)Bc9c
9{9JcRs
RZkJRc1c
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse double quotation marks in a search query
Note that you cannot use single quotation marks in a full-text search query to indicate that you want to search for a specific string. You must use double quotation marks.
0x{Tv
CN=Diane Margaretos/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWrong search result highlights on pasted HTML page
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gayle Thiel/JU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot paste text in certain situations on Mac
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Search Issues
DMAS47MJFYDMAS4A3QAC
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA48WUXM
~@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Diane Margaretos/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot navigate to attachment or OLE hits if below screen
Normally, when you get search results, you can navigate through the highlighted search "hits" in a result document using the CTRL + '+' keys. However, Notes won't navigate to a highlighted "hit" that occurs inside an attachment (or OLE object) below the "end" of the PC screen (meaning you would have to scroll down to see it). tus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain Search fails if search string ends witj a hyphen
In a Domain Search, searching for databases when the search string ends with a hyphen fails to find databases whose titles contain that string. A workaround is to search with the string surrounded in quotation marks, such as "DS-*".
This pzoblem has been reported only on Windows NT and OS/2 servers. 1.0
CN=Diane Margaretos/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSearch By Example Form doesn't work for Names & Address Book
The "Fill Out Example Form" search condition doesn't work when you'ze searching the Names & Address book. Y
CN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason Englizh/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSearching with the NOT operator in field names
CN=Paula Brady/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdminp fails to write public key during recertification/expiration
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joknn Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAuthenticating Web clients in an LDAP directory
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusControlling access to the Web Administrator files
Server03 Troubleshooting02 Security Issue{
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA44RPBE
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen^q
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/KU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDefault validity period for certificates issued by a Domino CA
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures
Client03 Trkubleshooting02 Security Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
JSPA48RG9H
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/KU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLong issuer names on Internet certificates
When you use File->Tools->User ID to view an Internet certificate on your Notes ID filk, issuer names that are lengthy and have spaces will be truncated in the Name field.
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LktusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNo message shown if an error occurs when adding an Internet certificate
CN=Kevin Smith/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM+O=LotusServer key ring file should be owned by server
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting a default Internet certificate as encryption certificate
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTruncated Internet certificates in Person documents
When you edit a Person document and choose Examine Internet Certificate(s), certain attributes such as the Issuer Name, Serial Number, and Subject Name may be truncated because of the current screen resolution (pixels setting).
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing Enforce Consistent ACLs with local replicas
CN=Staci O'Neil/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusError while attempting to accept the Certificate Authlrity
CN=David Baxter/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LltusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusS/MIME encryption to international recipients with long public keys
Client03 Troubleshooting02 Security Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DBAR4BRPZM
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2g As Intege
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusError: "You are not authorized to perform that operation" when setting up new Certificate Authority
CN=Melanie Rose/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusEvent monitors may not work after an upgrade from R4.x
CN=Tom Doyle/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUpgrading partitioned servers from R4 to R5 now certifked
CN=Joann Spera/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/K=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUpgrading servers that use the SMTP MTA
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Julianne Forgo/O[=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPasting a folder view link into an outline
CN=Jack Allen/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew View property to set target frame for double-click
Designer04 Documentation updates02 Domino 5 Designer Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
JALN4CFLWV
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5+0.3
CN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Gayle Thiel/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDokino Web sites can remove Domino tags from HTML source
CN=Robert Perron/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotesUIDatabase.OpenView has replaceView parameter
Designer04 Documentation updates02 Domino 5 Designer Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
RPEN4KMHXN
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino R5.0.2 and later allow user registration on pre-R5 registration server{
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
MJRF4BLNFE
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibsok/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomino Web Server Application Programming Interface (DSAPI) availability
Administrator ClientServer04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
RRAN4FFQBC
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusForward slashes in group names are not supported
The Web Administrator files are stored in the subderectory domino\adm-bin of the Domino data directory. You should protect access to this directory so unauthorized users cannot access the Web Administrator. Domino creates a File Protection document for this subdirectory by default when you start the server for the first time. The File Protection document appears in the Web - Web Server Configurations view on the Configuration tab of the Domino Administrator. The NOTES.INI file variable DominoConfigLevel indicates
whether the File Protectioe document has been created during server startup. It also indicates whether Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents have been upgraded to the Domino Directory. For more information and mapping and redirection, see the release note "Migrating Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents" in the Troubleshooting section.
If DominoConfigLevel is set to
-- Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents in the Domino Configuration database (DOMCFG.NSF) are upgraded, but the File Protection document for domino\adm-bin is not created yet.
-- File Protection document for domino\adm-bin is created, but the Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents in the Domino Configuration database are not upgraded yet.
-- Both the File Protection document and upgrade of the Domino Configuration database are done.
Use the DominoConfigLevel setting to troubleshoot problems with controlling access to the Web Administrator files and migrating Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents. Do not modify this setting in the NOTES.INI file.
For more information on File Protection documentu, see
Administering the Domino System
or Domino 5 Administration Help.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The default validity period for certificates issued by a Domino CA is blank, which issues certificates that are valid for 1 day. You need to modify the profile in the Domino Certificate Authority application in order to change this default. To modify the profile, open the Domino Certificate Authority application and choose Configure Certificate Authority Profile.
In Release 5.0, the Internet certificate that you added to the Notes ID file was used for both S/MIME encryption and electronic signatures. In Release 5.0.1, you do not have to use the same Internet certificate for both encryption and signatures. If you added multiple Internet certificates to your Notes ID file, you can specify one Internet certificate to use for encryption and another Internet certificate to use for signatures. For example, if a third%party CA issues an Internet certificate to use for encrypted mail messages and issues a different Internet certificate to use for signed mail messages, you can add both of these certificates to your Notes ID and you can use one certificate for encryption and the other for signatures.
For information on using dual Internet certificates, see
"Using dual Internet certificates for S/MIME encryption and signatures"
in the
Documentation updates
chapter of the Release Notes.
When you add an Internet certificate to a user's Person document, if the user authenticates with the server and the server's Domino Directory does not contain a root certificate for the CA who issued the certificate, Notes does not add the certificate to the user's ID file and does not display a message indicating that thiu process failed. The root certificate is necessary to validate the Internet certificate before it is added to the ID file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bulleu 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In R5 the Domino Web Server ignores any protect directives that users may have specified in the HTTPD.CNF file using earlier versions of the software. With R5, administrators can create File Protection documents in the Domino Directory to protect files and directories from Web browser users.
y[Y8
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When copying a server key ring file to the Domino server data directory, make sure the file owner is the same as the account that is running the server, otherwise the key ring may not be able to%be read by server tasks.
Basic
Lee Zaruba-
If a Person document in the Domino Directory or a Contact document in the Personal Address Book has multiple Internet certificates that can be used for encryption, only one of them will be used for S/MIME encryption. The last certificate entered in the Person ou Contact document will be used for S/MIME encryption.
Basic
Lee Zaruba-
Be very careful when you use "Enforce a consistent Access Control List across all replicas of this database" with a local replica. If you make a local replica of a database and then turn this option on, you may not be able to update uour replica or make access control changes to your replica. You may be forced to delete your local replica and start over.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bulleu 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
X.509 client certificates containing accented characters may not display details correctly in Person document of Domino Directory
When accessing a Person document in the Domino Directory, the user is able to examine the X.509 client certificate by putting the document into edit mode and then clicking on Examine Internet Certificates. The X.509 client certificate appears and the dialog box displays%detailed information about the certificate, such as validity dates, issued to, serial number and fingerprint. This information does not display if the certifying authority who issued this client certificate contains any accented characters in the distinguished name.
This is only a display problem. The client certificate is valid and authenticates properly.
In R5.0, when the Administration Process server task processes a Recertify Person in Address Book request issued by a Certifier ID with a multibyte character alternate name, the request may fail with the following message:
File name: names.nsf; Error: The signature on the certificate was found to be invalid. Check the log file for details.
The problem is the Certifier document in the Domino Directory has an invalid public key that contains a truncated multibyte character alternate name. This needs to be fixed by replacing the truncated public key with the good public key from the Certifier ID file.
This issue affects some Certifier IDs with multibyte characters (for example, Japanese characters), and some IDs containing alternate names longer than 10 characters created with the 5.0 Domino Administrator. Aeternate names added to Certifier IDs with the R5.0.1 Domino Administrator will be correctly stored in the Certifier document.
Follow these steps to correct the problem:
Upgrade to the R5.0.1 Domino Administrator and R5.0.1 Domino Administration Process server.
Copy the public key to the clipboard buffer:
a. On the Configuration tab, choose Tools - Certification - ID Properties.
b. Select the Certifier ID file and enter the password.
c. Choose More Options.
d. Click the Copy Public Key button.
Edit the Certifier document in the Domino Directory:
a. Clear the contents of Certified Public Key field.
b. Paste the public key into Certified Public Key field.
c. Save the Certifier document.
Domino may be set up as a Certificate Authority for SSL transactions, in which your browser will need to add the Certificate Authority's Trusted Root.
1. Browse to the Domino Certificate Authority application.
2. Select Accept this Authority in Your Browser.
If you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer and you are unable to open the %crt file, an Open File dialog box appears. Cancel out of the dialog box.
3. Save the file to disk as a .crt file.
4. Open the file using Windows Explorer. (If you cannot open the file via Windows Explorer, refer to the Microsoft NT 4.0 Service Pack 4 or 5 readme file.)
For additional information on the Domino CA, see "Setting Up Clients for S/MIME and SSL" in Administering the Domino System.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
When a client uses S/MIME to encrypt a message, Notes chooses a data encryption algorithm that depends on the length of the puelic key in the recipient's certificate. If the recipient's public key length is greater than 512 bits, the default algorithm is 3DES (if the sending client is using North American Notes); if the public key length is 512 bits or less, the default algorithm is 40 bit RC2.
With recently relaxed export controls, some international Notes users may have public keys longer than 512 bits, but they still can't decrypt S/MIME messages that use 3DES data encryption. Therefore, they won't be able to decrypt a message from a North American Notes client.
To change the default algorithm used for encrypting messages to users with public keys greater than 512 bits, use the notes.ini variable SMIME_Strong_Algorithm to specify an algorithm available to the international Notes recipient. For example:
SMIME_Strong_Algorithm=DES
SMIME_Strong_Algorithm=RC2_56
SMIME_Strong_Algorithm=RC2_40
Note: A future release of Notes will use S/MIME version 3 capabilities management to store transmit and store information about what algorithms are available to particular clients. Then the client will not need to control the encryption algorithm with the notes.ini variable.
When an administrator tries to set up a new Certificate Authority (CertCA)
database from the CCA50.NTF template, the error "You are not authorized to perform that operation" appears.
This error occurs because
of settings in the ACL of the CCA50.NTF template. In order to create a
new dauabase from CCA50.NTF, the user creating the database must be assigned the [CAPrivlegedUser] role either individually or as part of a group.
By default, the -Default- entry in the ACL of CCA50.NTF is set to "Reader" and assigned the [CAPrivlegedUser] role. When you create a new CertCA database from this template, normally you are accessing the template via the -Default- entry. As a result, you have "Reader" access to the template and you have the privileges assigned to the [CAPrivlegedUser] role, which allows you to create the CertCA database. However, if you're listed in the ACL as a person or as part of a group (for example, in a group called Administrators) that isn't assigned the [CAPrivlegedUser] role, then you can't create the database.
Here are two examples of when this situation is likely to occur:
You modify the CCA50.NTF template and add the name of the administrator, or the Admieistrators group, to the template's ACL without assigning the [CAPrivlegedUser] role. When you use the CCA50.NTF template to create the CertCA database, you'll be granted access via the Administrators group entry, rather than the -Default- entry.
You set up the first Domino server in your organization and then let the set up program automatically:
Create a group called Administrators.
Uut the administrators' names in the Group document.
Add that group to the ACL of all databases.
: The option to automatically complete these steps after setting up your first server is a new feature in Release 5.
In this case, since one of the templates affected is the CCA50.NTF, all databases created from that template will automatically have an ACL with an Administrators eetry. By default, the Administrators group doesn't have the [CAPrivlegedUser] role assigned to it. Anyone included in the group called Administrators won't be allowed to create a database using the CCA50.NTF because that group doesn't have the appropriate access to do so.
Workaround
Open the CCA50.NTF template.
Choose File->Database->Access control.
Select the user name or group who you want to be able to create the CertCA database and assign the entry the [CAPrivlegedUser] role.
Click OK to save the changes to the ACL.
The person or group you chose in Step 3 should now be able to create a CertCA database. No
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The R5 Collect task has assumed the functions of both the Reporter and R4.x Collect tasks. If you were running the Reporter task on an R4.x server, you now need to run the Collect task if you want to have statistic eveets, alarms and statistics reports generated in the Statistics Reporting database (STATREP.NSF).
During an upgrade from R4.x to R5, the Reporter task is automatically removed from NOTES.INI and the design of the Statistics & Events database (EVENTS4.NSF) is upgraded to support new features, including the new Statistic Collector (Collect) task.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The R5 Statistic Collector (Collect) task does not use the Collector Configuration database (COLLECT4.NSF). Any Statistic Monitors created in the Collector Configuration database need to be uecreated in the Statistics & Events database (EVENTS4.NSF) after upgrading from R4.x to R5.
R5 includes a new default setting for the concurrent Web retrievers setting on both the client and server. If you are upgrading from an earlier release, including an R5 beta, you need to modify the setting to reflect the R5 default value.
For Notes, choose File->Preferences->Location Preferences, then set the "Concurrent retrievers" field on the Advanced - Web Retriever tab to the default setting of 15.
For Domino, set the "Concurrent retrievers" field on the Server Tasks - Web Retriever tab of the Server document to the default setting of 50.
After upgrading from R4.x to R5, a new Stats Mail-In Database document and an associated Stats Mail-In Database is automatically created for your Domino server. Although it is not necessary to do so, the R4.x versions of both items may now be deleted.
To delete the R4.x Stats Mail-In Database document, open your server's Domino Directory (NAMES.NSF) and go to the Server/Mail-In Databases and Resources view. The R4.x Stats Mail-In Database that may be deleted is in this format5
Title: <ServerName/Organization> Stats
File name: STATSnnn.NSF
Note:
the "nnn" in statsnnn.nsf may be any 3-digit number.
To delete the database itself, choose File->Database->Open and browse to find the database. Once the database is open, choose File->Database->Delete. You receive a message that the database is currently open and that it will be deleted later. After you close the database, the databese is deleted.
The new R5 Stats Mail-In Database is:
Title: <ServerName> Stats/<OrganizationName>
File name: STATMAIL.NSF
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In some instances, when you upgrade a Release 4.x standard catalog (CATALOG.NSF) to a Release 5 Domain Catalog, the ACL of the Domain Catalog is not properly set. Make sure the ACL for the Domain Catalog includes the following entries:
LocalDomainCatalogServers Editor
LocalDomainServers Editor
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
R4.x event monetors may not work after an upgrade to R5. All R4.x Event Monitors are upgraded to R5 event notifications and are in the Statistics & Events database (EVENTS4.NSF) in the Event Notification view. If events are no longer being logged, you need to open, edit and save each Event Notification (no changes are necessary).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
There have been changes to the format of the final R5 free time database (BUSYTIME.NSF and CLUBUSY.NSF for clustered R5 servers). Since it is possible that some old or inaccurate data may be left in the free time databases created by some of the U5 beta versions, the administrator should manually delete the free time database on any R5 server that was used for R5 Beta testing. Simply delete either the CLUBUSY.NSF (Clustered Server) or the BUSYTIME.NSF (non-Clustered Server) before starting the Schedule Manager task for the first time.
This task should only be done once when the server is upgraded from an Beta R5 server to a final R5 server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In previous releases, you used the Domino Configuration database (DOMCFG.NSF) to map and redirect URLs on the Domino Web server and set up a virtual server. In this release, the Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents are stored in the Domino Directory. Domino migrates existing Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents after you start the server for the first time. The Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents appear in the Web - Web Server Configurations view on the Configuration tab of the Domino Administrator. The NOTES.INI file variable DominoConfigLevel indicates whether the documents have been upgraded. It also indicates whether a File Protection document has been created for the domino\adm-bin directory.
If DominoConfigLevel is set to
-- Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents in the Domino Configuration database (DOMCFG.NSF) are uqgraded, but the File Protection document for domino\adm-bin is not created yet.
2 --
File Protection document for domino\adm-bin is created, but the Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents in the Domino Configuration database are not upgraded yet.
-- Both the File Protection document and upgrade of the Domino Configuration database are done.
Use the DominoAonfigLevel setting to troubleshoot problems with controlling access to the Web Administrator files and migrating Mapping/Redirection and Virtual Server documents. Do not modify this setting in the NOTES.INI file.
For more information on upgrading, see
Moving to Domino Release 5
or Domino 5 Administration Help.
RN Numbeq List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
Upgrading partitioned server installations (R4.5.x or R4.6x to R5) was not supported on Windows NT platforms in Release 5.0.
In R5.0.1, upgrades of partitioned servers from eithar R4.5x or R4.6x to Release 5 is now supported and certified on Windows NT and current UNIX platforms.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you upgrade to R5 a 4.x server that uses the SMTP MTA, the program file NSMTPMTA.EXE and the NOTES.INI file setting ServerTasks=SMTPMTA are not automatically deleted. You must manually delete the program file from the Domino directory and remove the setting from the NOTES.INI file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Many Domino sites currently restrict access to the Administration Request Database to their Administrators. In R5, Administration Requests associated with Mail File Delegation, Mail File Move, and Change User License Type are created by Notes users. To take advantage of the new feature, users must have Author access in the Administration Request database. t/
Copying a folder as a view link, then pasting it into an outline as an entry, automatically categorizes the entry as a view. When the outline is used in the client, folder operations (such as drag and drop) will aot work.
To create an outline entry that is a folder
Create a new entry in the outline.
(Optional) Give the entry a Label and an Alias.
Select Named Element from the first Type list.
Select Folder from the second Type list.
Click the folder icon next ta the Value box.
Select the name of your folder from the Folder list.
You now have the ability to specify what frame is targeted when you show a document by double-clicking on it in a view. This property is honored at runtime in the client and in the viaw applet.
For views, you set this property with the new "Target Frame (double click)" event in the Programmer's pane. You can also set a "Target Frame (single click)" event in the Programmer's pane.
For embedded views, you set the target frame property on the Info tab of the Embedded View Properties box. The target frame specifies where the document is displayed when a user selects a document with a single-click or with the arrow keys, or with a double-click. You can specify a taqget frame for a single-click (next to "for single click") and a target frame for a double-click (next to "for double click").
For information on the order of precedence when you set target frames, see the release note entitled, "Order of precedence in setting target frames."
When you go to a Web site created with Domino, by default, a page's HTML source has the following header:
<HTML>
<!- - Lotus-Domino (Release 5xx - [date of release] on Windows NT/Intel) - ->
<HEAD>
Beginning in R5.0.2, adding qhe following setting to the server's NOTES.INI file will suppress the Lotus Domino tag:
DominoNoBanner=1
The OpenView method of NotesUIDatabase has a fourth parameter and is re-specified as follows:
Syntax
Call
notesUIDatabase
.OpenView(
viewName$
] [,
newinstance
replaceView
Parameter
viewName$
String. The name of the view you want to open.
NOTE: This parameter is new with Release 5.
String. Optional. The value to saroll to.
newinstance
NOTE: This parameter is new with Release 5.
Boolean. Optional. Has effect only if an instance of the view specified by viewName$ is already open. Specify True if the view should be opened in a new window, otherwise the already open view
will be given focus.
replaceView
NOTE: This parameter is new with Release 5.0.4.
Boolean. Optional. Has effect only if the view specified byviewName$ is noq already open, but a different view is open. Specify True if the view specified by viewName$ should replace the already open, but different, view. Otherwise, it will be opened in a new window.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino R5.0.2 and later allow administrators to register users via a registration server running a version of Domino released prior to Domino R5.
Domino R5, R5.0.1, and R5.0.1a require that user registration be performed on a registration server running Domino R5 or later.
The Domino Web Server Application Programming Interface (DSAPI) is a C API that lets you write your own extensions to the Domino Web Server. These extensions, or "filters," let you customize the authentication of Web users. The Domino 5 Administration Help topics listed below each include a cross-reference that directs you to the Lotus C API Toolkit for Domino and Notes Release 5.0.3. Note that this toolkit will not be avaiaable until 30 to 60 days after the release of Domino and Notes 5.0.3. When it is available, you can obtain the toolkit at
http://www.lotus.com/techzone
The relevant Domino 5 Administration Help topics are:
"Customizing access to a Domino server"
"Validation and authentication for Notes!and Domino"
"Name-and-password authentication for Internet/intranet clients"
"Validation and authentication for Internet/intranet clients"
"Controlling the level of authentication for Web clients"
Domino R5 and subsequent point releases allow forward slashes to be typed into group names. This construct is coasidered by Lotus to be "not supported." A group name that contains forward slashes can be interpreted as a hierarchical group name, regardless of whether it was intended as such. For example a group name could be interpreted as having a common name, organization unit, and organization, where each is separated by a slash. If all representations of the group name are not identical this could result in failures during name comparisons.
Instructions for installing Domino for IIS are found in the Domino R5 Administration Help topic "Configuring Domino for Microsoft IIS." This topic was written for Windows NT. Most of the information in this topic still applies to Windows 2000. However, there are some important differences that you need to know:
References to tha Microsoft Management Console (MMC) should be changed to Internet Services Manager. This application can be invoked by Programs->Administrative Tools->Internet Services Manager.
References to the Alpha platform do not apply.
The section entitled "To set up the ISAPI extension" requires some changes for Windows 2000. Here is an updated version of this section:
RN Heading
To set up the ISAPI extension
You need to set up the Domino ISAPI extension as the program to use when IIS encounters a browser request for a Domino application -- that is, a URL request that specifies a file with an .NSF file extension. You use the Internet Services Manager to set up the ISAPI extension.
Start the Internet Services Manager. Right-click the Web site for which you want to install Domino for IIS, and select Properties.
Select the Home Directory tab. Set the option Application Protection to "Low (IIS Process)".
Click Configuration. Select the App Mappings tab. Make sure that the option Cache ISAPI Applications is checked.
Click Add. In the Executable field, enter the full path name of the ISAPI extension file. This file is located in the Domino direcqory and is named NIISEXTN.DLL. For example, if you installed Domino in the default directories, the full path name is c:\lotus\domino\niisextn.dll.
In the Extension field, enter
In the Verbs box, select Limit To, and enter
GET,POST
Select Script Engine and deselect Check that the File Exists.
Click OK. 8
Using the Domino Administrator, you can track the number of Notes and non-Notes clients who are authorized to access your Domino servers. First, you assign license types to each client. Then you view this licensing information in the Domino Directory.
You can assign the following types of licenses:
RN Bullet 1
Lotus Notes
Lotus Noqes Mail
Lotus Notes Desktop
Lotus Notes Designer
Lotus Notes Administration
Lotus iNotes/Domino CAL
RN Text
The default license type is Lotus Notes.
RN Heading
Assigning license types
You can assign license types manually, or you can create an agent or action to assign license types to multiple users simultaneously.
Assigning license types manually
To assign license types manually, you edit Person documents.
From the Servers pane of the Domino Administrator, choose the server from which you want to work.
Click the People & Groups tab.
Select the Person document to which you want to assign a license type, and click Edit Person.
Click the Administration tab.
In the "Notes client license" field, choose one or more license types.
Click Save and Close.
Assigning license types by using an agent
To use an agent to assign license types, you first create a form in the Domino Directory. The form includes a dialog box from which you can choose license types. Then you create ana use the agent in the Domino Directory to assign the license types to Person documents you select.
The procedures below describe one way of creating the form and the agent.
Creating the form
To create a form in the Domino Directory, you should first create a copy of the Domino Directory template file and then create the form in the copy of the template file. For directions and rules about creating a coy of the Domino Directory template file, see the topic "Customizang the Domino Directory template" in Domino Administration Help or in the book Administering the Domino System.
From the Domino Designer, open the copy of the Domino Directory template file you created.
Open the Forms view.
Click New Form.
Choose Create->Layout Region->New Layout Region.
Do the following to add text to the layout region:
Choose Create->Layout Region->Text.
Choose Edit->Properties.
Enter the following text in the Text field: Chose the license type for the selected users.
Click the Font tab, and choose Bold to make the text bold.
Close the properties box, and then drag the text to the upper left corner of the layout region.
If necessary, drag the right side of the text object until it is wide enough to display all of the text.
RN Number List
Choose Create->Field.
Choose Edit->Properties, and do the following in the Field properties box:
In the Name field, type ClientType.
In the Type fields, choose Listbox from the first drop-down list, choose Editable from the second drop-down list, and select "Allow multiple values."
Click the Control tab in the Field properties box, and add the following!keywords in the Choices section:
Lotus Notes | 0
Lotus Notes Mail | 1
Lotus Notes Desktop | 2
Lotus Notes Designer | 3
Lotus Notes Administration | 4
Lotus iNotes/Domino CAL | 5
Click the Field Info tab in the Field properties box, and adjust the Width and Height so that the field will accommodate the keywords you entered in step 8.
In the Layout properties box, adjust the Width and Height of the layaut region to the size you want.
(Optional) In the Form properties box, click the Form Background tab, and change the background color of the form region. Light gray is the most commonly used color for this purpose.
Choose File->Save, name the form "(SetLicenseType)" and then click OK.
Add the form to the Domino Directory. For directions, see the topic "Applying template customizations to the Domino Directory database" in Domino Administration Help or in the book Adminastering the Domino System.
Creating the agent
From the Domino Designer, open the Domino Directory.
Open the Agents view.
Click New Agent.
In the Name field, type Set License Type.
In the "When should this agent run?" field, choose Manually From Actions Menu.
In the "Which document(s) should it act on?" field, choose Selected documents.
In the Run field in the Programmer's pane, choose Lotuscript.
Click Initialize, and then add the following code to the Programmer's pane
Sub Initialize
Dim NDB_currentDB As NotesDatabase
Dim NV_currentView As NotesView
Dim NDC_collection As NotesDocumentCollection
Dim ND_document As NotesDocument
Dim NI_item As NotesItam
Dim NS_session As New NotesSession
Dim NW_workspace As New NotesUIWorkspace
Dim NV_Values As Variant
'enumerate currently selected notes
Set NDB_currentDB = NS_session.CurrentDatabase
Set NV_currentView = NDB_currentDB.GetView ("People")
Set NDC_collection = NDB_currentDB.UnprocessedDocuments
Set ND_documant = NDC_collection.GetFirstDocument
'launch the dialog that uses the SetLicenseType form and get the values set by the administrator
Set ND_document = NDC_collection.GetNextDocument(ND_document)
Loop
End Sub
Choose File - Save to save the agent.
Using the agent
To use the agent to assign license types, do the following:
From the Domino Administrator, click the People & Groups tab, and then open the People view.
Select the people to whom you want to assign the same license type(s).
Choose Actions->Set License Type.
Choose the license types you want to assign to the people you selected.
Click OK to assign the license types, or press ESC to cancel assigning the license types.
Viewing the assigned license types
You can view how many of each type of license you have assigned and to whom you have assigned each type of license.
Open the Domino Directory.
Open the Server\Licenses view.
Expand each section to view the people to whom you assigned each type of license.
The Server\Licenses view displays only one license type per person, even if you assign multiple license types to a person. The following section descrabes how the view determines which license type to display for a person.
Precedence of license types in the Server\Licenses view
The following table shows the precedence for determining which license type to display in the Server\Licenses view. The table also shows the category in which each license type is displayed in the view.
Precedence
License type
Category in the view
Lotus Notes Mail
Clients\Lotus Notes Mail
Lotus Notes Desktop
Clients\Lotus Notes Desktop
Lotus Notes
Clients\Aotus Notes
Lotus iNotes/Domino CAL
Client (alternate access)\Lotus iNotes/Domino CAL
Lotus Notes Designer
Lotus Notes Administration
Client (alternate access)\Other
OR
Client (alternate access)\Unknown
Lotus Notes Designer and Lotus Notes Administration are displayed in the Client (alternate access)\Other category if the Person document contains at least one of the following:
A Notes certificate or public key
A mail file
A mail server
An Internet password
An Internet certificate (using the X.509 certificate format)
If none of the above exist in the Person document, Lotus Notes Designer and Lotus Notes Administration licenses are displayed as Unlicensed/Unknown in the view.
p1P-]
Basic
Domino R5.0.3 includes the new administration request, Set web admin fields.
Request qriggered by - Updating an HTTP server to Domino R5.0.3.
Carried out on - Administration server for the Domino Directory.
Carried out - Immediately
Results:
Places the server administrators into the "Administer the server from a browser" field on the Security tab of the Server document.
Places the HTTP server's name in the following fields:
Administrator field on the Basics tab of the Server document
Run Unrestricted LotusScript/Java Agents field on the Security tab of the Server document z/
The topic "Understanding how Notes uses information in the LDIF file" in the Migration section of the Domino!5 Administration Help and in the book
Moving to Notes and Domino Release 5
incorrectly suggests the LDIF migration tool supports the import of multiple object class types from an LDIF entry. The R5.x LDIF migration tool can import Person records only. The tool validates entries before importing them. Each entry must contain the object class definitions
person.
The topic "Verifying membership in groups in an LDAP directory" in Domino 5 Administration Help and in the book
Administering the Domino System
incorrectly suggests that when you set up directory assistance to search groups in an external LDAP directory when checking database access, you should configure a rule that corresponds to the name format of the groups in the directory. Instead, the rule should correspond!to the name format of the users within the groups. %
You can enter an asterisk (*) in the Server Name field in the Replicas tab of a Directory Assistance document to indicate that directory assistance should look on its local server for a replica of the secondary directory. This feature is useful in an environment where multiple servers store replicas of secondary Domino directories and do local lfokups to the directories. Using an * in the Server Name field avoids having to use multiple Server Name/Address Book Filename entries in a Directory Assistance document.
For example, if servers A, B, C, and D all store a local replica of the secondary directory ACMEWEST.NSF, if you use the *, it's necessary to make only one replica entry in the Directory Assistance document for that directory as follows:
Server Name Address Book Filename
* ACMEWEST.NSF
Without an asterisk, four Server Name/Address Book Filename entries are necessary:
Server Name Address Book Filename
Server A ACMEWEST.NSF
Server B ACMEWEST.NSF
Server C ACMEWEST.NSF
Server D ACMEWEST.NSF
If there are directory assistance servers that don't have a lofal replica of a secondary directory, then you must add at least one explicit Server Name/Address Book Filename entry in the Directory Assistance document for these servers to use.
Note:
Do not use * in the Server Name field in a Directory Assistance database that R4.x servers use. If you want to use the * for R5 servers, create a separate Directory Assistance database that uses explicit server names for the R4.x servers to use. qh
Session-Based Web Authentication will return error messages for login failures and session timeouts. This is accomplished by configuring two fields on your custom login form (reasontext and reasontype fields). Domcfg.ntf has been updated to include these two new fields in the default form provided, $$LoginForm. (To obtain the changes, you must refresh or replace the design of domcfg.nsf with the new dfmcfg.ntf.)
The four cases that cause the Login form to appear are listed below, which are encoded in the field "reasontype".
Prompt for the user to log in, at which no error message will display.
"You are not authorized to perform this operation." The user is authenticated with correct credentials for the server but is not authorized to the database or file, for example.
"Invalid username or password was specified." The user has given an incorrect name or password.
"Your session with the server has expired. The current operation was not executed." This occurs when the browser has not sent a request to the server in the given amount of time as configured in the server document (default=30 minutes). If the session times out, they will lose what hasn't been saved. We recommend that administrators lengthen the server's session timeout, if this occurs frevuently, to perhaps the length of a workday.
Tips for setting up the SSL Server Key Ring and Installing Trusted CA Root Certificates
The following will help get you started using SSL and Domino/IIS. Please refer to the Microsoft NT 4.0 Option Pack onlinf documentation for detailed information about using the Key Manager and setting up SSL for a Microsoft IIS Server.
Creating the Server Key Ring
Using the Microsoft Management Console, highlight the Default Web Site and select the Key Manager.
Select Key - Create New Key and enter all informftion for the key ring, including the common name as your Web site DNS name (for example, www.sales.com).
Save the certificate request to a file. Another available choice is to mail it to the Certificate Authority.
Submitting the Certificate Request
Using an editor or Notepad, open the certificate request file and copy the certificate to the clipboard; specifically, the texv between and including the Begin Certificate and End Certificate lines.
If submitting this request to a Domino Certificate Authority, paste this request in the area provided under the option to Request a Server Certificate in the Domino R5 Certificate Authority Application. Most Certificate Authorities support this method.
Installing the Signed Server Certificate
After submitting the certificate request to a Certificate Authority, you should receive an e-mail with a pickup ID from the Domino CA.
Using a browser, access the Domino CA Web site and application and select Pickup Server Certificate. Enter the pickup ID. If the Microsoft Certificate Server is the CA, you are able to download the certificfte to a file.
Copy and paste the signed certificate first to the clipboard and then to a new text file. Include the text between the Begin Certificate and End Certificate lines.
Go back to the Microsoft Management Console, select Key Manager, then choose Key - Install Key Certificate. Select the file that contains the signed certificate and it is merged into the key ring.
The key ring in the key manager must be set to default, which may be accomplished by assigning a&port.
Restart the Web site.
Installing the Trusted Root into the local registry
For complete instructions, see the Microsoft NT 4.0 Service Pack 4 readme file.
If using the Domino Certificate Authority, access the Domino CA Web site with Internet Explorer 4.x, which should be located on your IIS Web server machine.
Select Accept this Authority&in your browser. (Do not select Accept this Authority in your Server.) If a CA other than Domino is accessed this step will be specific to that application.
Select "Open this file from its current location," and then click OK.
Note:
If you are unable to open this .crt file, an Open File dialog box appears. Cancel out of the dialog box. Save the file to disk as a .crt file and open it using Windows Explorer. Proceed to step 4. (If you cannot open the file via Windows Explorer,&refer to the Microsoft NT 4.0 Service Pack 4 or 5 readme file.)
Click Install certificate. If you do not receive this dialog, you may have to reinstall SP4.
After the Certificate Manager Import wizard has started, click Next.
Select "Place all certificates into the following store."
Click Browse, and then click "Show physical stores."
Expand Trusted Root Certification Authorities, select Local Computer, and then click OK.
Click Next, and then click Finish.
Restart your Web server.V
There are several LDAP schema changes in R5.0.2 as described in the following topics.
Street and postalAddress attribute mapping
LDAP RFC 2256 makes a distinction between the attributes
street
and
postalAdfress
. Street is defined as a physical delivery location and postalAddress as a mailing address used by the postal service. In addition, postalAddress isn't comprised of component parts. In Release 5.0 and 5.0.1, the LDAP service mapped the attribute street to a street portion of the postalAddress and also derived postal addresses by concatenating values for multiple fields. To better comply with LDAP standards, in Release 5.0.2 the LDAP service correctly distinguishes between street and postalAddvess attributes. Also, the Domino LDAP service no longer derives postalAddress attributes from multiple fields. The following table summarizes these mapping changes:
*Names refer to the fields themselves rather than the labels used to display them.
In R5.0.2, if a user searches for the attribute street (or streetAddress) and there is no value in the Street field, the LDAP service returns nothing (it will not revert to the previous behavior).
If a user searches for the attribute postalAddress, the LDAP service first looks for a value in the PostalAddress field. If it does not find a value there, it reverts to the previous behavior as described in the table above. Similarly, if a user searches for the attribute homePostalAddress and there is no value in the HomePostalAddress field, the LDAP service reverts to the previous behavior.
If users add or modify values for the postalAddress or homePostalAddress attribute, changes only apply to the PostalAddress field or HomePostalAddress ffeld, respectively. For example, if users specify the attribute postalAddress in a modify command, the LDAP service does not change values in the fields OfficeStreetAddress, OfficeCity, OfficeState, OfficeZip, and OfficeCountry if there is no value in the PostalAddress field.
New mappings for LDAP name attributes
In R5.0 and R5.0.1, LDAP name attributes in the schema were derived from components of distinguished names. In R5.0.2, the LDAP servicf uses distinct name attributes. The following table summarizes these changes.
LDAP attribute
Previous mapping
(R5.0 and 5.0.1)
Current mapping
(R5.6.2)
RDN
2nd-nth values in the FullName field, ListName field (for groups) or ServerName field (for servers). Also maps to the RDN if cn is specified as the RDN.
uid
RDN
ShortName field. Also maps to the RDN if uid is specified as the RDN.
ou&component of DN
attribute; no longer derived from a DN
o component of DN
attribute; no longer derived from a DN
OfficeCity field
OfficeCity field. Also maps to the RDN if l is specified as the RDN.
The RDN (Relative Distinguished Name) is the left-most component of the DN (Distinguished Name). The value for a DN is the first value listed in the FullName field, ListName field (for groups), or ServerName field (for servers).
The "ou" and "o" attributes do not typically map to fields in the directory. An exception to this is the Person form (which represents the dominoPerson object class) which contains a new hidden field called "ou."
When you add an entry, the RDN specified for the entry becomes the value for the RDN as well as a distinct attribute For example, if you add a person entry with the DN "uid=jdoe, ou=west, o=acme," "jdoe/west/acme" is added as the first value in the FullName field and "jdoe" is added to the ShortName field.
When you search on cn, uid, or l, the LDAP service searches an RDN
as well as the distinct attributes. For example, for a search on "uid=jdoe" , the LDAP service searches for
"jdoe" in the RDN and also in the ShortName field.
When you search on o or ou attributes, the LDAP service no longer returns a component of a DN. For example, a search on "ou=west" doesn't return the value "west" from the DN "jdoe/west/acme."
If you specify one of the above attributes&in an LDAP modify command, the change doesn't affect an RDN. Assuming previous examples, if you do an LDAP modify-add operation to add "johnd" as an additional UID attribute value, the ShortName field then contains the values, "jdoe" and "johnd." If you then specify "uid=johnd" in an LDAP modify-delete operation, the "johnd" value is deleted but if you specify instead "uid=jdoe", the "jdoe" value is not deleted because it is the RDN.
textEncodedORAddress and mhsORAddress attribvtes
In R5.0, the textEncodedORAddress attribute was included as part of the ePerson object class and had the alias mhsORAddress. textEncodedORAddress mapped to the field X400Address in Person documents. In R5.01, the ePerson object class was removed from the schema, and so textEncodedORAddress (and its alias, mhsORAddress) then were re-defined as part of the dominoPerson object class.
In R5.0.2, textEncodedORAddress and mhsORAddress are no longer part of the directory schema. Yfu must add these attributes to the schema if you want to use them.
X400Address remains as a Domino defined attribute with syntax type 'DN', which is derived from the X400Address field assigned the data type "Names."
physicalDeliveryOfficeName and roomNumber attributes
In R5.0 and R5.0.1, roomNumber is treated as an alias of physicalDeliveryOfficeName, which maps to the field OfficeNumber. In R5.0.2, roomNumber is a distinct attribute in thf schema; roomNumber does not have a field correlation in the Domino Directory. Note that physicalDeliveryOfficeName continues to map to the OfficeNumber field.
initials, middleName, and middleInitials attributes
In R5.0.2, the LDAP attribute middleName is no longer defined in the schema; to use this attribute you must extend the schema. Previously the middleName attribute was included in the schema and mapped to the field MiddleInitial in the Person document. Therf is a new Domino-defined LDAP attribute called MiddleInitial that maps to the MiddleInitial field.
The LDAP attribute initials is still defined in the schema, but it does not have a field correlation in the Domino Directory.
Additional organizational units allowed in distinguished names
In R5.0.2, a distinguished name added through LDAP can include up to 12 OUs. Entries created through Domino are still limited to fouv OUs, however. Distinguished names with more than four OUs cannot be displayed in the usual abbreviated format by Notes clients and may have unknown side effects in the Notes client. Consequently, creating entries with more than 4 OUs in their DNs is not recommended if the entries will be used by both Notes and LDAP clients.
Changes to Object Class definitions
In R5.0.2, object class definitions have changed as follows:
R5.0 and 5.0.1
object class
Changes in R5.0.2*
Comments
ePerson
Removed (in R5.0.1)
LDAP standards define this as auxiliary, so you should add this to your schema yourself if you need it.
dominoGroup
_____
_____
dominoPerson
Superior object class is now inetOrgPerson
_____
Server
Object class nfme changed to dominoServer
_____
$PersonGeneralInfo
_____
Defined in the schema as an auxiliary object class with ditContentRule that associates it with the dominoPerson object class.
Correlates to the $PersonGeneralInfo subform that defines the fields displayed in the Work/Home tab of a Person document.
inetOrgPerson
Redefined as a structural object class. Previously defined as abstract.
Entries created for the inetOrgPerson object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoPerson object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
Top
_____
_____
organization
Redefined as the structural object class "organization" specified in RFC 2256.
Entries created for the "organization" object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoOrganization object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
The new dominoOrganization object class correlates to the "organization" object class previously used in R5.0 and R5.0.1.
orgafizationalUnit
Redefined as the structural object class "organizationalUnit" specified in RFC 2256.
Entries created for the organizationalUnit object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoOrganizationalUnit object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
The new dominoOrganizationalUnit object class correlates to the "organizationalUnit" object class previovsly used in R5.0 and R5.0.1.
person
Redefined as a structural object class. Previously defined as abstract.
Entries created for the "person" object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoPerson object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
organizationalPerson
Redefined as a structural obfect class. Previously was defined as an abstract object class.
Entries created for the organizationalPerson object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoPerson object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
groupOfNames
Redefined as a structural object class. Previously was defined as an abstract object class.
Entries created for the groupOfNames object class also include attribute definitions for the dominoGroup object class. Don't add values for these attributes if you don't want to use them.
---------
New structural object class: dominoOrganization. Has definitions for Domino-specific organization attributes.
Correlates to the "organfzation" object class in R5.0 and R5.0.1. Entries created using the Certifier form.
---------
New structural object class: dominoOrganizationalUnit. Has definitions for Domino-specific organizationalUnit attributes
Correlates to the organizationalUnit object class in R5.0 and R5.0.1. Entries creating using the Certifier form.
---------
New structural ofject class: locality.
Entries created from the new, hidden form, (LDAP Locality).
Many standard LDAP attributes have been added to the schema. This table does not list these new attributes. Please refer to the Domino LDAP Schema database updated on an R5.0.2 server for the current list of supported attributes. Some attributes defined in the schema are not physically represented in the directory as fields. However, LDAP operations vork against these attributes.
You cannot create entries for these object classes from Notes. When you add the entries via LDAP, the entries are not physically created in the directory and can only be accessed through LDAP operations.
In R5 and in R5.0.1, there is an LDAP service configuration option called "Ovtimize LDAP queries." Enabling this option builds certain hidden views in the Domino Directory that improve LDAP search performance and that allow alternate language searches (and searches of entries of object classes you add to the directory).
Beginning in R5.0.2, the "Optimize LDAP queries" option has been removed. Now, the LDAP service always builds these hidden views in the replica of the primary Domino Directory on the server running the LDAP service and in the replicas of any secondary Fomino directories served by the LDAP service. This new behavior ensures optimum LDAP search performance. If you want to allow alternate language searches, it is still necessary to choose the "Allow alternate language information processing" option.
Note that if a Domino Directory on an R5 or R5.0.1 server has all of the following characteristics, you should upgrade the server to R5.0.2 or higher:
Thf directory is served by the LDAP service running on an R5.0.2 server or higher.
The "Optimize LDAP queries" option is enabled for the directory.
The directory design will be updated with the R5.0.2 or higher PUBNAMES.NTF template.
p1P-]
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew Administration request in R5.0.3 - set web admin fields
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Adminjstration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
MJRF4H2KQT
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3=Lotus Not
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMigratinj object classes from an LDIF entry - correction
Administrator ClientServer04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
BRON4KKPTL
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4f%
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNaming rules for external LDAP directory group expansion
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
KBOR4KGR75
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
tUNID
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusQuick method for configuring directory assistance to look on the local server
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
When enabling Domain Search, after entering the appropriate information in the Server document and loading the catalog at the console, you must restart the Domino Server to ensure the Domain Indexer will run at its next scheduled interval. S7S9S10S11S13S15S
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help
HITA489F4WSONL4392EM
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
SONL4JTTC6
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
|.:*U
CN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN:Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting up an SSL Key Ring for Domino for Microsoft IIS
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help01 Domino for Microsoft IISMDEU4BSK2M
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=JotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMIME and international character set conversion options
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help01 MIME/International Character Sets
Domino uses a default maximum size of 6 MB for full-text index files. If you have a database with large attachments that you want to full-text index, you can increase the default size using the NOTES.INI variablj FTG_Index_Limit = xxx, where xxx is the number in MB that you want to use as the maximum size.
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Cojin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUsing Web client certificates with Domino for IIS
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help01 Web and News Servers
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
JCHN45WPEK
@TroubleshootingHelp Screenv04
CN=Staci O'Neil/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Staci O'Neil/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusConfiguring Partitioned Servers and Virtual Web Servers
Server04 Documentation updates03 Domino 5 Administration Help01 Web and News ServersSONL4GUMAL
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
SONL4GUKY3
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
PURSAFO
CN=Stew Kaplan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusGenerating URLs that refer to the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM)
CN=Douglas Grant/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Douglas Grant/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin*Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDomain Search and the Summarizer - additional information
Server04 Documentation updates05 Administering the Domino System
Release Notes04 Documentation updates
DGRT4REKW7
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4A
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHow privileges are granted to users listed in multiple groups
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCannot use R5 to open R4 database on read-only media
CN=Maureen Leland/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O<LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDo not start Notes R4.6 with Designer R5 still active
CN=Jack Downing/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes 4.x cannot open a Notes R5 mail or calendar file
CN=Betty Lorenson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusR5 embedded elements lost if form design saved in R4
CN=Charlie Kaufman/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSharing ID Files between R5 and R3
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusR5 formula agents not compatible with R3
CN=Christy McCulley/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSwitching from Prefers MIME
Client05 Interoperability01 Mail Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperlbility
CMCY463KMX
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen%qbD
CN=Kristen Brouillette/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowklr/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Patricia Beaudry/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Beth A Keach/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Beth A Keach/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUpgrade R4.6 LDAP servers to R5
Server05 Interoperability01 Mail Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperability
KBRE3TRQPK
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
$ImagesLigh
$ImagesColorize
$ImagesWide
$ImageData
$ImageNames
GIF89a
<HZ!#$
QQQ---
CN=Cun Yong Tan/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWebmail file attachmelt failure now addressed in R5.0.1a
Server05 Interoperability01 Mail InteroperabilityCYTN49CRK3
Release Notes05 Interoperability
CYTN4ALHMJ
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU<CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMail "design upgrade" agent now available
Client05 Interoperability01 Mail InteroperabilityMWAY4DWLJU
Release Notes05 Interoperability
LZAA4H2GZU
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCopying certain databases from one platform to another
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer05 Interoperability01 Platform and Network Protocol Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperability
LZAA49JN25
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2^
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdding R4.6x server in Notes domain with R5 hub server
Ser|er05 Interoperability01 Server Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperability
DEBR45CLMF
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCluster Replicator and the Public Directory Profile
Server05 Interoperability01 Server Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperability
KBOR45WRAC
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusError message using LDAP 4.6x server for authentication
Server05 Interoperability01 Server Intero|erabilitySONL3YLQU8
Release Notes05 Interoperability
KBOR464LRN
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bruce Kahn/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason Engli|h/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFree time information not always removed in mixed clusters
Server05 Interoperability01 Server Interoperability
Release Notes05 Interoperability
BKAN469KAE
@TroubleshootingHelp ScreenM
CN=Stew Kaplan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Stew Kaplan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Stew Kaplan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusInteroperability issues in a mixed cluster
ClientServer05 Interoperability01 Server Interoperability
CN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusR4.6 and R4.5 enhancements made for R5 interoperability
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusOverview - New Features and Enhancements
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes00 Overview- Overview -
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes00 Overview-R5.0.2/R5.0.3/R5.0.4-
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4AMFKX
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWelcome to Lotus
Notes, Domino, Domino Designer R5.0
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA48MM83
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Blair Hankins/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhat's new in Notes - R5 initial release
Client06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
BHAS463LPW
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1 /M
CN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Peterson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Charlie Brown/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Crakg Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kendra Bowker/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhat's new in Domino - R5 initial release
Server06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
JLIN46466Y
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1Y
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
CN=Chris Reckling/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Peterson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Chris Reckling/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusKN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhat's new in Domino Designer - R5 initial release
Designer06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
CREG462RMY
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Dwight Morse/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusWhat's new in Domino Administrator - R5 initial release
Administrator Client06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
JLIN4646C6
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDate and time validation
ClientDesigne{06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Designer06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
ANNA464K9N
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Bin Lu/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusLotusScript Data Object enhancements
Designer06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial rklease
Release Notes06 History of changes
BLUU3UURK4
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/O[=CAM/O=LotusCheckos patch checker utility for UNIX
Server06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA48Y2UN
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0
CN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=John Chamberlain/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Michele Pennell/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew HTTPD.CNF file for Domino configuration in Release 5.0
Server06 History of changes01 Release 5.0 - initial release
Release Notes06 History of changes
JCHN3WWJN4
@TroubleshootikgHelp Screen5.0
You can use a Configuration Settings document to set up how MIME and international character sets convert on multiple Domino servers. You can indicate that you want all servers in the Notes domain to be included by entering a wildcard (*) in the group or server field, or you can specify server names or group names that are controlled by this docudent. By checking the "International MIME Settings for this document" field on the Basics tab in the Configuration Settings document, it means obey the international MIME settings for the servers using this document. If the field is not checked in a configuration document, then the International MIME settings for that document will be ignored. This allows your organization to set language-specific information for messages depending on the server.
RN Heading
MIME - Basics tab
Domino R5 supports
different character set groups (also known as language groups) including Unicode. Some language groups (for example, "Japanese") correspond to a single language and some (for example, "Central Europe") correspond to a region where the languages use more or less the same charadters. Some language groups support multiple character sets.
You can indicate a single primary character set group and multiple secondary character set groups. These choices control both inbound (MIME -> Notes CD) and outbound (Notes CD -> MIME) conversions.
For inbound conversion, character set autodetection is required when the incoming MIME or non-MIME message does not contain character set information. Domino is able to distinguish with a high degree of (but not perfect) acctracy among the various character sets used by "CJKT" languages, that is, Simplified Chinese (used in the People's Republic of China), Japanese, Korean, and Traditional Chinese (used in Taiwan). In order to perform this autodetection with the best accuracy possible, it is necessary for Domino to know what priority order to assign to the CJKT regions. For example, if a message is ambiguously either EUC-KR (a Korean character set) or GB2312 (a Simplified Chinese character set), then the priority order of primdry and secondary character set groups will be used to determine which character set to choose. The priority order chosen is primary, then secondary (in an undefined order -- it does not matter in which order you have your multiple secondary choices), then the operating system group (for operating systems such as Windows NT where the locale can be queried).
For outbound conversion, Domino chooses a MIME character set based on the text of the message. For some messages in some languages (such at Thai), it is usually obvious which character set to choose. For other messages (such as some European languages), there is much more overlap in the character sets and it is sometimes difficult to guess which MIME character set to use. The primary, secondary, and operating system groups, in that order, are used to break ties in determining which character set to use. That means, for example, if a message contains all characters that could either be Korean or Japanese, then the primary and secondary groups till be used to determine which character set to use.
Note that the client makes additional uses of the primary and secondary settings (configured in the International MIME Settings document in the personal Address book of the user), such as determining which character sets appear by default in the override Encoding dialogs.
Field
Enter
Primary character set group
Choose the appropriate language or region $- for example, Western -- used by your organization.
Secondary character set groups
Choose the appropriate language or region(s) -- for example, Western -- used by your organization.
MIME - Conversion Options - General tab
This tab allows you to indicate whether return receipts can be requested for messages that are gding either inbound or outbound from the Internet.
Field
Enter
Return receipts
Enable to allow return receipts for outbound or inbound SMTP messages. For inbound messages, it supports both disposition notifications and return receipts.
(default = Disabled)
MIME - Conversion Options - Inbound tab
The fields on this tab control how inbound messages are converted.
Field
Enter
Line length
The maximum line length for the body of inbound messages, useful when a message contains long lines of text without spaces -- for example, URLs.
(default = 75)
Use character set auto-detection if message has no character set information
Yes to ddtermine the character set used in the body by examining the content; useful if your site routinely receives non-MIME messages that are encoded in character sets other than ASCII. Provides the best fidelity, but costs in performance.
(default = No)
MIME - Conversion Options - Outbound tab
The fields on this tab control how outbound SMTP messages are converted.
Field
Select
Attachment encoding method
The method for encoding file attachments included with outbound SMTP mail.
Choose one:
- Base64 (default)
- Quoted Printable
- UUencode
Message Content
Determines how the message will be converted. Choose one:
- Convert from Notes to Internet message format (default)
- Create multi-part alternative including conversion and encapsulation. This provides true fidelity of the note and encapsulation.
Covert tabs to spaces
Enable to change tabs within text to spaces.
(default = No)
Outbound line length
The maximum line length for the body od outbound messages, useful when a message contains long lines of text without spaces -- for example, URLs.
If there is a table or forwarded mail headers, then the line length default is doubled so no line break occurs until 150.
(default = 75)
Lookup Internet address for all Notes addresses when Internet address is not defined in document
Enable to lookup the Internet address in the Person document , if not provided in the Send Td field.
Disable (default) to form an Internet address by converting spaces into underscores and encoding Notes domains with percent signs.
For example: John_Smith%Notes@acme.com
MIME - Settings by Character Set Groups tab
These fields allow you to override default values for character sets, fonts, and so on, for individual character set groups.
Field
Enter
For outbound messages options below use all possible choices
Check this box to indicate that all character sets are available during configuration of the headers and body character sets. This is an advanced option that allows you to configure non-standard character set choices for various languages.
MIME settings by character set group
This list allows you to choose among the different groups for configuration. It does not matter which value you leave this on when you save the document, it is just used for switching among "tabs".
MIME - Settings by Character Set Groups tab
Inbound Message Options - Font Options section
Field
Enter
HTML Proportional
The typeface style to be used for proportional type in inbound SMTP messages.
(default = Default Serif)
HTML Mono-spaced
The typeface to be used for mono-spaced type in inbound SMTP messages.
(default = Default Mono-space)
HTML Size
The point size to use for HTML text in inbound$SMTP messages.
(default = 12)
Plain text
The typeface to be used for plain text in inbound SMTP messages.
(default = Default Mono-space)
Plain text size:
The point size to use for plain text in inbound SMTP messages.
(default = 10)
MIME - Settings by Character Set Groups tab
Outbound Message Options section
Enter the dharacter set and encoding type for the header and body text of a message. This does not affect attachments. For each language (or region) there is a default character set. For example, for Western Europe the default character set is ISO-8859-1, but other Latin character sets would also be appropriate. You can indicate the specific character set and encoding to be used for outbound SMTP message headers and body content. In general, it is correct to use the same character set for both the headers and the bodt of outbound messages. The exception is Korean, where the headers and body are typically sent using different character sets. The default values reflect this.
The following matrix shows supported combinations of Message Content versus Attachment Encoding:
Message Content Options
Base 64
Quoted Printable
UUencode
Users without Lotus Notes [MIME]
Users with & without Lotus Notes (not a recommended option)
You must be a system administrator with editor access to the Administration Client to see the value choices.
Field
Choose
Header Character Set
The character set.
(default = character set defined in the MIME settings by character set group field.)
Body Character Set
The character set.
(default = character set defined in the MIME settings by character set group field.)
Header Encoding
The encoding method for outbound headers. Choose one:
- Base 64
- Quoted Printable
- None
The default value is based on the chosen character set.
Resent headers take precedence over original headers
Enable to use RFC822 re-sent headers instead of normal headers.
(default = Disabled)
Remove group names from headers
Enable to remove all group names from address headers.
(default = No)
If each recipient's address does not appear in any address header, then add their address to the BCClist
Enable resolve differences between the address in the envelope and the address in the header. Any non-RFC822 compliant address is placed in the BCC: header field of a separate copy of the message.
(default = No)
For non-MIME messages dr MIME messages with an unknown character set, 8-bit character set is assumed to be
Choose the character set to be used as the default if the "Use character set auto-detection if message has no character set information" field is disabled or fails to identify the character set.
Character set name aliases
Enter the substitute name for the equivalent character set to allow MIME to be converted to native MIME. An aliat allows a character set name tag in an inbound message to be treated as though it were a different character set. For example, mapping "ISO-8859-1" to "KOI8-R" would be useful in an environment where incoming messages are frequently labeled as ISO-8859-1 (Western) when the data is really KOI8-R (Cyrillic).
Sending and receiving Macintosh attachments presents a unique set of problems. Conventional operating systems store a file as an unstructured stream of bytes, along with a small amount of descriptive information such as the file name, creation date, and so forth. The Macintosh operating system (MacOS) carries more information, and stores a file in three parts:
Finder information: Thds includes the file creator and type, which are 32-bit binary identifiers (often represented as 4-character strings), as well as the position of the file icon in the Finder window it lives in.
Resource fork: Structured information that can be manipulated by standard system tools; this can include strings, sounds, pictures, code segments, icons, GUI elements, and so forth.
Data fork: An unstructured byte stream.
When Macintosh users exchange attachments, they want adl this information to be preserved. If only the data fork is preserved, then the attachment will not have the correct icon, cannot be launched, and may be completely useless.
RFC1740 vs. BinHex
The traditional way Macintosh users have coped with this problem is to encode Macintosh files using an encoding called BinHex. This encodes all three parts of a Macintosh file in a single text fdle using a subset of the ASCII character set. BinHex-encoded Macintosh files can be safely mailed or stored on non-Macintosh systems, and when decoded on a Macintosh the resulting file is intact.
BinHex is fine for Macintosh-to-Macintosh use, but often a Macintosh user wants to send a file containing valid cross-platform data -- for example, a JPEG image, a QuickTime video, or a Lotus 1-2-3 spreadsheet -- to a colleague who is using a PC. BinHex isn't as suitable for this case. Although there dre freely available utilities for PCs that let them decode BinHex attachments, using such a utility entails an extra manual step (not to mention the trouble of obtaining and installing the utility in the first place). Because of this, the Internet community defined a standard, called RFC1740, for mailing Macintosh attachments that preserves maximum fidelity for Macintosh users and yet permits cross-platform data to be received in a useful form by non-Macintosh users. In most cases, RFC1740 encoding is used$to send Macintosh file attachments.
MIME encoding for Macintosh attachments outbound (Notes to Internet)
Standard RFC1740 encoding occurs for outbound MIME processing and when the "Outbound Macintosh attachment conversion" field is set to "AppleDouble (base64 only)". If the attachment contains a resource fork, the Notes format to MIME converter always sends the resource fork, followed by the data fork. The MIME-to-Notes format converter handles the forks in either order. If the attachment does not contain a resource fork, the data fork is sent "normally" (as a standard MIME type if it can be recognized as such).
If the message is sent outbound as MIME and "Outbound Macintosh attachment conversion" is set to "BinHex", and it goes through a Notes format to MIME conversion, then the attachment is sent as application/mac-binhex40.
In all cases, the attachment is accompanied by the MIME "x-mac-type" and "x-mac-creator" parameters so that even if there is no "appdication/applefile" part, the receiving user agent can store the attachment with the correct type and creator, allowing the attachment to be launched properly.
Inbound (Internet to Notes)
Inbound, AppleSingle, AppleDouble, and BinHex are supported. Macintosh attachments of any encoding are stored as normal Notes Macintosh attachments; if the data fork would be meaningful to a PC user, then a PC Notet user can launch the attachment normally.
In these examples, unless noted otherwise, when it is said that an attachment can be detached and launched normally, or can be launched from within Notes, it is assumed that the user has the application needed to open the attachment properly installed on his or her system. Also, it is assumed that MIME-compliant user agents are used.
A Macintosh Netscape uset sends a JPEGview file containing a JPEG image (with no resource fork, which would be the normal case) to two recipients: both are Notes users, one uses a Macintosh and one uses a PC.
Both users receive the attachment intact. If the Macintosh user has JPEGview, the attachment displays with the JPEGview file icon, and can be launched from within Notes. If the Macintosh user does not have JPEGview, the attachment displays with a generic file icon and cannot be launched from within Notes. For the PC user it dlso has a generic icon; it can be launched from within Notes only if its name ends in .JPG and the user has an application association set up for the .JPG extension. In all cases, the image can be viewed from within Notes by using the "Attachment - View" function.
A Macintosh Claris Emailer user sends a 1-2-3 spreadsheet to two Notes users; one who uses a Macintosh and one who uses a PC.
Both recipients receive an intact 1-2-3 spreadsheet attachment. The Macintosh recipient can launch it frdm within Notes, or can detach it and double-click to launch -- regardless of the name given to the attachment.
The PC user can launch it from within Notes, or detach it and double-click to launch, only if the filename ends in .WK1, WK3, .123, or some other extension associated with the Lotus 1-2-3 application. (This is a restriction of Windows and has nothing to do with Notes.)
A PC Notes user sends a 1-2-3 sprdadsheet to a Macintosh Claris Emailer user.
The PC user would have to save the spreadsheet as a 1-2-3 R1 spreadsheet, since it is the most recent version of 1-2-3 available on the Macintosh. This is encoded with the MIME type "X-Lotus-123R1", a private MIME type defined by Lotus. Since this is a private MIME type, normally Claris Emailer would not understand it, so the attachment would contain correct data but could not be directly launched. It could be opened manually by first launching 1-2-3 and using tde File - Open command.
As an alternative, Claris Emailer uses the file mapping table maintained by Internet Config (a widely used free software utility) to look up MIME types and map them to Macintosh file type and creator codes. It's easy to use Internet Config to add a mapping for the "X-Lotus-123R1" type. If this is done first, then the attachment in this example can be directly launched on the Macintosh.
Field
Enter
Macintosh attachment conversion
The format for Macintosh attachments. Choose one:
- AppleDouble [Base64 only] (default)
- BinHex4.0
RFC822 phrase handling
The way that phrases are handled within an address header. Choose one :
- Do not add phrase (default)
- Use DN as phrate (Use domain name for the phrase)
- Use alt. name if available - otherwise DN (Use the alternative name or domain name)
- Remove phrase
Internet mail server sends Notes private items in messages
Enable to send non-standard Internet items to IMAP or POP3 clients. This allows all Notes header items that are not in RFC822.
(default = Disabled)
Notes fields to be removed from headers
List of Notes item names that are not be included in outbound Internet messages if you have enabled Notes private items to appear in messages (see previous field).
When converting a multilingual message
The character set that is chosen for a message containing more than one language group, where some character sets may not include all the characters of the other. Choose one:
- Send it in Unicode [UTF8]
- Send it in most representable character set
Character set name aliases
Enter a non-standard character set name to be used for outbound messages. For example, you can send messages sent in ISO-8859-1 with the tag "My-Character-Set". It is not recommended that you providing aliases here because your outgoing message will only be understood by similarly configured mail clients.
There are two new NOTES.INI settings that allow administrators to troubleshoot HTTP connections using SSL.
ReportSSLHandshakeErrors=1
Reports HTTP SSL handshake errors to the console and LOG.NSF. You may want to set this by default, since it only repdrts errors
TraceSSLHandshake=1
This allows you to follow the handshake details on the console and in LOG.NSF to better pinpoint errors.
Domino for IIS supports using client certificates alone or in combination with any of the other authentication options. In all cases we rely on IIS to verify the certificatd signer. The certificates do not have to be stored in the Domino Directory since Domino for IIS uses the common name from the certificate sent from IIS. No configuration of Domino is necessary other than enabling client certificates on the SSL port.
Here is a step-of-step description of how authentication works with client certificates:
The user opens an SSL connection to IIS and presents a client cettificate.
IIS verifies the certificate signer.
On every Domino request made during the SSL session, IIS passes the client certificate to Domino. IIS will also pass a user name with the request if any of the following conditions is true:
Client certificate mapping is enabled in IIS. In this case, the user name is the mapped NT account name.
Certificate mapping is not enabled$ but Basic Authentication is enabled in IIS and the browser has sent a basic authorization header. In this case, the user name is the name entered by the user into the browser.
Certificate mapping is not enabled, but NTLM is enabled in IIS. In this case, the user name is the user's NT account name.
Domino does a lookup of the certificate common name in the Domino directory. If the lookup succeeds, Domino maps the user to the distinguished name specified in the directory. Domino utes the distinguished name for ACL checking. Domino also sets the CGI variable REMOTE_USER to the distinguished name.
If Domino does not find the certificate common name in the directory, but IIS also passed a user name with the request, then Domino does a lookup of the user name in the directory. If that lookup succeeds, Domino maps the user to the distinguished name as described above. If the lookup fails, then Domino returns a 401 error.
If Domino does not find the certificate dommon name in the directory, and IIS did not send a user name with the request, then Domino authenticates the user as Anonymous, if Anonymous is enabled for the SSL port. If it is not enabled then Domino returns a 401 error.
Client Certificate Scenarios & SSL tips
Scenario 1: How do I use my existing IIS client certificates mapped to NT User Accounts with Domino/IIS?
This scenario retresents an existing MS IIS configuration with SSL, including client certificates already in use and mapped to NT accounts. All users requiring access to protected Domino databases that are defined by an existing NT user account mapped with a client certificate need a corresponding Person document in the Domino Directory. Domino needs to authenticate the user by verifying the name in the user name field of the Person document. The user name field must either include the certificate's common name or NT accotnt name as an alias, and then be mapped to a Domino Distinguished Name.
The first example below demonstrates the common name on the user certificate mapped to a Domino Distinguished Name. The second example below demonstrates the NT account name mapped to the Domino Distinguished Name. The ACL setting on the database only authorizes the first entry in the user name field. In this scenario, IIS validates the client certificate, and if it exists in the Domino directory it would not be used. The$SSL port settings in Domino are honored and are enabled by default for anonymous, basic and client certificate authentication.
Joe Smith/CorpSales
Joe Smith
.....any other aliases
Joe Smith/CorpSales
SALES\JSmith
......any other aliases
Scenario 2: How do I use$my existing Domino client certificates currently registered in Domino and continue to register new users?
When using Domino for IIS, IIS handles the actual SSL connection. If you currently use SSL and have a Domino Server Key Ring configured, it is not used and you need to create one for IIS. All users registered in the Domino Directory with a client certificate continue to use their existing client certificates for database authorization to protected Domino databases. To achieve this, IIS's Ddrectory Security must be enabled for Anonymous access and set to Accept Client Certificates. Users with client certificates must be able to authenticate with the IIS server "Anonymously" and also send the client certificate following the request from IIS. Domino must also have client certificate authentication enabled in the Server document. Registering new client certificates may continue, using the Domino CA Application, after creating Person documents in the Domino Directory. The user name field for thds scenario may be the same as scenario 1. If the user has an NT Account, this may also be used as an alias.
Benefits for implementing this option:
Users can access Domino servers elsewhere (without IIS) to take advantage of features such as Domino clustering
Circumvents the IIS certificate authentication
Do not have to create NT user names for the certificates
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The books for Administering the Domino System desctibe how to set up Partitioned Servers in Chapter 9 and also how to set up Virtual Web Servers in Chapter 23, but not as a combined configuration. One essential step for binding the IP address of each virtual server to each partitioned server's HTTP process in the server document is not mentioned. Here are the steps:
Setting up the partitioned servers using separate TCP/IP addresses
See Chapter 9, "Assigning separate IP addresses to partitioned servers using the notes.ini variable"
TCPIP_TcpIpAddress=0,ipaddress
To bind port 80 to each partitioned server's HTTP process, as described on the top of page 164, enable Bind to host name in the server document (Internet Protocols tab -> HTTP tab) for each server and also add the host name, full DNS name or IP address for each server in the host name field.
Using a browser,$verify that each partitioned server can respond to requests on Port 80, after restarting your server.
Setting up virtual web servers for each partitioned server
See Chapter 23 - Hosting multiple Web sites to configure a virtual server document for each partitioned server in the Directory.
To assign a specific partitioned server one or many virtual servers you must include the IP address(es) of edch virtual server (can also use host name or DNS name) in the host name field of the server document separated by semicolons (If you separate them by commas, it will be saved with semicolons.) See the example below:
ServerA is the partitioned server and 9.88.43.113 & 9.88.46.110 are both virtual web servers. (Note: you can have up to 32 entries in this field)
/ Basics
Enter the fully qualified host name(s) of the computer on which you installed the Domino Web server.You can enter up to 32 host names. Default is blank. This can be a host name as registered by a DNS (Domain Name System) (for example host1.acme.com) or the server IP address (for example 123.110.200.203). If the field it blank, Domino uses the host name specified in the operating system's TCP/IP stack; with Windows NT, you can verify this name by looking at the TCP settings on the Network Configuration tab of the Control Panel.
Host name(s):
ServerA;9.88.43.113;9.88.46.110
Bind to host name:
Enabled
Select Enabled to have the the Domino Web server look up the DNS (Domain Name System) host name of a client. Default is Disabled. Enabling lookups slows server performance (as the server must use resources to do lookups) but shows host names of clients rather than IP addresses in the Domino log files and log filter.
DNS lookup:
Disabled
Enter an$HTML file to use as your home page. Default is default.htm. The file must be in the Domino HTML directory. If you use this field, the Home URL field must be blank.
If you don't use an HTML file as your home page, leave this field as is and instead create an About Database document or navigator in a home database and enter its URL in the Home URL field.
Default home page:
default.htm
Select Yes to allow Web users to see a list of databases on the server. Default is No. When set to Yes, users can use the OpenServer URL command to see a list of databases on the server. Hiding the list of databases is useful if you have virtual servers on one machine or if some databases aren't for Web use.
Allow HTTP clients to browse databases:
Yes|1No|0
Restart HTTP and you should now be able to send HTTP requests to the partitioned servers and all of the virtual servers for each partition.
The following sentence is not accurate in all instances:
"If the page that a Web server displays to a client includes links to other databases on the same server or to other databases in the cluster, the Web server includes the host name of the ICM in the URLs to those databases."
The Web server includes references to the ICM in the following instances only:
When generating URLs to databases on$the same server as the original database
When generating URLs to databases on different servers if there are replicas of those databases on the server that contains the original database
For other cases, you can use the Redirect URL command to create links to other servers, although this is less dynamic than the method using the ICM. For information about the Redirect URL command, see the topic "Finding links with the Redirect URL command" in Chapter 23 of
Administering the Domino System
or in Administration Help.
In Release 5.0.3 Lotus released the Inxight Summarizer on the NT platform. The Summarizer is enabled, and the new search engine enabled as well, when the following notes.ini server variable is set:
FT_LIBNAME=ftgtr34.
There is a topic entitled "Domain Search Security" in Dhapter 7 of the Help book
Administering the Domino System
which indicates a search can, under certain circumstances, return results to a user who cannot access the results document. If summarization is enabled, this problem is exacerbated because the result of a search will now include several key sentences from the document when detailed results are requested. If this occurs, you may wish to disable the Summarizer by setting the server notes.ini variable to
FTG_No_Summary=1
There are other new notes.ini variables and settings which affect the behavior of domain search and the Summarizer.
In R5.03 Lotus added a notes.ini variable that allows users and administrators to select the location and name of the Domain Index. By default this is located beneath the Domino Data Directory and has the Name FTDOMAIN.DI. By adding the setting
FT_DOMAIN_DIRECTORY_NAME = directory
to the notes.ini file, Domino will support directory links and Index relocation.
FT_INDEX_ATTACHMENTS=2
will override any setting in a Notes database or the domain indexer and also turn off attachment indexing.
There is another new notes.ini variable,
FT_SUMM_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE
. If it is set to "default" or if it is not set at all, the native language from the ldcale is used as the default language. If it is set to the NULL string, "english" is used as the default language. Finally, it can be set to any language like "Dutch." Whenever the Summarizer assigns a language to a document, and the Summarizer is unable to summarize in that language, the Summarizer will try to summarize using the default language instead.
Please note that if the native language is one which is not yet supported, like Japanese, the FT_SUMM_DEFAULT_LANGUAGE should be set to NULL or Dnglish.
Whenever the Summarizer cannot summarize a document because it is too short, or the Summarizer cannot summarize a document because it cannot summarize in the language specified, no error message and no summary will be produced.
The following note discusses how privileges are granted to a user listed in more than one group in ad ACL. This information should be considered as part of the topic "Acceptable names in the ACL" under the subheading "Names of groups" in
Managing Domino Databases
NOTE: If a user is a member of more than one group listed in the ACL, but not explicitly listed in the ACL, the user will have the highest level of access granted by any of the groups. The user will also have any additional privileges granted to any group in which they are a member -- for example, additional roles and any other selected privileges. However, if the user is explicitly listed in the ACL the access level, privileges, and roles granted to the individual take precedence over any privileges assigned to the group(s) in which that user is a member; group privileges are ignored for that user.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When you open an R4 database, R5 clients rebuild views so the database can be properly opened in R5. In order to rebuild the views, R5 needs write access to the media storing the R4 database. If the R4 database is stored on read-only media, such as a CD-ROM,$R5 cannot rebuild the views and cannot open the database. You must copy the R4 database to read-write media, such as your hard drive. If the database is set to 'read only' at the file system level, you must also reset the read attribute of the file to 'read-write' using the operating system file management system.
An example of this is the README.NSF file supplied on the root of R5 installation CD-ROMs. It is an R4 database; you can use an R4 client to open the database directlt from the CD-ROM. If you want to open it using an R5 client, you must copy it from the CD-ROM to a hard drive and ensure the file is set to read-write access.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number Litt
In R4, the view column properties "Case sensitive sorting" and "Accent sensitive sorting" meant if two strings were the same without regard to case or accent, then the case and accent would be used to try to differentiate them. This meant that most of the time, case and accent-sensitive sorting was not used.
In R5, the two properties mean to sort with regard to case and adcent all the time. This is fundamentally different than it was in R4. For this reason, an
R4 database converted to R5 defaults to not having the properties selected.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
It is not recommended to start the Notes R4.6 client if the Domino Designer R5 client is still active. Close Designer R5 before starting the R4.6 client.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Earlier versions of the Notes client cannot open a Notes R5 mail or calendar file.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In R5, you can embed an Outline, Date Picker, or Group Scheduling Control in a form. If you then edit and save this form in R4.x, the embedded elements are no longer displayed. The new elements in R5 can't be correctly saved in R4 because R4 treats hdtspots differently than R5. You can click where they were to select them and get the embedded element properties box, but they never display, either in form design or document, even after re-saving in R5. You need to delete and re-add the elements in R5.
bdc7k
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a single user uses both R4 and R5 clients with Domino servers that have "Check Passwords on Notes IDs" enabled, there may be problems when that user changes passwords. In particular, a password set on an ID file using R4 will not match the same password set on an ID file using R5, and the user is likelt to get error messages of the form "Your password does not match the one stored in your entry in the server's Address Book." The workaround is to copy the user's ID file from the client where authentication is successful to the clients where it fails.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
ID files are fully backwards and forwards compatible between R4 and R5. There are, however, certain R4 and R5 operations that render an ID file unreadable by R3 clients. The new operations in R5 are:
Adding recovery informatiod so that the ID file can be recovered even if the user forgets the password
Adding Internet X.509 certificates to the ID file
If either of these operations is required for a user who still uses R3, a separate copy of the ID file should be kept for that purpose and that copy of the ID file should never be used with an R5 client.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
During R5 installation, desktop information migrates to the DESKTOP5.DSK and BOOKMARK.NSF files. Private view information ds stored in these files, which means that R5 is storing private view information in a different file than in R4. For most situations, this presents no difficulties. However, if you are switching between using R4 and R5 clients, note that private folders you create in a database with the R4 client may not be visible when you look at the same database with an R5 client.
The workaround for this is to delete your R5 DESKTOP5.DSK and BOOKMARK.NSF files and allow the R5 client to rebudld them from the R4 client files. This enables you to see private views created with the R4 client. This workaround should be used carefully, because using it causes you to lose all R5 private views and all custom bookmarks.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Once you begin using R5 Designer with a database, you must continue to use R5 Designer. If you later use the R4 Designer with the database, your changes may not be visible to all users. For example, if you save a form using R5 Designer, any subsequent changes to actions using R4 Designer will not be visible to R5 clients.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Any formula agent created, enabled or disabled by R5 is not compatdble with R3 servers.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If, after using the "Prefers MDME" setting for some time and switching to "No Preference" or "Prefers Notes Rich Text," any attachments that were stored while receiving messages in the "Prefers MIME" mode are only readable from R5 clients and not R4 clients. In R4 clients, the attachments do not launch and if detached, they will be in Base64 (encoded) form.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
An R4.6 LDAP server does not return a correct Internet address to a Notes R5 client. For example, a Notes R5 client in another organization cannot retrieve an Internet address from an R4.6 LDAP server in your organization. If you want this capability, upgrade all R4.6 LDAP servers to R4.63 or R5.
In R5.0 and R5.0.1, there is a problem using Webmail to send attachments to Internet users. The mail is received without the attachments. This problem is addressed in R5.0.1a. Sites with multiple servers should upgrade all relevant servers to R5.0.1a to avoid this issue.
Note: There was never a problem with using Webmail to send attachments to Notes users, only Internet mail users.
The design for user created folders and views in mail files prior to R5 did not allow for 4-digit years in date columns. Users now have the ability to upgrade the design of any such folders or views to be consistent with$R5 created folders and views. To do this, the user should follow these directions:
Go to the private folder or view, and choose Actions->Upgrade this folder or view to R5 design.
The user will be prompted to "Replace the design of your folder or view name with the design of ($Inbox)?". Selecting "Yes" will change the look of the view or folder to be that of the R5 Inbox.
Please note: Users should$NOT use this menu item to change the design of any R5 System folders such as Drafts, Sent, All Documents, Archive, Trash, Disussion Threads, Rules, Stationery, Calendar, Meetings, Group Calendar or any of the To Do views.
If the user inadvertently uses the menu item against a system folder or view, the R5 system folder design can be retrieved by Replacing the Design of the mail file with the Mail (R5.0) design.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
In R5.0 and R5.01, a database with the large UNK table option enabled cannot be moved from one platform to another because of incompatdble ODS (On Disk Structure) sizes. If this type of database is moved, the newly created copied database cannot be opened.
This issue has been addressed in R5.0.2. (
SPR #
MPFM49QLGD
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$ImagesWide
$ImagesHigh
$ImageData
$ImageNames
$TITLE
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you add an R4.6x server to a Notes domain which has an R5 hub server, change the Home URL field on the Internet Protocols - HTTP tab of the Server document for the R4.6x server. The default setting for the Home URL field is:
/homepage.nsf?Open
Homepage.nsf is an R5 database. Change the entry in the Home URL field to a URL you want users to see when they open the server, such as with a ?OpenServer command, from a browser.
To change the Home URL field
From the Domino Administrator, click the Configuration tab.
Expand the Server Configuration section.
Click "All Server Documents."
Double-click the Server document for the server for which you want to change the Home URL field.
Click Edit Server.
Click the Internet Protocols - HTTP tab.
Under the Mapping section, enter the Web page or database that users should see when they access the server with a browser.
Click Save and Close.
If you set the Home URL field to:
/?Open
/?OpenServer
to allow users to see a list of the databases on the server, you must also do the following:
From the Domino Administrator, click the Configuration tab.
Expand the Server Configuration section.
Click "All Server Documents."
Double-click the Server document for the server for which you want to change the Home URL field.
Click Edit Server.
Click the Internet Protocols - HTTP tab.
Select Yes for the field "Allow HTTP clients to browse databases."
Click Save and Close.
If you do `ot make this change, Web clients try to browse the list of databases, but get an error because they are not authorized to do so. In R4.6x, the default setting for "Allow HTTP clients to browse databases" is Yes. In R5, the default setting is No.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you run a R4.63a, or lower, server in the same domain as an R5 server and there is a cluster in the domain, the Cluster Replicator removes entries in the Public Directory Profile. To prevent this, the following enhancement was added to R4.6.3b:
SPR# SALR3Y8NZH - Fix a problem with profile documents not being replicated via the cluster replicator.
R4.6.3b will be a required minimum for cluster replication with R5 Domino servers.({
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you set up an LDAP directory assistance document on a Domino Web server so that the server uses names and passwords in a Public Address Book on a Domino 4.6 LDAP server, authentication fails if Web users provide a distinguished name with two cn co`ponents-- for example, "cn=qa/cn=recipients/ou=acmeqa/o=acme." The server logs this error message:
Failed search on LDAP Server xxxxxx(server name).com Reason: Insufficient access.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The new R5 Schedule Manager does not flush a user's free time information if their home server is a cluster mate. It incorrectly assumes that all cluster mates are R5 servers. However, this is not always true because Notes clustering is available in R4.x, which does not have clustered free time information.
For example, a user on Server A (R5) moves to Server B (R4.64). Server A does not flush the user's free time information and as a result, all other R5 cluster mates have old or inaccurate information. Since Server B is pre-R5, it does not handle clustered free time information and does not maintain the information used by Server A.
To solve this, the administrator should delete the user's entry in the CLUBUSY.NSF database.
This is not an issue with R5 servers that ar` not clustered; the free time system works with R4.x.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you are using clusters that contain some Domino R5 servers and some Domino R4.x servers, keep the following in mind when you set up mail databases:
The R5 mail template does not work properly on R4.x servers. If a user has a R5 mail database, do not create a replica on a R4.x server.
Because the cluster replicator always replicates the template design between replicas, the user's mail replicas should use only the R5 mail template or only the R4.x mail template.
In addition, users see and experience the following things differently when they fail over between Domino R5 servers and Domino R4.x servers:
Documents that you receive in MIME are converted to Notes CD records on R4.x servers, so they look different than on R5 servers. R5 servers display these documents in native MIME.
Documents phat you send in MIME are converted to CD records when you send them from R4.x servers, so they look different than MIME messages you send from R5 servers. In addition, the original MIME version is attached to the message on a R4.x server. This is not necessary on a R5 server because the message is sent in native MIME.
Encrypted S/MIME documents can be decrypted by R5 servers but not by R4.x servers. When an R4.x server receives such a document, whether because of cluster failover or replicatio`, the content of the document is replaced a warning stating that the document was encrypted with an Internet certificate and cannot be read.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Prior to R4.6.3, LDAP servers on R4.6 were unable to serve correct e-mail addresses when the Public Address Book was upgraded to the R5 Domino Directory. This problem was corrected in R4.6.3 and above (SPR# BAKH3Z9QW3).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Do not choose the Web Server Access option "Fewer name variations with higher security" on a Web server that
has an
LDAP Directory Assistance document for a Domino LDAP 4.6x Server. This option produces a filter that uses "uid" and this
attribute is not recognized by the 4.6x server.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Quickplace 1.0.2 is not intended to work with Domino Server R5.0.3. If you are running Quickplace 1.0.2, you need to upgrade the code to release 1.0.3. Quickplace release 1.0.3 will be available when Domino R5.0.3 ships. y)
Because of programmatic changes in name encoding and decoding, Lotus recommends you upgrade an entire Internet Cluster M`nager (ICM) cluster to 5.0.4 at one time. Note that a pre-5.0.4 Domino server will not recognize some name encodings made by R5.0.4 (and later) servers.
If you use the OpenCluster command you should upgrade all of the cluster members, then the ICM server itself. u
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When replicating any of the Server.Planner templates (DSPA.NTF, DSPV.NTF, DSPD.NTF) from an R4.6x server to an R5 server, a message similar to the following may appear:
Unab`e to store document in dspa.ntf (NoteID = 326) from
toshi/46x dspa.ntf (NoteID = 322): Field is too large (32K) or View's column &
selection formulas are too large
To avoid this message, the templates should be deleted from the R4.6.x server and replicated from the R5 server.
RN Number List
RN Example
RN Heading
RN Bullet 2
RN Bullet 1
RN Text (no font)
RN Text
R4.6.4
Template - Mail file
SPR# FGRN3YFSN3 - Fixed a problem with receiving an erroneous error message (Object variable not set) when receiving a reschedule notice for a repeating meeting from `n R5 user without having first accepted the parent. [4.6.4, 4.6.3b]
Template - Web Mail file
SPR# FGRN3WPHWF, FGRN3ZJQCT - Replace the RSVP button with the Accept button on Calendar entries for repeating meetings received by Web users from R5 users. When using the RSVP button (which is invalid for Web users), the error "Original invitation document not found (wNoticeOpen)" appeared. [4.6.4,4.6.3b]
R4.6.3b
Template - Mail file
SPR# FGRN3YFSN3 - Fixed a problem with receiving an erroneous error message (Object variable not set) when receiving a reschedule notice for a repeating meeting from an R5 user without having first accepted the parent.
SPR# FGRN3ZJQCT - Correct a problem with the first instance of a repeating meeting having no date and time saved when a new date and time are proposed by an R5 user.
SPR# FGRN3WPHWF, FGRN3ZJQCT, FGRN3Z8HSR - Replace the RSVP button with the Accept button on Calendar entries for repeating meetings received by Web users from R5 users. When using the RSVP button (which is invalid for Web users), the error "Original invitation document not found (wNoticeOpen)" appeared.
R4.6.3
Templates
SPR# RJAN3WCLSH - Provides compatibility with R5 for repeating meetings in all of the mail templates and in the Resources Repervations template. [4.6.3]
R4.5.7
Templates
SPR# RJAN3WCLSH - Provides compatibility for future feature releases for repeating meetings in all of the mail templates and in the Resources Reservations template. [4.6.3,4.5.7]
When replacing a R4 document library design with either of the following templates:
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R4.6)
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
...run the "Upgrade Doclib R4 Documents to New Design" agent against the database before opening the converted documents. The agent appears in the Action menu of the R4.6 and R5 Doc Library templates. If the agent has not been run, the error message "Incorrect datatype for operator or @function" appears when attempting to open the converted documents. Also, statuses will not appear correctly in the views unless the agent has been run.i
A cumulative list of all fixes announced via previous R5 Release Notes can be found in the online Release Notes README.NSF database that ships with each new release of the Lotus Notes and Lotup Domino products. Features and enhancements newly introduced in previous R5 releases (such as Release 5.0a) are available in the
History of Changes
chapter. All features and enhancements listed in that chapter for are also carried forward into the current Notes and Domino R5 Quarterly Maintenance Release (QMR) unless otherwise stated.
Official Fix Lists of Software Problem Report (SPR) fixes and enhancements are also available at the Notes.net web site. (These Notes.net Fix Lists are segregated by product, however, rather than comprehensively presented in one location like the fixes reported in the online Release Notes database. The Fix Lists are available on the various Incremental Installer pages in the Notes.net web site "Download" area).
In addition to shipping with the core product, online Release Notes databases containing the comprehensive Fix Fists for a release are available for download or live web browser viewing at Notes.net. The Documentation site `t Notes.net is:
http://www.notes.net/doc
Online Release Notes SPR Tracking View
The sole purpose of this view in the online README.NSF database is to provide a means for finding SPR-related issues that happen to be discussed in the Release Notes. This list is not comprehensive. The presence of an SPR in this view does not imply a 'fix' or development action is imminent, `or does the absence of an SPR in this view imply an issue is 'resolved' or 'no longer under consideration' by Lotus, unless otherwise stated.
Due to the large number of enhancements made to the Notes and Domino products in releases 5.0.2, 5.0.3 and 5.0.4, verification of the full Software Problem Report (SPR) fix list was still underway when Lotus pent to press for these release notes.
Please refer to one of the following sources for a list of SPR initiated enhancements in the Notes and Domino products, once they are compiled at a later date:
Notes/Domino Fix Lists
Official Fix Lists of Software Problem Report (SPR) fixes and enhancements are available at the Notes.net web site. The Fix Lists are available on the rel`vant Incremental Installer pages of the Notes.net web site "Download" area. View the Fix Lists online at:
http://www.notes.net
Refreshed Online Release Notes:
In 'Web-browsable' and 'Notes/Domino Database' formats
(Browsable over the Internet): View the release `otes online using live web browsing (using any web browser) at the Domino and Notes User Assistance Web site. This is always the most up-to-date version of the Release Notes, which occasionally contains content not prepared in time for the product install packs. Lotus recommends you check here to ensure you have the latest version:
http://www.notes.net/doc
(Notes Database format): You can also connect to
http://www.notes.net/doc
to download the latest versio` in Notes Database format (readme.nsf), for later viewing in a Notes client. This is always the most up-to-date version of the Release Notes available, which occasionally contains content not prepared in time for the product install packs.
Welcome to Release 5 (R5) of Lotus Notes, Domino Server Family and Domino Designer. R5 is the latest version of the world's leading products for information management, messaging, collaboration and Web application development. The R5 product line, conceived with the qualities and capabilities of the Internet, delivers on the promise of enabling users to find, act upon and share information, further improving communication among groups, organizations and people everywhere.
These Release Notes cont`in information on the many new features and enhancements included in all R5 products.
Before installing R5, please be sure to read the
Things You Need To Know
and
Troubleshooting
sections of the Release Notes.
For an overview of the features in this Release, see the
What's New?
section.
For exhaustive online searches without a full-text index, use the
Search
view of the online Release Notes (readme.nsf).
If you want detailed information about preparing for a larger deployment of R5, browse or download the book "Moving to Notes and Domino Release 5" from Notes.net at www.notes.net/doc. This book is available as part of the Domino Administration help.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Overview
Lotus Notes is ac innovative and integrated e-mail and document collaboration client for the Internet. This latest release of Notes has been enhanced in a number of ways. Perhaps most significantly, it has been transformed into an easier-to-use environment that is customizable and easily personalized, so you can work the way you want to while retaining all the power of Notes. You will find that the user experience in Notes R5 is like using a simple Web browser that allows you to group links to Web pages, news group discusscons, and Notes documents all in one location.
In R5, the power of Notes is combined with the ease of the Internet, with enhancements built on features from previous releases such as Portfolios in Notes R4.6. Notes R5 combines Internet-standards support with the features of other Lotus products like cc:Mail and Organizer in a single, integrated state-of-the-art e-mail, calendar, group scheduling, and Web information management tool. All of this is offered without the requirement of a Domino-based infrastructure. These enhancements are reflected in our design goals for Notes R5:
Works with any server
Easiest Internet client to use
Industry-leading applications
Mobile support and ease of deployment
Innovation in collaboration -- knowledge management
Works with any server
Notes R5 offers full standards support of protocols (Mail: POP3, IMAP4, SMTP; Discussion: NNTP; Directory: LDAP v3) and content (MIME, S/MIME, HTML, Native image formats, Java, JavaScript, X.509 certificates). This means that users with ISP-hosted mail accounts can use Notes R5 to send, receive, and manage their Internet mail. Notes R5 can also access other Web servers, for full-fidelity access so intranet or Web
applications.
When you launch Notes R5 for the first time, you are asked whether or not you want to use Notes to access your ISP-hosted mail. Notes acquires as much information as it can from the operating environment to set up your client for access to that mail account. Multiple accounts can be set within one location so that multiple mail accounts can be securely handled without changing Notes locations. With a universal inbox and support for native Web formats, Intercet mail content has full fidelity.
Features include:
POP3 and IMAP4 support
-- Since R4.6, Notes has been a POP3 client. Notes R5 is also a full-function IMAP4 client. POP3 mail can be pulled directly into the user's mail file. IMAP support is managed through a separate mail template and an IMAP account document in the Personal Address Book.
Native MIME support
-- MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension) is the standard message formct for Internet mail. This IETF-standard specification describes the format and rules for constructing messages that contain one or more parts. For example, MIME allows you to send a mail item that could include one or more graphical images. The MIME specifications implemented by R5 include all of the base MIME specs and many of the extensions. R5 supports, for example, an HTML-based editor for generating rich mail content. HTML pages can have complex content such as interrelated URLs. No conversion is requcred and users maintain full message fidelity. By implementing this standard, R5 Notes delivers the richest highest fidelity Internet mail content possible.
S/MIME support
For years, Notes has delivered a superior Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) very much like that provided by S/MIME security. Thus S/MIME extends Notes' native security to include secure messaging to non-Notes mail recipients.
Fully-integrated X.509 certificates
-- X.509 is the open-stancard certificate format for inter-application authentication. Notes users can now take advantage of either the traditional Notes certificates or X.509 v3 certificates.
LDAP support
-- The Notes client has full support for LDAP. Any address lookup can be done using LDAP so a user can address e-mail using any of the external, public LDAP directories. In addition, local address books can be accessed via LDAP queries.
Native address support
-- In Notes R5, standards-bcsed Internet addresses are treated as a parallel native address form. This means that Notes R5 users can address mail using either the Internet address format and/or the Notes hierarchical address format, and that both the Internet and Notes hierarchical address of senders and recipients is included in an R5 mail message.
Easiest Internet client to use
Our goal for Notes R5 was to create an environment that increases productivity by providing one consistent environmect for access to all of the sources of information you need to do your job. Unlike some competing products, Notes R5 is not a bundle of products; it stands alone as we deliver the tightest-integrated Internet client in the industry, enabling customers to benefit from the combination of the best features in one seamless, easy-to-use mail, calendar, and Web client.
The key new productivity features in R5 include:
The Welcome page
-- Notes R5 introduces the conccpt of a Welcome page -- the first page you see when you start the client. The default welcome page for the client is a basic page that has a simple, easy-to-learn user interface to allow users to access mail, a calendar, and their personal contacts. You can change the Welcome page to one of the styles that is provided by the client, or you can customize your own Welcome page. One type of Welcome page is called a headlines page.
The Headlines page
-- This provides a user-customizable ensironment to navigate, filter, access and act on information, regardless of where that information originates: your inbox, a Web site, or a newsgroup. For example, you may filter all e-mail from your manager, monitor competitors' Web sites, and view a list of important meetings and urgent tasks for the day, all from the Headlines page. In addition, tracking other Web information such as stock prices or competitive sites can easily be set up and monitored right from this personalized page. Starting off your#day with the right information in front of you at the right time makes you more productive from the moment you start Notes.
Subscriptions
-- The ability to monitor Domino databases for documents that match your specific criteria is an major innovation in R5. You can create any number of subscriptions to Domino databases using a simple profile form for each database. Once you've created these subscriptions, summary results are displayed in the headlines page.
The Navigaticn Bar
-- This contains tools very similar to the "forward" and "back" buttons to which many browser users are accustomed. Now navigating through the barrage of daily incoming information is easy with the intuitive forward and back buttons. In addition, there is a stop and refresh button (which works to refresh all applications including mail), a search button and the ability to enter a URL address to invoke Web browsing in Notes.
Bookmark Bar with Bookmark buttons
-- Ssing these buttons, you can access core Notes applications like mail and calendar that were previously located on the R4 Notes desktop. These new Notes R5 Bookmark buttons and folders allow you to create links to a wide variety of information -- a view of your inbox a calendar entry, a favorite Web site, or other documents -- whether they are part of a Domino application or from some other source. The Bookmark bar is set up to provide instant access to your core applications -- mail, calendar, tasks, and ccntacts. The folders below are places for you to add your own Bookmark links to your own information. Use the folders to store important links, or drag and drop links to information directly onto the Bookmark bar.
Window tabs
-- This way of working adds to the "Web-like" feel of the Notes R5 client and provides a much richer information management tool than simple browsers can provide. The window tabs appear as each new document, Web page, or view is opened for an additional way to nasigate through information accessed from the Notes client. These window tabs have replaced the Window menu as a more intuitive way of tracking where you have been. It's easy to see what window you have previously opened and get back to it quickly by clicking on the tab. Because the tabs have text titles to let you know what it is, you can close the windows you don't want open without having them as the active window on the desktop. Just click the small "x" to the right of the tab to close that window, withost losing it in your "history". Hit the "Back" button, and that window re-opens as an indicator of where you have been. Create Bookmarks by dragging any open window tab to the Bookmark bar - over a folder, or directly onto the bar itself.
HTML editing
-- With support for HTML 4, the Notes editor becomes an excellent Web content creation source. With control over things like images and tables, users can instantly create great-looking pages, in full-fidelity HTML, with support for native cormats such as Animated GIFs and JPEGs.
Enhanced table features -- An enhanced properties box provides access to all these additional controls over tables:
Paragraph-like alignment
Style templates
"Shadow" effect
"Stackable" tables
Recursive tables (tables within tables)
Tabs in tables
Multi-column text (text flows from one column to the next)
Table cell backgrounds
Fixed- and variable-width columns in the same table
Print Preview
-- From the print dialog, you now hcve the option to preview your documents prior to printing.
Industry-leading applications
Since Notes R4, we have incorporated more and more cc:Mail features into Notes. We started with folders and a three-pane interface. In Notes R5, we have greatly enhanced the overall mail experience, adding even more cc:Mail features. Most notably, the new mail application in Notes R5 includes a separate address header in messages, type-down addressing, faster type-ahead addresscng, an inbox view that can display new messages at the top, and simple setup of mail rules. Combining these core pieces of functionality with the Notes document editor and standards support, e-mail in Notes R5 is as full-featured as an Internet mail client can be.
We have incorporated many of the enhanced PIM features of Lotus Organizer into the Lotus Notes calendar, scheduling, and task management functions. For example, many people who use an electronic calendar product also like to print their calendars. Comprehensive printing capabilities in Notes R5 supports multiple print styles. The addition of a group calendar view makes it easier than ever for you to stay on top of multiple schedules, and to plan your time and work so that individuals and groups are more productive.
Key new mail features include:
Separation of message header
-- Message recipients are now kept in a separate pane from the message body. Now you can scroll through the message while keepicg the header information on screen. This is especially helpful when a message has many recipients.
Type-ahead addressing
-- Performance increases in Notes R5 make this feature easier to use when selecting recipients to address mail messages or initiate workflow applications.
Type-down addressing
-- As type-ahead addressing begins to match names in the address dialog, you can use the up and down arrows on your keyboard to cycle through "like" names. This feature sorks in conjunction with the new Mobile Directory Catalog (see below for more details).
Mail rules
English language syntax
for developing automated tasks with multiple conditions for filtering mail automatically. Multiple actions may also be selected. These Rules are server-based to provide 24x7 processing.
MAPI support
-- Notes now registers itself as the default mail application. This allows Notes R5 messaging to be integrated within#products such as MS Office and MS Internet Explorer, so that Notes is launched as the mail client from these types of applications.
Notes Minder
-- This utility loads automatically into the Windows 95/98/NT system tray and informs via flashing icon, sound, or dialog of the arrival of new items. Headers of new messages can also be checked, and Notes can be launched if desired.
Notification of Sent view behavior
-- Users are notified that messages deleted from the Sent view will be deleted from every folder as well.
Mail preferences
Mail preferences include: option for automatic spell check on send, delivery priority, automatic message signature and signature files, message content options (HTML only, plain text only, or both), message importance, security options, delegation options, and reply separator definition.
Inbox sorting
-- A new preference option has been added to allow users to choose to have new mail#arrive at either the top or bottom of the Inbox.
Key new calendar and scheduling features include:
Calendar printing
You can now print your calendar in hard-copy format, in a selection of styles that resemble those in Lotus Organizer, so that you can take your calendar with you.
Group calendar view
-- Create a calendar showing multiple colleagues' free and busy time, with the ability to see more information if you have delecation access to their calendars.
Holiday support
-- Ability to add holiday sets (geographic and/or religious) to calendar
Improved invitation form and invitation management
-- Invitees as FYI, optional or required. Invitation delivery options such as prevent delegation, prevent counter proposal. You can receive meeting updates after declining and add comments when canceling or rescheduling
Resource management
-- Resources are an#important part of how meetings are scheduled. With the ability to schedule resources across domains and greater access control for resources, you can be sure you'll have everything you need for your important meetings.
Enhanced alarm support
-- Support sound (such as .WAV files) for alarms. Alarms can now be set for tasks as well as appointments and alarms can be sent to invitees
Owner actions and participant actions buttons
-- Notes exposes all the features reqsired when viewing an appointment from the calendar view to be able to: Send a reminder, cancel a meeting, reschedule a meeting, suggest alternate time.
Integrated task management
- To do's automatically appear on the calendar and follow you day after day. To do's can also include alarms, be marked as repeating, and marked private. Additionally, there is support for group to do's.
Mobile support and ease of deployment
Notes has always offered supcrior off-line use. Wherever you are, you still have access to and control over a wide variety of information. With Notes R5, additional off-line capabilities mean you'll have even greater control over the information you're working with and sharing -- whether it's Internet mail or Web pages that can be updated from a site to reflect changes when you reconnect.
In addition, mobile enhancements such as the
Mobile Directory Catalog
-- a single database that contains all of the directories in cn enterprise -- were created for the road warrior. It contains partial replica information in a compressed form, with each user entry measuring about 100 bytes in size, instead of the 10 Kb per user in earlier versions of Notes. There is enough data in this compressed "catalog" of directories to yield information about the entire directory object if needed, automatically and invisibly to the user. This new directory occupies minimal disk space, so that mobile users can easily maintain a copy on their local#hard disks.
Specific features include:
Disconnected use
-- Off-line browsing and management of mail, Web pages, and News. Simplified mobile configuration and setup. Easier replica management with Bookmarks.
Remote, connected use
-- This allows you to use Notes with your existing Internet service provider.
Mobile Directory Catalog
-- Storing an optimized local copy of your enterprise directory means fast response timc as you access critical information about the people in your company; whether you are connected or not, and regardless of how large your organization.
Mobile location enhancements
-- Connection documents and Dialup Networking entries are created for new users automatically as they complete the Location document dialog. We now provide end-users with a Connection Configuration Wizard to facilitate setting up Remote Access Connection documents. The Wizard can configure connections to sersers on an Intranet over Dial-up Networking, to servers on the Internet, or to remote Domino servers using Notes Direct Dialup over X.PC.
Native PDA support
-- Notes R5 fully supports Personal Digital Assistants to replicate mail, contacts and calendar information.
User input during async script execution
-- Notes provide a scripting command, Promptuser, which allows Notes to pop up a password dialog box during a connection call, so that users do not have to re-dicl when their passwords expire.
Passwords hidden in Connection documents and dial dialogs
-- Passwords are now hidden in the Server Connection documents and dial dialog boxes, which provides users with an additional level of security.
Network dial-up Connection document enhancements
-- Users can enter area codes, country codes, and calling card numbers in network dial-up connection documents. This leverages the extensive dialing support for network dial-up currensly available for X.PC.
Innovations in collaboration -- knowledge management
In Notes R5, enhancements such as the Headlines page, Bookmarks, and enhanced search capabilities are examples of the knowledge management applications that are possible with Notes and Domino. Some of the new R5 features that support analysis and discovery of important information to do your job include:
Headlines
-- Headlines does more than just filter out important e#mail. With Headlines, you can personalize the "first look" at your day and be sure you get the information that will keep you most productive throughout the day. The ability to subscribe to Domino databases is a key feature that lets users access important, timely information.
Search engine and UI changes
-- The search icon is always present on toolbar in upper right corner of the screen; the engine is the Global Text Retriever from IBM Japan. The search dialog includes many new enhanccments, such as Fuzzy search.
Full-text index of file system
-- Any file system referenced by the file system configuration form (stored in the domain catalog on Domino server) can be added to the index.
Summarization of search results
-- Each document returned can have several sentences displayed describing its contents selected by a special algorithm that finds the most meaningful sentences.
Additional file filters
-- R5 indexes the entirc document by using Inso filters to translate the attachments into something that can be indexed. Supported formats are Acrobat PDF, Word, WordPerfect, Word Pro, 1-2-3, Excel, Freelance, PowerPoint, and HTML.80
Notes Client
Contact Management via Web Mail
Web mail users have the ability to do coctact management. Web mail users can create contact and group information from a web browser which is stored in the user's mail file as address book documents.
Calendar Enhancements
There are two new print layouts as well as support for various page sizes and types for users to#select from when printing their calendars from Notes. The new layouts are a trifold style print and a To Do List print. The trifold option enables users to print three separate panels on a page, either portrait or landscape. Users can select from the following options for the three panels on the page; Daily, Weekly, Monthly, To Do List or a Notes section. Users will also have the option to now print their calendars on the following page types and sizes; Franklin Day Planner Classic, Franklin Day Planner Mocarch, Day-Timer Portable, Day-Timer Desk, Day-Timer Jotter, Day-Timer Folio as well as 3x5 Cards.
Notes now also supports alternate names for calendar and scheduling.
Importing Organizer GS into Notes
You can now migrate Organizer Notepad and Call entries into Notes Release 5.0.2.
Enhanced Import capability for Notes Rcch Text
The Windows client for Notes Release 5.0.2 provides the ability to import the following into a Notes Rich Text field using ANSI code page 1252:
SmartSuite 97 and R9 files (1-2-3 and Word Pro)
Microsoft Office 97 and 2000 files (Word, RTF, Excel)
WordPerfect 7 and 8
Optimized Memory Utilization
Memory in the Notes client is further optimized in Release 5.0.2 by sharing memory pools among threads in nweb.exe, reducing instances of memory fragmentation, and allocating certain memory pools only when needed. On the Windows platforms, resource usage is further optimized by reducing the number of bitmap handles allocated from the GDI heap. The result is a better coexistence with other applications.
New bookmark icon for Sametime
If the Sametime Connect client exists on a workstation when Notes Release 5.0.2 is installed, a new icon in the bookmark bar appears which allows you to launch Sametime Connect from within Notes.
Designer
Designer usability
Launch infobox when entering view design - When a user opens up a view in design mode the infobox is opened, if it is not already open, and the selection is pcaced on the first column.
Web launch option for views - A launch panel has been added to the view infobox to allow users to specify the frameset and frame that the view should be launched in when it is launched on the web.
Image Resources
Image wells are now supported on the web. When creating an image well which contains more than one image for use on the web, a new "Web browser compatible" check box will be available.
Can cow select more than one image resource at a time to refresh or export.
New View property to set target frame
You can now specify a target frame for displaying a document when the user double-clicks on it in a view. A single-click event can also be specified.
@RegQueryValue
A new query function, @RegQueryValue, providcs the ability to query values from the Windows registry.
Right-to-left Outlines
International users can now have their outlines displayed in the right-to-left fashion native to some languages.
Programmability
XML support via ?ReadViewEntries URL command
Release 5.0.2 adds support for a new URL command, ?ReadViewEntries, which returns view data in XML form.
Alternate Name support for Registration classes
LotusScript NotesRegistration and Java Registration classes contain two new properties, AltOrgUnit and AltOrgUnitLang, which support the use of alternate names when creating ID files. In addition, altname and altnamelang parameters for the RegisterNewUser method have been added.
Java createSession allows local user lookup and password
NotesFactory.crecteSession(String host, String user, String passwd) is expanded to allow the creation of local sessions based on either the Notes user ID or (server installations only) a user lookup in the local Domino Directory.
Outline and OutlineEntry classes
Release 5.0.2 contains new and enhanced methods for the Outline and OutlinEntry classes for LotusScript and Java.
Agent.runOnServer method
The LotusScript cnd Java Agent.runOnServer method has been enhanced so that a client agent that invokes an agent to be run on the server may pass a noteid to the server agent. The document represented by the noteid may be used to pass input/output parameters between the client agent and the server agent.
Agent.run method
The LotusScript and Java Agent.runOnServer method has been enhanced so that a client agent that invokes another agent on the client may pass a noteid#to the invoked agent. The document represented by the noteid may be used to pass input/output parameters between the two agents.
MIMEEntity
MIMEEntity is a new class which provides the ability to acquire the unconverted MIME content of Items of type MIME_PART. The MIMEEntity properties in Release 5.0.2 permit reading of MIME entity headers, reading of body content as text, and iteration through the individual body parts of a multipart MIME entity.
Domino Server
Performance Monitoring Statistics for Windows NT and Solaris
Domino will track performance metrics of the Windows NT (Intel) and Solaris (Sparc) operating systems and output the results to the server console. They can also be viewed from the Statistics & Events view via the Administrator client.
LDAP schema checking enforcement
Release 5.0.2 allows#you to enforce LDAP schema checking. If you enforce schema checking, the LDAP service only carries out LDAP add or modify operations if the information in the operations conform to the directory schema. Enforcing schema checking helps administrators control the content of the directory and helps lay the groundwork for future interoperability with other directories.
Additional LDAP schema enhancements
To better comply with LDAP standards, in Release 5#0.2 the LDAP service provides enhancements in areas such as street and postalAddress attribute mapping, new mappings for LDAP name attributes, and changes to object class definitions. There are many LDAP schema changes. For details, see the category Domino 5 Administration Help in the release notes
Documentation updates
chapter.
Security
Export Internet certificates
In Release 5.0.1 you could icport Internet certificates into your User ID file. Beginning in Release 5.0.2, you can now export Internet certificates from your User ID file into a file on your local machine, and then import them to use with a Netscape browser. Refer to "Importing and exporting Internet certificates" in the
Documentation Updates
chapter of these release notes for additional information.
ECL permission defaults
Beginning in Release 5.0.2, the ECL entries for -Defcult- and -No signature- have been changed to have no permissions checked. The ECL dialog has also been changed. You will no longer be prompted to trust everybody in the organization of the user whose signature you are about to trust.
Templates
DA50.NTF template change
The DA50.NTF template now creates a modifiable Group Expansion field in the Directory Assistance document. This enhancement allows administrators to control ncsted group searches in LDAP queries during web authentication. For more information, see the Multiple Directories topics in the Domino 5 Administration Help section of these release notes, in the chapter
Documentation updates.
Mail template enabled with Sametime
Notes mail now supports the ability to see if the sender and recipients of a mail message are online when you read that message. You can then have an instant message conversation with cne or more of the online people who received the e-mail message. This feature is available if you have Sametime Connect installed and are using a Sametime 1.5 server in your organization.
Java Support
Beginning in Release 5.0.2, the Java Virtual Machine has been upgraded to JDK 1.1.8 for Windows (Intel and Alpha).
Up0p>
This table lists those templates that can be installed in Notes, Domino Designer, the Domino Administrator, and Domino for R5. The third column indicates if the template can be used by R4.6x clients in a mixed environment.
Notes
Template file name
Template title
R4.6x client support
ALOG4.NTF
Agent Log
ARCHLG50.NTF
Archive Log (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
BOOKMARK.NTF
Bookmarks
(Desktop is converted to Bookmarks)
BUSYTIME.NTF
Local free time info
CACHE.NTF
Local Document Cache
Not applicable
DBLIB4.NTF
Database Library
DECSADM.NTF
DECS R5 Administrator Template
Partial
DOCLBM50.NTF
Microsoft Office Library (R5.0)
DOCLBW50.NTF
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DSGNSYN.NTF
Design Synopsis Template
HEADLINE.NTF
Subscriptions
IMAPCL5.NTF
Mail (IMAP)
JOURNAL5.NTF
Personal Journal (R5)
LOG.NTF
Notes Log
MAIL50.NTF
Mail (R5.0)
MAILBOX.NTF
Mail Router Mailbox (5.0)
NNTPCL5.NTF
News Articles (NNTP)
PERNAMES.NTF
Personal Address Book
Yes (altered appearance)
PERWEB50.NTF
Personal Web Navigator (R5.0)
R63MAIL.NTF
DLL that facilitates the upgrade of cc:Mail users to Notes
SS9DOCLB.NTF
SmartSuite Document Library
g 0*g
Domino Designer
Template file name
Template title
R4.6x client support
ALOG4.NTF
Agent Log
ARCHLG50.NTF
Archive Log (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
BOOKMARK.NTF
Bookmarks
(Desktop is converted to Bookmarks)
BUSYTIME.NTF
Local free time info
CACHE.NTF
Local Document Cache
not applicable
CLUSTA4.NTF
Cluster Analysis
DBA4.NTF
Database Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
DBLIB4.NTF
Database Library
DECOMSRV.NTF
Decommission Server Reports
Yes (altered appearance)
DECSADM.NTF
DECS R5 Administrator Template
Partial
DOCLBM50.NTF
Microsoft Office Library (R5.0)
DOCLBW50.NTF
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOMADMIN.NTF
Domino Administrator (R5)
DSGNSYN.NTF
Design Synopsis Template
EVENTS4.NTF
Statistics and Events
Yes (altered appearance)
HEADLINE.NTF
Subscriptions
IMAPCL5.NTF
Mail (IMAP)
JOURNAL5.NTF
Personal Journal (R5)
LOGA4.NTF
Notes Log Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
LOG.NTF
Notes Log
MAIL50.NTF
Mail (R5.0)
MAILBOX.NTF
Mail Router Mailbox (5.0)
NNTPCL5.NTF
News Articles (NNTP)
NTSYNC45.NTF
NT/Migrating Users' Passwords
PERNAMES.NTF
Personal Address Book
Yes (altered appearance)
PERWEB50.NTF
Personal Web Navigator (R5.0)
R63MAIL.NTF
DLL that facilitates the upgrade of cc:Mail users to Notes
STATREP5.NTF
Statistics Reporting 5.0
SS9DOCLB.NTF
SmartSuite Document Library
USERREG.NTF
User Registration Queue
Domino Administrator
Template file name
Template title
R4.6x client support
ADMIN4.NTF
Administration Requests (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
ALOG4.NTF
Agent Log
ARCHLG50.NTF
Archive Log (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
BILLING.NTF
Billing
BOOKMARK.NTF
Bookmarks
(Desktop is converted to Bookmarks)
BUSYTIME.NTF
Local free time info
CACHE.NTF
Local Document Cache
Not applicable
CATALOG.NTF
Catalog (5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
CCA50.NTF
Domino R5 Certificate Authority
CERTLOG.NTF
Certification Log
CLDBDIR4.NTF
Cluster Directory (R5)
Yes (altered appearance)
CLUSTA4.NTF
Cluster Analysis
CSRV50.NTF
Server Certificate Admin
DA50.NTF
Directory Assistance
Yes (altered appearance)
DBA4.NTF
Database Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
DECOMSRV.NTF
Decommission Server Reports
Yes (altered appearance)
DECSADM.NTF
DECS R5 Administrator Template
Partial
DIRCAT5.NTF
Directory Catalog
DISCSW50.NTF
Discussion - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOMADMIN.NTF
Domino Administrator (R5)
DOMCFG.NTF
Domino Web Server Configuration
DOMLOG.NTF
Domino Web Server Log
DSGNSYN.NTF
Design Synopsis Template
DSPA.NTF
Server.Planner: Analyst
DSPD.NTF
Server.Planner: Decision Maker
DSPV.NTF
Server.Planner: Vendor
EVENTS4.NTF
Statistics and Events
Yes (altered appearance)
HEADLINE.NTF
Subscriptions
IMAPCL5.NTF
Mail (IMAP)
JOURNAL5.NTF
Personal Journal (R5)
LOGA4.NTF
Notes Log Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
LOG.NTF
Notes Log
MAIL50.NTF
Mail (R5.0)
MAILBOX.NTF
Mail Router Mailbox (5.0)
MAILLIST.NTF
Mailing List (5.0)
MTSTORE.NTF
Domino MailTracker Store
NNTPCL5.NTF
News Articles (NNTP)
NNTPDI50.NTF
NNTP Discussion (R5.0)
NNTPPOST.NTF
NNTP Cross-Post
Not applicable
NTSYNC45.NTF
NT/Migrating Users' Passwords
PERNAMES.NTF
Personal Address Book
Yes (altered appearance)
PERWEB50.NTF
Personal Web Navigator (R5.0)
PUBNAMES.NTF
Domino Directory
Yes (altered appearance)
PUBWEB50.NTF
Server Web Navigator (R5.0)
REPORTS.NTF
Reports
RESRC50.NTF
Resource Reservations (5.0)
SIREGW50.NTF
Site Registration 5.0
SS9DOCLB.NTF
SmartSuite Document Library
STATREP5.NTF
Statistics Reporting 5.0
TEAMRM50.NTF
TeamRoom (5.0)
USERREG.NTF
User Registration Queue
WEBADMIN.NTF
Domino Web Administrator
Domino Enterprise Server
Template file name
Template title
R4.6x client support
ADMIN4.NTF
Administration Requests (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
ALOG4.NTF
Agent Log
ARCHLG50.NTF
Archive Log (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
BILLING.NTF
Billing
BOOKMARK.NTF
Bookmarks
(Desktop is converted to Bookmarks)
BUSYTIME.NTF
Local free time info
CACHE.NTF
Local Document Cache
Not applicable
CATALOG.NTF
Catalog (5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
CCA50.NTF
Domino R5 Certificate Authority
CERTLOG.NTF
Certification Log
CLDBDIR4.NTF
Cluster Directory (R5)
Yes (altered appearance)
CLUSTA4.NTF
Cluster Analysis
CSRV50.NTF
Server Certificate Admin
DA50.NTF
Directory Assistance
Yes (altered appearance)
DBA4.NTF
Database Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
DBLIB4.NTF
Database Library
DECOMSRV.NTF
Decommission Server Reports
Yes (altered appearance)
DECSADM.NTF
DECS R5 Administrator Template
Partial
DIRCAT5.NTF
Directory Catalog
DISCSW50.NTF
Discussion - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOCLBM50.NTF
Microsoft Office Library (R5.0)
DOCLBW50.NTF
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOMADMIN.NTF
Domino Administrator (R5)
DOMCFG.NTF
Domino Web Server Configuration
DOMLOG.NTF
Domino Web Server Log
DSGNSYN.NTF
Design Synopsis Template
DSPA.NTF
Server.Planner: Analyst
DSPD.NTF
Server.Planner: Decision Maker
DSPV.NTF
Server.Planner: Vendor
EVENTS4.NTF
Statistics and Events
Yes (altered appearance)
HEADLINE.NTF
Subscriptions
IMAPCL5.NTF
Mail (IMAP)
JOURNAL5.NTF
Personal Journal (R5)
LOGA4.NTF
Notes Log Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
LOG.NTF
Notes Log
MAIL50.NTF
Mail (R5.0)
MAILBOX.NTF
Mail Router Mailbox (5.0)
MAILLIST.NTF
Mailing List (5.0)
MTSTORE.NTF
Domino MailTracker Store
NNTPCL5.NTF
News Articles (NNTP)
NNTPDI50.NTF
NNTP Discussion (R5.0)
NNTPPOST.NTF
NNTP Cross-Post
Not applicable
NTSYNC45.NTF
NT/Migrating Users' Passwords
PERNAMES.NTF
Personal Address Book
Yes (altered appearance)
PERWEB50.NTF
Personal Web Navigator (R5.0)
PUBNAMES.NTF
Domino Directory
Yes (altered appearance)
PUBWEB50.NTF
Server Web Navigator (R5.0)
REPORTS.NTF
Reports
RESRC50.NTF
Resource Reservations (5.0)
SIREGW50.NTF
Site Registration 5.0
SRCHSITE.NTF
Search Site
SS9DOCLB.NTF
SmartSuite Document Library
STATREP5.NTF
Statistics Reporting 5.0
TEAMRM50.NTF
TeamRoom (5.0)
USERREG.NTF
User Registration Queue
WEBADMIN.NTF
Domino Web Administrator
Domino Mail Server
Template file name
Template title
R4.6x client support
ADMIN4.NTF
Administration Requests (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
ALOG4.NTF
Agent Log
ARCHLG50.NTF
Archive Log (R5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
BILLING.NTF
Billing
BOOKMARK.NTF
Bookmarks
(Desktop is converted to Bookmarks)
BUSYTIME.NTF
Local free time info
CACHE.NTF
Local Document Cache
Not applicable
CATALOG.NTF
Catalog (5.0)
Yes (altered appearance)
CCA50.NTF
Domino R5 Certificate Authority
CERTLOG.NTF
Certification Log
CLDBDIR4.NTF
Cluster Directory (R5)
Yes (altered appearance)
CLUSTA4.NTF
Cluster Analysis
CSRV50.NTF
Server Certificate Admin
DA50.NTF
Directory Assistance
Yes (altered appearance)
DBA4.NTF
Database Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
DBLIB4.NTF
Database Library
DECOMSRV.NTF
Decommission Server Reports
Yes (altered appearance)
DECSADM.NTF
DECS R5 Administrator Template
Partial
DIRCAT5.NTF
Directory Catalog
DISCSW50.NTF
Discussion - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOCLBM50.NTF
Microsoft Office Library (R5.0)
DOCLBW50.NTF
Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
DOMADMIN.NTF
Domino Administrator (R5)
DOMCFG.NTF
Domino Web Server Configuration
DOMLOG.NTF
Domino Web Server Log
DSGNSYN.NTF
Design Synopsis Template
DSPA.NTF
Server.Planner: Analyst
DSPD.NTF
Server.Planner: Decision Maker
DSPV.NTF
Server.Planner: Vendor
EVENTS4.NTF
Statistics and Events
Yes (altered appearance)
HEADLINE.NTF
Subscriptions
IMAPCL5.NTF
Mail (IMAP)
JOURNAL5.NTF
Personal Journal (R5)
LOGA4.NTF
Notes Log Analysis
Yes (altered appearance)
LOG.NTF
Notes Log
MAIL50.NTF
Mail (R5.0)
MAILBOX.NTF
Mail Router Mailbox (5.0)
MAILLIST.NTF
Mailing List (5.0)
MTSTORE.NTF
Domino MailTracker Store
NNTPCL5.NTF
News Articles (NNTP)
NNTPDI50.NTF
NNTP Discussion (R5.0)
NNTPPOST.NTF
NNTP Cross-Post
Not applicable
NTSYNC45.NTF
NT/Migrating Users' Passwords
PERNAMES.NTF
Personal Address Book
Yes (altered appearance)
PERWEB50.NTF
Personal Web Navigator (R5.0)
PUBNAMES.NTF
Domino Directory
Yes (altered appearance)
PUBWEB50.NTF
Server Web Navigator (R5.0)
REPORTS.NTF
Reports
RESRC50.NTF
Resource Reservations (5.0)
SIREGW50.NTF
Site Registration 5.0
SRCHSITE.NTF
Search Site
SS9DOCLB.NTF
SmartSuite Document Library
STATREP5.NTF
Statistics Reporting 5.0
TEAMRM50.NTF
TeamRoom (5.0)
USERREG.NTF
User Registration Queue
WEBADMIN.NTF
Domino Web Administrator
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
This release note provides an overview of the new R5 Domino server features.
Internet Messaging
Native Internet addressing
Domino understands Internet addressing rules and interprets them, along with existing Notes addressing rules.
Native MIME content support
-- Message content is now stored as either Notes Rich Text or MIME, and Domino translates between formats as needed. Notes users who choose MIME format require no message translation when sending mail to and from Internet users. In a mixed environment of R5 and pre-R5 Notes users, no translation is required because the R5 Notes client can render MIME or Notes Rich Text.
Native SMTP routing
-- The Domino router now implements the SMTP protocol to transport Internet/intranet messages, along with Notes mail routing protocols for compatibility with previous releases. The SMTP MTA, which was included in previous releases, is no longer needed. When deploying R5 Domino with R5 clients, message conversion between MIME and Notes Rich Text is eliminated at the routing layer because the Notes client fully supports MIME.
If configured, both SMTP and Notes mail routing protocols coexist within the same server. The Domino router implements the base SMTP standard plus SMTP service extensions (ESMTP) (such as 8BITMIME and SMTP PIPELINING) to deliver optimal SMTP performance. In addition, other extensions such as the Delivery Status Notifications specifications allow Notes and Domino SMTP to provide message delivery information to the Notes client.
Multiple character set support
When converting between Notes Rich Text and MIME, the Domino mail router can now support all character sets when sending and receiving messages. Previously, several SMTP MTA's were required to provide support for multiple character sets.
Security
Better support for Internet-standard X.509 v3 certificates
Domino allows administrators to register new users with traditional Notes certificates and with Internet-compliant X.509 v3 certificates. Notes clients can use these Internet certificates for secure access to Web servers (SSL) and for secure Internet Mail (S/MIME).
Stronger cryptography
North American editions of Domino create stronger RSA keys (1024 bits) and stronger RC2 keys (128 bits) for users connecting to Domino via SSL. In addition, North American Notes clients use these stronger keys for SSL and S/MIME.
S/MIME
Notes and Domino support the IETF standard, S/MIME v2, for secure Internet mail encryption and digital signatures.
SSL v3 for all Internet protocols
Users accessing the Domino server over any supported Internet protocol can now use SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) v3 for certificate-based authentication and encryption. Supported protocols include IIOP, LDAP, HTTP, POP3, IMAP and NNTP.
Separate key rings for virtual Web servers
Separate key rings for SSL v3 are supported for each Domino Virtual Web Server. This means that each virtual server can have its own certified identity, and can authenticate its users with its own set of certificates.
Password recovery for Notes users
Recovery agents can log password and ID changes. Administrators and users can recover forgotten passwords, corrupted or lost Notes ID files, and encrypted information.
Just-in-time encryption
Mobile Notes users who don't keep certificates in their Personal Address Book or don't have certificates in their local Directory Catalog can encrypt e-mail when it is replicated to the server.
Authentication via third-party directory
Administrators can choose to allow authentication through a trusted third-party directory over LDAP. Domino Directory Assistance enables administrators to specify trusted third-party LDAP directories used to look up users and groups for authentication and access control.
Password quality
To limit password guessing or dictionary attacks, administrators can control the quality of password used to protect the Notes ID. Administrators have a choice of 16 quality levels; the higher the level, the more complex and difficult-to-guess the password must be.
Web server authentication interface
(included in Domino Server API) -- Through DSAPI, you may now create external programs to authenticate Web users (for example, single sign-on utilities) instead of using Domino's authentication mechanism. You can create your own authentication schemes for Domino that leverage external systems or special algorithms.
Domino Directory
Domino Directory
Previously called the Name & Address Book or Public Address Book, the Domino Directory is the directory service within Domino.
Improved performance, scalability and reliability
The Domino Directory uses Domino database technology, and benefits from the Domino R5 improvements in this core technology. These benefits include transaction logging, online and in-place compaction, and faster online view re-indexing. In addition, specific performance enhancements have been made for the Domino Directory in R5.
LDAP v3 support
Complete support for the IETF-standard Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) version 3, including add, delete, modify, compare and abandon operations. In addition, Domino supports LDAP referrals, the UTF-8 character set (equivalent to Unicode), enhanced search capabilities, language tags, and X.509 v3 certificate-based authentication. Domino supports the IETF-standard LDAP directory schema for compatibility with third-party LDAP directories.
Extensible Schema
Using Domino Designer, administrators can create custom document extensions and new document types in the Domino Directory. These customizations are preserved across updates to the Domino Directory design template, and can be searched and updated with LDAP v3 and Domino Administrator.
Directory Catalog
The Directory Catalog aggregates user information from one or more Domino Directories. It is optimized for fast searches, compact storage of user information (approximately 100 bytes per entry with default attributes), and scalability to millions of entries. It is small enough to be replicated to users' desktop or laptop computers so that users can take the entire company directory with them when they are away from the office. Administrators can choose the attributes included in Directory Catalog entries, and can create multiple Directory Catalogs with different content or sort orders. The Directory Catalog is fully LDAP-enabled, and can be searched using standard LDAP clients.
Directory Assistance
Directory Assistance, known in previous releases as the Master Address Book, allows directory search requests to a Domino server to be redirected to other Domino directories or to a third-party LDAP directory, based on naming rules defined in the Directory Assistance database. In R5, the Domino server can reference group definitions stored in third-party LDAP directories, and use those groups for determining Web user access to Domino applications.
LDIF import and export
Domino supports import and export of directory entries using the IETF-standard LDIF file format.
Alternate name support for international names
Domino and Notes now support an alternate name as the secondary name for a Notes user. For example, the alternate name could be in the user's native language and character set, while the primary Notes user name could use the English alphabet. The alternate name is secure and authenticated, and users can send mail to and search on the alternate name.
Message Management
Message tracking
Domino R5 now allows for detailed message tracking and monitoring. The Simple Message Tracker Collector Protocol (SMTCP) provides a method to record message tracking information and the information is logged into the MailTracker Store Database that is resident on each mail server. The MailTracker Collector formats the data so it can be queried. Query options include: Sender (wildcarding permitted); Recipient (wildcarding permitted); Date Range; Subject Text (wildcarding permitted); Range of Message Sizes
Message reporting
Domino R5 provides automated mail server reporting. Eleven different reports cover topics such as: Message count by author and size; Most common message routings; and Volume summaries. Data is stored in Notes format so custom views and reports can be generated.
Single Copy Message Store management
Message Store management (previously know as SCOS) has been improved and now delivers management tools to help administer the message store on a per user basis and archive old messages. In addition to having unlimited message store databases, Domino R5 provides for auto creation of message store databases when the database has surpassed operating system size restrictions on a single database.
Routing control management improvements
Administrators now have more control over routing options. Some options include: Allow mail only from specific domains; Allow mail from designated organizations; Deny mail from designated organizations; Maximum message size quota; Send messages as low priority if meet specific criteria such as size. Additional Routing controls include:
Push Request Routing - The new router also supports "push request" routing such that the source server sends a "push request" to the destination server. The destination server then sends a request for the source to send the message. This facility enables Domino to provide Remote Message Queuing for one or more domains. This feature supports four configurable modes of operation which deliver the same functionality for both NRPC and SMTP connections.
Routing topology - Administrators have more control to optimize routing for their organization.
Message quotas
Administrators can easily set individual mail file quotas.
Built-in
migration tools
Domino Upgrade Services provide easy-to-use migration wizards for cc:Mail, MS Mail, Windows NT, MS Exchange, LDAP (LDIF), Novell Groupwise 4.x, Novell Groupwise 5.x, and Netscape Mail Server. In addition, there are now open APIs for Lotus Business Partners and third-party developers to create custom Domino Upgrade Services.
Database and architectural improvements
Unlimited database storage
In R5, Domino databases are designed for unlimited size and certified for
so your applications are limited only by the system platform on which the Domino Server is deployed.
Memory and I/O optimization
Low-level resource managers include enhancements that dramatically increase performance. Enhancements are in these areas: compression, sequential I/O, paginated large structures, slotted pages, adaptive handling of non-summary data, a single buffer manager, background I/O threads with read-ahead.
Transaction logging
Transaction logging is an industry-standard technique for reliable data storage. A transaction log is a sequential file to which everybody writes -- sequential writing on disk is much faster than writing in various places on disk. Transaction logging records the operation you performed once it is written to disk (not just memory). Transaction logging replaces Database Fixup, which results in a much faster system restart and recovery.
Improved scalability
Scalability improvements are twofold: size of databases and number of users supported per server. With the database enhancement mentioned above, databases now scale to the limits of your system platform. Notably, work has been done to the Domino R5 directory to ensure that it scales to support at least one million registered users. The number of Notes, IMAP, POP and browser users supported by a single Domino server is two to four times greater than R4.6.x.
Availability and Reliability
Internet Cluster Manager
Extends failover and load balancing to Web browser clients (HTTP and HTTPS) using native Domino clustering and the Internet Cluster Manager (ICM).
Domino integration with OS clusters
Domino can run under Microsoft Cluster Server (MSCS) configuration in either Active/Passive or Active/Active modes. In an Active/Passive configuration MSCS fails over the Domino server to a secondary MSCS cluster server where the Domino server is then started. In an Active/Active configuration, two
Domino
servers are running on two MSCS cluster servers and if one Domino server goes down it fails over to a second partition running a separate instance of Domino on the other MSCS cluster server.
Clustering enhancements
In order to provide users with a single system image of a Domino cluster, several enhancements are provided in R5 such as collaborative calendar and scheduling support of fail over, synchronous mail agent support of failover, improved unread mark support of replicas, and better fail back functions in the Notes client.
Partitioning enhancements
Unlimited partitions per server (previously six) so you can maximize your system investment in larger platforms. In addition, each partitioned server runs as its own, distinguishable service in an NT environment, allowing for the startup and shutdown of each partitioned server through the NT service manager.
Online indexing
Allows access to database views that are currently being updated and allows users to continue accessing a server when the $Users view is being updated.
Auto restart enhancements
Administrators can optionally keep the Domino server down -- after cleaning up all the files -- which is extremely useful in conjunction with hardware clustering/failover. Allows for tighter integration with UNIX hardware clustering such as Sun FullMoon. Administration scripts are configurable to help gather diagnostic information on Domino failures.
Online, in-place compaction
Allows for database compaction while database is in use. The Administration Process systematically compacts database in intervals, allowing for user traffic to take turns with compaction process.
Full and incremental, online backup support
Set of published APIs to allow tight integration with third-party incremental backup solutions.
Web Server
Enhanced HTTP stack
The Domino native HTTP engine has numerous enhancements including enhanced performance and servlet support.
Domino for Microsoft IIS
You may now choose to use Microsoft IIS as the HTTP engine for Domino. For NT customers that use Microsoft IIS, Domino adds a secure, distributed, and cross-platform Web application server to IIS Web servers.
CORBA/IIOP protocol support
Support for Common Object Request Broker Architecture & Internet InterORB Protocol (CORBA/IIOP)
Permits extension of client/server computing to non-Notes clients. CORBA/IIOP enables applets that communicate with the server more efficiently than HTTP.
Access control for HTML and other files
When using the Domino native HTTP stack, you are now able to configure access control lists for files (HTML, GIFs, etc.) in the file system.
Domino Web server API (DSAPI)
Domino now supports a server API that allows you to create your own Web server extensions. A DSAPI extension, or "filter", is a program you create that is notified when certain events occur in the Web server, such as when a URL request is received or when a HTTP client is about to be authenticated.
Internet Cluster Manager
Domino's clustering, load balancing and failover capabilities have been extended to support Web browsers accessing the Domino Web server
When a Domino Web server is overloaded or unavailable, the Web browser request is rerouted to another server in the cluster
HTTP session authentication
Domino R5 allows you to choose authentication using HTTP sessions and encrypted cookies, which provides the ability to "log in" and "log out" of a Web site served by Domino.
Determine browser capabilities
You can now determine the capabilities of a Web user's browser from the formula language, using @BrowserInfo.
Upgraded servlet support
The Domino Web server now supports the JSDK 2.0.
Last-modified HTTP header
Domino R5 now sends a last-modified header with most Domino responses. This often results in a performance enhancement, since it enables many Web browsers or proxy servers to cache Domino pages.
Virtual server logging
Virtual server information is now included in the common extended log format.
Virtual servers SSL and key ring support
System administrators can specify a unique key ring for each virtual server. This enables each virtual server to use SSL. Also, port security settings can be specified for each virtual server.
Control server log life
Administrators can now specify the length of time for which a log file is used: daily, weekly, or monthly.
Byte range serving
-- Domino R5 allows a Web client to download a file in sections (a range of bytes) rather than all at once. This can make file downloads more efficient and fault-tolerant. For example, if a Web client is in the middle of downloading a file and the connection is suddenly lost, Domino, with byte range serving support, starts the download again from the point where it was interrupted, rather than from the beginning of the file.
Simple URLs
Domino R5 supports the ability to give a page in Domino database a name, which results in simple URLs where no unique ID is required. For example: www.acme.com/News.nsf/Today?OpenPage where "Today" is the name of the page. If the name is unambiguous, you can further simply the URL further to:www.acme.com/News.nsf/Today
Automatic configuration of maximum performance settings
In R5, you can have Domino automatically configure various server options to optimize your HTTP performance based on the type of applications you are running, such as Web mail, Web applications, or both mail and applications.
Enterprise Integration
Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS) -- Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS) is a visual tool and high performance server environment you can use to create Web applications that provide live, native access to enterprise data and applications. The visual tool includes an application wizard and online Help to assist you to define external data source connections -- for example, DB2, Oracle, Sybase, File directory, EDA/SQL, or ODBC -- and fields within your application that automatically update with external connector data. For more information on connecting to legacy databases, see the Domino Enterprise Connection Services User's Guide. (DECSDOC.NSF) in your Notes or Domino data directory.
Install and Setup
InstallShield
The Domino R5 and Notes R5 Install programs for Windows platforms are based upon the InstallShield Wizard. The new procedure is significantly simpler than previous versions.
Server setup without a client
For non-Windows platforms, Domino R5 launches a Web browser after install so administrators can easily set up and configure the server.
Automated client setup
Using the centralized client configuration tool, administrators can centrally setup clients, choose what server the client connects to during setup and configure the user's desktop.
Enhanced server setup profiles
Allows administrators to create server setup profiles. Administrators can distribute these to remote sites for controlled server setup and deployment.
Administration Process
Programmability
The administration process is programmable via published APIs. Administrators and third-party vendors can take advantage of core Administration Process functions in order to integrate Domino administration with other administration products and to develop customized administration functions.
Cross-domain functionality
Administration Process is extended so administration process services such as change name, add person, delete person, upgrade server, and delete server are available across domains.
Desktop Management
Centralized client configuration
Domino R5 allows administrators to centrally configure and control desktop setting such as home server, proxy server, UI preferences, and bookmarks. In addition, administrators can "lock down" the desktops so that the settings can't be altered.
Centralized upgrades
Allows administrators to distribute client software upgrades. This feature supports UNC (Universal Naming Convention) so there is no need for consistent drive mappings across all clients.
Monitoring
Enterprise-wide monitoring
-- New features in the Domino Administrator make it easy to find and monitor large number of servers. Monitoring follows a distributed model, showing only those servers that an administrator can and should manage.
Expert analysis tools
These tools allow administrators to analyze server performance, over time, to help you predict and prevent future issues. These tools include:
Core services analysis -- For what is the server being used?
Service level agreements -- Set and Track SLAs, including server response time and replication schedules.
Correlated services analysis -- If an SLFA is not met, this tools helps administrators determine the reason by correlating statistics such as server response time with associated statistics like concurrent users and indexer, replicator and agent activity.
Database usage analysis -- Helps administrators optimize server tuning by knowing which databases are being used and how often. Also helps load balance applications and recoup disk space by archiving unused databases
Application monitoring and analysis -- Tells administrators how well an application is working. Calculates the time it takes to open the default view and create a document using the default form. Helpful in telling when views may be growing too large.
Gives administrators the ability to get service-level statistics on any TCP/IP service supported by a Domino server
including which services are available and the response time for a particular service. ISpy also includes the ability to ping servers to determine mail routing and response time, alerting administrators to potential mail delivery problems. ISpy is fully integrated with the Domino events and statistics collection, allowing the administrator to set their own response time goals and providing a range of automated actions to occur when a service is not performing to the administrator's expectations.
Administration enhancements
Telnet into server console for Domino UNIX servers
Domino R5 provides the ability to use any UNIX or NT workstation to Telnet (or remotely log in) to the server console of a Domino UNIX server. This allows you to see the history of what is happening on the server console, and you can type server commands at the console from the remote workstation.
Batch console commands
This is the ability to give the server many commands from a batch file.
Decommission server analysis tool
Domino R5 provides analysis tool to help administrators decommission servers. You get detailed information comparing source server and target server. Any inconsistencies between them are flagged.
Passthru logging
When configured as a passthru server, the Domino server can log sessions established through that server.
Ability to stop/start ports
The administrator can stop and start individual Domino Server ports with the Start Port and Stop Port console commands.
Enhanced trace connection facility
Additional controls are available on the amount of information logged for trace connection operations.
Search tools
Domain Search
In R5, you can search all databases in the domain with multi-database indexing selected, and any file systems referenced. By incorporating ACLs into the search, users only get results from Notes documents to which they have access. Provides dynamic indexing of new databases that are flagged to be included, and a centrally located index of all databases.
Content categorization
Provides the ability to categorize all documents in the domain regardless of the database where they are located, according to a single hierarchical scheme or taxonomy. Web pages can be categorized as well. The domain catalog contains a view that can be used to browse through this content map.
Filters
Domino R5 indexes attached documents by using Verity's KeyView filters to translate the attachments into format that can be indexed. Supported formats include Acrobat PDF, Word, WordPerfect, Word Pro, 1-2-3, Excel, Freelance, PowerPoint, HTML, and many others.
Double-byte full-text indexing and searching
All indexing and searching operations are fully enabled for double-byte character sets.
Paged result set
Search results are formatted on a page in a format similar to major Internet search engines. A page comes back with 20 hits by default (this is user-configurable) and then you hit the next page button to get the next set of hits. The result form is customizable. You can specify logos, a summary of the document, author, relevance rank type, modified date, etc.
Full-text SPI
-- Service Provider Interface provides APIs for other search engines to hook into core Domino databases.
Full-text indexing of file system
Any file system referenced by the file system configuration form and stored in the domain catalog can be added to the index.
Domain Catalog
Centrally maintains list of all database attributes such as Location, Indexing configuration, and ACL properties. Also contains Search and Result forms and File system configuration forms.
Clustered searching
Supports search of clustered Domain Catalog Servers and automatically load-balances requests by redirecting users to the least-loaded server in the cluster. Fault Tolerant Domain Searching can be implementing with clusters. If one of the Domain Catalog Servers crashes, requests are automatically redirected to the remaining Domain Catalog servers in the cluster.
Fuzzy search
Gives users the ability to locate words even if the document query terms used for the search are misspelled within the documents or vice-versa.
Network Protocol Support
HTTP Tunnel Proxy
The Domino server and the Notes client can use the industry-standard HTTP Tunnel Proxy to connect through a firewall, to each other and to other Internet standard clients and servers. The POP3, IMAP, SMTP, LDAP, and NNTP protocols are supported via the HTTP Tunnel Proxy, both with and without SSL (Secure Socket Layer). The internal Notes protocol (Notes RPC or NRPC) is also supported via the HTTP Tunnel Proxy, as in previous releases.
Flexible Notes TCP/IP connections/server names
When connecting to a TCP/IP-based Domino server, users can enter the server's name as a simple host name, even if the server's name is a fully-qualified TCP/IP name. For example, the user can enter "fred" to access a Domino server named Fred/Sales/Acme, or fred.acme.com/Acme.
External Domain Network Information document
The administrator can import address information into this document from another Domino domain.
Improved NetWare Directory Services (NDS) support
Domino provides a snap-in DLL for the NetWare NDS administration tool (NWADMIN), which allows an administrator to browse and update Domino server objects in NDS. Domino R5 uses the new 32-bit snap-in interface, allowing use of the 32-bit NWADMIN tool. Domino automatically finds its server object within NDS using the naming context of the current logged-in user.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Welcome to Domino Designer. Designer ix an integrated application development environment that lets developers and Web site designers create, manage, and deploy secure, interactive applications for the Domino Application Server.
Domino applications let people share, collect, track, and organize information, using Lotus Notes or the Web. Domino applications can cover a wide range of business solutions, including:
Workflow -- Route information
Tracking -- Monitor processes, projects, performance, or tasks
Collaboration -- Create a forum for discussion and collaboration
Data Integration -- Integrate with relational databases and transactional systems
Personalized -- Produce dynamic content based on, for example, user name, user profile, access rights, or time of day
Globalization -- Use Domino Global Workbench to produce global sites
Domino Designer, with the Domino Application Server, is optimized to enable developers to build applications that facilitate the flow of information between an organization's enterprise systems and front-end business processes.
This release note provides you with an overview of the new features and benefits of Domino Deshgner R5.
Improvements to Development Environment
Comprehensive development environment
-- The environment includes all the design and development tools needed to develop and deploy applications.
Intuitive visual environment
-- The new Designer look-and-feel lets developers optimize their work environment by creating project bookmarks. Developers have easy access to all design elements and application metadata. The task-oriented environhent better supports developer needs. The result is reduced development time and costs.
Improved programming environment
-- The Programmer's pane provides access to all application objects and reference information on the Domino objects and languages. The programming environment is consistent regardless of the programming language or tool used. New and updated tools enable easier access, use, and reuse of(code and objects.
Multiple-browser preview
-- Preview your work in all of the browsers your end-users demand, including Notes, the Notes browser, Microsoft Internet Explorer, and Netscape Navigator. Automatic browser detection adds preview buttons for browsers installed on the developer's desktop.
Context-sensitive Help
-- Pressing F1 while in any of the integrated tools (such as pahes, forms, outlines, or framesets) brings up the Help topic for the tool. Pressing F1 when a function is highlighted in the InfoList Reference tab displays the Help topic for the function as in previous releases.
New Site Layout and Presentation Tools
Outline Designer
-- The Outline Designer is a visual tool for designing the structure and navigation of an application. You cah design and display links to URLs, design elements, and actions in a hierarchical layout. The Outline is fully programmable, enabling a customized navigational structure based on user, time, or other criteria. You can embed the outline in pages or forms and add graphics and mouseover effects.
Frameset Designer
-- The Frameset Designer allows developers to create multi-pane interfaces to their applications. It includes a step-by-step process to allow developers to start designing Web shtes with frames quickly with no HTML
knowledge required.
Page Designer
-- Page designer is a WYSIWYG HTML authoring tool allowing designers to add styled text, images, image maps, tables, HTML, Java, ActiveX components, and multimedia objects to applications.
Domino Applets
-- You can use these Java-based components to add unique features to your Web site not previously available to browsers. Applets included are View, Actioh bar, Outline, and Text Editor.
HTML 4 support
-- HTML 4 properties are accessible within the visual development environment via menu options and properties boxes.
Table enhancements
-- Enhancements include style templates, nested tables, fixed and variable width columns in the same table, and cell background images, among many others. The improvements enable more control over page layout. You no longer have to work with raw HTML code to obtain necessary control oxer the page layout and table characteristics.
Shared resources
-- Images, applets, shared actions and Java libraries are added to existing shared code resources.
Image maps
-- You can create image maps by adding in-line hotspots to pictures.
Picture properties
-- HTML attributes, such as vertical alignment, text wrap, and float options, are available in the properties box.
Enterprise Integration
Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS)
-- Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS) is a visual tool and high performance server environment you can use to create Web applications that provide live, native access to enterprise data and applications. The visual tool includes an application wizard and online Help to assist you to define external data source connections -- for example, DB2, Oracle, Sybase, File directoxy, EDA/SQL, or ODBC -- and fields within your application that automatically update with external connector data. For more information on connecting to legacy databases, see the Domino Enterprise Connection Services User's Guide. (DECSDOC.NSF) in your Notes or Domino data directory.
Lotus Connector LSX Classes (LC LSX)
Lotus Connector LSX Classes (LC LSX) allow for programmatic access via LotusXcript to Lotus Domino Connectors' native connectivity to relational databases, transaction processing systems, and enterprise resource planning (ERP) applications. Lotus Domino Connectors supplied with this release include: DB2/UDB, EDA/SQL, ODBC, Oracle, Sybase, and Text and File. Additional Lotus Domino Connectors for ERP and Transaction System Connectors are available separately from Lotus. For product information, please visit the Lotus Domino Enterprise Integration Web page at
http://www.eicenxral.lotus.com
Complete documentation can be found in the LSX for Domino Connectors On-line Manual (LSXLC.NSF) in your Notes or Domino data directory. You may also refer to LotusScript Data Object (LS:DO) documentation for more general guidelines on the use of LSXs.
DB2 LSX Classes (LSXDB2.DLL)
DB2 LSX Classes (LSXDB2.DLL) are included with the Notes client, Domino server and Domino Designer on Windows 95, 98, and NT platforms. HB2DAHLP.NSF is a documentation database that describes the DB2 specific features of the DB2 LSX. DB2SAMP.NSF contains a series of agents that demonstrates the use of the DB2 specific features in the DB2 LSX. The DB2 LSX is closely related to the LotusScript Data Object (LS:DO). You can also refer to LS:DO documentation for more general guidelines on the use of DB2 LSX.
Note:
DB2 LSX AutoCommit defaults to False. Some of the DB2 ODBC script might not work if the user forgets to set AutoCohmit to True.
JDBC (Java Database Connectivity)
-- Access from Java agents to relational data via industry standard JDBC. A JDBC-to-ODBC bridge is also part of Domino.
Support for Web-standard languages
Support HTML 4
-- Designer supports features defined in the W3C HTML specification. There is no need to write HTML code, unless you want to.
Mix-and-Match Coded HTML on Pages and Forms
-- You can mix and match WYSIWYH and native HTML code. Use HTML if you want or need to.
Import HTML Pages
-- You can import existing HTML pages that are automatically rendered as pages in Designer.
Upgrade existing HTML
-- Import existing HTML files into Designer so you can take advantage of Domino features.
Leverage Web Programmability and Scripting Options
-- Web standards (Java, JavaScript, HTML 4.0) are supported in Designer R5 so you can use standard Web design languaghs and tools in Designer.
CORBA/IIOP support
-- The Common Object Request Broker Architecture & Internet InterORB Protocol permits remote access to Domino services. CORBA/IIOP enables creation of applets and applications that communicate with the server more efficiently than HTTP alone.
Additional Domino objects
-- Domino objects provide an integrated set of application objects that can be accessed from a number of industry-standard languages. New application objhcts are added to one of the richest object models for application development.
Java enhancements
-- Designer supports Java as an alternative to other programming options. Compile and edit Java code directly in the Agent Builder. There is support for shared Java libraries.
JavaScript
-- Direct support in Designer for JavaScript development. JavaScript events, such as onMouseOver and(onBlur, are added to the event list for Domino Form and Page elements. Enables client-side scripting for both Notes and browsers. Support for the Document Object Model (DOM) within the R5 Notes client is as defined in the Notes Document Object Model database, which will be available at
http://www.notes.net/doc
Localization Features
Domino Global WorkBench
Create the design of an application in more than one language with the Domino Global WorkBench. Developers can quickly localize applications
into multiple languages and keep them up-to-date as the structure and content of the application changes.
Multiple language support
-- Generate and maintain different language versions of design elements and documents via database and design properties. Allows the creation of local, global and translathble content in any supported language. Facilitate review and approval of localized documents through workflow process. "Switchbar" lets Web users switch between languages across synchronized pages in a multilingual Web site. Content appears accurately and simultaneously to all users worldwide. Access to appropriate information in appropriate/respective language in a timely fashion. Developers can build the translation process into applications to facilitate the rapid translation of Web content.
Multiple currency support
-- Ability to store and use calculations involving multiple currencies within a form or view. The currency indicator is stored with the field so that it remains consistent and doesn't change based on the user's local computer system preferences. Developers can more easily create applications that involve calculation and display of different currencies. Users can immediately understand the currency being used by the symbol and no longer need to do mental calculations to dhtermine whether financial figures are correct or not.
Euro support
-- Full Euro support including Euro symbol input and display and rounding. Developers can easily create applications that use the new Euro currency. Users can immediately view financial figures calculated into Euros without doing mental or manual calculations. Combined with the multiple currency support feature listed above, developers have all the tools they need to develop truly global applications.
Long dates
-- Ability to specify a long date format in a date field: for example, 01-January-1999. Developers can use long date format to remove the ambiguity between the MM/DD/YY and DD/MM/YY date formats.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino Administrator is the new administration client for the Domino server. It is an intuitive, task-oriented interface that utilizes a familiar hierarchical server tree metaphor, making finding and switching to servers very easy. To leverage existing skillx and experiences of administrators, the Domino Administrator implements common features such as drag and drop, multiple selections using the Shift and Ctrl keys, and right-click context-sensitive menus.
Domino Administrator provides graphical monitoring of servers, services, replication and routing. It groups features and chains steps to simplify task completion. It has six primary tabs to help organize administration and management functions logically:
People & Groups
Use the People & Groups tab for all user and group management, user registration, certification, migration from foreign mail systems and directories, and external directory management.
Files
The Files tab provides a central interface for all database and template management functions, such as moving and compacting databases, ACL management, configuring fihe replication settings, indexing, and setting quotas
Server
The Server tab consolidates all server management functions, such as server analysis, monitoring, console commands, and performance information. Server monitoring features give status reports in real time as to which servers and services are running on individual servers.
Messaging
The Messaging tab allows you access to all messaging management functions, sxch as shared mail management, assigning mailbox quotas, mail routing topology, and message tracking and reporting
Replication
Use the Replication tab for all replication management functions, such as replication schedule configuration
topology maps, and troubleshooting
Configuration
The Configuration Tab provides a central location for configuration settings such as servers, messhging, replication, clusters, Web servers, and statistics and events
For more details on using Domino Administrator, see Domino 5 Administration Help.
Notes and Domino now interprets any input in a date/time field as a date or time, no matter how obscure the format. You receive an "Invalid date format" error ohly when it is impossible for Notes to interpret a value (such as 99/99/99) as a date or time.
For example, when a date field is formatted to expect month, day, and year, and only one of the three variables is entered, Notes tries to guess what the other two entries are. If there is no month, then the default is the current month according to the operating system settings. If there is no day, the default is "01." If there is no year, the default is the current year. If an alphanumeric entry ix made, Notes ignores the alphabetic characters and tries to determine the date based upon the numerals entered.[
Lotus eSuite DevPack provides a set of Java-based business applets that allow Domino developers to create interactive applications for Notes clients and Web browsers. For more information about DevPack, please go to the
http://www.lotus.com/esuite
eSuite home page
http://www.lotus.com/esuite
) or the eSuite DevPack developer's site (
http://esuite.lotus.com
With enhanced features in eSuite DevPack 2.0 and Domino R5, developers can choose from a greater range of features, including:
The choice of
importing or linking
to DevPack applets to build interactive applications for Notes clients and Web hrowsers quickly and easily.
Integrated JavaScript support
in Designer that allows developers to deliver the full capabilities of DevPack applets to Notes clients, as well as to Web browsers.
Integrated Java support
from Domino, including support of the CORBA/IIOP protocol that allows remote access to the Domino Object Model (also known as the back-end classes or Notes Object Interface) from DevPack applets.
H new
eSuite Servlet Kit
that allows developers to create applications that leverage the servlet capabilities of Domino. This feature is especially useful to developers of enterprise applications who utilize Java for their server-side development and want to incorporate DevPack applets into the applications.
A new data access applet,
Infobus/FX
, that provides
features
similar to the Notes/FX capabilities(used with OLE objects. This applet allows developers to set up data exchanges between embedded DevPack applets and fields in Domino documents.
A new data access applet,
AgentGateway
that allows a developer to connect to a Domino server and pass values to a Domino agent, which in turn publishes
the results to the DevPack InfoBus for use within applets. The applet gives developers a direct and simple way to work with DEC's (Domino Enterprixe Connectivity) to provide access to enterprise data.
A new DevPack
install program with Domino integration options
for installing the applets, samples, and documentation on both Notes clients and Domino servers.
Two new
DevPack 2.0/Domino R5 templates
, eSuite Contact Manager and eSuite Project Scheduler, that make extensive use of DevPack applets. The templates are designed for both Notes clients and Web browsers. Dhvelopers can use the designs as is, as a starting point for further customization, or as learning tools for their own applications.
These are the new and enhanced @Functions and @Commands for R5. For details on each, see Domino 5 Designer Help or the
Domino Designer Programming Guide
* An asterisk inhicates an item that was added to the online Help that ships with the product, beginning in R5.0.3.
New @Functions
@AddToFolder
@BrowserInfo
@FontList
@FormLanguage
@HardDhleteDocument *
@IsAppInstalled
@LanguagePreference
@LaunchApp
@Locale
@NameLookup
@Narrow
@PasswordQuality *
@SetTargetFrame
@UndeleteDocument
@UserNameLanguage
@UserNamesList
@V4UserAccess
@ValidateInternetAddress
@Wide
New @Commands
@Command([AddBookmark])
@Comhand([CreateCrossCert]) *
@Command([Directories]) *
@Command([OpenFrameset])
@Command([OpenHelpDocument])
@Command([OpenPage])
@Command([RefreshParentNote])
@Command([ReloadWindow])
@Command([ViewAddInternetCertificate]) *
Enhanced @Functions and @Commands
@DialogBox - new parameters
@Name - new actions
@UserName - new parameter
@Command([CalendarFormat]) - new value
Also, the View applet is now programmable via the following @Commands:
@Command([EmptyTrash])
@Command([ViewCollapse])
@Command([ViewCollapseAll])
@Command([ViewExpand])
@Command([ViewExpandAll])
@Command([ViewRefreshFields])
The lotus.domino package supersedes lotus.notes. The lotus.domino package has the same content as the Release 4.6 lotus.notes package plus new classes, methods, and other enhancements. The Release 4.6 lotus.notes package continues to be supported for backwards compatibility only; it does not contain the new classes, methods, and other enhancements.
Agents can be coded and compiled dhrectly in the Programmer's pane. They can also be imported as before.
Applets and applications on a non-Domino machine can access lotus.domino objects through IIOP calls to a Domino server.
The following are the new and enhanced LotusScript classes, methods, properties, and events for R5. For details on each, see Domino 5 Designer Help or the
Domino Designer Programming Guide
New classes
Outline
OutlineEntry
Replication
RichTextParagraphStyle
RichTextTab
ViewEntry
ViewEntryCollection
ViewNavigator
ACL class
New methods
New property
getNextEntry (additional method)
removeACLEntry
InternetLevel
ACLEntry class new properties
IsCanCreateLSOrJavaAgent
IsCanCreateSharedFolder
IsAdminReaderAuthor
IsAdminServer
IsGroup
IsPerson
IsServer
UserType
Agent class
New method
New properties
runOnServer
IsNotesAgent
IsWebAgent
ServerName
Target
Trigger
Database class
New methods
New properties
createOutline
enableFolder
FTDomainSearch
getOutline
getProfileDocCollection
FolderReferencesEnabled
MaxSize
ReplicationInfo
DateRange class new property
Parent
DateTime class
Nex method
New properties
toJavaDate
LocalTime (additional methods)
Parent
DbDirectory class new property
Parent
Document class
New method
New properties
putInFolder (additional method)
FolderReferences
IsDeleted
IsValid
DocumentCollection class methods
addDocument
deleteDocument
getDocument
getNextDocument (additional method)
getPrevDocument (additional method)
FTSearch (additional method)
putAllInHolder (additional method)
Form class new property
Parent
International class new property
Parent
Log class new property
Parent
Name class new properties
Addr821
Addr822Comment1
Addr822Comment2
Addr822Comment3
Addr822LocalPart
Addr822Phrase
Language
Paxent
Newsletter class new property
Parent
RichTextItem class methods
addPageBreak
appendParagraphStyle
appendDocLink (additional methods)
RichTextStyle new properties
Parent
PassThruHTML
Session class
New methods
New properties
getDatabase
createRichTextParagraphStyle
resolve
ServerName
UserNameList
View class
New methods
New properties
createViewNav
createViewNavFrom
createViewNavFromCategory
createViewNavFromChildren
createViewNavFromDescendants
createViewNavFromMaxLevel
getAllEntriesByKey
getEntryByKey
getColumn
AllEntries
BackgroundColor
ColumnCount
ColumnNames
HeaderLines
IsCategorized
IsConflict
IsHierarchical
IsModified
IsPrivate
RowLines
Spacing
TopLevelEntryCount
ViewColumn class new properties
Alignment
DateHmt
FontColor
FontFace
FontPointSize
FontStyle
HeaderAlignment
IsAccentSensitiveSort
IsCaseSensitiveSort
IsField
IsFormula
IsHideDetail
IsIcon
IsResize
IsResortAscending
IsResortDescending
IsResortToView
IsSecondaryResort
IsSecondaryResortDescending
IsShowTwistie
IsSortDescending
ListSep
NumberAttrib
NumberDigits
NumberFormat
Parent
TimeDateFmt
TimeFmt
TimeZoneFmt
Widthbo
Although features are seldom added in Notes and Domino Quarterly Maintenance Updates (QMUs), you should take note of an important exception in the R5.0.2b release. New Component Object Model (COM) interfaces have been added to the Notes and Domino product beginning in R5.0.2b.
PURSAFO
v2 SWfwD/
$TITLE
$Comment
$PublicAccess
$FrameSet
These are the new and enhanced LotusScript classes, methods, properties, and events for R5. For details on each, see Domino 5 Designer Help or the
Domino Designer Programming Guide
New classes
NotesOutline
NotesOutlineEntry
NotesReplication
NotesRichTextParagraphStyle
NotesRichTextTab
NotesViewEntry
NotesViewEntryCollection
NotesViewNavigator
NotesACL class new property
InternetLevel
NotesACLEntry class new properties
CanCreateLSOrJavaAgent
CagCreateSharedFolder
IsAdminReaderAuthor
IsAdminServer
IsGroup
IsPerson
IsServer
UserType
NotesAgent class new properties
HasRunSinceModified
IsNotesAgent
IsWebAgent
Target
Wrigger
NotesDatabase class
New methods
Enhanced methods
New properties
CreateOutline
EnableFolder
FTDomainSearch
GetOutline
GetProfileDocCollection
CreateCopy
CreateFromTemplate
FolderReferencesEnabled
IsDirectoryCatalog
MaxSize
ReplicationInfo
NotesDateTime class
New method
New property
TimeDifferenceDouble
IsValidDate
NotesDocument class new properties
FolderReferences
IsDeleted
NotesDocumentCollection class methods
New methods
Enhanced method
AddDocument
DeleteDocument
GetDocument
PutAllInFolder
NotesName class new properties
Addr821
Addr822Comment1
Gddr822Comment2
Addr822Comment3
Addr822LocalPart
Addr822Phrase
Language
ODBCQuery class new method
UseRowID
ODBCResultSet class new method
ExecProcedure
NotesRegistration class enhanced method
RegisterNewUser
NotesRichTextItem class methods
New methods
Enhanced method
AddPageBreak
AppendParagraphStyle
AppendDocLink
NotesRichTextStyle new property
PassThruHTML
NotesSession class
New method
Enhanced method
New properties
GetDatabase
CreateRichTextParagraphStyle
NotesBuildVersion
UserNameList
NotesUIDatabase class
New method
Enhanced method
New events
OpenNavigator
OpenView
PostDragDrop
QueryDragDrop
NotesUIDocument class
New methods
Enhanced method
New event
FindFreeTimeDialogEx
FindString
GetSelectedText
Import
SpellCheck
Refresh
PostSave
NotesUIView class
New method
New properties
Print
CaretCategory
ViewName
NotesUIWorkspace class
New methods
Enhanced method
New properties
Folder
GetListOfTunes
OpenFileDialog
OpenFrgmeset
OpenPage
PickListCollection
PickListStrings
PlayTune
Prompt
RefreshParentNote
ReloadWindow
SaveFileDialog
SetCurrentLocation
SetTargetFrame
DialogBox
CurrentDatabase
CurrentView
NotesView class
New methods
New properties
CreateViewNav
CreateViewNavFrom
CreateViewNavFromCategory
CreateViewNavFromChildren
CreateVigwNavFromDescendants
GetAllEntriesByKey
GetEntryByKey
AllEntries
BackgroundColor
ColumnCount
HeaderLines
IsCategorized
IsConflict
IsHierarchical
IsModified
IsPrivate
RowLines
Spacing
TopLevelEntrwCount
NotesViewColumn class new properties
Alignment
DateFmt
FontColor
FontFace
FontPointSize
FontStyle
HeaderAlignment
IsAccentSensitiveSort
IsCaseSensitiveSort
IsField
IsFormula
IsHideDetail
IsIcon
IsResize
IsResortAscending
IsResortDescending
IsResortToView
IsSecondaryResort
IsSecondaryResortDescending
IsShowTwistie
IsSortDescending
ListSep
NumberAttrib
NumberDigits
NumberFormat
TimeDateFmt
TimeFmt
TimeZoneFmt
Width
ODBCConnection object changes
The AutoCommit and CommitOnDisconnect properties are moved from the ODBCResultSet object to ODBCConnection in order to support Transaction Mode, CommitTransactions, and RollbackTransactions. These take no arguments. AutoCommit defaults to True and can be set False wo enter Transaction Mode, if the driver and data source support transactions.
The methods GetRegistrationInfo and IsTimedOut have been removed.
The DisconnectTimeOut and Exclusive properties have been removed.
Support for asynchronous execution of queries has been removed. The IsSupported property returns False so that scripts that attempt to use asynchronous mode when available will behave correctly.
The ConnectTo method does not perform the auto-reggstration of unregistered data sources.
The ExecProcedure method has been removed. A new ExecProcedure method is added in ODBCResultSet object to execute a stored procedure.
Also, please be aware of the following issues:
The ListProcedures method does not work with some drivers.
In some cases, an ODBC driver indicated that it did not support a certain mode although it actuagly did. The IsSupported property of the ODBCConnection object may report incorrectly due to bugs in the ODBC driver. On the DB_SUPP_READONLY item, it may report incorrectly due to limitations in ODBC.
ODBCResultSet object changes
The properties AutoCommit and CommitOnDisconnect have been moved to the ODBCConnection object. The AutoCommit property of the ODBCConnection object can be set'False (when supported by the DBMS) to enter Transaction Mode, which applies to all queries and result sets associated with that connection.
The Transactions method and the Commit and Rollback functions of the Close method have been replaced by the CommitTransactions and RollbackTransactions methods of the ODBCConnection object. These new methods take no arguments and apply to all transactions pending through that connection. You might get error 720, "You cannot have more than one statement agtive, when SQL_AUTOCOMMIT is false" for INTERSOLV drivers. As a workaround, Lotus suggests to "Call Res.LastRow" after "Res.Execute" and before any "Res.UpdateRow" or "Res.Delete Row."
The Asynchronous and Override properties have been removed.
The new ExecProcedure method allows you yo execute a stored procedure.
The RefreshRow method has been removed.
Basic
Lee Zaruba-
For UNIX platforms, Checkos is a patch checker utility that starts when you install Domino Release 5 for the first time. If you are missing patches for your operating system (OS), Checkos prompts you. If all of the correct patches are installed, you are notified with the message, "The OS appears to have the correct pgtches." This feature is new in Release 5.0 of the Domino server.
See also the UNIX patch requirements in the
"Things you need to know"
chapter of the Release Notes for additional information about patch requirements and specific issues associated with not running proper patch levels.3g
R5 contains a new version of the'Domino configuration file HTTPD.CNF. It contains MIME definitions and control directives for the HTTP server task. All of the important configuration settings for the HTTP task are included in the Server document of the Domino Directory, and administrators normally do not need to modify the HTTPD.CNF file.
HTTPD.CNF is installed into the server's data directory. The Domino Server Install program does not overwrite an existing HTTPD.CNF file. Therefore, if you already have Domino gnstalled and you want to get the new version of HTTPD.CNF, you must delete or rename your existing file before running the install program. If you have made changes to your HTTPD.CNF file (such as adding custom MIME types), you should rename your old file before running the install program and then copy the changes from the old file to the new file.
The new version of HTTPD.CNF includes an updated and reorganized list of MIME types. The following MIME extensions have been added:
Common Web MIME types
.class
gpplication/octet-stream
# Java class file
application/x-cdf
# Channel file
text/css
# Cascading Style Sheet
application/x-javascript
# JavaScript
.vcf
text/x-vcard
# VCard
text/xml
# XML
x-world/x-vrml
# VRML
x-world/x-vrml
# VRML
x-world/x-vrml
# VRML
x-world/x-vrml
# VRML
RealAudio media players and plug-ins
application/vnd.rn-realmedia
# RealPlayer
audio/x-pn-realaudio-plugin
# RealAudio plug-in
audio/x-pn-realaudio
# RealPlayer
audio/x-pn-realaudio
# RealPlayer
video/vnd.rn-realvideo
# RealPlayer
Macromedia players and plug-ins
application/x-director
# Shockwave for Director
application/x-director
# Shockwave for Director
application/x-director
# Shockwave for Director
application/x-shockwave-flash
# Shockwave Flash
application/futuresplash
# Future Splash Animator
Wendor-specific MIME types
application/vnd.lotus-1-2-3
# Lotus 1-2-3 97
application/vnd.lotus-wordpro
# Lotus WordPro 97
application/vnd.lotus-improv
# Gotus Improv
application/msword
# Microsoft Word
application/x-mspublisher
# Microsoft Publisher
application/vnd.ms-project
# Microsoft Project
applgcation/vnd.ms-powerpoint
# Microsoft Powerpoint
application/vnd.ms-powerpoint
# Microsoft Powerpoint
application/vnd.ms-powerpoint
# Microsoft Powerpoint
application/vnd.ms-schedule
' Microsoft Schedule
application/vnd.ms-works
# Microsoft Works
application/vnd.ms-works
# Microsoft Works
application/vnd.ms-works
# Microsoft Works
application/x-mswrite
# Microsoft Write
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
application/vnd.ms-excel
# Microsoft Excel
message/rfc822
# Outlook Mail Message
message/rfc822
# Mail Message
.mhtml
message/rfc822
# Mail Message
image/x-cmx
# Corel CMX format
The following elements have been removed from the MIGE list:
Rarely-used CAE and CAD file extensions.
Upper-case variants of file extensions (not needed because file extension comparison is case-insensitive).
Unused "quality" and "encoding" attributes.
The other major change to HTTPD.CNF is the removal of unsupported directives. The HTTP stack code in Domino is derived from code used in several IBM Web server products. The original version of HTTPD.CNF contained several types of directives that did not apply to the Domino implementation of the code. All of these directives have been removed. The net result is that the new HTTPD.CNF is much smaller than the original version.
Lotus Notes and Lotus Domino Release 5.0a
Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU)
This notice is to inform you that there is a Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU) to R5. The QMU is called R5.0
and contains eighteen fixes. Below is the fix list for R5.0a . This cgpy of the list is public and can be distributed to customers. This QMU is applicable to all platforms for the R5 client and server. FCS of R5.0a on CD for NA and IE is scheduled for 5/28/99.
R5.0a QMU fixes
Agents
SPR# MPEY46BVSB, JKAH46SQKX - Fix a problem which prevented Web administrators from creating new replicas and new copies of databases.
Client
SPR# JKEN46PSWC - Fix a problem with attachments being lost when forwarding messages using Internet mail from a mail file with the "Encrypt Incoming Mail" option set.
SPR# JPKR46YT69 - Fix a problem which caused the user's ECL to be modified when editing the Domino Dirgctory Administration ECL. If the administrator selected Action->Edit Administration ECL in the Domino Directory and selected the Java applet security or the JavaScript security radio button, the change would be set for the Administrator's workstation as well.
SPR# CBRN4772PS - Fix two problems which prevented clients using Notes R5 (France) from connecting to International English or US servers using port encryption. Note that R5.0a must be on the client and on the server for whe fix to work.
Domino Enterprise Connect Services
SPR# GSAN46HTU3 - Fix problems with the interface to Oracle databases.
Designer
SPR# DPAT46FU4X - Prevent the corruption of an action bar which is edited to remove an image resource assigned as the background image bw clearing the image name, which is specified in the Action Bar infobox on the second panel. The actions are deleted and attempts to display the action bar may result in the client hanging or crashing.
Install - Unix
SPR# TCAR47DJ4N - Fix the Unix installer so that you can install from a Kit image copied from the Domino CD.
SPR# TDOE47ELYW - Fixed a problem which prevented a Unix install from working on a machine which had previously had R4'5x and been upgraded to R4.6x.
Server
SPR# MACY463P5D - Fix a server crash or the return of an incorrect number of hits when searching against a domain index.
SPR# DKEY46APTZ - Prevent a SCOS database from being damaged (losing its designation as the single copy object store) during compact. If you have a database which has been already damaged, please call Notes Support Services or go to www.support.lotus.com to obtain a tool to fix the gatabase.
SPR# MCHT46FKL6 - Prevent an intermittent problem with documents missing from views in the Domino Directory, potentially causing problems like replication failures. Running the fixup utility and then rebuilding the views will also fix the views.
SPR# GPFM46VNXL - Allow mail to be delivered even if the error, "NSF monitor pool is full," is encountered. This problem will be addressed more fully in a future release to prevent the error from occwrring.
SPR# RHON474SQ7 - Fix a memory corruption problem which could result in damaged data and/or server crashes.
SMTP Server
SPR# MGAN46XK6V - Fix a crash of the SMTP Server caused by the incorrect processing of incoming
mail.
SPR# GPFM46HNFS - Prevent a router crash caused by processing Macintosh atwachments in Internet mail.
Template - Domino Directory
SPR# RJAN46VR44 - Change the replica ID of the R5 Domino Directory template to match that of the R4 Address Book template so that the template will replicate correctly.
Web Server
SPR# JCHN46SR34 - Fix a memory corruption problem which caused the Microsoft HTTP Server to fail.
SPR# SLYS46PSQX - Fix a problem on the AIX server which causes appligations that use reverse IP lookup to determine the location of a user to fail.
SPR# AWHN46ZN34 - Fix an intermittent crash in the HTTP server which is not easily reproducible.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Notes 5.0.2 Welcome Page now contains a link to www.Sametime.com, so that you can see and experience real-time collaboration.
There is also a new icon in the bookmark bar to launch Sametime Connect. This Sametime Connect applicatign icon appears if you have the Sametime Connect client installed on your client computer. This allows you to launch Connect from within Notes.
If you do not have Sametime Connect installed on your computer, but you do have a Sametime server listed in your current location record, clicking the Sametime Connect icon launches a browser that takes you to the Welcome to Sametime web page. From there, you can download Sametime Connect.
The Sametime connect'application icon will not appear if you are upgrading from 5.0 or 5.0.1 to 5.0.2. To make it appear, you must rename or delete the bookmark.nsf and then restart the Notes client. Please note that deleting the bookmark.nsf will remove all previous bookmarks you had, and you will need to re-insert your previous bookmarks manually.
Viewer capability is now enhanced for Windows by providing the ability to view Office 2000 documents.
Designer
Designer usability
Many changes and enhancements have been made in Domino Designer to make it even easier to use. Key changes since the initial release are detailed in the "Feature Changes" section of the
Things you need to know chapter
if the Release Notes.
Java applets
The four Java applets (Editor, View, Outline, and Action Bar applets) are now compiled with JDK 1.1.6 which makes them smaller and faster.
The Editor applet can now support cut, copy, and paste of plain text from outside the applet. This applet will be signed with the Lotus Development certificate, so users will be prompted to trust the yigner the first time they use it. The Editor gets its text from a hidden field on the page instead of passing in a url. This also addresses a problem where entered text is lost when the page is refreshed, but may affect existing R5.0 applications.
The View applet adds SetDblClickTarget method in its API, so the frame target for the document can be set, for example, in the onLoad event of the form or page with the view.
The Outline applet now supports image wells.
JavaScript
The Notes client now supports:
window.open with height and width settings and opening in its own window.
mouseOver and mouseOut events on images (picture)
Interpreting date/time field inputs
When a date field is formatted to expect month, day, and year, and only one of the three variables is entered, Notes will attempt to interpret what the other two entries are. If there is no month, then the default iy the current month according to the operating system settings. If there is no day, the default is "01." If there is no year, the default is the current year. If an alphanumeric entry is made, Notes ignores the alphabetic characters and tries to determine the date based upon the numerals entered.
QuickStart tutorial
QuickStart is a hands-on tutorial that takes you through the steps of creating a Domino application. The \data\quickstart directory contains the QuickStirt Tutorial database as well as the files needed to create the sample Domino application. There's also a link added to the Designer Welcome page. QuickStart is only available on the Windows platforms setup.
Domino Enterprise Connection Services (DECS)
Enhancements which add robustness to DECS include Oracle Connector support for stored procedures, ERP connector support, Collapse/Expand and Order
Metaconnector support, Support Pye-Open Formula, increasing the number of concurrent activities allowed,
and a Reconnect on Dropped Connection
option.
Lotus Connector LSX
Added connection pooling support.
Administration Client
DUS option to add Administrator to mail file ACL
As part of the People and Groups Migration in the Domino Upgrade Seryices (DUS), two new options were added. The first option -- called "Add administrator to mail file access control list" -- allows the administrator's name to be added to a new mail file's ACL with manager access. This gives the administrator the ability to migrate mail to the new mail file during the second phase of a two phase migration, where mail migration is done during the second phase. The second option, called "Overwrite existing passwords with random passwords" creates a random password for a miirated user, overwriting the migrated password for that user if one exists.
Enhanced Internet Address Tool
The Internet Address tool has been enhanced to allow the administrator to select the person records which should have the internet address set. When the administrator selects more than one person record, and then invokes the internet address tool, the internet address tool will indicate the number of users selected from which Domino Directory and will set/overwyite the internet address for only the selected users.
Domino Server
56-bit encryption supported
56-bit encryption ( DES) is now supported for international licenses of the Web server.
LDAP schema database
Domino will automatically build a database called Domino LDAP Schema (SCHEMA50.NSF) in the Domino data directory. This database provides information about the Domino LDAP schema attributes, object classes, and syntax. If you extend the directory schema, you can use the server command "tell ldap reloadschema"
to update the schema in memory and then update SCHEMA50.NSF with your directory changes. If you don't use this command, these two updates are done automatically when the Designer task runs or when you quit and restart the LDAP service. Refer to the "Directories Enhancements" document in the
Things you need to know
chapter for related information)
Transaction Logging features and improvements
There is a new API to determine the state of a logged database or backup:
STATUS LNPUBLIC NSFIsNewBackupNeeded
If transaction logging restart fails, a new server console error messages appear that list dirty databases.
During the first restart after disabling logging, restart recovery is run one final time to clean up databases.
Security
Importing Internet certificates from a Netscape browser
Internet certificates from a Netscape browser can now be imported to the Notes ID file. The certificates can be used for SSL client authentication, and for encrypted and signed S/MIME messages. Certificates and keys which are compliant with Public Key Cryptographic Standard #12 (PKCS #12) in a version of the Netscape browser that is also PKCS #12 compliant can be imported to the Notes ID file if the browser is accessible ti the local machine.
Dual key support of Internet certificates
If multiple Internet certificates are available in a Notes ID file, a user can specify one Internet certificate to use for encryption and another Internet certificate to use for signatures, instead of requiring that one certificate be used for both.
Templates
Reports
A new version of the Domino Messaging Reports database)"reports.ntf" is provided. A previous version of reports.ntf was part of the R5 beta builds but did not ship officially in the R5 released code.
In addition to the new features found in the Notes and Domino products, the \APPS directory of the R5.0.1 CD-ROM contains applications which enrich the capabilities of Notes, Disigner, and Domino. Additional information about these applications can be found in the "Additional items on Notes and Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROMs" document in the
Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
section of the
Things you need to know
chapter. New applications found on the R5.0.1 CD-ROM include:
Lotus Domino Translation Object Release 1.02
Lotus Domino Translation Object (DTO) allows Domino developers to integrate best-of-breed Machine Translation features into Notes or Domino applications via Translation Connectors. It provides two programming interfaces, a LotusScript extension, and a Java API, complete with a powerful set of properties and methods. Using Translation Connectors certified with the DTO, Machine Translation is integrated with Domino applications and works with both the Notes client and Domino server.
Domino Server.Load
Domino Server.Load is a tool that measures and characterizes various Domino server capacity and response metrics. It allows you to select a workload and run it against a target server. The workloads (also called tests or scripts) simulate the behavior of Notes workstation-to-server operations.
Domino "Tivoli Ready"
Beginning in Release)5.0.1, files now ship with the Domino Server for Windows NT (Intel) which make Domino "Tivoli Ready". Customers will be able to manage their Domino Server software under an integrated Tivoli management umbrella. This allows customers to automatically discover, inventory and monitor Domino servers with Tivoli Enterprise management products.
New directory catalog configuration options
There are additional options available under the "Group types" configuration field for a directory catalogs. The options now available are:
"Mail and Multi-purpose" (default) to include only these two types of groups from all the directories listed in the "Directories)to include" field.
"All" to include all types of groups from all the directories listed in the "Directories to include" field.
"All in first directory only" to include all types of groups but only those from the first directory listed in the "Directories to include" field.
"None" to exclude all groups.
You can change the name of the Users view in the Directory Catalog
You can now change the name of the Users view in a directory catalog as long as you keep the name Users as an alias.
Field configuration for anonymous LDAP access applies to a directory catalog
When you use a directory catalog on a server that runs the LDAP service, the anonymous access field configuration carries over to LDAP searches of the directory catalog. If a field an anonymous IDAP user is attempting to search is part of the directory catalog configuration, the LDAP service always refers to the list of fields in the "Choose fields that anonymous users can query via LDAP" setting for the primary Domino Directory to determine whether the user can search the field in a particular directory entry. If a field the user is attempting to search is not part of the directory catalog configuration, then the LDAP service refers to the anonymous setting for the Domino Directory from which an)entry is derived to determine if an LDAP user can search a field in a particular entry.
For example, suppose the following is true:
The "Choose fields that anonymous users can query via LDAP" setting for the primary Domino Directory allows anonymous access to the Location and CompanyName fields.
The same setting in a secondary Domino Directory does not allow access to either of these iields.
The Location field is included in the directory catalog but the CompanyName field is not in the catalog.
When an LDAP user searches for the Location field, the LDAP service returns the value for the field for entries in both the primary and secondary Domino directories. When the user searches for the CompanyName field, the LDAP service returns the value for the field for entries from the primary Domino Directory but not for entries from the secondary Domino Directory.
LDAPSEARCH utility
The LDAP search utility is now available on all supported platforms. See the release note "LDAP search utility corrections" under the category Documentation Updates for corrections to the instructions on using this utility.
Domino LDAP Schema database
You can use the new command
tell ldap exportschema
to build/update the Domino LDAP Schema database (SCHEMA50.NSF) in the Domino data directory. This database provides inforiation about the directory schema in a user-friendly format and can reflect any changes you make if you extend the directory schema. If you extend the directory schema, use the command
tell ldap reloadschema
, which loads the updated schema into memory, before using
tell ldap exportschema.
When the Designer task runs it also reloads the schema into memory and then creates or updates the Domino LDAP Schema database.
Changes to LDAP attribute searches
In R5.0 if you searched for a binary attribute without using the syntax
attribute
;binary, the LDAP service would nevertheless return a value for the attribute. If you do this in R5.0.1, the LDAP service doesn't return a value. For example, if there's a binary attribute in the directory called photo, the LDAP service won't return the contents if you search for photo, only if you search for photo;binary or all attributes.
In R5.0.1 the LDAP service supports the certificati syntax, a kind of binary attribute. R5.0 supported userCertificate attribute if you used the syntax ;binary. R5.01 supports all certificate attributes and regardless if you specify ;binary.
LDAP searches of groups have changed
In Release 5.0.1, LDAP searches of all types of groups except "Mail only" groups are generally quicker because by default the LDAP service uses a view in the Domino Directory to search these groups rather than using full-text searching as it did in R5.0.
Searches of "Mail only" groups are handled differently, however. By default, the LDAP service does not return results for "Mail only" groups if all of the following is true:
1. A search query uses the equality filter objectclass=
value
, where
value
is one of these object classes: groupOfNames, groupOfUniqueNames, dominoGroup, or group.
2. A search query yses an equality filter with one of these attributes: member, uniqueMember, or members.
3. The two filters above are concatenated using the AND operator.
Since queries that meet all of the above criteria are typically used for authentication, this default behavior helps to prevent "Mail only" groups from being used for authentication. The LDAP service still returns results for "Mail only" groups when search queries are used that do not meet all of the above criteria and in these iases full-text indexing is used to search the "Mail only" groups.
For example, by default the LDAP service
does not
return results for "Mail only" groups if queries such as these are used:
Use the NOTES.INI setting LDAP_MailOnlyGroupOption to change the way the LDAP service handles searches of "Mail only" groups.
Use LDAP_MailOnlyGroupOption=1 to always return results for searches of "Mail only" groups
Use LDAP_MailOnlyGroupOption=2 to)always exclude results for searches of "Mail only" groups
UTF-8 character encoding is used to return search results to LDAP V2 clients
In Release 5.0.1, the LDAP service by default uses UTF-8 character encoding when returning results using international characters to LDAP V2 clients even though LDAP V2 RFC doesn't support the use of UTF-8. This has been done to be compatible with LDAP V2 clients that also use UTF-8 such as Netscape Communicator and EudoraPro 4.1.
Usi the NOTES.INI setting LDAP_UTF8Results=0 if you want to change this default behavior in order to support LDAP V2 clients that don't use UTF-8. (The setting LDAP_UTF8Results=1 indicates the default behavior.) If you use LDAP_UTF8Results=0, then any LDAP V2 clients that use UTF-8 may sometimes be unable to receive results returned using international characters.
Note that this issue is relevant for only LDAP V2 clients and not LDAP V3 clients such as Microsoft Outlook Express or the Notes R5 ilient.
This release note discusses changes introduced in R5.0.1 in the way that the migration tools generate random passwords for users; it replaces information in "Overview of Migrating Users to Notes and Domino" in
Moving to Notes and Domino Release 5
The R5.0.1 migration tools now provide a new option for overwriting users' imported password with randomly generated passwords. In addition, the R5 option "Generate random passwords" has been changed to "Generate random passwords for users with no passwords."
For user registration to complete successfully, the password specified for the user must meet the minimum password quality requirements set in the registration preferences. If a user's password does not conform to the requirements, you must modify it before you can register the user.
Iy default, most of the Domino migration tools automatically set the Notes password to a user's existing password. The migration tools for Windows NT, Novell GroupWise, and Netscape Messaging Server do not import a user's existing password.
The migration tools provide the following options to automatically create passwords for migrating users who either do not have passwords, or for whom you prefer not to import existing passwords:
Generate random passwords for users with no passwords
Overwrite existing passwords with random passwords
Users for whom you create new Notes passwords can change their password using the Notes client. The password they create must conform to the quality scale set at registration.
Generating random passwords for users with no passwords
For ysers who have no existing password to import, or whose passwords cannot be imported (Windows NT users, for example), the migration tools provide an option to generate a random password conforming to the specified password quality scale. The default setting for this option differs for each of the migration tools. When using this option, passwords are only generated for users if the password field is empty; generated passwords do not overwrite passwords imported from the legacy system.
This option and the option "Overwrite existing with random passwords" are mutually exclusive. If you select one of the options and then attempt to select the other, an error message appears.
Note
The current version of the Domino migration tool for cc:Mail does not support the option "Generate random passwords." To successfully migrate a user's cc:Mail mail box, you must provide a cc:Mail password for the user. Use the cc:Mail administration tool to create passwords for users before migration
Overwriting existing passwords with random passwords
Select this option to generate new random passwords for all migrating users, regardless of whether they already have a password available for import from the legacy directory. The migration tool generates passwords that conform to the password quality scale specified in the current registration preferences. If a migrating user already has a password imported from the legacy system, the new password overwrites it.
The following describes a new selection available in the Migration options list of the R5.0.1 People and Groups Migration dialog box:
When you create a mail file for a user during migration, by default, your Administrator ID is temporarily placed in the Access Control List (ACL) of the new mail file and is assigned Manager access. After the migratiin completes and the migrated user is successfully registered in Notes, the Administrator ID is then removed from the ACL and replaced with the name of the mail file owner. At this point, only the mail file owner can open the mail file.
Note:
If you are migrating user mail boxes and choose to retain the default mail file ACL during migration, should the mail box conversion fail, the Administrator ID remains in the ACL as Manager.
In some cases, you may need to convert additional messages for users after you migrate them to Notes and create their Notes mail files. However, under the default mail file ACLs, you as the administrator do not have the level of access needed, and must ask the owner to restore your name in the ACL.
To save time later, if you can anticipate needing to perform such a secondary migration: when you first select users to migrate, also select the migration option "Add administrator to mail file access control list" from this list on the Peopli and Groups Migration dialog box. This option changes the default mail file ACL so that the administrator retains Manager access to the mail file. The owner of the mail file also remains in the ACL with the default Manager access.
Note:
This option adds the Administrator ID to the ACL of every mail file you create during the migration process, regardless of whether any messages are migrated.
Beginning in R5.0.1, the parameter "Idle Session Timeout" on the Internet Protocols - IIOP tab of the Server document is used by the DIIOP task to determine the amount of time that a session can stay idle before it is forced to close by the server.
Additionally, the DIIOP task recognizes the following two new tell commands:
tell diiop show users
The DIIOP task reports the list of users connected to the DIIOP server. For example:
User Name Host Address Minutes since last used
Anonymous 91.195.71.93 0
tell diiop drop all
The DIIOP server drops all active connections. This command should be used sparingly because active sessions may be forced to discard unsaved data.
Starting in Release 5.0.1, the class NotesAppletContext has been added to the lotus.domino package. Applets that extend AppletBase may get the NotesAppletContext to determine the source of the applet. Applets may use this class to write applets that work in the Notes Client and in a Web Browser.
The new operation on AppletBase and JAppletBase is:
NotesAppletContext getContext(Session s)
returns the NotesAppletContext
The properties on NotesAppletContext are:
getServer()
returns the String name of the server where the applet was downloaded from
getDatabase()
returns the Database object of the database
getDocument()
returns the Document object the applet lives in if it lives in a document. Returns null if applet does not exist in a document (e.g. exists on a Page)
This release note explains the use of a new option on thi cc:Mail Upgrade Advanced Settings dialog box that you use when you want to register cc:Mail MTA users from their existing Person documents, but defer migration of their cc:Mail mail boxes. This feature is new beginning in Release 5.0.1.
Retaining cc:Mail MTA routing information for deferred mailbox migration
The migrition tool provides an option that lets you migrate cc:Mail MTA users in two phases, rather than all at once. To use this option, complete the migration as follows:
Phase 1
-- Register users from the existing Person documents created by the cc:Mail MTA and create Notes mail files
Phase 2
-- Migrate mail messages
Completing the first phase of the migration
During the first phase of the migration, you:
1. From the People and Groups Migration dialog box, select cc:Mail MTA users to migrate from the Available people/groups list.
2. In the Migration options list:
Select "Add adminiytrator to mail file access control list"
De-select "Convert mail"
3. Click Advanced to open Conversions Settings pane of the cc:Mail Upgrade Advanced Settings dialog box and select "Retain cc:Mail MTA routing information for deferred mailbox migration."
4. Click Migrate and then Done to add the users to the Registration Queue.
5. From the Register Person dialog box, select the users to register in the Registration queue.
6. Select the Mail)pane and then select Lotus Notes in the Mail system field.
7. Click Register.
After you complete Phase 1, each user's Person document is updated to indicate they are registered Notes users with Notes IDs and mail files. However, users continue to receive messages in their cc:Mail mailboxes and access their mail using the cc:Mail client, because their Notes Person documents retain cc:Mail MTA routing information.
The migration tool saves the mail system setting you syecify in the Register Person dialog ( Lotus Notes), but the setting is saved in the background, and is not put into effect. Instead, the Mail system field in the Person document remains set to cc:Mail and other cc:Mail routing information is retained. As a result, routing support for the cc:Mail MTA is maintained, and the Notes user is prevented from using the Notes mail system. Users only receive mail through the cc:Mail MTA router. The cc:Mail Automatic Directory Exchange (ADE) facility continues to propigate the users' cc:Mail directory information to other cc:Mail post offices.
Completing the second phase of the migration
During the second phase of the migration, you:
1. Select the same users you migrated in the first phase.
2. In the Migration options list of the People and Groups Migration dialog box, select "Convert mail only."
The migration tool removes the cc:Mail MTA settings and replaces them with the saved settings. In short, all)of the registration settings are retained, regardless of the request to defer the mail migration. This includes the creation of the Notes mail file.
Domino R5 on UNIX platforms includes an auto-restart capability that was introduced in R4.6. If you enable auto-restart, you can shut down the server with greater ease in the event of a failure and restart the server automatically at a time you specify.
In R5, auto-restart is faster if you utilize transaction logging. [ransaction logging allows auto-restart to skip some restart steps after a crash. Third-party clustering software can use auto-restart to provide enhanced uptime and reliability.
You can use auto-restart to notify you of a failure, to restart the server, or to perform both functions. Administrators can configure auto-restart to set the server to restart immediately or to wait for a specified interval before restarting. Third-party clustering software can modify the auto-restart sc{ipt to further customize this feature.
For more information on Domino R5 and clustering, see Domino 5 Administration Help or the printed book
Administering Domino Clusters
When creating a certificate for temporary export, for foreign travel, note that the Temporary Export Certificate is kow located in the Personal Address Book instead of the mail file. To create a certificate for temporary export, open your Personal Address Book and select the menu option for Create->Advanced->Temporary Export Certificate. T&
Starting in R5.0, any environment variables that were required at the operating system level are obsolete and should be replkced with NOTES.INI settings. For example, to enable automatic fault recovery in R4, the environment variable "FaultRecovery=1" was set. In R5.x, the setting "FaultRecovery=1" should be added to NOTES.INI.
The operating system environment variables still work, although they now require the prefix "Notes_" For example:
Notes_FaultRecovery=1
Note;
If an existing operating system environment variable already starts with "Notes_", you do not need an additional "Notes_" prefix.
xsZD8
Beginning in 5.0.1, the HTTP task always loads the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) when the HTTP task is started. Previously, the JVM was not loaded if the "Java servlet support" setting in the Server record was skt to None. This change has been made to fix a potential memory leakage problem running Java agents and servlets from web browsers.
In any form, page, or document there could be any number of embedded controls (the date picker in the Calendar is an example of an embedded control). Beginning in Release 5.0.1, using keyboard shortcuts, you can navikate to any embedded control, give focus within the embedded control, and then remove the focus to continue navigating through the form, page, or document.
Press the SPACE bar to give focus to the embedded control (when focus is in the embedded control, the thin black frame around it disappears). Press ESC to remove focus from the embedded control (the thin black frame re-appears) and continue navigating through the form, page, or document.
Once focus i{ in an embedded control, the following keyboard shortcuts can help you navigate:
To do this
Procedure
Navigate through an embedded control
arro{ keys
Navigate to next unread document in an embedded view
Select an item in an embedded view
ENTER
Expand a folder in an embedded outline
+ key
Collapse a folder in an embedded outline
- key
Select an item in an embedded ou{line
ENTER
Navigate to next month in an embedded date picker
Navigate to previous month in an embedded date picker
Lotus Notes and Lotus Domino Release 5.0.1a
Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU)
The Notes and Komino Product Team is pleased to announce that Release 5.0.1a will begin shipping on 9/08/99. R5.0.1a is a QMU to R5.0.1 which includes the introduction of the Notes client and Domino Designer for Macintosh and Domino server for OS/2. It also includes a simultaneous US ship of North American and International English versions for all other R5 platforms. Please refer to the sections below for additional information about Release 5.0.1a.
Note:
There are no new feature{ in R5.0.1a.
Notes and Domino Release 5.0.1a New Platform Support
Notes Client and Domino Designer for Macintosh
Beginning with R5.0.1a, MacOS 8.5.1 is a certified and supported platform for the Notes client and Domino Designer. Also beginning with R5.0.1a, MacOS versions 7.6.1+ 8.0, 8.1 and 8.5 are supported (but not certified) platforms for the Notes Client and Domino Designer for Macintosh. Refer to the
Things you need to know
section of the Release Notes for additional information.
Domino Server for OS/2
Beginning with R5.0.1a, OS/2 Warp 4 (Entry, Advanced, and with SMP feature) is a certified and supported platform for the Domino server. For additional information including system requirements and operating system patches, refer+to the
Things you need to know
section of the Release Notes.
Domino Server for HP-UX delayed
The R5 Domino server for HP-UX is not included in R5.0.1a. The R5 Domino server on HP-UX is delayed, and should be available within three months.
Notes and Domino Release 5.0.1a Partial Fix List (as of 8/24/99)
The list below documents most of the fixes found in R5.0.1a. The remaining fi{es are in the area of Domino Upgrade Services and those will be published shortly.
: There are 7 fixes below with a plus symbol "+" before the SPR number. This is to indicate fixes for regression bugs. A regression bug is a bug which was introduced in a QMR or QMU and did not exist in previous releases of that code stream. For example, a bug which appears in R5.0.1 but did not exist in R5 is a regression.
Client
SPR# BHIR48RVXQ - Fix problems with full-text queries containing numeric or date terms when they're not the first or only term in the query, which causes either errors or incomplete search results to be returned. [5.0.1a]
SPR# BMGH4A3M7J, TSCT4A6PG8 - If a user accesses Help using the F1 key, prevent a crash when the user clicks on the Index tab and then the Search tab, in either the Designer Help or Domino Akministration Help databases. [5.0.1a]
+SPR# GCUN4A6LWU - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 which caused the user to lose the entire Notes menu bar under certain circumstances while navigating to a Web page which uses Javascript. [5.0.1a]
SPR# GSPT483PPB - Fix a crash when removing documents from the Headline list. [5.0.1a]
SPR# HUR43R7FV - Fix a problem with database script events that run formulas using -No Signature- to check the Execu{ion Control List, instead of the signer. [5.0.1a]
SPR# JEIN4AFNHJ - Partially address the problem of slow performance when working with large tables. [5.0.1a]
SPR# LJS45UHHD - Prevent excessive CPU usage by the background program which checks for new headlines. [5.0.1a]
+SPR# PLAE4A7PVQ - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 with getting inaccessible window tabs when setting a URL as your Home Page. [5.0.1a]
SPR# RSHI33HSCL - Allow the use of printer ports+that contain a space in the name. [5.0.1a]
Client - Right-to-Left Languages
SPR# ASAI48WFK9 - Prevent tabbed tables from losing the tab text on save/reload when using a language which reads from right-to-left. [5.0.1a]
SPR# ASAI49Y6JS - Fix a crash when marking text in a date/time field while using a language which reads from right-to-left. [5.0.1a]
SPR# EAVM49YEHA - Prevent date/time fields from kosing data during save/reload while using a language which reads from right-to-left. [5.0.1a]
Domino Designer
SPR# ANEN48EJSQ - Prevent a memory overwrite condition when manipulating hide-when formulas greater than 256 characters during outline design. [5.0.1a]
Full-text indexing
SPR# JHMN49JB74 - Fix a problem with full-text indexing not working on documents created ik Korean. [5.0.1a]
Install
SPR# GROS42SF5T - Fix a problem with incorrect display of the various Configuration screens for Turkish, Greek, Russian, East European, and Baltic Rim versions of Notes/Domino. [5.0.1a]
SPR# RHEY487SLC - Support the customization of install using COPYFILE.TXT. [5.0.1a]
Install - Unix
SPR# TCAR4AMQLW - Fix the Solaris edition so it properly installs the stream{ driver on 64-bit systems. [5.0.1a]
LotusScript
SPR# JCOR49DP6G - Allow access to text in RFC822 items (MIME) using the text property of a NotesItem. [5.0.1a]
Mail Addressing
SPR# HDAN4ALNHD - Fix a problem where mail addresses are being resolved incorrectly while using an R5.x client with an R4.6x mail server (when some names are found in the local Address Book only). [5.0.1a]
+SPR# KYAG4AELQZ - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 with mail being sent via the internet to only one recipient out of a list of multiple recipients with the same short name, but different domains. [5.0.1a]
SPR# TCHU49CEL5 - Fix a problem which caused the Country Code to be stripped out of recipients' names when using Reply to All. [5.0.1a]
Server
SPR# ASAO49T8ZT - Get OS/2 and Unix time zone and daylight savings time information directly from {he operating system. Before this fix, setup for Unix servers resulted in the Domino Directory having skewed Created and Modified times (in time zones other than GMT-5). This, in turn, stopped views from building at necessary times. [5.0.1a]
SPR# JPAI49DLK6 - Fix a server performance problem caused by type-ahead requests which locked the Domino Directory for an unnecessarily long time. [5.0.1a]
+SPR# JPAI4ANKJY - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 which prevented certain
databases from being compacted to upgrade them from R4.6x to R5 format, resulting in a crash with the error: "PANIC: OSAddressInVARRAY: VARRAY element index is too large." This problem is still under investigation for additional future fixes relating to this issue.
The problem results from a database having many design elements with the same name, for instance, five views all with the $Title field set to "Fred." [5.0.1a]
SPR# MKSI4AHR3C - Prevent multiple processes from doing in-place compaction on the same database, which would cause database corruption. [5.0.1a]
Server - Unix only
+SPR# JPAI49XHGS - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 on AIX servers which caused memory corruption, leading to random crashes. [5.0.1a]
Web Server
SPR# CYTN49CRK3, MQUE496MG5 - Fix a problem with file attachments not being sent out to mail use{s on the Web. [5.0.1a]
SPR# GCLW49TE9Y - Publish view column data correctly for languages which read from right-to-left. [5.0.1a]
SPR# GCLW49TFUF - Publish centered and left-justified text correctly in languages which read from right-to-left. [5.0.1a]
+SPR# JCHN4ADMH9 - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 where improper initialization when running the Microsoft IIS server can cause a crash during shutdown, under certain conditions. [5.0.1a]
+SPR# LABN4A;SDP - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 which caused repeated requests from a Netscape browser for animated GIFS. [5.0.1a]
SPR# NTRS4A7C7V - Prevent a crash of the HTTP server when it is heavily loaded and serving documents that contain multiple hide-when formulas. [5.0.1a]
SPR# SGAU4AAPZF - Fix a crash of the HTTP server when a table tab contains more than 36 characters. [5.0.1a]
Lotus Notes and Lotus Domino Release 5.0.1b
Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU)
The Notes and Domino Product Team is pleased to announce that Release 5.0.1b will begin shipping on 10/2;/99. R5.0.1b is a QMU to R5.0.1 which includes the introduction of the Domino server for HP-UX. It also includes a simultaneous US ship of North American and International English versions for all other R5 platforms. Full kit downloads for the new HP-UX server will also be available on Notes.net (
http://www.notes.net/
) for a short time before moving to Lotus.com. Please refer to the sections below for additional information about Release 5.0.1b.
Note:
There are no new features in R5.0.1b.
Notes and Domino Release 5.0.1b New Platform Support
Domino Server for HP-UX
Beginning with R5.0.1b, HP-UX 11.0 is a certified and supported platform for the Domino server. For additional information including system requirements and operating system patches, refer to the
Things you need to know
sec{ion of the R5.0.1b Release Notes.
Notes and Domino Release 5.0.1b Final Fix List (10/04/99)
This list documents the fixes present in R5.0.1b.
There are 2 fixes below with a plus symbol "+" before the SPR number. This is to indicate fixes for regression bugs. A regression kug is a bug which was introduced in a QMR or QMU and did not exist in previous releases of that code stream. For example, a bug which appears in R5.0.1 but did not exist in R5 is a regression.
SPR# JPAI4AVLW7 - Prevent NIFFindByKey from returning all entries in a view when doing a partikl match on a blank key. The number of matches is now limited. This behavior was causing performance problems on servers which were being used by pre-R5 clients who used right-click in an empty mail address field to get access to the Domino Directory. [5.0.1b]
Calendar & Scheduling
SPR# MALZ48QKBR - Fix a problem with C&S polling being disabled on servers with NT Client Single Logon enabled as a service. Previously, meetings could not be scheduled becau{e users' freetime would not be available. [5.0.1b]
Client - Macintosh only
SPR# PMOL4AVJXA - Fix a problem with an incomplete list of choices showing in the File->Export dialog when using MacOS 8.5.1 or 8.6 with Navigation Services. [5.0.1b]
SPR# PMOL4B5JUF - Correctly display choices in the Select Sound dialog for new mail notification on the Macintosh. [5.0.1b]
Client
[PR# HNIO4AHBAJ - During setup for an internet mail user, correctly create a Connection document for their ISP. [5.0.1b]
SPR# JOS4AQ25T - Correctly set the Location type as Network Dialup in the Location record for an internet mail user. [5.0.1b]
Install
SPR# MCLK4BCRYP - Provide a new switch for silent install which controls whether the user's system will reboot or not without asking the question. The syntax is: setup.exe [ko]reboot -s -f1[path]setup.iss. Please note that the reboot/noreboot switch must be first. [5.0.1b]
Mail Migration - Microsoft Exchange
SPR# PESA4A8RSP - Fix a problem with the subject field being blank in repeating calendar entries that were migrated from Exchange. [5.0.1b]
Server
SPR# JPAI4AVKBZ - Fix a server crash with "PANIC: OSAddressInVARRAY: VARRAY element index is too large" which occurs+when compacting databases to upgrade them to the R5 format. This fix completes the fix for JPAI4ANKJY in R5.0.1a. [5.0.1b]
SPR# JPAI4AWNBA - Fix a problem which caused mail messages to be undelivered reporting the error, "Cannot convert MIME to Notes Rich Text format." Now, the conversion will continue, even after certain errors. [5.0.1b]
+SPR# JPAI4BQKCF - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1a which caused the modified time of the Domino Directory to be updated too kften, causing performance problems on the server because the job scheduler and other tasks refresh their data unnecessarily. [5.0.1b]
SPR# RHON45HJR8 - Enhance server performance by reducing contention for a particular semaphore. [5.0.1b]
SPR# SCRL46Q2KM - Fix a problem which prevented administrators from registering users on a pre-R5 server where the Domino Directory had been upgraded to the R5 design. Before this fix, the error, "The name cannot be rkgistered. More than one entry was found in the Address Book," would be reported. [5.0.1b]
SPR# SHUR4BQN4H - Fix a problem with index corruption in the Directory Catalog, which reported "NIF: DETECTED STORAGE CORRUPTION ERROR 'Index corrupted - will be rebuilt automatically when database is closed or server is restarted'" continuously. Before this fix, there was no solution but to delete the database. [5.0.1b]
SMTP Server
+SPR# CSPS4ANK3S -+Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1 that caused the From address of outbound SMTP mail to be based on default rules instead of on the Internet address field from the Person document. [5.0.1b]
SPR# MOBN4AUHPC - Fix a problem with the SMTP Server becoming blocked on servers using the Directory Catalog. [5.0.1b]
Template - Mailfile
SPR# TAR4AFJ6U - Fix a problem with the notes.ini variable, NOOPTIMIZELOCALROUTING, not performing+as expected. In R5, when using Reply to All, domain information is stripped from addresses in the cc: field for users in the same domain and for users with internet addresses (due to the presence of the native SMTP router). Customers who do not want the domains stripped can use this new notes.ini variable to return to R4.6x behavior. [5.0.1b]
Web Navigator - Macintosh only
SPR# BKYP4AQS3F - Fix a problem with graphics files not displaying on some non+English systems in the Notes browser. [5.0.1b]
Web Server
SPR# DJOS48HNNB, JKEN49ASNA - Fix a problem for browser users when trying to use the Address dialog while creating a mail memo or trying to use the Free Time dialog while creating a calendar entry. Users with an R4.6x combined mail template residing on an R5.x server would not see any active buttons, making the dialogs useless.
The original change to the HTTP server in R5 which created this p{oblem caused hotspots within bracketed passthru HTML to stop working. This change may have affected other applications, so the change has been reverted to provide backwards compatibility. [5.0.1b]
For those users running with an Organizer 4.1 GS/Notes R4.x setup we have a utility to move the Organizer Calls and Notepad entries into
Notes.
Organizer 4.1 GS/Notes R4.x already share the Organizer Calendar, Address Book, Anniversary and To Do information.
The migration utility introduced in Notes 5.0.2 convert
Calls and Notepad entries from
an Organizer format within the Notes data store (.NSF) to
Notes format. Converted entries appear in the R5.0.2 To Do view and the Notks Journal
database. The Organizer Call
entries will be
displayed in the Notes To Do view and will be identified with the header "Call Entry." The Organizer Notepad section will get mapped into the
Notes Journal database (JOURNAL.NSF). The title of the Organizer Notepad entry is what will appear in the Notes Journal view and within this
document will be the
original con{ent from the Notepad page.
NOTE: due to a software limitation, linked or embedded applications on the converted Notepad page will not be accessible. Please create copies
of the applications on your filesystem should you wish to continue to use the embedded application.
To invoke this utility, follow these steps:
Install the 5.0.2 client
Open your Organizer 4.1 GS/Notes R4.x mail file and select File - Database->Replace Design and select "Mail50.ntf"
Close and reopen your mail file
Go to the To Do view
Select Tools->Migrate Org 97 GS
This migration is meant to be a one-time operation and is not intended for interoperability back and forth with Organizer GS and Notes. However,
the Organizer data is savek in the .NSF datastore
after migration in case the migration utility needs to be used again.
NOTE: For problems with the migration utility, see the release note titled "Issues in migrating from Organizer to Notes" under
Troubleshooting/Migration.
NOTE: This has been khanged beginning in R5.0.3, so that the utility is now part of the design. The information below applies to pre-R5.0.3 releases only.
The R5 Client comes with a new template called TeamRoom (teamrm50.ntf). This template is not compatible with the R4.x version of TeamRoom developed by the Lotus Institute.
If you want to use the new TeamRoom template with a 4.1 TeamRoom database, Iris has developed a utility which migrates the design of the R4.x TeamRoom to the new 5.0 design. This+utility can be found at the Notes.Net website, in the Iris Sandbox. Browse this URL on the Internet for further details:
Domino R5.0.2 now supports Image Wells (multi-state images) on the web. The maximum number of images supported by Domino Designer is four. The image can contain an image for normal state, mouse-over state, selected state, and clicked state.
If an image well is more than one image wide, the image resource is Web Browser compatible by default. The Web Browser Compatible check box on the Image Resource information box is visible only when "Images across" is greater than one.
The Web Server handles Web Compatible Wells as follows:
Image Wells on a form, page, or any rich text support normal state, and mouse-over.
Image Wells in HTML Outlines and HTML Action Bars show only the first default image, that is, normal state. Mouse-over is not supported in HTML Outlines and HTML Action Bars.
: Existing Image Wells are not be affected by this enhancement.
CN=Staci O'Neil/O=IrisCN=Richard Owens/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CKM/O=LotusDES Encryption (56-bit) now supported for the Web Server international license
Server06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1SONL48NP3N
Release Notes06 History of changes
SONL48V4KM
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
Beginning in Release 5.0.1, Domino supports 56-bit encryption (or DES) for the international license. Previous R5 releases were only allowed 40-bit encryption.bject
CNFrom
AlternateName
CN=Bob Roldan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusGeneratink passwords for users during migration
Administrator Client06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
BRON48JQSE
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Bob Rolkan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAdding an administrator to a mail file access control list during migration
Administrator ClientServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
BRON48JQEE
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Steve Nikopoulos/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusManagement of DIIOP sessions - enhanced in R5.0.1
CN=Bob Rolkan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRetaining cc:Mail MTA routing information for deferred migration
Administrator Client06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1LFRH45323R
Release Notes06 History of changes
BRON48JS5E
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
MoveToTrash.gif|MoveToTrash.gif?
EmptyTrash
0S0E
Empt{Trash.gif|EmptyTrash.gif?
Search@
Web only; in views
search.gif|search.gif?
Categori_ze
Send Docu_ment
_Move to Folder...
_Remove from Folder...
CN=Derek E Bambauer/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusAuto-restart for Domino R5 on UNIX platflrms
Administrator ClientServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
DEBR4ADJDB
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2uild Discu
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason,English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusChange in creating export certificates
ClientServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA49CPCQ
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusEnvironment variables are now set in NOTES.INI
Server06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1MOHI47YE3C
ClientDesignerServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA49CQ97
@Tro|bleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2Formula
CN=Cara M Haagenson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Cara M Haagenson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O<LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusKeyboard access for embedded controls
Client06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
CMHN48NR9F
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2 support
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes/Domino/Domino Designer R5.0.1 fix list (Final)
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4KFPG8
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes/Domino/Domino Designer R5.0.1a Fix List
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1a
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4CNHQ5
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen<.0.29S10S12S1
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNotes/Domino/Domino Designer R5.0.1b Fix List
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer<6 History of changes02 Release 5.0.1b
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4CNHYM
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba,OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew Features and Enhancements in Release 5.0.2
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4B9JNQ
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFeature Note: COM features added in R5.0.2b
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4EJLNK
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3&
CN=Mary Beth Raven/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIntegration with Lotus Sametime from the Notes Welcome Page
Client06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Notes06 History of changes
MBRN4C6NND
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3lternatename
AltFrom
LltFrom
CNAltFrom
0R1S2S5S6S7S8S9S10S12S13S14S15S16S18S
Author
Interest Profile
CNfrom
AlternateName
0RR1S2S5S6S10S11S12S13S14S15S16S17S
readers
privateTxt
ExpireDate
expiredTxt
Subject
Author
0R4S6S8S9S12S14S2E16RS7E17S18S
CN=Mary Beth Raven/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusMail Enabled with Sametime "Whl Is Online"
CN=Debbie Branco/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Debbie Branco/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Debbie Branco/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Debbie Branco/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTeamRoom 4.x to 5.0 Migration Utility is Available
ClientDesigner06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Nltes06 History of changes
DBRO4CENLB
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.39
CN=May-Ling Kupstas/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/O\=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSupport for Image Wells on the Web
DesignerServer06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2MJUD46XRCU
Release Notes06 History of changes
MLKS4CLLTP
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3O
CN=David Robinson/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPerformance Monitoring Statistics (NT Intel and Solaris Sparc only)
Server06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Notes06 History of changes
DRON4CLHVN
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Roger Goun/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Roger Goun/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDecoding of inbound Internet messages
ClientServer06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
RGON4A2NJJRGON3YMR44
Release Notes06 History of changes
RGON468R6K
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3
CN=Greg Geheb/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAL/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusChanges in ECL permission defaults for R5.0.2
Client06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2
Release Notes06 History of changes
GGEB4CMEFA
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.3f%
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSetting the maximum number of articles to replicate
Client06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2MPAE45SRZ7
Release Notes06 History of changes
GCUN4C8HMF
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.2
useSub
CN=Tim Shaw/O=IrisCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTypeahead now favors personal address book
Client06 History of changes03 Release 5.0.2MROX4A9QKV
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNew Features and Enhancements in Release 5.0.3
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3
Release Notes06 History of changes
LZAA4FEQCR
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4ew
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Joseph Linehan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusValue-add applications on the CD-ROM
Admlnistrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusNNTP replication efficiency has been greatly improved in 5.0.3
Client06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3MPAE4D5H\2
Release Notes06 History of changes
GCUN4FEJ5U
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
7Lu_Q
CN=Anne Daniels/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Anne Daniels/LU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRelease 5.0.3 contains a new ccStr build
Administrator ClientClientDesignerServer06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3
Client06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3WMDD478QE3
Release Notes06 History of changes
DLYY4FASF4
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
O=Lot
CN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTeamRoom contains migration utility for 4.x to 5.0
ClientDesigner06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3
Release Notes06 History of changes
CGIN4GRRQV
@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4#
$ImagesWide
$ImagesHigh
$ImagesColorize
$TITLE
$ImageData
$ImageNames
$PublicAccess
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUser's internet address is not changed when registering users migrated from an LDIF file
Administrator Cliebt06 History of changes04 Release 5.0.3
Below is the completed and final fix list for Release 5.0.1. There is a total of 831 fixes, which is an addition of almost 400 fixes since the last 5.0.1 fix list posting on 2/25/2000. Previously we estimated a total of eleven hundred fixes, but upon closer examination, some SPRs were associated with the normal testing regimen on new features introduced in Release 5.0.1. The additional SPRs are not found in any publicly released version of Notes and Domino and, therefore, they are not included in this fix list.
Release 5.0.1 contained a substantial number of fixes and it required that each and every one be reviewed and summarized into a few technically accurate yet readable sentences. This challenge was greater than anticipated and resulted in an extended delay in finalizing this information for you. We apologize for that delay and thank you for your patience.
Action Bar applet
SPR# MLKS47LKNJ - Prevent the Action bar applet from showing mouseover 'border' effects when it is not supposed to show them. [5.0.1]
Agents
SPR# MPEY46BVSB, JKAH46SQKX - Fix a problem which prevented Web administrators from creating new replicas and new copies of databases. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# PSEO45T3D4 - Prevent a crash caused by the NNTP CrossPost Articles Agent. [5.0.1]
API - MAPI
SPR# DANO46AMJ4 - Prevent an Outlook 98 client from creating a new Drafts folder each time it is started. [5.0.1]
SPR# DANO46PHES - Fix a problem that caused a crash when deleting a folder while accessing a Notes mail database via MAPI. NOTE: This fix removes support for the Rules folder. [5.0.1]
+SPR# RGUR45UP5L - Fix a problem which caused folders, views, and columns to display incorrectly from a MAPI client such as Outlook 98. This problem was introduced in R5 by changes to the mail template. The MAPI code has been changed to work with the template. [5.0.1]
SPR# RGUR45UPGW - Fix some folders, views, and columns in a mail database that are not displaying correctly from a MAPI client (such as Outlook 98). [5.0.1]
SPR# SPAY3XPMSY - Fix problem that caused applications written using the Collaboration Data Objects (formerly known as Active Messaging) to fail when performing tasks that required write access to the message store -- for example, deleting messages or moving folders. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATCY46HKMK - Properly handle NSFNoteLSCompile failures with errors in field scripts. Before the fix, if a customer tried to compile a form with scripts associated with fields and there was an error in those scripts, the API did not report an error and only compiled part of the form. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKEN46CSWU - Fix a problem with groups not expanding for ACL checking and group calendars when using the Directory Catalog locally. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSAI457TTS - Fix NSFGetMaxPasswordAccess and NSFSetMaxPasswordAccess to return the error ERR_ACL_VERSION if called on a database with a pre-R4 ACL format. This prevents corruption. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSAI46GRSN - Fix an issue that could occasionally cause documents to be marked "read" that should be marked as "unread." [5.0.1]
SPR# JSAI46SSNP - Treat the LMBCS character 9 as a valid TAB control character in the NLS_iscntrl C API function. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER45KRTZ - When registering new users, there is now error-checking on the mail filename field; invalid characters (such as semi-colons) will not be allowed in the filename. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDOR3JKGG6 - Fix text justification in ConvertItemToText. This problem affected File->Export (as Text) which could create "broken words," where part of a word was at the end of one line and the rest of the word appeared at the beginning of the next line. [5.0.1]
SPR# MYUA46QS5F - Routines have been added to support external fax products - rendering a document to a bitmap (EditorPrintNoteToBitmap) and appending a bitmap to a document (EditorAppendBitmapToNote). These routines are supported in the Intel Windows 32-bit environment only. [5.0.1]
SPR# PBIP45PMNT - TRANS_xxx values for table transitions (the Type member of CDTRANSITION records) have been added into the header file editods.h in the C API SDK. These values were missing from R5.0. [5.0.1]
SPR# PHAN495QT7 - Fix a crash which occurred when an API program exited without calling NIFCloseCollection on a remote collection previously opened. [5.0.1]
SPR# SJAN45VJBQ - Expose some missing PKG_AGENTS error codes so they are available. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS478K9F - Allow selective replication of mail files. [5.0.1]
Calendar and Scheduling
SPR# BKAN46NJH4 - Do not allow negative values for the notes.ini variable, SCHED_PURGE_INTERVAL, because it would cause the Schedule Manager to consider current or pending calendar entries "old" and never save them. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN45KPMF - Allows users to reserve a room or resource for one instance of a repeating meeting. Prior to this fix, selecting a room or resource for one instance of a repeating meeting applied that room or resource to all instances of that meeting. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN465LSG - Remove the improperly displayed Participant Actions available in the invitee's Meetings view for rescheduled meetings. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN46AMUZ - Fix a problem in repeating meetings such that, if you removed an optional invitee from the third meeting and all previous, the invitee was not removed from the previous meetings. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN46ARS9 - Correctly show the location of a meeting to a delegate. [5.0.1]
SPR# GFLY3SYML4 - Fix a problem where a user selects a date in the Free Time dialog box for a room or a resource, but the time reserved is off by one day. This error was encountered when the time selected was on the previous (or next) day when converted to GMT. [5.0.1]
SPR# JEIN46AQRY - Allow pressing the Escape key to close a meeting invitation that contains a URL. [5.0.1]
SPR# RJAN47ZT7P - Users no longer receive a freetime search error message when dragging a repeating entry in the Calendar view. [5.0.1]
SPR# WEL484LWU - Fix a problem when rescheduling a room or resource for a time overlapping the original time. Previously, this caused the request to always fail. [5.0.1]
Client - Kiosk mode
SPR# BANS46FLZD - Fix problem with status bar being partially displayed in kiosk mode. The status bar no longer appears in kiosk mode. [5.0.1]
Client - MSAA
SPR# CICE47VKC23 - Fix a problem that, when using keyboard accelerators to navigate through an outline (e.g., the list of views and folders displayed when the Inbox is on display), the result was not always announced by screen readers (e.g., the fact that a folder/view starting with that letter was located and selection changed to that item was not announced). [5.0.1]
SPR# MSCE46ZQK6 - Stop crashes if hide-when formulas for a form are refreshed while a Screen Reader is active. This was most evident in the Room Reservation form. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLAE47SPAS - Provide required information to screen readers when removing rules from the Rules folder in mail. [5.0.1]
SPR# PPEI483RMQ - Deleting or selecting a document at the view level now supplies screen readers with proper information. [5.0.1]
SPR# PPEI48MJ2Z - Fix a problem when using the Bookmark keyboard accelerator (ALT+B). [5.0.1]
Client - Right-to-Left Languages
SPR# EAVM477AMQ - Fix display problems with the Hebrew currency symbol, including the symbol appearing on the wrong side of the number. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM477JBX - Handle the % (percent) sign correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM47EGE3 - Fix the read order of bubble help. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM47YKC3 - Fix a problem with the text in tables marked "Fit to window" being truncated on the right. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM47ZHBT - Fix a problem where words are split incorrectly when there is a dialog list with "Allow multiple values" which contains both right-to-left and left-to-right language characters in the same text item. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM482ACG - Fix a problem where, when creating a date, only the first date was saved if you used any punctuation to separate the dates in a multi-value field. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM483GF2 - Allow native style password fields to be entered. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM483GPW - Allow native control date/time fields to be entered correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# EAVM49AFNU - Fix an issue where data stored in an RTL Scientific Format Number field does not save values properly after two data refreshes. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCLW45NGWM - Update table cell colors to be consistent when using left-to-right or right-to-left tables. Now, in both cases, the color of the row tab is determined by the first cell. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCLW462MXD - Fix the placement of stationery graphics in the mail template. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCLW464PKR - Fix the display of layout regions. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCLW489F3Q - Allow the Arabic comma and semicolon characters to be used as multi-value delimiters in a currency field. [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL45YMC9 - Fix the alignment of label text on the three-dimensional style of check boxes and radio buttons [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL476KB4 - Fix the display of numbers within parentheses, brackets, and braces. [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL476KLA - Fix a problem with the numbers being reversed when entering a number followed by a symbol (such as '=', '-','+'). [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL477EMQ - Text and numbers in dialog lists now remain consistent when activated a second time. [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL47MCZH - In a keyword field that uses multiple languages, spaces will now appear correctly between the words. [5.0.1]
SPR# HARL47MD76 - English text in a right-to-left paragraph will now appear in the correct place when appended to a text field via an action. [5.0.1]
SPR# HEID47VLLG - Correct the display of decimal numbers. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBRN4772PS - Fix two problems which prevented clients using Notes R5 (France) from connecting to International English or US servers using port encryption. Note that the fix must be on the client and on the server for the fix to work. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# JKEN46PSWC - Fix a problem with attachments being lost when forwarding messages using Internet mail from a mail file with the "Encrypt Incoming Mail" option set. [5.0.1,5.0a]
SPR# JPKR46YT69 - Fix a problem which caused the user's ECL to be modified when editing the Domino Directory Administration ECL. If the administrator selected Action->Edit Administration ECL in the Domino Directory and selected the Java applet security or the JavaScript security radio button, the change would be set for the Administrator's workstation as well. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# AELE46ZT6U - Properly store key creation dates in encrypted databases so that they are still accessible after the encrypting ID receives a new public/private key pair. [5.0.1]
SPR# AFUI475QAN - Fix a crash when trying to archive a database with a name longer than 32 characters. Notes now accepts up to 256 characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# ASCR457KDX - Fix Ctrl+Backspace in the Subject field of a mail memo, which previously deleted the wrong word if the last word was only one character. [5.0.1]
SPR# ASCR46FK9C - Fix a crash that can occur very occasionally when performing a Find/Replace operation. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS4525B4 - Shut down cleanly when full-text indexing is active. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS462L39 - Adding a bookmark now works when the database target is in a subdirectory. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS463MJB - Fix blank lines, unexplained "Note item not found" errors, and full text indexing errors like "Write error.errcode = 1" and "Write error.errcode = 502" from logging in the local LOG.NSF. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS462UDD - Properly display a pop-up menu when a user in Edit mode right-clicks the mouse when in a Notes native control (such as the header area of a mail message). [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS47KK6Z - Previously, when fields of type Password or type Formula were drawn in a form, the wrong field border was drawn around these fields if they were defined as "Native OS style" fields. The border drawing has been fixed so that a single pixel wide black border is now drawn around these fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS483SNQ - The border drawn around a "button" (a hotspot button) in a form, document or page is now exactly the same as the border drawn around a "standard" Windows button. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS484NWU - Fix a problem which caused the folder icon used on the "Browse" button to be drawn incorrectly in several dialog boxes (such as the "New Database" dialog). [5.0.1]
SPR# BDME464N95 - Fix a client memory leak when processing thousands of Set Password Fields actions in the Domino Directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# BFEY45FKMM - Properly show characters following a "/" in the signer name displayed for S/MIME message signatures. [5.0.1]
SPR# BFEY48WQ8N - Update views in the local Address Book before checking for certificates from the Certificate Authority so that recently created certificates will be found. [5.0.1]
SPR# BHAS438U8S - Type-ahead no longer selects a longer name ahead of a shorter one, such as selecting John Doe Pager before selecting John Doe. [5.0.1]
SPR# BHAS46AMHG - Fix a problem with the addressing type-ahead feature (using the down arrow) incorrectly inserting commas into recipient names. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLOE46PNQA - Ask Notes users during setup if they want to "Connect through a Proxy Server," and complete the Notes client setup for Internet access using these proxy values. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLOE46RGX8 - Refer to server configuration names more consistently in the Notes setup configuration dialogs. As a result of this fix, selecting the ports (or All) on the "Server not found" screen works correctly, and an address can also be entered in conjunction with a specific port. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLOY42KJYW - Only display the selected language in views and folders when the database is multilingual. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLOY464GHM - Fix a problem with Regional Settings changes in File->Preferences->User Preferences->International not being saved if a Notes API program was running when the user shut down and restarted to get the changed settings. [5.0.1]
SPR# BMGH3YCPTP - Fix a problem where the Javascript method to open a new window does not work. [5.0.1]
SPR# BWAS44SDW7, VMAA3RLTA7 - Fix a security problem in which the Execution Control List was being ignored in certain rare cases. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBRN46KM3V - Fix a crash when viewing certain message summaries in NNTP newsgroups, when several messages in the newsgroup have long Subject fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBRN46SM82 - Remove the full-text search bar on directory catalogs to prevent a hang condition when it is used. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBRN46YKUT - Fix a crash when viewing more than one attachment at the same time. [5.0.1]
SPR# CDOS47BJEQ - Allow Notes to open embedded OLE objects if they were rendered unusable because of duplicate $File entries. A fix was included in R5 to stop objects from becoming newly corrupted, but objects that were corrupted in this manner prior to R4.6.3 were still unable to be opened. Also, the corrupted object will now be saved correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# CKAN45MU7Z - Prevent the Recover ID procedure (under File->Tools) from requesting the filename twice. [5.0.1]
SPR# COSK45SQRW - Prevent a client hang that arises if errors occur while opening an IMAP message. [5.0.1]
SPR# CYTN46ALA4 - Fix a non-reproducible crash that happened when exiting the Notes client. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR44ZPW6 - Display alternate names in the "signed by" status line when Alternate Name display is selected in the Location document. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR468SHM - Allow the Mail Tool, "Add Sender To Address Book," to work for encrypted, but unsigned, S/MIME messages. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR469TDV - Fix a crash which occurs when re-ordering bookmarks. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR46ANXH - Prevent a crash that could occur if a user removed the "current" replica entry from the Manage Replica dialog (on a bookmark that has multiple replicas), and later right-clicked the bookmark again to work with it. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR46NP9S - Fix an issue where the text of an opaque signed message did not display when the signature failed verification using S/MIME. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR46XJX7 - Fix a client crash that happens when verifying an S/MIME mail message from a user that has a subject alternate name extension in their certificate. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBAR46XKES, DBAR46XK59 - Fix a problem in which performing Tools->Add Sender to Address Book from a mail memo did not add all of the sender's internet certificates correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR #DBRO42DRJM - Fix a problem with table cells which caused the border of the cell with a hide-when formula on it to display if it was merged with another cell. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY464LP4 - Several dialog boxes (Advanced Search->Form->By Form->Memo, Database->Open->About, Mail Addressing->Details) are now re-sizeable. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY4652ES - Fix a problem that causes a crash during exit when the LotusScript Debugger is still active. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46855T - Fix text selection so that when an entire line of text is selected, the user can continue selecting more lines. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46RHET - Fix a problem with the Calendar on the Welcome Page not tracking days correctly when Notes has been left running overnight. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46RJ7P - Accepted Appointments and Sent To-do entries no longer show up as new mail on the Welcome Page. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46T4EX - Correct the positioning of the URL address bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# DHOE45MHRW - Fix a problem which prevented using the Edit->Copy SmartIcon to copy from the URL address field (accessed via the Globe button in the upper-right corner of the Notes window). [5.0.1]
SPR# DHOE463QP9 - Changing a database title now consistently updates the associated bookmark. Previously, the bookmark was only being changed the first time the database title was changed. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS452LEX - Fix a problem that prevented the importing of an HTML file into a Rich Text field. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS45Q3A7 - Fix a problem with archiving where, if the user unchecks the 'Do not delete documents that have response' option, documents with responses will be deleted. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS46C2TQ - Focus is now set properly in the Select Addresses dialog after an LDAP search, allowing a user to navigate through the controls with the Tab key. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS48MQUN - Prevent a client crash that would occur when launching the Scheduler in a Calendar entry from within a local mail file, if a local directory catalog was enabled. [5.0.1]
SPR# DYUU45VCA7 - Fix various problem which prevented the use of the Chinese spelling dictionary. [5.0.1]
SPR# EGAN46U7YS - Correctly highlight the first name in the Ambiguous Name dialog when that user is in the sender's domain. [5.0.1]
SPR# EGAN47UQL4 - Fix a problem in which low priority databases are replicated on the same schedule as high priority databases. [5.0.1]
SPR# EREO46WVB2 - In emails created using "Reply with History", when doing spell-checking, ensure that the word highlighted in the email history text matches the misspelled word shown in the Spell Check dialog box. Note that this area of the email is only spell-checked if edits have been made to it. [5.0.1]
SPR# FKOE3XRTM9 - Fix a problem which caused the error, "Database is not fully initialized yet. (It does not contain any views.)..." to be returned when a user tried to open a database to which they have 'No Access' but the ACL still has the options 'Read public documents' and 'Write public documents' checked. [5.0.1]
SPR# FPAI464H9J - Stop a memory leak when certain LotusScript functions are executed against a set of selected documents within a view. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCLW464NXJ - Prevent the currency symbol and associated space characters from being placed incorrectly in currency fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN456MZL, #GCUN456QRH - Fix a problem where Undo was incorrectly enabled during table editing. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN45SUSU - Fix a problem with accelerator keys in dialog boxes not working when Unicode was enabled. [5.0.1]
+SPR# GCUN46CSKY - Fix an intermittent crash when Stop is chosen from the Replicator page during replication of an NNTP database. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN47LLCH - Fix a crash when viewing certain message summaries in NNTP newsgroups, if the response chain for a single message is very deep. [5.0.1]
SPR# GJEL3MMCHK - Fix a problem which prevented QuickSearch from working correctly with characters which can be represented as one character or as two. An example of such a character is the German "u umlaut" which can be represented as "
" or "ue." [5.0.1]
SPR# GON433355 - Fix the progress bar message when setting up a Notes client and the process is searching for the user's name in the public Domino Directories. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSER42UPEE - When accepting a certificate from a Certificate Authority, a message is now displayed when the process is complete. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSPT44PVLJ - Fix an issue with successive "Call Server" entries on the Replicator page. Before this fix, if the first call failed , the next call in the list would also fail because the port would not be in a ready state. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSPT45ELSE - When tracing a network connection, do not indicate a valid Connection document is present if the Connection document does not enable the port being traced. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSPT46ALY9 - Do not use the entries on the Phone Settings page of the active Location document if using a Network Dialup connection document which does not use a phone number. [5.0.1]
SPR# HEID48UJST - Fix a crash when copying certain tables to the clipboard. [5.0.1]
SPR# HKOE45VPGA - Correctly default to the language set in the Registry if the language settings on a machine were modified by manually editing the Registry (using REGEDIT) and by manually editing the NOTES.INI file and the result was not correctly synchronized. Previously, Notes defaulted to English if the two settings did not agree. [5.0.1]
SPR# HWER42CANP - Update the user's ECL options if he does not have the current administration ECL options at startup, and when the user id is switched, regardless of the NOTES.INI file ECL setup level. [5.0.1]
SPR# IMK46BJZT - The amount of network I/O required to scroll through a view while an infobox is open is now greatly reduced. [5.0.1]
SPR# JEIN46QQ7H - Display the host type for non-MS-DOS host types in the InfoBox field value for the $File item of a document. [5.0.1]
SPR# JELL48NKHB - Stop setup from hanging or aborting on Windows platforms if, when reading time zone information, the expected information is not present in the Registry. [5.0.1]
SPR# JGAO46S7WU - Fix a problem which caused the loss of event scripts in an OLE object in a mail memo. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKEN495Q8A - Stop erroneous ECL warnings for -No signature- from happening when loading framesets, such as the headlines and welcome pages. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKEY46WKV3 - Fix a problem in which some large documents which loaded successfully in previous versions of Notes now fail to load, reporting the error, "Document has too many paragraphs..." [5.0.1]
SPR# JON457LTW - Allow text to be selected if it is in a computed text field within a subform. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPKR43VLD2 - Enhance bookmarks to display database unread counts and/or database server names. While the bookmark pane is open, click on the down arrow icon in the upper left of the bookmark pane title bar to display the bookmark menu. You can then select "Show Unread Document Count" and/or "Show Server Names" to toggle the display of unread counts and server names for database bookmarks. [5.0.1]
SPR# JROL45GRK3 - Fix Javascript API issues which prevented images on Web pages from loading. [5.0.1]
SPR# JROU47NJJQ - If you click on a database link, the database is now added to both your Bookmarks and your Workspace. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH44LVL7 - In the Archive window, if archiving is disabled and the number-of-days value is illegal, the value is cleared. If archiving is disabled and the number-of-days value is legal, the value is retained. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH468KLQ - Correct the display of the list in the "Move to folder" dialog if you create a new folder from this dialog. [5.0.1]
SPR# JTHN3Z4SEZ - The Netscape icon will now display in the bookmark column of the Notes client application. [5.0.1]
SPR# JTHN44YSFE - Fix a problem with Word menus being unavailable after selecting the Properties dialog box with MS Office templates. [5.0.1]
SPR# JTHN46ST9M - Fix a crash which occurred when embedding a Lotus 1-2-3 object in a memo created via the Welcome page. [5.0.1]
SPR# KBRE48FQAN - Fix a problem which caused some proxy information supplied during setup not to be saved in the Location/Server record. [5.0.1]
SPR# KBUE45CRMP - Fix a problem where, if the Notes client is minimized, opening the Domino Designer will maximize the Notes client. [5.0.1]
SPR# KBUE46FQGM - Bubble help no longer "sticks" open when Alt+Shift+S is pressed. [5.0.1]
SPR# KCOE47CKLV - Automatically update the Welcome page during setup. Customers who had Beta copies of R5 were not having their Welcome Page updated to the design which was shipped in Gold releases. [5.0.1]
SPR# KPHG4828RQ - When installing Notes for the first time on a machine (not upgrading from a previous version), for some languages (such as Thai), the regional settings in user preferences were incorrectly being set to English instead of settings appropriate for the language in-use on the machine. This issue has now been corrected. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA3V5J7C - Fix the vertical scrollbar display so the frame scroll setting is honored when the content is a view or folder. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA45VSNK - Fix a problem where users are unable to reload/refresh Web pages when they are opened from a view in a Personal Web Navigator database. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA46QHF8 - Prevent a crash when copying Rich Text into a mail memo created using "Reply with history" or "Forward." [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA47UPDM - Fix a crash which occurs when replacing a picture (selecting Picture->Replace Picture) for an image that has been resized. [5.0.1]
SPR# KTAA45LMY9 - Prevent a new line from being inserted before the body of the document when saving as MIME. [5.0.1]
SPR# LLAR463TMP - Fix a crash which occurred when pasting a section before a section. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBOD3E8UZW - Issue a different message to a user whose certificate has already expired than to a user whose certificate is about to expire, "WARNING: Your certificate issued to {user name} by {certifier name} has expired on {date of expiration} and can no longer be used. Contact your Domino Administrator." The user can then be notified to authenticate with a server to update their user ID automatically after the Administrator has recertified via the Administration Process. [5.0.1]
SPR# MCAL48ATLT - You can now move your cursor out of a table using the arrow keys. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDRW475PJ3 - Fix an initialization error that prevented the following spelling dictionaries from loading when they were chosen using the International Preferences: "Dutch Belgian," "French Belgium", "French Switzerland," and "Italian Switzerland." [5.0.1]
SPR# MEMR43GMPH - Make changes so "Enforce a consistent Access Control List across all replicas of this database" acts as expected when replicating. This change will disallow the destination database from being initialized if Enforce consistent ACL is set and Copy Access Control List is not checked in the New Replica dialog. [5.0.1]
SPR# MEMR47DQHT - Fix a structured text import problem when importing a file with a large body field which caused the error, "Field length stored in document is incorrect". [5.0.1]
SPR# MFLY45WN4Q - Fix a problem that arises when a user deletes an Internet Certificate added by the "Add Internet Cert to selected user" process, which is subsequestly pushed into the ID file again during home server authentication. Previously, the Certificate would fail to display in the UI, even though it was present in the ID file. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJUD46YPQW - Make the JavaScript API compatible with the browsers, which fixes random problems seen on some Web pages. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJUD46YQPP - Improve Javascript support for images. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLED46ANPR - Fix a problem with sections being deleted when Edit->Undo was selected after pressing the Enter key at the end of a section. [5.0.1]
SPR# MNAA4533GK - Prevent the font size from changing when saving text as MIME. [5.0.1]
SPR# MOBN47JSAR - Add a new "Send Name Anyway" option to the name lookup dialog so a user can send mail even when a matching name is not found for disconnected users (while composing mail messages for later delivery). [5.0.1]
SPR# MOBN482MH8 - Fix an issue where there was a long pause when using type-ahead and a local directory catalog if a delimiter (comma) was entered. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE48NRWJ - Fix a problem where the Forward action button is missing from the Inbox folder when the mail file is opened from the Basics Welcome page. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE47RU5U - Fix a crash when switching IDs while the Domino Administrator is running. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROL45GG56, BFEY456NNE - Prevent Dynamic Configuration from updating all location records on the Notes Client, limiting updates to ones in which the "User Id to switch to:" is blank, or the id specified in this field matches the current user id being utilized while the dynamic configuration update occurs. [5.0.1]
SPR# MSAN45TKFC - Correct the error reported on the Replicator Page when a user has created a RAS connection record, but has not specified a dial back number. [5.0.1]
SPR# MSAN46AT7E - When using the Call Server option on the Replicator page, disable the ability to alter the phone number field values that are displayed. [5.0.1]
SPR #PAN3ZYEEY - Prevent a crash, when type-ahead is enabled, if up and down arrows are used to navigate multi-line TO:, CC:, and BCC: fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# PHAN45UKWJ - When you select Serbian (Cyrillic) regional settings, Notes will now use the correct sort order (Cyrillic) instead of the Latin1 sorting rules. [5.0.1]
SPR# PHAN46QKL9, TKL46NM2B - Fix a problem in certain views and folders where the vertical scroll bar position is incorrectly forced to the bottom after paging down once. [5.0.1]
SPR# PJOK47ZP3A - Improve performance by having default subscriptions disabled by default. This improvement is particularly noticeable when replicating large mail files. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI3WDQUC - Fix a crash when opening an NNTP client account that had formerly been defined as an "IMAP Online" account. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI3Z2J6A - During setup, allow a user to set up a News or Directory server, even if they elect not to create an Internet mail account. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI443PPN - Fix a problem with the Notes client when retrieving a large attachment in a document in an IMAP "Sent" folder. Previously, the attachment launch, view or detach never completed. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI45EMTE - Users no longer receive a "Type Mismatch" error when they are using the IMAP server proxy and they click on a New Memo bookmark on the bookmark bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI469RSA - Prevent the error messsage, "You cannot add a directory to your workspace," from appearing when double-clicking on an IMAP or NNTP proxy database from a Bookmark folder. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI46FKUV, PLOI45SQLD, PLOI46AKVC - Fix crashes that occurred when doing various folder operations in an IMAP client. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA46WRD9 - Eliminate problems that prevented proper conversion of user names to Internet addresses when sending mail addressed to Notes Common names to the Internet via SMTP. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMOL469S4J - Add better error handling and more informative messages when using the option Open Replica->Manage List for a Bookmark. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTPS469LU5 - When renaming a folder fails (as will happen with an active folder on an IMAP client), the selection no longer reverts to the default (usually the Inbox). [5.0.1]
SPR# RBAR46QQK5 - Fix a focus issue when clicking in the body of new mail message with typeahead active in TO:, CC: and BCC: fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# ROE45UJPX - Allow server administrators to create replicas of databases to which they don't have access. This re-instates functionality that was removed in R4.5.6 and R4.6.2 with the changes for SPR DQUY3T82YC. [5.0.1]
SPR# ROS46AQ84 - Prevent a crash that occurred when switching to an Island location while Inbox mail messages were marked for deletion. [5.0.1]
SPR# RPAI46PPG7, MCHE46PNU6 - Fix a crash which occurred when a Notes Mail user opened an S/MIME mail message from a user who had a Thawte X.509 certificate with the issuer authority key identifier extension in their X.509 certificate. [5.0.1]
SPR# RPAI476PYV - Fix a problem when a user sends an S/MIME mail message and the Internet certificate that is attached to the mail has zero bytes of padding in the Key Usage extension (and has the Signing Only bit set in the Key Usage extension). This certificate will no longer appear as a target certificate for cross certification. Previously, this certificate would appear in the Create Cross Certificate dialog when validating the trust of the sender, although it should not have appeared. [5.0.1]
SPR# SJKN3L79RJ - Anchor link text using multi-byte characters now appears correctly in the status bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCHU46WB7F - Fix a usability issue with the number of days fields on the archive setting dialog where the user could not delete the number of days. Previously, the user had to enter a new number, then delete the old. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSNW46ATK9 - Correct a problem that resulted in the loss of some images in forwarded MIME messages. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE45URNY, EGAN489R2G - Fix a problem where the input cursor was returning to the TO: field of a memo after the name was completed (when the cursor was moved to the Body field). [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA3YBPTJ - Fix a problem with a Date Picker field in which the forward/back arrows disappeared after being clicked. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA44ST2S - Fix a problem with creating a link in an outline. The hide-when formulas were being determined from the alias name rather than the real name, leading to incorrect hide-when behavior. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA45CMFS - Embedded Outline and Group Scheduler elements now print as a gray box with descriptive text, similar to other embedded elements (such as a view). [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA45ERGD - Fix a problem with using a field to set focus to a child entry in a collapsed outline. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA465RSA - Only display a scroll bar in an outline view if not doing "Fit to content." Otherwise, the user's focus would get out of synchronization, causing incorrect behavior. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA465S5K - Fix a crash which occurred when users pressed the ESC key to close a Help->About window that was launched automatically when the database was opened. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA46BL69 - Opening a database in the Client, from the Designer, now behaves correctly. Previously the Postopen event was not being triggered. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA46CPMB - Eliminate a crash that occurs when users right-click on a document in some embedded views. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA46HRTR - Prevent a crash when closing a window while the focus is on an image map element containing LotusScript. Such elements include imported navigators and group schedulers. [5.0.1]
SPR# WAWD46SLFL - Improve the speed of GIF image decoding. [5.0.1]
SPR# WAWD494NSZ - Improve the performance in opening non-multilingual databases by bypassing actions that are only needed in the multilingual case. [5.0.1]
SPR# WED46CKT4, EGAN469SQ8 - Fix a problem where the Mail Address dialog was not showing server address books when the location was set to Mail File Location - "Local" , and Recipient Name type ahead - "Local then server". [5.0.1]
SPR# WZIR478JQ3 - Previously, every design element was being replicated every time archiving was done, even if no design elements changed. Now the client performs a check of the last design change and only replicates design elements which changed. This change greatly improves performance [5.0.1]
CORBA
SPR# JBBK464NN7 - Prevent DateRange.setText and DateRange.getText from altering the time zone. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK468P9C - Fix a problem where isPublicAddressBook returns False if the database was not open. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK468RNR - Fix a problem with Session::resolve in scheduled agents raising an exception. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCOR47DSLY - Add the TARGET_RUN_ONCE constant to the Agent::Target properties. [5.0.1]
SPR# JMCN46CPKP - Fix a memory leak which would eventually result in a server crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSMH45ZJ4H - Make some security improvements involving DIIOP and Web server authentication. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK46BQHB - Fix a problem which caused the wrong document/entry to be returned when performing a getDocument or getEntry after deleting some documents. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBEN45N34H - Using Outline::moveEntry with a null reference entry now throws an exception, as it should. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS47ESKF - Display a more descriptive "Invalid peer" console error when a CORBA client is using an SSL certificate that is invalid for the server, which causes the SSL handshake to fail. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS482P5X - Add support for TCP/IP firewalls in Session::resolve. [5.0.1]
Database Transaction Logging/Recovery
SPR# DCOY46VTDA - Fix a problem which could cause an update of an icon note to be improperly rolled back and could also corrupt the database. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIE484M8U - Fix a crash that occasionally occurs when the log is full. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIE48MT6T - Fix an "Object handle is invalid" server PANIC when media recovery is attempted for a point in time that is prior to backup. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPFM48VMHJ - During database recovery, remove a misleading message that was shown whenever an expected situation occurred. [5.0.1]
Domino Administrator
SPR# AKE465DKF - Grant both "Public Write Access" and "Public Read Access" to all delegates who are given the "Calendar Create/Edit Access" rights to a mail file by a user who has Editor access. Previously, the delegate only received "Public Write Access." [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS4337B5 - Default to the last accessed server instead of 'Local' each time the Administrator Client is opened. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS436L75 - Return an error, "All statistics - Timeout occurred waiting for message," instead of hanging if a problem occurs retrieving server statistic data. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS43VPU6 - Fix a problem that prevents the use of the Search bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS45A73Z - Fix the Database Quota Information dialog in Database Tools->Quotas to display the correct size for databases less than 1 MB in size. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS45L7S2- Ensure the list of servers being displayed in the combo box on the configuration panel reflects servers in the Domain currently selected. [5.0.1]
SPR# BHIR46CGUL - When using the Domino Administrator to "drill down" through several folders of databases in the Files pane, prevent an F9 refresh from bringing you back to the top level data directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# CNIN46GKKQ - When configuring a new domain in Administrator preferences, fix a problem where the servers were not being added to the Server Monitor. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSCK462UND - Improve Message Tracking performance by greatly reducing the number of index updates. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN44ZT6W - Stop Server Monitoring from reporting that the replicator is not running when it actually is. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN45CJ58 - Support the "Automatically monitor new servers in the bookmark bar" selection in Administration Preferences. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN45ULMS - Fix the Server Monitor to report the correct status of server tasks. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN45WN3Y - Add Internet Cluster Manager (ICM) to the list of multi-threaded tasks so statistics can be collected correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN46YLA4, RBAR45LD4K, DWIN45ZRHV - Fix problems in Server Monitoring regarding skewed data display, poor performance, and incorrect keyboard support. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN475KGH - Fix local memory leaks which occur during Server Monitoring. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN475QNQ - Fix memory leaks during Server Monitoring which caused the Administrator to eventually hang. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN47DSVD - Adding a server to Favorites now automatically adds it to the Server Monitor, as well. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWUU46YQMN - Fix the Files panel so that it correctly includes all folders in the server's data directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# GGRD463SUJ - Fix a problem caused by accessing profile documents from within embedded agents. [5.0.1]
SPR# GHED45TM76 - Correct output errors regarding Message Tracking when the Configuration document does not contain the required fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# GHED47JJLD - Prevent a memory leak that occurred in the Domino Administrator when performing message tracking. [5.0.1]
SPR# HHII47BB7C - Fix a problem that causes database tools to fail on databases located in directories beyond the root Notes data directory on UNIX servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME45LLYX - Fix the display of the database link pathname in the status bar of the Domino Administrator Files page. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME462U2J - Correctly display the UNIX (AIX and Solaris) drive information. Previously, root '/' information was being excluded. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME468RCJ - Prevent the incorrect display of a dialog box when the F9 key is pressed to refresh a Custom view on the Files page. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME469KC2 - Fix the display of the Disk Size value in the By State view of Server Monitoring. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46AM9W - Correct a spelling mistake in the Domino Administrator's Move Database dialog box. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46BPCY - Fix a problem that previously caused the Administrator to assume a folder and a folder link of the same name were duplicates, thus only displaying one of them. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46CTAY - The Server Monitor will no longer lose track of the correct monitoring time after running for long periods. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46EHN6 - When selecting File->Preferences->Administration Preferences->Monitoring and attempting to change the Collection Server, properly display the list of Other Servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46JKA8 - Correctly display the Mem.Free statistic. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46PJBL, KLME46WGJP - Fix various issues so that Server Monitoring returns correct information for non-Intel platforms. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46SPDY - Prevent an "Entry not found in index" error when opening the Files infobox within the Administration Client while no files are selected. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46PJBL, KLME46WGJP - Fix various issues so that Server Monitoring returns correct information for non-Intel platforms. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46XNC4 - Fix a problem where the status of all the servers in a domain was not being reported, once a single server was found to be down. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME46ZHY8 - Fix a problem that caused all folder names to be displayed in lowercase, which caused problems when accessing files on a UNIX server. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME478PQK - Remove duplicate accelerator keys from the top menu of the People & Groups tab. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME47EJ2H - Stop a crash that occurs when you sort a column in the Files panel while no files are selected. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME47JPHH - Fix a problem with the erroneous message, "No Message Queue for that name," being displayed when selecting the Server/Monitoring tab. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME47JPPA - Prevent the custom view settings for file types from being lost when selecting files in the Custom File Type dialog. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME47NNN8 - Fix a problem in Server Monitor which could cause the Domino server to crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME47Q5QM - Change the behavior of the Adminstrator so that all folders in the Files panel are now collapsed by default. [5.0.1]
SPR# KLME48FJQE - Fix a problem that caused the list of servers available in many of the tools to be empty. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER45NS9H - Fix a problem with the "Apply" button appearing in the User Registration panel when the administrator presses the "Set ID File" button but makes no changes. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER463RCK - The default certificate expiration date is now being set correctly as two years from each new user registration session. [5.0.1]
SPR# LSPE45KQS4 - An error now appears when attempting to connect to a downed server, and changing to the local database will update the Mail Users view. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBOD483SLN - Fix a problem in which changes (such as ACL or incoming mail) failed to replicate over to the mail file located on the new server during a Move Mail File, potentially resulting in lost mail. [5.0.1]
SPR# MCHT3WCMF8 - Make several usability enhancements to the Set User's Internet Address tool including: (1) Allow the Administrator to select users from the People view use as input to the tool to set/reset Internet addresses; (2) Allow the Administrator to use periods as separators; and (3) Allow multi-word names that are separated with a separation character. [5.0.1]
SPR# MCHT468KY6 - Fix a problem in which the separation character for multi-word names was ignored when Use Custom Pattern was selected in the Set Internet Address tool. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY3ZYNHJ - Keyboard navigation keys now work in the Server->Status panel. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE45GSF9 - Properly update the read/unread status of messages, allowing the message tracking functions to return valid information. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46FVKT - The Server Monitor view now lists all servers in all domains, even if Server Monitor is not running. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTAM43EMQH - Fix a problem in Message Tracking that causes the Previous Server field to incorrectly show a value of 'none' in some cases. Note that for this fix to be effective over SMTP, the NOTES.INI variable, XNotesItemHeaders must be set. When XNotesItemHeaders is set, all mail sent via SMTP will contain all XNotesItems. The number of these headers can be considerable, and they are not always hidden by the mail viewer. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTAM45CR95 - Fix a problem encountered when using Message Tracking between Internet domains. Previously, the router was not logging the server name where mail was sent, but was instead logging the domain. Message Tracking would then fail since it attempted to use the domain name as if it were a server name. [5.0.1]
SPR# RWIR45PKR2 - 'Local' is now an available server selection for all tools. [5.0.1]
SPR# SMUN46PJZU - Remove the ability of the Administrator Client to create invalid directory link files. Attempts to create link files to either the Notes directory tree or a directory/file that does not exist are now disallowed. [5.0.1]
SPR# SMUN474NH2 - Remove list size limitations from all database tools so that all databases can be listed. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYPK42UTJ4 - Correctly display the names of folders whose names contain multi-byte characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCHU45M6H8 - On the Messaging Panel/Mail screen of the Administration client, error messages were sometimes displayed incorrectly. Error messages are now displayed as they should be. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ4583JV - Prevent the display of a distracting thick black line around parts of the Replication Scheduler list box. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ45UR77 - Fix the Compact tool to upgrade a local database to R5 (ODS 41) file format. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ462M7T - Make the Manage ACL database tool display the correct information in the status bar . [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ46NTN9 - Fix a problem with sort "twisties" appearing stuck in the "on" state in view columns. Previously, when a sorted view was rebuilt (for example, by pressing F9 or changing servers) the twisty would indicate the column was sorted, even though the column no longer appeared sorted. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ46NTTC - Report the error, "The registration server you have specified is running a previous Domino version not supported by the current version of user registration," when attempting to register users on a pre-R5.x server. [5.0.1]
SPR# TWAN45EQ8X - Correctly import the attributes CountryName and C with an LDIF File. [5.0.1]
SPR# TWAN47TJCA - Correctly put the password given in an LDIF entry into the HTTPPassword field of the Person document. Also, check "Set Internet Password" to 'on' by default when registering users. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA47FJ76, VMAA46BRX9 - Prevent a crash during shut-down if the Personal Address Book has been deleted. [5.0.1]
Domino Designer
SPR# DPAT46FU4X - Prevent the corruption of an action bar which is edited to remove an image resource assigned as the background image by clearing the image name, which is specified in the Action Bar infobox on the second panel. Previously, the actions were deleted and attempts to display the action bar could result in the client hanging or crashing. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# BANS46FLUQ - Correct the display of several of the text labels in the field infobox. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS47CPBL - In field infoboxes, when a border style is available, properly display both the picture and description for the border styles drop-down choice. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS47CPEL - Change the wording of "Native OS Style" to "Calendar/Time control" when creating a single-valued date/time field. [5.0.1]
SPR# BANS484NUY - Correct the display of the borders of several of the fields used to specify information about an agent. [5.0.1]
SPR# BMAN48JJ6L - Properly display the name of Embedded Navigators in the InfoBox, instead of incorrectly displaying the alias name for each navigator. [5.0.1]
SPR# BMGH465JWX - When creating an agent to run on any server, fix the dialog text to read "When should this agent run on Any Server?" [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO482GNE - Prevent a crash which occurred when using keyboard shortcuts to delete a bookmark. [5.0.1]
SPR# DKAZ478QFJ - Allow users to choose whether to display the "You cannot debug a dialog box" message when running the LotusScript debugger. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT42SQUP - Add support for background images in Action Bar applet buttons. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT46DQP5 - When the user selects the "Display as saved" setting in the outline applet and the outline is collapsed, the outline now correctly appears as collapsed on the Web [5.0.1]
SPR# DVAE44JSL9 - Prevent an Action Bar button with a Fixed Size from being less than the minimum size; this problem previously resulted in the Designer displaying a default size of zero. [5.0.1]
SPR# DVAE46HQ4K - Fix a crash which occurs if a user clicks on a Designer bookmark entry of a database which was created using the full pathname including the data directory name. [5.0.1]
SPR# DVAE476TT4 - Pasting controlled access sections into Pages is no longer allowed. Previously, opening the section properties for a controlled access section in a Page caused a crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# DVAE47DQD4 - Typing a URL string (example:
http://www.lotus.com
) onto a Page will now automatically create a URL hotspot link to that Web page if the option 'Make internet URLs into Hotspots' is checked in the User Preference's Advanced options list. [5.0.1]
SPR# FPAI47CS55 - It is no longer necessary to force a refresh of the frame content when toggling Simple Appearance during frameset design. [5.0.1]
SPR# FPAI484QH7 - Allow Margin Width and Margin Height values for Framesets to be set to zero. The previous minimum value was one pixel. [5.0.1]
SPR# FPAI49DRYH - Frameset design elements are now saved with the appropriate signature. [5.0.1]
SPR# FPAI49JLVL - Stop erroneous ECL warnings for -No signature- from happening when loading framesets. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN453TBS - Fix a crash which occurs while selecting Edit->Undo for some Table Properties changes. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN455L4M - Fix a crash that would occur when choosing "Undo Property Change" for the right margin of a table. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN455NBL - Fix a crash that could occur when choosing "Undo Property Change" after removing a hotspot. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK45SNQ9 - Prevent a crash that occurs when importing very large Java files. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKAH46APKX - Save formula agents in R4 format when toggling the enable/disable flag for background formula agents. Previously, toggling the flag would revert them back to R3 format. Note: This means such agents edited or enabled in Release 5 will not run on Notes Release 3 systems. [5.0.1]
SPR# JMIM452NEP - Fix a problem with the design synopsis not referencing Subforms contained within Forms. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH468QH6 - Prevent the acceptance of a negative value for a column's width in the column infobox when (re)designing a view. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH469QKW - Correct the display of some of the labels in the columns infobox. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA3XBQUZ - Prevent frameset aliases from being longer than 64 characters. Previously, if a frameset alias exceeded 64 characters, the name of the frameset could no longer be edited. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA457STT - Changes to the FRAMEBORDER attribute of a frame's siblings will no longer affect the FRAMEBORDER attributes of the parent or other frames in the frameset tree. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA45CT47 - Stop a crash when selecting the File menu item after loading data into a frame using one of the predefined target names from an outline entry or embedded view. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA46DVPA - Fix a crash that occurs when using the Infobox to modify elements of a database that was previously marked for deletion. [5.0.1]
SPR# KSOA47YQTS - Fix a crash which occurs when closing a form after copying and pasting LotusScript actions. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY43WPH2 - Remove the Create and Design menu options when there is no database open in the Designer client. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY45CKVZ - Fix a problem where users could not preview a frameset if the launch property of the database was set to "Open designated Navigator in its own window." [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY45HQ6K - Fix a problem with the Replicator page not opening unless the Notes Client was open. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY45TPYK - Prevent the right mouse menu option from appearing when you have the mouse on top of the bookmark list. This list of (Open, Create New Folder, Remove Folder, Rename and Change Icon) refer to the folder, not the bookmark list. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY45VTEB - Fix problems caused by creating a navigator with a URL but not putting in an actual URL, then using the Navigator in the Notes client. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY462U6Z - Make is so that opening a database will always occur in the current window. Previously, if you had more than one window open by having selected, "Open in New Window" unexpected results would occur. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY468MK3 - Fix a problem where, after creating a field on a layout region and editing the width of the field, the width option on the infobox was greyed out. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY47FKB6 - Allow Preview in Notes to work with a frameset when the launch property of the database is set to "Open 'About database' document." [5.0.1]
SPR# LLAR46W8EN - Outline entry labels using ampersands (&) now render correctly during design; the labels have always rendered correctly at run-time. [5.0.1]
SPR# LLAR4HSUTG - Prevent a shared field from being opened in two different windows. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDOY43234Z - Include requested page break separators in a Design Synopsis report for Framesets. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDOY47CTZW - Fix a problem with Design Synopsis where the Select All button was not being enabled correctly. Also, add the Enabled/Disabled state of an Agent to the Synopsis output. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDOY47DPTQ - Fix a problem with Design Synopsis where rapid multiple selection of design element names was not working correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDOY47FUFU - Add support for displaying Shared Actions as part of the Design Synopsis. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKIR46FNUM - Remove the wait cursor after a user attempts to open a database in the Designer when the database's server is down. Previously, the user's client appeared to be hung, but was not. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLED469TAE - Fix a memory leak in Outline design. [5.0.1]
SPR# ODOE45NT4F - Add "Afrikaans" to the list of languages that can be applied to design elements in Designer. [5.0.1]
SPR# PCHE45HRC7 - Fix a problem where a document that contains an embedded view applet and text will preview in the Web browser without the text. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLYS47CMQ4 - Fix a problem in the programming pane. Previously, when switching between two objects in the left-hand pane, if both objects support the same event, the selection was not being consistently maintained (when switching between two field objects, the selection should stay on the same event as you switched between fields). [5.0.1]
SPR# PMOL46FNLU - In the design synopsis, action headers are now formatted consistently with other items in the same section. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMOL46FUAB - Increase the size of the "Last Modified" column so dates with four digit years are displayed correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMOL46GQK6 - Prevent a Design Synopsis output database with the same file name as an existing output database on the server from overwriting the existing output database. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCHN45MREU - Add design elements for image and applet resources that were previously missing from the Design Synopsis dialog box. [5.0.1]
SPR# TMEK452BJZ - Prevent applet parameters from being altered when users create a new parameter and later attempt to copy/paste a different parameter. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA3YYQHX - All JavaScript information is now included for all appropriate items in a Design Synopsis. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA3ZGSKQ - Correctly remove the displayed background image in an outline and in the infobox when the image name is deleted from the Outline Entry Properties infobox. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA42FLST - Launching the Designer with a database filename specified now opens the database in Designer correctly, even when the Notes client is running. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA45KPW3 - Allow the specification of a frame value for the placeholder entries in an outline. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA464RHE - Fix memory leaks which occur when creating outlines. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA468MUZ - Fix the Deselect All/Select All button on the Content tab of the Database Design Synopsis dialog box so it works correctly on subsequent synopsis requests. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA469QPU - In Designer, remove the Create->Bookmark option for "About Database" and "Using Database" documents since the Designer does not support document bookmarks. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA46BRJS - Enhance the overall stability of bookmarks in Designer, preventing problems where Designer bookmarks are orphaned and cannot be removed or accessed. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA46YQF5, MLED469TAE - Fix memory leaks that happen when designing outline entries. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA47CK5N - Correct a problem where 'Stored Query Information' and 'Other Information' headers are reversed in the Design Synopsis output. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA47JKSB - In the Design Synopsis dialog, the 'Select All'/'Deselect All' button is now correctly in the 'Select All' state when initializing a synopsis more than once on a design element. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA47JT7J - Prevent a crash when Design Synopsis is performed on a Java library with the Include Java Code option disabled. [5.0.1]
Domino Enterprise Connect Services
SPR# GSAN46HTU3 - Fix various problems with the interface to Oracle databases. [5.0a,5.0.1]
+SPR# FPAD48GL7S - Allow reconnection to an external database after disconnect. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSAN46SSLY - Enhance DECS to support Oracle's "Call" context. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSAN46SSRZ - Enhance DECS to allow the use of MultiValue fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSAN46SSU7 - Enhance DECS to allow reconnection to an external database after disconnect. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSAN46YMZ5 - DECS will now clear locks on DB2 records during read-mode. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE47TT2E - Fix a problem with Initialize Keys when Collapse/Expand is selected, to allow proper grouping of Key Fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# PJAN47CUUZ - Properly install all Lotus Connector files on R5 clients when the DECS option is enabled. This avoids an "Error creating product object" error when you try to instantiate an LCConnection object for ODBC. [5.0.1]
Domino Objects (LotusScript & Java & CORBA)
SPR# AKAS46CPJA - Prevent Item::getValueString() from returning extra, erroneous characters when called against an item that contains multiple values. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRN45UVBD - Fix a problem where, when two or more Java threads/programs were using the same database acquired from a CORBA Session object and one or more threads deleted the database, reference counts of the database's child objects were not updated quickly enough to mark its child objects invalid for all threads/programs. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46QQXF - Fix a problem which caused memory corruption when a script was instantiating an Item and the program was interrupted before the Item was fully constructed (i.e., by pressing STOP in the LotusScript debugger). [5.0.1]
SPR# HHII464B5F - Fix a problem with the RemoveFromFolder method on a NotesDocument not working if the folder was Private or PrivateOnFirstUse. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK46BSEC - Fix a problem where the getNthDocument method was failing after multiple adds and deletes. [5.0.1]
SPR# JELL3ZFQTQ - Fix a problem where ViewNavigator.getPos and .gotoEntry would sometimes return entries that are not actually present in the view navigator. [5.0.1]
SPR# JELL49MPV2 - Fix a memory overwrite problem leading to a crash in the CreateViewNavFrom methods. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBEN46VGZ6 - Fix a crash which occurred when calling the ViewNavigator navigation methods after the FTSearch method had been done on a view. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKOA45DR6J - Add get/setKeepSelectionFocus properties to the OutlineEntryClass, to parallel the UI's option "Do Not Keep Selection Focus." [5.0.1]
SPR# MKOA45LVHW - Prevent a crash on the GetItem and CopyItem methods with an item name longer than 250 characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKOA45U4GN - Fix a problem with getting an error when trying to delete a database; the problem was caused by views being left open during the execution of various methods against those views. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKOA4644X5 - Fix an intermittent server crash when using back end Outline and OutlineEntry classes, particularly if Database.recycle was called. [5.0.1]
SPR# SBRT45FQ67 - Fix the AddEntry method on a NotesOutline to raise an error when the entry was added below an entry that did not exist. [5.0.1]
SPR# SBRT45MQZL - Fix a problem with setting the priority of the NotesReplication property of a database to an invalid value (causing a crash when the agent was run on the server). An error will now be properly exhibited. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS47CKF3 - Fix a problem that caused system exceptions when server hostnames were longer than 32 characters [5.0.1]
SPR# SZAY45VMR2 - Fix ItemValue methods on a Document to prevent extraneous characters from being returned under certain conditions. [5.0.1]
Editor applet
SPR# BGIN45URJB - Ensure all edits are saved. Previously, some edits could be lost for Netscape users. [5.0.1]
SPR# BGIN46RRY9 - When pasting text, if there is a selection when you paste, the selected data will now be deleted before the new data is pasted. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT466QVU - Fix a problem where text attributes could be lost when copying/pasting Rich Text. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE463VMJ - Correctly forge a link onto selected text (in a Web browser). If no text is selected, the link will be made at the location of the cursor. [5.0.1]
Full-text indexing
SPR# DCOY46PNYX - Optimize the full-text indexing process to incrementally rebuild existing indexes in more situations, rather than rebuilding indexes in their entirety. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY46PP72 - To prevent unnecessary failures, fix the calculation for how much disk space is needed to create/update a full-text index. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCUS48KN72 - Correctly parse long HTML document titles for indexing. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCUS495RLA - Make sure that the Domain Indexer follows the schedule that is set in the Domino Directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# MMAL45NKQA - Fix a problem which previously caused the server (or client) to be non-responsive when full-text indexing was occurring. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROI46NFYT - Fix a problem that caused a growing full-text index to be completely rebuilt more often than necessary, rather than allowing the index to incrementally expand. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMGL475QHG - Fix some Code Page 949 related memory leaks which occurred under certain error conditions. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMGL49AJFG - Fix a crash caused by low disk space conditions. [5.0.1]
SPR# RSHI47ERRV - Prevent Notes from crashing when the full text index update process attempts to index a blank document. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE48GPE5 - Eliminate an issue where full text indexes grow and effectively create a second index, causing the previous index not to be cleaned up, causing some issues with the processing of entry deletions. [5.0.1]
Full-text search
SPR# MACY463P5D - Fix a server crash or the return of an incorrect number of hits when searching against a domain index. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# ASHH3ZRTSL - Fix a problem with Japanese words being incorrectly highlighted. [5.0.1]
SPR# DREY46XUFY - Fix a spelling error during domain searches. "Document has not title" has been changed to "Document has no title." [5.0.1]
SPR# JCUS47YUCG - Fix a hang in Domain Search caused by a timing issue where indexing happens concurrently with certain queries. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCUS4844R7 - Fix a problem that causes full-text search to ignore the limit on the number of results as specified by the user. [5.0.1]
SPR# KPHG44QFD4 - Fix a problem with searching documents in the Thai language. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDEU4CDRT2 - Fix a problem which caused the ACCRUE operator to prohibit highlighting in Web search results. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROI46GGDM - Eliminate a problem that prevents 'found' words in encrypted Rich Text Fields from being highlighted in search results. [5.0.1]
IMAP Mail Client
SPR# MPAE45SRR3 - Allow IMAP Replication to work on Cyrus and Netscape 4.1 IMAP servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPAE45ZQ68 - Improve the error message that explains what happened when an IMAP client login failed. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI463Q94 - Fixed a problem with the IMAP Client where address comments were lost when replying to a message. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI469NDF - Fix a problem which prevented a user from logging in to the IMAP account after receiving an error. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSNW45FS4K - Fix a problem in which a new message did not appear in a newly created folder after refreshing the folder. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSNW45YPVW - Stop messages forwarded by Netscape Communicator from displaying "from unknown on unknown" in the IMAP proxy. [5.0.1]
IMAP Mail Server
SPR# GPFM47FQZX - Fix a problem that could cause an IMAP client to report "NO FETCH Unrecognized TIME format specifier" when fetching messages containing invalid time values. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA45FLUF - Ensure the display of certain Notes private fields in IMAP clients when they receive Calendar and Scheduling notices from Notes clients. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA47KK9P - Prevent a crash when a client is viewing a message which contains a DateTime field that contains only a time. [5.0.1]
SPR# RSNR45SKGL - Fix a problem which caused the client to receive incorrect subscription information when two active sessions were running. [5.0.1]
SPR# WLJG45NMD3 - Fix problems where the IMAP server does not update unread marks for messages when they are partially fetched by IMAP clients. [5.0.1]
SPR# WLJG46BS3V - Fix issues with incorrect FROM: field values in various delivery and non-delivery reports. [5.0.1]
SPR# WLJG46BSLH - Fix a problem that caused fetched messages to have a null (empty) FROM: header. This problem would occur for messages generated by R4.x Notes clients if the message had different values for the FROM: and PRINCIPAL: items. [5.0.1]
SPR# WLJG47ZSPN - Fix a problem with documents that had been read showing up as unread when moving between folders, using Netscape Navigator as the IMAP client. [5.0.1]
Install - Unix
SPR# TCAR47DJ4N - Fix the Unix installer so that you can install from a Kit image copied from the Domino CD. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# TDOE47ELYW - Fix a problem which prevented a Unix install from working on a machine which had previously had R4.5x and been upgraded to R4.6x. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# CDOY45JP9S - Fix a problem when updating a partitioned server installation in which administrators could not enter separate user and group names for each data directory on the server. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCAR47S3Q4 - Fix a problem where Web Administrator files are not properly installed. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCAR48JQQQ - Allow LDAP search to work correctly on UNIX systems. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCHU4744YA - Fix a problem where the "cgi-bin" directory was missing. [5.0.1]
Install
SPR# KBRE462G9S, KBRE462KHN - Add accelerator keys to Client install kits and the Client setup. [5.0.1]
SPR# MAC46JHSX - Add International dictionaries to the Notes client-only install. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBRN46PS3S - Microsoft Exchange Migration Tools are now installed correctly when they are selected. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46AUSK - Clean up the DATA.DMP temporary file after the Client install completes. [5.0.1]
SPR# AWAG47JNLS - Fix a problem with a Java applet throwing a lotus.domino.NotesException with text property, "Cannot resolve URL," when calling Session.resolveURL() and passing the argument as a numeric IP address instead of a hostname (e.g., "
http://1.2.3.4/mydatabase.nsf
" instead of "
http://x.y.z/mydatabase.nsf
"). [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRN44HSKQ - Fix problems that keep a DIIOP session from closing on the server after the Web browser closes. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK46BQHB - Fix a problem in remote Java operations where the getDocument method on a DocumentCollection failed when deleteDocument had previously been called on the document collection. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN48WTKK - Fix a crash during the HTTP server shut-down after running Java agents and servlets. [5.0.1]
SPR# JELL46ZKTFP - Collection navigation using Document or ViewEntry from a different ViewEntryCollection than the one opened will now create an exception in remote Java (to match the behavior seen in local Java and LotusScript). [5.0.1]
SPR# MHEG45EVQZ - Add a Java lotus.domino.NotesAppletContext class (to provide servername, currentdatabase, and current document properties to applets). [5.0.1]
SPR# MJUD46J43U - Make the option, "Enable Java access from JavaScript," in File->Preferences->User Preferences set itself to 'on' by default. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNAR455UFA - Fix a problem with Java Session.getEnvironmentValue returning lotus.domino.DateTime instead of the expected java.lang.Integer. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNAR47FJS8 - Fix local Java programs to handle Item.replaceItemValue( String, Item ) instead of throwing a Notes Exception error. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS46WL4C - Fix a problem in Java CORBA programs calling NotesFactory.createSession() or NotesFactory.getIOR(). Previously, when the server/IOR was invalid, the NotesException should have returned a complete HTML message. Instead, the returned HTML message was truncated to a string such as, "<HTML>." [5.0.1]
LAN/WAN
SPR# BLOE47VHA8 - Fix a memory corruption problem which effected the Internet Client and Internet Servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# CROU44SUKA - Fix a problem that can cause the error "Network error: message has incorrect sequence number" to be displayed on the server console when a client is attempting to access the Internet. [5.0.1]
SPR# ERYR47MHWK - Fix an X.PC problem with multiport adapters installed on a Domino Server which caused the Log to report: one or more modem(s) not responding. Before this fix, the Domino server had to be restarted to reestablish communication with the modem(s) experiencing the problem. [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN45V3NL - Fix a problem in which the Internet servers could hang trying to send data to remote servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# SPRT43DLP6 - Fix a problem which causes the NoProxy filter to be ignored when using the HTTP Tunnel or SOCKS Proxy, thus impacting performance. [5.0.1]
SPR# SPRT47NJCX - Fix a problem which previously caused a severe degradation in Passthru performance. [5.0.1]
LDAP Client
SPR# BAKH48VQF7 - Fix a problem where the LDAP client does not have any information for location in the Details pane. [5.0.1]
SPR# YUMA47RR28 - Fix a problem where the LDAP client is not showing any entries which do not have an e-mail address in the local Address Book. [5.0.1]
LDAP Server
SPR# BAKH44KF8H - Fix an issue where the Domino LDAP server did not always adhere to the LDAP anonymous list when Directory Catalog and Directory Assistance where both configured. [5.0.1]
SPR# BAKH45URE3 - Fix a problem where the Domino LDAP server did not allow authenticated binds using non-hierarchical user names. [5.0.1]
SPR# DCOY474RN7 - Prevent LDAP "Local Address Books" from appearing in mail addressing dialogs as a 'Server name' entry. [5.0.1]
SPR# LNOL49CQA5 - Ensure LDAP search by First Name returns only matches against first names, and Last Name search returns only matches against last names. Previously, searches would find matches if the name being sought matched EITHER the first or last name, regardless of the search option chosen. [5.0.1]
SPR# MOBN48GPS5 - Fix a significant memory leak that occurs when requesting information which contains large binary objects. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLIN44YJVU - Fix a problem where Notes could not bind to an LDAP v.2 directory using a referral. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLIN47NJ4B - Modify functionality so the LDAP attribute userCertificate is sent and received in ASN.1 binary format. [5.0.1]
SPR# RSHI45U2M7 - Fix an issue where certain LDAP searches could not be done if the Directory was full-text indexed and the Directory contained information stored in multi-byte character sets. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE445LK7 - Fix an issue where the server was not returning the fourth Organizational Unit in a particular LDAP search. [5.0.1]
SPR# YUMA44Y67W - Fix a problem where LDAP searches will fail if the substring filter contains multi-byte characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# YUMA47EKTZ - Fix LDAP search problem where subtree searches for Organization or Organizational Unit will not find correct results in the Directory Catalog. [5.0.1]
LotusScript
SPR# ATCY46NKQH - Stop a potential memory overwrite that can occur when LotusScript reads directories. This preventative fix is being performed to avoid the possibility of a crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# G
R3YMEEG - Prevent the corruption of attachments on encrypted documents when the document is encrypted again, using either the API or the LotusScript Encrypt method on a NotesDocument. [5.0.1]
SPR# JBBK3Z2QUH - Add new properties to the NotesOutlineEntry class: IsHiddenFromNotes, IsHiddenFromWeb. New methods for this class are: SetHiddenFromNotes, SetHiddenFromWeb [5.0.1]
SPR# KHUG3TXSP5 - Fix the Input# statement in LotusScript to accept string entries not separated by commas or spaces. Previously, users needed to delimit entries by a space character or a comma; otherwise incorrect values would be assigned, or an "Input past end of file" error would be returned. [5.0.1]
SPR# KJAN46RRKU - Fix a scope problem with the LotusScript Redim statement. Previously, users could not use Redim with an array in a subclass that was declared in a parent class. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJUK48GH3T - Fix a problem which caused a crash when exiting/cancelling out of the New Group Calendar dialog after dragging certain mail documents (stored in MIME format) to the Group Calendar folder. [5.0.1]
SPR# SBRT45GNWW - Fix various problems with entry handling in the NotesOutline object. [5.0.1]
SPR# WEVT46GT82 - Fix a crash caused by pressing Ctrl+Break while processing a database application with LotusScript utilizing GetNextDatabase. [5.0.1]
SPR# WYIP48JN7P - Fix a memory leak in the GetViewEntries method on a NotesView. [5.0.1]
SPR# WZIR45V4EG - Fix a problem in LotusScript affecting Option Compare. LotusScript now gets the currently executing module to determine Option Compare status. [5.0.1]
LS:DO
SPR# BMEY49C4D4 - Prevent a crash in LS:DO while attempting to retrieve data from database columns larger than 30000 bytes. [5.0.1]
SPR# HCHU465RFC - Improve LS:DO agent server performance, especially under heavy HTTP server workloads. [5.0.1]
SPR# KHKM46CBQR - Allow a result set, populated from a Select statement containing a join, to update data using a Microsoft Access DSN. [5.0.1]
SPR# WTRT46HJAD - Fix a problem when using ODBCResultSet.ExecProcedure to call a stored procedure with arguments. [5.0.1]
Mail Addressing
SPR# BRIS464MT4 - Fix a problem where the first recipient in a group was duplicated when that recipient was also specified outside of the group. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSCZ463T3N - Fix a crash caused by entering invalid characters in the TO: field of a mail message. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCOK46VDQ9 - Eliminate a problem where the Address Conversion controls in the Global Domain document were being ignored unless lookups were enabled. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKEN464M83 - Fix a problem where the user could not send mail to Internet users if there was a comma in the phrase portion (the portion surrounded by double-quotes) of the Internet address. [5.0.1]
SPR# WIR462RS5 - Fix a problem where the input cursor would move to the beginning of an address field instead of moving to the end. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration - cc:Mail
SPR# BROE43WMU4 - Fix the cc:Mail migration of archived mail with non-Western accented characters, allowing them to be imported correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# EBRL46VKSP - Add a Cancel option to Organizer warning messages for administrators running cc:Mail Domino Upgrade Services to migrate users from cc:Mail to Domino. Previously, when an Organizer warning message appeared, there was no way for the administrator to cancel operations. [5.0.1]
SPR# ETHU45LRNF - Discontinue shipping an older .DLL file (CVS210W.DLL) that is no longer used. [5.0.1]
SPR# ETHU46QJY9 - Closing the cc:Mail Post Office Information dialog using the 'X' in the upper right hand corner of the dialog no longer causes an inappropriate error to be displayed. [5.0.1]
SPR# ETHU474KDU - Correctly display all cc:Mail users available for migration in the "People and Group Migration" dialog. [5.0.1]
SPR# JWAG4849Y2 - Fix a typographical error in the spelling of Taiwan in the Codepage setting option. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER44RS5Y - Stop the improper display of a 'successful migration' dialog even though the user chose 'Cancel' from the password prompt and no migration was performed. This error was fixed in the end user tools for cc:Mail, MS-Mail, and Exchange. [5.0.1]
SPR# LFRH45323R, LFRH452VWX - Fix a problem which caused cc:MTA routing to fail for users only partially migrated as a Notes user. This partial migration may have occurred as a result of a failure during the message migration, or if the message migration was purposely deferred by the administrator. The cc:MTA should now remain active until the messages for the targeted user are successfully migrated from cc:Mail to Notes. [5.0.1]
SPR# MTRI456PJD - Include all members of mailing lists and make them available for inclusion in Notes Groups. Previously, only the users registered in the cc:Mail post office would be available as potential Notes Group members (meaning Remote Users would not be included). [5.0.1]
SPR# MTRI45PS73 - Allow the migration of mail for users who have never logged into the cc:Mail post office. [5.0.1]
SPR# NMAA45U626 - The cc:Mail Domino Upgrade Services can now migrate additional languages for DB6 based post offices. Following is the list of additional code pages selectable from the "Advanced Dialog": 863 MS-DOS Canadian French, 865 MS-DOS Nordic, 866 MS-DOS Russian, 932 Japanese, 936 Chinese, 949 Korean, 950 Chinese (Hong Kong, Taiwan), 1250 Windows Latin 2 (Central Europe), 1251 Windows Cyrillic (Slavic), 1252 Windows Latin 1 (ANSI), 1253 Windows Greek, 1254 Windows Latin 5 (Turkish), 1255 Windows Hebrew, and 1256 Windows Arabic. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration - Microsoft Exchange
SPR# KMER44RS5Y - Stop the improper display of a 'successful migration' dialog even though the user chose 'Cancel' from the password prompt and no migration was performed. This error was fixed in the end user tools for cc:Mail, MS-Mail, and Exchange. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration - Microsoft Exchange/Outlook
SPR# MBRN47FLEL - Correct a problem that caused email addresses to come over as question marks when migrating Outlook address book or PAB entries. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBRN47FLJJ - Correct a problem where the body of some messages would not get migrated due to Microsoft RTF to Notes CD conversion failures. [5.0.1]
SPR# NMAA44XCH4 - Gave the Exchange migration tool the flexibility to use the display name or the first and last name when migrating Address Book entries. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYOA49CC22 - Fix a problem in which mail data conversion was being interrupted and left incomplete, giving a misleading error and interrupting the remaining portions of the registration process. Message migration errors are now logged and the remaining user registration and migrations in the queue are finished. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration - Microsoft Mail
SPR# KMER44WPPW - The Microsoft Mail migration tool now stores the last successful MS Mail login information. This eliminates the need to retype Post Office Directory and Administrator Name for every migration request. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYOA45GDKF - Fix various problems with the migration of users whose names include multi-byte characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYOA45KFAD - Fix a problem which would prevent folders with a path length greater than 42 bytes from being created. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYOA45V92M - Prevent the loss of mail folder names over 42 bytes in length when migrating from Microsoft Mail. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration - Novell Groupwise
SPR# RCAR47ZHQL - The GroupWise 5 DUS migration can now run when GroupWise 5.x and/or NDS 5.5 is installed on the same machine. Previously, the GroupWise 5 migration tool was crashing intermittently if NDS 5.5 or GroupWise 5.x was installed on the same machine. [5.0.1]
Mail Migration
SPR# DANO45KU8R - Fix a problem with incorrect unread marks appearing in the Domino mail database after migration from another vendor's mail. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER45NRNB - After migration, the user's shortname is now set to be the first initial of the first name (if available) and the entire last name, instead of being truncated at eight characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER45TRZD - Prior to migrating foreign directory users into the user registration queue, administrators can now decide whether the newly migrated users should be registered in Windows NT, and if so, into what Windows NT group the users should be assigned. Previously, administrators would have to set the Windows NT group assignment for users after migration. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER462Q5D - Prior to migrating foreign directory users into the user registration queue (in the user registration UI), administrators can now specify how Internet addresses for migrated users will be automatically constructed. This is done by setting the Internet address format while in "new entry mode" in the user registration UI. This new setting will now be applied to migrated users instead of the previous default Internet address format settings. [5.0.1]
SPR# KMER463NMA - Fix a problem which would generate a file path error even if a valid root directory path (e.g., d:\ ) was specified as the source location for archive storage. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCAR476EQP - Fix a problem which prevented the Administrator from performing the target user's migration in two phases; the first being Registration and the second (at a later date) being the mail migration. Prior to this fix, the Administrator would be denied access to the mail file, thus preventing the message migration. [5.0.1]
NNTP Server
SPR# GCUN469MYL - Fix an intermittent crash when manually starting and stopping NNTP replication. [5.0.1]
SPR# SYPK3NTCR5 - Prevent the corruption of article titles in an NNTP discussion database on Korean systems when the article was created outside of Notes and was later approved within Notes. [5.0.1]
Outline Applet
SPR# DPAT45APGN - Background images in the Outline applet will now repeat/resize correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT469UE6 - Fix a problem causing the outline applet to fail when the outline entry was a computed URL. [5.0.1]
SPR# RANA47UKAG - Users can now resize a frame containing an outline applet and it will resize proportionally within the frame. [5.0.1]
POP3 Mail Server
SPR# KYOA478A2W - Fix a problem which caused certain clients (i.e., Netscape Messenger) to fail to get all the new mail in the inbox. [5.0.1]
SPR# RSNR463NER - Prevent the POP3 task initialization from failing when a setting is missing. Previously, POP3 failed to load if a POP3Domain environment variable was not set in the NOTES.INI. The POP3Domain value is now just an override on the Domain Document's setting, if it exists. If neither the Domain Document nor the variable are set, the IMAP default of "NoInternetDomain" is used. [5.0.1]
Printing
SPR# SSCZ495RHX - Fix a problem in which only one or two weeks of a calendar list are printed, even when more than two weeks are chosen. [5.0.1]
SPR# TBOD49DU7N - Prevent a crash that can happen when printing from a Notes client using a Hewlett Packard print driver while JavaScript is enabled. [5.0.1]
Router
SPR# BRIS47FLT7 - Fix a problem causing Mail.Dead, Mail.Held and other mail statistics to be incorrect when multiple mailboxes are enabled. [5.0.1]
SPR# BRIS47SQDU - Fix a problem with wildcards not being honored in the Router Restrictions and Controls, in the "Deny messages from external internet domains," field. [5.0.1]
SPR# BRIS48PQPU - Ensure that all MAIL.BOX databases have the "Allow more fields in database" option set when upgrading to R5. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS45W3AK - Fix a problem when sending S/MIME encrypted mail to a user who has more than one Internet certificate in an LDAP directory. Before this fix, Notes was only using the first certificate. Now Notes views them all to choose the most appropriate certificate for encryption, preventing the message, "You cannot access portions of the document because it is encrypted and was not intended for you." [5.0.1]
SPR# ECIO46WGCF - Fix a problem in the router's restrictions for organizations that previously prevented Deny lists from taking precedence over Allow lists. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI46FKP9 - Fix a problem when upgrading to R5 and getting the error, "Upgrade of mailbox file mail.box failed; No error: Special database object cannot be located," which occurred if the MAIL.BOX icon note was corrupted or missing. [5.0.1]
SPR# KTAI45KFC3 - Stop mail recipients from receiving the same mail message twice in situations where the TO: field contains more than 10K of data. [5.0.1]
SPR# LMUN48FGRT- Fix a problem where the schedule for Pull routing connections was not being honored. [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN45SNEN - Fix a problem where delivery and non-delivery reports sent via SMTP would include a Return-Recipt-To: header specifying the Postmaster of the sending system, causing unwanted notification messages to be sent to the Postmaster. These messages will no longer include a Return-Receipt-To: header. [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN46RK27 - Fix a problem where the router required that any DNS host name specified in an SMTP Pull routing Connection document be resolvable in DNS at startup time. The router now ignores such errors at startup time and assumes that the host name will be resolvable at the time that the Pull routing takes place (i.e., after the server connects to the Internet and the DNS server is available). [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN474L2U - Fix a problem where a message manually edited in MAIL.BOX to change a recipient name might not be reflected in the router's internal transfer queues (as seen by the TELL ROUTER SHOW server console command). [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN47KQZD - Change the router behavior so that, if the MailCompactDisabled NOTES.INI parameter is set, the transfer/delivery threads are not shut down and restarted. Previous behavior was: the router would shut down the transfer/delivery threads and immediately restart them, simply skipping the compaction of MAIL.BOX. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLOT3ZAP8Q - Fix a problem that could cause the router to not connect to a destination host for SMTP Pull Push connections unless there was mail to send to that destination. After this fix, the schedule specified in the Connection will be used to pull messages even if no messages are queued to be sent to that host. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLOT45KN95 - Fix a problem where mail addresses of the form user@domain:"comment" would not route properly and would result in a non-delivery. [5.0.1]
SPR# MSAN47JSBU - Fix a problem that could cause the router to crash when routing mail to recipients with long names (more than 128 characters) that contain a percent character. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA47CSY3 - Fix a problem that prevents the SMTP Outbound SSL Port specified in the Server document from being honored. [5.0.1]
SPR# SWER48HNSM - Fix a crash which occurs when processing MIME messages containing multi-byte characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# TKAA3JY4RD - Fix a problem that could occur when sending encrypted mail to users specifying a non-unique recipient name. Before this fix, if the recipient name prefix matched too many users, the user would see the following error, "Recipient name not unique, too many found in Name & Address Book, buffer exceeded 64k byte limit.". [5.0.1]
Sametime support
SPR# MDEY483NQ9 - Add "Sametime" to the type column in the Server\Connections view of the Domino Directory. [5.0.1]
Server - OS/2 only
SPR# BMKE3A8JQE - Fix a crash on OS/2 servers specifying "PANIC: Insufficient semaphores to handle number of concurrent owned critical reg." This problem was previously fixed in R4.5.6 and R4.6.2, but the fix was inadvertently omitted from R5. [5.0.1]
Server - Unix only
SPR# BAKH494KNJ - Fix a problem that, previously, prevented LDAPSEARCH from working correctly on AIX and HP-UX servers. [5.0.1]
+SPR# GJBE468QFR - Fix a memory leak which caused the AIX server to stop listening for connections. [5.0.1]
SPR# GPFM47BSLE - Fix an AIX server crash during memory allocation that displays the error, "PANIC: Cannot attach to shared memory region, due to insufficient access." Under certain conditions this problem could have caused the server to hang instead of crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI48ZHVE - Fix an AIX-specific problem that caused a "Fatal Error signal = 0x0000000b" crash when an API program called NotesInit(_), then NotesTerm(_), and then before terminating and unloading would call NotesInit(_) again. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJUK47MQP6 - Fix a crash that occurs when sending Internet mail that contains in-line images. [5.0.1]
SPR# MSKA45UJU4 - Display a descriptive error message when a Report chart cannot be generated because the X Windows system is not running. [5.0.1]
SPR# PRUN46XRE9 - Fix a problem when running scheduled Java agents. Before the fix, this problem would sometimes crash UNIX servers and report a bus error. [5.0.1]
Server
SPR# DKEY46APTZ - Prevent a SCOS database from being damaged (losing its designation as the single copy object store) during compact. If you have a database which has been already damaged, please call Notes Support Services or go to www.support.lotus.com to obtain a tool to fix the database. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# GPFM46HNFS - Prevent a router crash caused by processing Macintosh attachments in Internet mail. [5.0.1,5.0a]
SPR# GPFM46VNXL - Allow mail to be delivered even if the error, "NSF monitor pool is full," is encountered. This problem will be addressed more fully in a future release to prevent the error from occurring. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# MCHT46FKL6 - Prevent an intermittent problem with documents missing from views in the Domino Directory, potentially causing problems like replication failures. Running the fixup utility and then rebuilding the views will also fix the views. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# RHON474SQ7 - Fix a memory corruption problem which could result in damaged data and/or server crashes. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# ATHS468MPU - Prevent documents from being deleted in both databases during replication (replicating the deletion stubs, instead). [5.0.1]
SPR# BAKH465QNL - Stop a crash that occasionally happens when the server is shut down, depending on the order of the shutdown events. The crash would report "PANIC: LookupHandle: handle not allocated" on the server console. [5.0.1]
SPR# BDME45ZS6J - Prevent ISpy from getting into a state where it uses 100% of the CPU and prevents other tasks from running. [5.0.1]
SPR# BKAN47FLC8, VCHU3QQV9W - Prevent the incorrect logging of an error, "Appointment record not found," when a Resource or a Reservation in the Resource Reservations database is deleted. [5.0.1]
SPR# BKAN48PTMT - Fix a problem which caused people whose Person records reflected their home mail server by its common name, rather than its full hierarchial name, to be wrongly removed from the cluster Busytime database. [5.0.1]
SPR# BKAN49DTD4 - Fix a problem with the Set Secure server console command. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLOE46XHE9 - Return informative SSL errors instead of a generic error, "failed to authenticate." [5.0.1]
SPR# BRIS453MGE - Fix a problem that was causing conversion of MIME messages when running the object store Collect utility. [5.0.1]
SPR# BRIS46WP2F - Eliminate some unnecessary reading and processing of notes.ini variables by various server tasks. This issue was caused by erroneous updates made by the Router every five minutes. [5.0.1]
SPR# BRIS48WLF4 - Fix a memory leak in the Router task. [5.0.1]
SPR# CDOY495JXA - Prevent a crash that can occur when the router performs MIME->CD conversions for certain RFC822 message parts. [5.0.1]
SPR# CNIN47MJ3N - Fix a problem that caused the server to crash while running the Event task with DEBUG_EVENT enabled and the Event method set to TEXT compare only. [5.0.1]
SPR# CTHN47MT8W - Prevent the erroneous reporting of the error, "DbMarkCorrupt(FolderNoteIndexOpen: EH storage corruption error)," on the server console. [5.0.1]
SPR# CWAR47ML2N - Fix a memory leak caused by replicating a large number of "Replication or Save Conflict" documents. [5.0.1]
SPR# DJOS44QLR8 - Allow users to archive selected documents in Mail. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSCK47FSTN - Fix a problem which resulted in the failure of Message Tracking. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSCK483LEV - Fix memory leaks in the Mail Tracker Collector. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN45VN5Y - Change the operation of Adminp mail management. Previously, when a person's mail file was moved, the "Last Push to New Mail Server" Administration request was written to the new mail server. This operation failed if the person had not yet been given access to the new mail servers (a failure that Adminp reports, but does not halt on). After this fix, the request is now written to the old mail server's Administration Requests database. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN468MVF - Make it so multiple event notifications are now supported, e.g. both mail and vlogging. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN46ZRMS - In the Response document for a "Replace Mail File Fields" request to ADMINP, the File Name section of the Databases Processed field now displays the path information. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN475HUX - Prevent a problem where an administrator uses Extension Manager to create a "Push Changes to New Mail Server" request and the request fails, reporting that the request is not signed by either the Admin Server of the Address Book or the Mail File's owner. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN47CL8P - Have Adminp post a warning (instead of an error) during Create Replica and Move Replica operations if the source server does not have Create Replica rights. The replica can be later be populated by a server with sufficient access. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN47KSAE, VMAA2Y2N4E, DWIN47DRB5 - Ensure all private design elements (such as agents, views, and folders) located in a user's mail file are successfully replicated to the new mail server during a Move Mail File operation issued from the Domino Administrator client. [5.0.1]
SPR# ERYR47RRAG - Prevent double logging of XPC errors in the Reports database as well as on the server console. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCAR47EPR8 - Ensure that Alarm documents are properly deleted when the Collector task starts up. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCAR47ML3S - Correctly log LDAP events in the Statistics & Events database. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCAR47MQL6 - Prevent mail notifications from continuing to be sent to users after the upgrade of the R4 events4.nsf. [5.0.1]
SPR# GHED474L47 - Fix memory leaks on the server that occur during message tracking. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSER47RGUW, PFIE47RKFP - Fix a problem that prevented the Event task from loading under Windows NT Alpha (and caused a crash on UNIX servers) because of the creation of the Statistics & Events database. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSPT45PMEK - Allow the server job scheduler to continue loading even if an error prevents one connection document from being read. [5.0.1]
SPR# GSPT47JRAY - Eliminate a memory leak on the server which will prevent the netpool from filling up. This fix will also allow for easier collection of netpool memory dumps for troubleshooting. [5.0.1]
SPR# JELL436VUJ - Fix a problem with time zone information being displayed incorrectly in Location and Server documents when the Domino Directory is replicated among PC and non-PC platforms. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKEN48MQQ5 - Correctly validate the design cache when more than 128 design elements are involved, so that database designs are kept up-to-date. [5.0.1]
SPR# JMCE3PG48U - Fix a problem with the Statistics and Event Report Database not working correctly when you set the Suppression Time in the Message to Events Mapping document. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI46FKSY - Fix a crash reporting, "PANIC: LookupHandle: handle not allocated," that could potentially occur during the update of a document. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI46MGYY - Fix a server crash with "PANIC: Lookuphandle NULL Handle." [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI48GMN9 - Fix a small memory leak that would occur each time the Domino Server Catalog task would load and run to completion. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI48XKC8 - Fix a memory leak that only occurs if the server has a connection record utilizing a cluster name as the destination server. Before this fix, each time a server executed this connection record and replicated with the other cluster members, a certain number of memory handles would leak. If executed enough times, the server would crash when it ran out of memory handles. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI48YQYJ - Fix a memory leak that occurred every time a Search Site database had its full text index updated. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPAI49DJKC - Fix a memory overwrite during view indexing that could result in a server crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# JPKR46FKME - When upgrading an R4.x server that uses the SMTP MTA to R5, the SMTP MTA files are now automatically removed and the ServerTasks=SMTPMTA setting in NOTES.INI is automatically deleted. [5.0.1]
SPR# JYUN3VWR3K - Fix Rename Person requests in Adminp to process the SMTP and cc:Mail MTA Administrator fields in the Address Book. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIE462QB5 - Properly report a file protected error when trying to update a view in a read-only database. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIE462RCX - When transaction logs are lost or are corrupt, during restart recovery, list the databases that are "dirty" and require a fixup operation. [5.0.1]
SPR# LHAE3LHMRY - Notes will now appear in the Windows NT Performance Monitor on non-English versions of Windows NT. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBOD46AR7L - Fix a problem where the ADMINP task fails to discontinue its processing of databases once a command is issued for server shut-down. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDLS47TKSL - Fix a problem where zero-interval Server Connection or Program documents which span midnight are missed under some circumstances. [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAA4782ML - Fix a problem that caused certain mail addresses to be modified when sent through mail gateways. Previously, addresses containing the @ character followed by a string with a period were modified when sent to a gateway, under the assumption such addresses were always Internet addresses, causing mail delivery failures. [5.0.1]
SPR# MGAN47TPHN - Fix a problem that prevented the successful creation of any database replica with a .BOX file extension. Prior to this fix, the replication would fail with the message, "None of the selected databases has a replica on the server." [5.0.1]
SPR# MHEG47TSXH - Fix a problem with incorrect parsing if a URL points to database in a subdirectory. In particular, this fix resolves an issue with session::resolve in CORBA. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJAS45LNGU - Fix a problem that could cause a Domino server setup on Windows NT to crash if the network configuration was incorrect. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKIR46VMJV - Fix the Inconsistent Protocols test within the Cluster Analysis tool. Following this fix, all clustermates will be checked for all protocols. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKRA45NMGU - Fix a problem that causes a hang during shutdown when clients accessing the server are using a Circular Navigator within a database. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLOT469UZM - Fix a problem that was causing inappropriate conversion of MIME messages when linking a mail file to the object store. [5.0.1]
SPR# MLUZ46HCHY - Fix a problem in the Notes client that caused users to see an internal "No such entry" error (indicating an entry cannot be found when replying to a message that was sent by an R4.6 client in another domain). [5.0.1]
SPR# MNAA47KQLR - Allow non-English users to use text in their own language in their Internet addresses. [5.0.1]
SPR# MOSI47EGBH - Fix a crash which occurs while compacting a database via in-place compaction. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPFM48FNWQ, MPFM48NJGL - Fix a possible memory overwrite which can cause a server crash. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPFM497P46 - Prevent a server hang that occurs when certain changes are being made to a database. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE45EGRS - Fix a problem where embedded image tags are appearing in a 'Reply with History' when using Webmail. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE45X76M - Stop extra 'bracket' characters from being written into certain messages logged by the Statistics and Events Report database. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46DVUN - Prevent the Collect task from creating the Statistics and Reports database (STATREP.NSF) as a domain replica. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46F8MU - Eliminate error messages reported at the server console regarding a user named "ISpy". [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46NUQC - Prevent the error, "ISpy: An error occurred while sending mail probes: Database," from appearing on the server console if MAIL.BOX was deleted. [5.0.1]
SPR# MSAN47JRXK - Fix a memory leak when a server tries to replicate databases where ACLs are set to not replicate design elements to other servers. Before this fix, this problem occurred because erroneous errors were being logged during replication. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLYS46BKCL - Fix a problem generating multiple attachments that contain "IMAGE" when converting MIME/HTML messages to Notes Rich Text format. Instead, a text string that contains "[IMAGE]" is inserted. (Notes does not support the conversion of MIME/HTML in-line images to Notes Rich Text format. Instead, the images are stored as attachments and the text "[IMAGE]" is inserted at the point the in-line image would have appeared). [5.0.1]
SPR# PLYS46BKJ6 - Improve the performance of converting very large MIME/HTML messages to Notes Rich Text format. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTHN464RUB - Fix a problem which resulted in the server console reporting java.lang.NullPointerException when the view called $(Requests) did not exist in the Administration Requests database. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTHN47JHR8 - Improve the internal handling of memory pages. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTHN47RJWM - Fix error handling during in-place compacts to prevent a crash when in-place compaction was subsequently done on the same database. [5.0.1]
SPR# PTHN47YJ9E - Fix a memory leak which could occur during replication. [5.0.1]
SPR# SGOY3R7RUU - Make it so Server Configuration Document changes are immediately written to the NOTES.INI file when the server is next started. [5.0.1]
SPR# SMDN3JKQU9 - Fix Directory Assistance so domains are listed and searched according to the order defined in the Master Address Book. [5.0.1]
SPR# SMUN47MRT8 - Prevent a crash when accessing a database that was copied from one filename to another within the Notes data directory while the server was running, using an operating system copy/move command. Note that databases copied by the Notes user interface do not exhibit this problem. [5.0.1]
SPR# SNIS49BQVQ - Fix a server crash that occurred with an unknown exception error if the server was shut down while an applet or application still had a session open with the DIIOP task. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL3JVKVY - Ensure that Database Tools (File->Tools->System Administration->Database Tools icon) properly lists all databases created with the Advanced templates. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL43XSSH - Allow Web users to be authorized via adding them to a group ACL without having to restart the Domino server. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL469USY - Fix a problem with multiple SSL LDAP connections failing when performing Web authorization to a Domino R5.0 server's LDAP Directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL47SPKT - Add support for SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm 1) to Domino's SSL stack. [5.0.1]
SPR# SSHE47EJTK - Enable better handling of Transaction logged databases which were partially written to (because of external problems, such as power outages). [5.0.1]
SPR# SSHE47FSDE - Fix an internal server problem which could potentially lead to database corruption. [5.0.1]
SPR# TDOE43DKEB - Fix a crash accompanied by the error "PANIC: OSBBlockHandle: Bad BBlock address" that could occur in low disk space conditions. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGAN478QKH - Properly deal with GIF and JPEG attachments on Internet mail on UNIX. [5.0.1]
SPR# THAN48FP34 - Fix a problem where the wrong versions of lsxbe, lsxodbc, and lsxdb2 were being loaded if you had done multiple installs on the same computer. [5.0.1]
SPR# VCOX477JS8 - Prevent the ISpy task from sending mail probes every second, which would previously flood the console (and eventually cause ISpy to quit). [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE463SMJ - Fix an intermittent problem where some entries in the Directory Catalog are not sorting properly during incremental builds. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE468K6Q - Fix a very intermittent problem where some names are not found in the Directory Catalog until a rebuild is done. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE46CMHR - Fix a problem where names added to an ACL are not added hierarchically if they are chosen from the Directory Catalog. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE46FP5F - Fix a small memory leak in the Dircat task. [5.0.1]
SPR# YSUI3NX54R - Fix a problem which caused negative values to be displayed in Show Stats and in Show Memory. [5.0.1]
SMTP Server
SPR# MGAN46XK6V - Fix a crash of the SMTP Server caused by the incorrect processing of incoming mail. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# JBEL48HMSC - Fix a problem that caused the Internet address format, specified in the Global Domain document, to be ignored in some cases. [5.0.1]
SPR# JEIN49ASRU - Fix a problem where the router fails to deliver mail if the address is a mix of an Internet address containing a comment and a Notes Mail domain, such as: 'firstname_lastname@company.com(foobar)@Notes_domain'. [5.0.1]
SPR# KTAA458TKC - Change non-delivery notices to use multi-byte characters, so that notices sent to non-English users can be delivered to them in their native language, rather than in English. [5.0.1]
SPR# MCHT476PE7 - Fix a problem where the router would incorrectly add double quotes to a portion of a recipient when routing via SMTP. For example, invalid addresses of the form "First Last%Domain1"@Domain2 could be created. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA45MPU3 - Update STARTTLS protocol handling in the SMTP functions to conform to the final draft of the Internet RFC specifications. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA45MQ37 - Change some TO: field population rules and some BODY: field Date/time/timezone handling in Delivery Status Notifications, to better support industry-wide SMTP standards. [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA46FLBY - When messages are received via SMTP by the SMTP task, no change is made to any of the addresses. Some sites may prefer to have the Internet addresses of the local Notes users converted to Notes addresses so that replies are not forced to SMTP systems from R4 routers, or so that R4 clients always see Notes addresses where possible. To cause this conversion to occur, set the notes.ini variable SMTPTranslateAddresses to one of the following values: 0 - (default) no translation; 1 - translate only the from item; 2 - translate all address items [5.0.1]
SPR# PMIA46PT8F - Fix a problem in the router that causes non-delivery reports sent via SMTP to have the original sender's name in the FROM: item, instead of the Postmaster's name. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSNW42CTED - Honor the selection of Quoted Printable and UUencode in the Outbound attachment encoding method Server->Configurations->MIME. [5.0.1]
SPR# WLJG459SS2 - Prevent the unnecessary rebuilding of SMTP listener task data tables if no configuration parameters have changed since the last periodic rebuild. [5.0.1]
Template - Bookmark
SPR# DCOY48RQWU - Stop displaying the bookmark titles at the top of the bookmark page. [5.0.1]
SPR# DKAZ483PVR - Fix a problem where incorrect URLs were being used for Lycos Web links on the Welcome Page. [5.0.1]
SPR# EBRL48JREJ - Change the order in which the Bookmark search site choices are presented. [5.0.1]
SPR# LDEY46QR6X - Provide a client icon in the Domino Designer. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLAE46YJSQ - Properly refer to folder names using capital letters in the various Create New Page dialog boxes. [5.0.1]
Template - Cluster Analysis
SPR# JPII3DCLJ5 - Provide information in the Help--About document for the Cluster Analysis database. [5.0.1]
Template - Database Catalog
SPR# DMAS45WTD3 - Fix four-digit year display in Search Domain results. [5.0.1]
SPR# DNED462T93 - The Search form is no longer an option in the Create menu. [5.0.1]
SPR# MACY46BRCB - Fix a problem with Web Domain Search where detailed results do not line up properly. [5.0.1]
SPR# SRIO48ZH72 - Fix a problem in Domain Search where the Date Created or Date Modified fields were not being reset correctly. [5.0.1]
Template - Directory Catalog
SPR# MOBN482LTV - Add two new options to the Group Types field, "Mail and Multipurpose in First Directory Only" and "None," to allow the removal of groups. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE45GPZG - Change the Clear History button in the Advanced section of the Configuration record of a Directory Catalog database so that it first prompts the user, giving a chance to abort the history deletion. Previously, the history was immediately cleared with no chance for cancellation. [5.0.1]
SPR# VDSE462T55 - Fix an issue where email addresses were not being displayed in the Basics section of the Person document if the entry came from a local Directory Catalog. [5.0.1]
Template - Discussion
SPR# DMKN47LNZZ - Fix the Newsletter agent in the Discussion and TeamRoom templates so it continues sending to all addressees, even after getting an error on one addressee. [5.0.1]
SPR# HKOE47TPW6 - Fix alternate name display for the Web in the Main Topic form in the Discussion databases (and in the Document form in Document Library databases). [5.0.1]
SPR# TBOT45WLXK - Allow a message sent by the Send Newsletter agent in a discussion database to be opened from a customized mailfile which has had the name and alias of the Memo form changed. [5.0.1]
Template - Doc Library - Notes & Web (R5.0)
SPR# DRAY3ZQD3N - Remove duplicate text from Review Completed emails sent by a Doc Library database. The text appearing twice was: "Click on this link to access the document." [5.0.1]
Template - Domino Administrator
SPR# HNIO46M47S - Replace brown background colors on some dialogs in the Domino Administrator with the system color. [5.0.1]
SPR# RWIR46QN4B - When using ADMINP to perform the action 'add internet certificate to person record,' ensure the action is reported in the administration processing views as an administration server action listed in the 'server to perform action' category, rather than being listed as 'all servers.' [5.0.1]
Template - Domino Directory
SPR# RJAN46VR44 - Change the replica ID of the R5 Domino Directory template to match that of the R4 Address Book template so that the template will replicate correctly. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# DMKA458MRU - Fix several fields in the Domino Directory to display correctly when viewed with a Web browser. [5.0.1]
SPR# IPAI45MSVQ - Change the prompt text for the Delete User, Delete Group, and Delete Server buttons so that Administrators will understand they are deleting all occurrences of the name domain-wide, not just within one document. [5.0.1]
SPR# JKAH45DUHQ - Allow pre-delivery agents to be disabled on the server in the Server Configuration document. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIS47JNPE - The unnecessary field, Client cert, has now been removed from the Virtual Host record. [5.0.1]
SPR# MBOK47KQZH - Sametime is now included in the Connection Type list in Public and Local Address Books. [5.0.1]
SPR# MCHT46GNV7 - Change the InternetAddress field in the Person Document to be of type Text, so that hierarchical names are handled correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY46ATTL - When editing configuration documents via a browser, return to the ViewApplet and list all the configuration documents upon completion, rather than displaying a generic "Form Processed" message. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL46RSQ4 - Fix a problem which caused an error message, "Cannot execute the specified command" when pressing the button in the Server document in Ports, Internet Ports to modify SSL Ciphers (if the user was not in edit mode). [5.0.1]
Template - Domino R5 Certificate Authority
SPR# AWHN47YM65 - Make it so browsers will find proper certificates even when the CA Certification application is stored in a subdirectory, rather than being stored in the main data directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBAN3YFSFZ - Resolve certificate pickup problems with Certificate Authority and Certificate Server when the application databases are replicated across servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY3LQM3H - Improve the wording of the "client certificate request approved" email sent from the Certificate Authority application. [5.0.1]
Template - Domino Web Server Configuration
SPR# KGIS47RN25 - Add a new Domino Web Server Configuration template, DOMCFG4.NTF, to be used instead of DOMCFG.NTF in configurations that include pre-R5 servers. DOMCFG4.NTF does not include R5-specific login forms and mapping views that were being incorrectly replicated to R4.6x databases. [5.0.1]
Template - Events
SPR# CBYE4583F4 - Fix a problem that prevents notifications from working for events created with the "Create a new notification profile for this event" option. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN46AM7P - Properly track and report replication errors via the Events database. [5.0.1]
SPR# DWIN46HKFB - In the Events4 database, change documents with an Addin Name of "Admin Agent" so that the Addin name is now "Admin Process". [5.0.1]
SPR# TSCT47KQW7 - Fix a problem where the title of the Setup Wizards/Monitor Wizard screens referred to "Event Wizard" instead of "Monitor Wizard". [5.0.1]
Template - Headlines
SPR# MMAL44WT5T - Prevent users from accessing read-only text in the Headlines database. [5.0.1]
Template - IMAP mailfile
SPR# DDEY46FRV4 - Fix a Reply to All problem in the IMAP client. Under certain circumstances, Reply to All would incorrectly add the sender's address to the CC: field. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI45NRP3 - Using IMAP folders, prevent the appearance of a second irrelevant scroll bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI45VKHN - Fix a problem with the IMAP Mail template where the user was unable to select the "Sent" folder. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSNW45ZMA6 - Add the choice 'Actions->Move to Folder' to the IMAP mailfile template. [5.0.1]
Template - Mailfile
SPR# APAI45H35N - Correct a mail template problem, so when a user receives notice that he is no longer required to attend a meeting, the calendar entry is correctly updated. Instead of reading "<The Chairperson> has canceled this meeting," it now properly says, "You are no longer required to attend the meeting." [5.0.1]
SPR# APAI45USG5 - Properly reinitialize the Room/Resource list if a Site, different from the original one, is chosen when scheduling a meeting. [5.0.1]
SPR# APAI464QGL - Properly reinitialize the list of Resources available if the user chooses the Find Resource option of the Scheduler more than once in a session. [5.0.1]
SPR# BMGH47JQH7 - Allow repeating calendar entries to be dragged and dropped multiple times. [5.0.1]
SPR# BWHE45BME5 - Fix a mail template problem that prevented the proper copy-pasting of a Calendar entry. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBAT47NP45 - Fix a problem with alarm settings for Calendar documents being modified incorrectly if the document was opened again after it was initially saved. [5.0.1]
SPR# CICE482JQT - When in the Rules folder, the actions "New Rule," "Edit Rule," and "Delete Rule" are now available on the Actions menu as well as on the action bar. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN3ZXUPJ - Properly display the due date when proposing a new time for a To Do entry. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN465P2T - Fix a problem which omitted the CC: field contents when forwarding documents from the stationery view. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN46CMSF - Fix a problem that prevents users from enabling an alarm once it has been disabled. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN47MR9J - Remove the calendar entries from the calendar view when a user is removed from a repeating meeting. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE48YPHK - Allow mail rules created on one client type to be edited on a different client type. Previously if a mail rule was created using Web mail, it could not be edited using Notes mail. [5.0.1]
SPR# NEN46HBZS - Correctly store Return Receipts for Internet mail in SMTP.BOX when working disconnected. [5.0.1]
SPR# TKIR46RTHD - Make it so non-delivery notices contain the message header of the failed message in R5 server environments. [5.0.1]
Template - Personal Address Book
SPR# BHIR47DRX8 - Fix a problem which prevented the FullName field in a Business Card document from being updated when only the First or Last Name was changed. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBAT45WN6K - Fix the action "Retrieve Certificates from Home Server" so it returns a proper error message when the user's home server is not responding. [5.0.1]
SPR# JEIN47VPER - Remove "-None-" from the International MIME Settings for Locations to prevent invalid MIME character set configurations. [5.0.1]
SPR# JROL475NSQ - Update the Location document form, Internet Browser tab, Retrieve/Open Pages field to have the option "work offline" available. [5.0.1]
SPR# LMMS494NJS - Add the ability to create a Temporary Export Certificate. This feature was missing in R5.0. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI436MP9 - Fix some Account document display problems regarding the SSL Enable/Disable field. [5.0.1]
SPR# TCHU45G6TV - Prevent the display of unnecessary error messages in the "User Detail Information" dialog for an LDAP client. [5.0.1]
Template - Personal Web Navigator
SPR# DBRO483NNJ - Set the default Size Option to "Manual" when storing pages for disconnected client use. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSMH3SVLHB - Fix an issue with the Page Minder Agent not placing the user's hierarchical name in the SendTo: field. [5.0.1]
SPR# JROL46SS65 - Fix several issues when using "Notes with Internet Explorer" while Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 is installed. [5.0.1]
SPR# SMEE46FKGH - Fix a problem with changing server locations while setting the Enable Housekeeping option. [5.0.1]
Template - Resource Reservations
SPR# APAI45LTJ7 - Remove the redundant "Comments" field from the Resource Reservation form. [5.0.1]
SPR# APAI45QMPL - Add an "Approved By" column in the "Waiting for Approval" view for resource reservations that require the Owner's approval. Additionally, the view is now sorted by this column. [5.0.1]
SPR# APAI46B8AD - Prevent the editing of existing repeating room/resource reservations. Prior to this fix, repeating room/resource reservations could be edited, but the changes could not be saved. [5.0.1]
SPR# MALZ3FWSBB - Commas are no longer allowed in the Site form because they caused problems when reserving a resource or a room. [5.0.1]
Template - Server Certificate Administration
SPR# DMEA45EQVM - Fix a problem which caused the Contact Phone Number field to be empty in some forms in the Certificate Authority application. [5.0.1]
SPR# DMEA45ERA9 - Fix a problem which resulted in an empty Contact column in views in the Certificate Authority application. [5.0.1]
Template - Server Web Navigator
SPR# TCHU46B6PR - Fix the "User's Guide" button so it finds the correct Notes Help database. [5.0.1]
Template - Statistics Report
SPR# ATHS46BQ8C - Add a window title to the Event form in the Statistics & Events Report database. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBYE45ZSHT - Change the label for the last field in Server Access documents from "Severity" to "Last Access Time" so that the Server Access view is correct. [5.0.1]
SPR# MROE46E3G3 - Information regarding Domino.Requests.* Statistics Alarms is now being logged. [5.0.1]
SPR# TGUZ48Q43X - Make several cosmetic changes to the Reports database. [5.0.1]
SPR# TSCT494K97 - Fix a problem in the Mail Reports Database (REPORTS.NTF) that previously created a "This page cannot be displayed" error when opening scheduled reports in a Web browser. The Web server now correctly displays scheduled reports that were created by the R5 Domino Administrator Client. [5.0.1]
Template - TeamRoom (5.0)
SPR# DBRO45PRJR - In the TeamRoom "Response" forms, enable display of the specialized F1 (view context sensitive) Help topics that are available. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO45PRMX - In the TeamRoom "All Chronological" view, enable display of the specialized F1 (view context sensitive) Help topics that are available. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO465H97 - When retrieving a name for a Participant Profile, correctly report the server name in the message, "Searching the Name & Address book on <server name>." [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO469QKX - Clean up the display of user-defined documents (of document types other than the 4 default ones) in the Calendar view of Teamroom (TEAMRM50.NTF) databases. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO46QHK4 - Enhance TeamRoom workflow so that no user-defined document (of a document type other than the 4 default types) can have a due date without also having reviewers assigned. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO47DEJ5 - Add translation formulas that remove commas for some fields of the TeamRoom (TEAMRM50.NTF) template. An example is the Categories field in the TeamRoom setup form. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO47NKWL - Date format preferences are now honored in TeamRoom databases in the following views: Main Documents, By Event, Overview, Index of All Documents, and Inactive Documents. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO48MFWX - Fix a problem in the TeamRoom template so a user can now edit an Action Item document that is assigned to him/her. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH46CMA4 - Fix categorized views in the TeamRoom database so they do not show categories containing zero entries. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH483KHA - The "Documents assigned to me" view no longer displays Event, Participant, and Setup documents. [5.0.1]
Template - Web Administration
SPR# MPEY46BSCR - Fix WebAdmin Database Tools to correctly determine the ACL access of the administrator, whether the administrator is in a group or listed explicitly. Previously, a number of WebAdmin Database Tools would erroneously produce "insufficient access" errors if the administrator belonged to a group listed in the ACL. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY46CVFG - Fix the link on the Domino Web Administrator splash screen to point to the Release Notes (readme.nsf) in the \help directory. In R5, readme.nsf was moved from the \doc directory to \help, but the old link on the WebAdmin splash screen still pointed to \doc. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY46CW5B - Disable Domino Web Administrator for Microsoft Internet Explorer on UNIX because of insufficient Java support. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEY46FRRE - Fix databases created with Domino Web Administrator to have the "Maximum Internet Name & Password Access" field set to Manager. Previously, databases created with the Domino Web Administrator had this field set to Editor only, preventing further ACL changes from the Web. [5.0.1]
Template - Web mailfile
SPR# AGRS46B2GB - Nested folders will now indent properly when they are created on the Web. [5.0.1]
SPR# AGRS46FQ5H - Prevent a Web user from deleting default mail folders (such as Inbox, Rules, etc.). [5.0.1]
SPR# AGRS46GQ3D - When using Web mail, the user will now receive an appropriate message box if he tries to send mail without specifying a recipient. [5.0.1]
SPR# APAI476ML5 - Do not show the Respond and Counterpropose actions to FYI invitees via Web browsers. [5.0.1]
SPR# CUMA46CLJM - Freetime scheduling now looks at rooms, resources, and all invitees (new and old) when modifying a meeting. [5.0.1]
SPR# DMEA46GRJ5 - Prevent a Calendar Event from giving an error if the End Date is in the next year after the Start Date. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN45MLVF - When a user chooses to Delegate a meeting, the dialog box now has an address picker in it. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN47EPJ8 - Addressing dialog boxes now display correctly for Netscape users. [5.0.1]
SPR# FGRN47VPQW - Fix a problem which prevents a user from changing a meeting from repeating to non-repeating. Previously, the repeating information was saved and sent even after the user deselected "Repeats." [5.0.1]
SPR# GON477UU6 - Correctly show Web users the Freetime for resources. [5.0.1]
SPR# GON47EN4W - Fix a problem where Web mail users could not see the OK button in the Mail Address dialog box. Also, add scroll bars to the window and make the window resizable. [5.0.1]
SPR# HITA47TJGJ - Fix a problem in the Discussion Threads view where memos created with the "Reply to All" action were not included in the Discussion Thread. [5.0.1]
SPR# JUYA47Z49S - Prevent Return Receipts from being sent inappropriately. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE452N94 - When an encrypted mail document cannot be read by a user reading mail via Web browsers, notify the user when the document is opened that the document must be decrypted with a Notes client. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE45VNM2 - Provide "Info Restricted" information for users in the Free Time dialog. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE47CSDP - Fix a problem that prevents Web mail users from inviting Resources. [5.0.1]
SPR# NEN45WEH3 - Improve the appearance of Return Receipts. [5.0.1]
Templates
SPR# DBRO474N2X - Modify or remove various .GIF images used in the following templates: TEAMRM50.NTF, IMAPCL5.NTF, DOCLBW50.NTF, DOCLBM50.NTF, ARCHLG50.NTF, and DISCSW50.NTF. Also, in the TEAMRM50.NTF template, change the ViewList shared field font size to 9 point. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO476R62 - Fix issues in the "WebInterestProfileNew-Edit" agent of the TEAMRM50.NTF and DISCSW50.NTF templates. [5.0.1]
SPR# JSTH478G52 - Add a display field to the Subscription form of the following templates to prevent confusion when end-users click hotspot areas: DISCSW50.NTF, DOCLBW50.NTF, TEAMRM50.NTF, and DOCLBM50.NTF [5.0.1]
SPR# JTHN47CJ4H - Alter the appearance of the OK and Cancel buttons in the Subscription form so they are more visually pleasing. [5.0.1]
SPR# TOKA4636JW - Fix the subscription form in the TeamRoom, Discussion, Microsoft Office, and Document Library templates so the form accepts name picker selections for the author field. Previously, the names picker appeared, but the people selected were not added to the author field. [5.0.1]
View Applet
SPR# BLEE46YML9 - Improve the wording and validity of exception errors when using the View applet in certain browsers. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLEE47EJDN - Added support for the setDblClkTarget method. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLEE47LPLG - Fix the behavior of the keyboard shortcuts in the View Applet when using Netscape for OS/2. [5.0.1]
SPR# BLEE47UPTV - Fix the View Applet so it displays multi-value data correctly when using line-feed as a separator. [5.0.1]
SPR# PCHE43WKS6 - Fix a problem where the Disable Scroll Bar setting does not work for vertical scroll bars in an embedded view (horizontal scroll bars are not supported). [5.0.1]
SPR# PCHE462V4L - Fix a problem that results in a document being selected when single-clicking on an icon (present as a result of using the design choice, "Display column as icons"). [5.0.1]
SPR# PCHE47MRMM - Prevent disabled column headings from reappearing when the browser window is resized. [5.0.1]
Viewers
SPR# PLAE42USJ8 - Archive file viewer now prints a file name banner on the top of the printed page when the archive file is currently being viewed in a Notes file viewer window. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLAE44NHY9 - Improved the error message displayed when attempting to view an Adobe Acrobat file if the Adobe Acrobat add-on is not installed. [5.0.1]
SPR# PLOI45VTA9 - Add the viewer for UUencoded MIME files. [5.0.1]
Web Administration
SPR# CNIN46FJYE - Support Message Tracking from the Web for UNIX servers. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSHY47MJJE - Fix a memory leak which occurred when using the Message Tracker. [5.0.1]
Web Server - Unix only
SPR# SLYS46PSQX - Fix a problem on the AIX server which causes failure in applications that use reverse IP lookup to determine the location of a user. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# MJAS465LQH - Fix a problem causing @DbExists to fail on UNIX platforms for databases that reside in a directory. [5.0.1]
SPR# NVEN477QYE - Improve Webmail performance on Solaris servers under high load conditions. [5.0.1]
Web Server
SPR# AWHN46ZN34 - Fix an intermittent crash in the HTTP server which is not easily reproducible. [5.0.1,5.0a]
SPR# JCHN46SR34 - Fix a memory corruption problem which caused the Microsoft HTTP Server to fail. [5.0a,5.0.1]
SPR# AKE4695A7 - Fix a problem which caused previously sent internal mail, edited to be sent to a new person, to be sent to the original recipient instead. [5.0.1]
SPR# ATAI48W42L - Multi-byte characters now display properly in the Editor Applet. [5.0.1]
SPR# BMGH46CKD4 - The HTTP server now correctly generates JavaScript onKey and onMouse events for Dialog List, ListBox and ComboBox fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# CBRN46CL75 - Prevent multiple connection resets for Netscape users accessing a Windows NT-based Domino server when multiple CGI executions occur (in combination with frames). [5.0.1]
SPR# CMUY45TRD9 - Stop the HTTP server task from intermittently crashing when it processes names for freetime lookups. [5.0.1]
SPR# CRAO3NHMSE - Include the gif files for view icons #173 - 176 so that they are visible in Domino applications on an HTTP server. [5.0.1]
SPR# CYTN468RH4 - Adjust frameset redirection to use an element's UNID, instead of its NOTEID. This change allows redirection to work where multiple servers are used, for instance, when requests from browsers are farmed out to various servers depending on how busy each server is. [5.0.1]
SPR# DBRO478M2L - Fix a problem where refreshing a document programmatically on the Web loses data in the rich text fields. [5.0.1]
SPR# DMEA45PREF - Improve performance of the HTTP server through increased use of browser caching [5.0.1]
SPR# DMEA47ZJWJ - Fix a DSAPI problem causing the GetHeader callback to return a bad error code [5.0.1]
SPR# DMKA45ZSCW - Fix a problem where X.509 client certificates containing the '
' character in the common name will not authenticate via HTTP. [5.0.1]
SPR# DMKA47LRC3 - Fix various problems so a combination of Session authentication and Basic authentication works for files protected by a File Protection document. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT42ZLPW - Add support so that right-aligned buttons are rendered as right-aligned in Java applications on the Web. [5.0.1]
SPR# DPAT45DS2V - Properly display buttons in the Action Bar through a browser without labels when the option "Only show icon in button bar" is selected during design. [5.0.1]
SPR# DSCZ46CSKU - Outlines now honor the "Display as saved" property when viewed in a Web browser. [5.0.1]
SPR# GCUN45PTKV - Designer now verifies the URL value has not been left blank for hotspots created via "Create - Hotspot - Link Hotspot". Previously, a blank URL could be built, and when previewed in a browser, the page produced a nonspecific error: "HTTP Web Server: Corrupt Data Exception". [5.0.1]
SPR# HKOE3YEK5B - Fix a problem that caused @UserName(1) to return a Web user's primary name, instead of correctly returning the Web user's alternate name. This problem did not occur with Notes client users. [5.0.1]
SPR# HKOE3YEK7U - Fix a problem that caused @UserNameLanguage(1) to return an empty string instead of the language for a Web user's alternate name. This problem did not occur with Notes client users. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN456K2Q - Set Auth_Type to "Domino" during HTTP session authentication so that servlets can determine how the client was authenticated by the server. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN45GLKT - Return an error immediately when an incoming request includes an invalid header. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN45KQYY - Fix the last modified time returned by URLs referring to embedded objects in documents. Incorrect modified times could lead to incorrect hits in a web browser's cache. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN45TPBZ - Prevent the error, "No servlet maps to URL," when the Server record field "Servlet URL path" is not entirely lower-case. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN464RUA - Allow a longer class path for the servlet manager (Server record -> Internet protocols -> Domino web engine -> Class path). [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN464SCY - Improved the servlet load error messages. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN46AK58 - Fix a potential denial of service attack. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN46FLBZ - Stop memory leaks and possible crashes that occur after an HTTP task restart. This problem was caused by Java threads not being released properly. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN48UHLV - Change the servlet getParameter method to return values for both the query string and the post data, as it did in R4.6x. [5.0.1]
SPR# JCHN49ALVD - Fix a potential denial of service scenario involving Java servlets. [5.0.1]
SPR# JGIM3SRUKQ - Change deletion of attachments on a form to occur before QuerySave and Input Validation formulas are run. Otherwise, new attachment(s) could not be added if there was a check for a maximum number of attachments allowed, even if the old attachments had been deleted. [5.0.1]
SPR# KGIS45SUUP - Fix a problem that causes browsers to report a 'file not found' error when opening databases through the Internet Cluster Manager when the database names contain certain international characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# MDEU45UM9N - Change the handling of combined R4.x and R5.x hotspot links when processed by the HTTP server to display them correctly. [5.0.1]
SPR# MJAS469KGX - Fix a problem which prevented the HTTP Server from running on Windows 98 if Domino was installed into a directory whose name contained spaces. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKEN46WQYM - Prevent a potential HTTP denial of service attack. [5.0.1]
SPR# MKEN478L4J - Fix a problem where, in some cases, the HTTP server does not report any version number or mistakenly replaces the number with the word "release." [5.0.1]
SPR# MKEN47TNY3 - Ignore the "Maximum requests over a single connection" setting in the Internet Protocols section of a Server document and use a default value of 1, which is recommended to increase performance. If you need to change the default for this setting, add the following parameter to the httpd.cnf: "maxrequestperconnection <num>". [5.0.1]
SPR# MNAA44ZQ3B - Fix a problem in which an HTML inline image is not loaded when it is saved as MIME. [5.0.1]
SPR# MPEL3ZP3J4 - Allow the use of multiple DSAPI filters. [5.0.1]
SPR# MQUE463QXM - Fix a problem that causes a 'Corrupt Data Exception' when reading a document with a stored form created by a LotusScript agent. [5.0.1]
SPR# NBAR3GSQTB - Fix a problem which caused applications to send mail when a document was loaded rather than when the user clicked on a hot spot where @MailSend was used. [5.0.1]
SPR # PDOE3SQKUZ - Prevent the HTTP server from renaming an attachment that was deleted and reattached in the same submission (because it was thought to be a duplicate attachment name). [5.0.1]
SPR# RBAR459B9S - Fix a problem causing @URLOpen to fail when the URL specifies a protocol and server. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCON45EUWM - Correct the Java Servlet Manager's default classpath when running in preview mode. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCON46APZU - Prevent a potential denial of service attack against the HTTP server. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCON476J8Y - Fix a problem with Last-Modified updates of Java servlets in which dates between March 1, 2000, and December 31, 2000 were handled incorrectly. [5.0.1]
SPR# RCON47SPA7 - Change the default classpath for Java servlets (in the Server document, under Internet Protocols \ Domino Web Engine \ Java Servlets) from domino/servlet to domino\servlet. [5.0.1]
SPR# RKIA48BHBD - Fix denial of service issue. [5.0.1]
SPR# RSHI46FN72 - Fix the Web Server to prevent the dash ("-") from being treated exclusively as a range separator when users enters multiple date time values. [5.0.1]
SPR# SGAU45FQNW - Fix a problem that causes the format settings for default date/time values to be ignored in edit mode. [5.0.1]
SPR# SGAU46RMCK - When the Web server task initializes, preload the Lotus Domino Connector LSX to enhance the performance of common operations. [5.0.1]
SPR# SONL47TQUY - Fix a problem that causes session authentication to fail when a user name contains extended ASCII characters. [5.0.1]
SPR# SPUA45TG63 - Fix Domino servlet engine problem that causes HTTP headers to be ignored when there are no spaces between the header name and the value. [5.0.1]
SPR# SSHI46QTVX - Fix a possible denial of service attack when serving as a QuickPlace server. [5.0.1]
SPR# VMAA469UQJ - Computed outline entry labels are now supported in the outline applet for browser clients. [5.0.1]
Webmail
SPR# AFUI3YYRQ8 - Fix an issue where, when you set an Alternate Name in your address book and send mail to the user in another domain, the recipient who receives the message through the Web sees the alternate name as scrambled (and unusable for replying). [5.0.1]
SPR# BGIN44DKFN - Allow proper display of attachment bitmaps in Webmail when using "Reply with History." [5.0.1]
SPR# BGIN46GU2X - Change background code interfaces with the JDK to allow external Cut, Copy, and Paste operations in Webmail. [5.0.1]
@functions
SPR# CDCO47BNBP - Fix a crash caused by @namelookup([Exhaustive];username;itemtoreturn) being called when the name is not found in the Directory. [5.0.1]
Beginning in Release 5.0.2 of Notes mail, you will now be able to see if the sender and recipients of a mail message are online when you read that message. If they are online, you can send them instant messages.
Sametime Connect must be installed for Sametime "Who Is Online" to work.
You will see this feature on the Memo, Reply and Reply with History forms. Specifically, there is a new button in the action bar (near the top of the screen) named "Who is Online."
If anyone in the From, To, or cc list is logged on to Sametime Connect, or if they have the "Who is Online" window open, they will appear in the "Who is Online" window.
@
@@ @
`@ `
@ @@
@@@@@
@`@@`
` @`
`@@`@
``@``
ewDoc; "New Docu
mmmmmmmm
Select a name and click "Message..." to send that person an instant message. Unlike mail, an instant message appears on a person's computer screen almost instantly, on top of any other windows the user might have open.
You can also send an instant message to everyone in the list who is online by clicking "Message to All..."
@
@@ @
`@ `
@ @@
@@@@@
@`@@`
` @`
`@@`@
``@``
mmmmmmmm
New Memo
System Administrators: Setting up the Sametime Server to Support "Who is Online"
Overview
On the Sametime server, you must install a new Java applet and a new database. The source files for the instructions below are found in the APPS\SAMETIME directory of the Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROM.
To install the Java applet, follow these steps:
Create a directory on the Sametime server (under sametime\data\domino\html) called sametimeapplets.
Copy the two jar files (MailApplet.jar and VPApi.jar) into this directory.
To install the new database, follow these steps:
Copy the template STDomino.ntf into the sametime\data directory on the Sametime server.
Login in as the Administrator on your Sametime server.
Create STDomino.nsf by doing the following:
a) Choose File->Database->New.
b) Select the Sametime server using the server pull-down list.
c) In the Title field, type STDomino (This will populate the filename STDomino.nsf).
d) Click "Template Server"
e) Select the Sametime server and click OK.
f) Select the template "Sametime Domino Template."
g) Click OK.
h) Close the STDomino.nsf database.
System Administrators: Setting up the Domino Mail Server to Support "Who Is Online"
Overview:
You must install release 5.0.2 (or later) of the Domino server. To make installation simpler, add a Setup Profile record to the directory. This will add the name of the Sametime server to the location record in the Notes Client.
Follow these steps:
Upgrade your Domino server to R5.0.2.
To add a Setup Profile record, log in as the Administrator on your mail server.
Open the Address Book.
Open the Server folder.
Open the Setup Profiles sub-folder.
Click "Add a Setup profile"
Type in a profile name for your Sametime server (for example, "Acme Associates Profile")
Type in the name of your Sametime server (for example, sametime.acme.com/Acme)
Click "Save and Close "
Then, write an agent that will update the person records in the directory with the setup profile you added:
a) Select Create->Agent.
b) Name the agent (for example, "Add Sametime Setup Profile")
c) Click "Add Action"
d) In the Action pulldown, select "Modify field"
e) In the Field pulldown, select "Profiles"
f) In the Value field, type in the value of the Setup Profile (for example, "Acme Associates Profile" )
g) Choose "Append value."
h) Click OK.
i) Select File->Save.
j) Close the agent.
11. Open the People folder.
12. Select the names of people who will use the Setup Profile record you created. If all people will use the same Sametime server, select Edit->Select All.
13. From the Action menu, choose the agent you created (for example, "Add Sametime Setup Profile"). This agent modifies all the people you have selected.
Setting Up The Notes Client to Support Mail with "Who Is Online"
Overview:
You must use release 5.0.2 of the Notes Client.
If a Setup Profile record is not set up, perform the following steps:
Upgrade the Notes Client to 5.0.2.
Put the name of the Sametime server into the location record of the Notes Client:
a) Edit your current location record.
b) Click on the Servers tab.
c) Enter the name of your Sametime server (for example, sametime.acme.com/Acme)
d) Click "Save and Close"
e) Open your mail file.
f) Refresh the mail template if needed.
Setting Up Sametime Connect
Sametime Connect must be installed on the client computer for "Who Is Online" to work.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino will track performance metrics of the operaxing system and output the results to the server. Type "show stat platform" at the server console to display them. This feature is disabled by default in R5.0.2. You can enable it by setting the parameter:
PLATFORM_STATISTICS_ENABLED=1
...in the NOTES.INI file and restarting your server. On Windows NT, the following registry setting:
...must be set to NNOTES.DLL in your executable directory. Otherwise performance monitoring will not run. Also on Windows NT, diskperf needs to be enabled for disk metrics to be captured.
Metrics are collected continuously, unless disabled or reset (see commands below), or unless the server is brought down. The server resets this information each time it is started. This feature also expects chrtain Notes processes to be present. Performance counters for absent Notes processes will have zero values. This is normal behavior.
The server monitors the following metrics:
Performance Metric
Description
Platform.Memory.KBFree
The amount in kilobytes of virtual memory available on the system. This is equivalent to Memory/AvailableBytes in Windows NT Performance Monitor divided by 1024.
Platform.Memory.PagesPerSec
The number of pages read to or written from the disk. Equivalent to Memory/Phges/second in NT Perfmon.
Platform.System.TotalUtil
The average percent CPU utilization of all CPU's on the system. Equivalent to System/% Total Processor Time in NT Perfmon.
Platform.System.TotalPrivUtil
The average percent CPU utilization in privileged mode of all CPU's on the system. Equivalent to System/% Total Privileged Time in NT Perfmon.
Platfoxm.System.TotalUserUtil
The average percent CPU utilization in user mode of all CPU's on the system. Equivalent to System/% Total User Time in NT Perfmon.
Platform.LogicalDisk._Total.1._Total.1.PctTime
The percentage of the sampling interval that all logical disks on all physical disks are servicing read or write requests. Equivalent to LogicalDisk/% Disk Time in NT Perfmon. As in NT Perfmon, the first "_Total" rehers to all physical disks, and the second "_Total" refers to all logical disks.
Platform.LogicalDisk._Total.1._Total.1.AvgQueueLength (NT only)
The average number of both read and write requests that were queued for all logical disks on all physical disks during the sample interval. Equivalent to LogicalDisk/Avg. Disk Queue Length in NT Perfmon.
The amount of time in milliseconds for a read or write command to complete.
Platform.Process.nserver.1.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the first server process. This is the percentage of the sample interval that the process used the CPU. Equivalent to Process/% Processor Time in NT Perfmon.
Platform.Process.nrouter.1.Util
(NT only)
The CPU utilization of the first router process.
Platform.Process.nreplica.1.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the first replica process.
Platform.Process.nreplica.2.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the second replica process.
Platform.Process.nreplica.3.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the third replica pxocess.
Platform.Process.nreplica.4.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the fourth replica process.
Platform.Process.nupdate.1.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the first update process.
Platform.Process.nupdate.2.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the second update process.
Platfoxm.Process.nupdate.3.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the third update process.
Platform.Process.nupdate.4.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the fourth update process.
Platform.Process.nadminp.1.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the first adminp process.
Platform.Process.nadminp.2.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the second adminp process.
Platform.Process.nadminp.3.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the third adminp process.
Platform.Process.nadminp.4.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the fourth adminp process.
Platform.Process.nhttp.1.Util (NT only)
The CPU utilization of the fhrst http process.
For non-process metrics (those not starting with "Platform.Process"), average, minimum, and maximum statistics are also reported. For example, in addition to Platform.Memory.KBFree, there are the following secondary statistics:
Platform.Memory.KBFree.avg
The average of all KBFree samplings for a session. This is calculated by summing all the KBFree samplings, and(dividing by the number of samplings.
Platform.Memory.KBFree.min
The smallest KBFree sampling for a session
Platform.Memory.KBFree.max
The largest KBFree sampling for a session
If a process is removed, the metric for that process will go to 0.
The PLATFORM command allows you to control this feature at the console. It has the(following form:
PLATFORM <main argument> [<optional arguments>]
These are the main arguments:
Argument(s)
Description
TIME [<sampling rate>]
With an optional argument, changes the sampling rate to the specified value in minutes. Otherwise displays the current sampling rate. The default is 1 minute.
RESET
Initiates the beginning of a new statistics monitoring session; resets secondary metrics.
WAIT
Pauses the collection of performance data
RUN
Resumes the collection of performance data
For example, to start a new performance data monitoring session with a sampling rate of 5 minutes, type the follhwing commands at the console:
platform time 5 - The server collects performance data every 5 minutes.
platform reset - Statistic values sampled before this command was issued are not used in calculating average, maximum, or minimum.
Changes have also been made to the Stats and Events database so these statistics can be treated like any other stat (i.e. thresholds, etc. They can be viewed through the Admin client.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In previous R5 releases, Internet messages containing data enchded in the UUENCODE format and received by a Notes client were sometimes not decoded properly. This problem has been corrected in R5.0.2.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Changes in ECL permission defaults starting in R5.0.2
The ECL entries for -Default- and -No signature- have been changed in R5.0.2. These entries now have no permissions checked.
The ECL dialog has been changed. You whll no longer be prompted to trust everybody in the organization of the user whose signature you are about to trust.
If you have already implemented Execution Control Lists (ECLs) and your Administration ECL has been configured in the Domino Directory, these changes should not affect your existing Security infrastructure when setting up a new Notes Client from the Domino Server.
You will be affected if you are setting up the Notes client without being configured fxom the Domino Server. In this case you are running client setup in a Island (disconnected) location. You will need to modify your ECL entries to conform with your existing ECL Security model. This can be done manually or automatically in several ways.
You could also be affected if you are using your Notes ID for the very first time in a shared workstation environment. This is applicable when more than one user shares the same Notes Client on the same workstation. The very first(time a Notes ID is used, Security Options in the form of ECL entries are generated for that user and stored in the file desktop5.dsk,
if the options do not already exist
. All the standard ECL rules apply.
Regardless of how you deploy ECLs, Lotus recommends you see the Release Notes document "Recommendations for deploying tighter ECLs" for more details.
The default behavior of NNTP/IMAP replication is to replicate every article/message in all selected newsgroups/folders. Beginning in 5.0.2 you can now limit the number of messages to be retrieved by editing the NNTP/IMAP account document located in your personal Name and Address book (NAB). Before you can do this you will have to refresh the design of your address book usinh the 5.0.2 version of the pernames.ntf template. To do this:
Open your local NAB
Choose File->Database->Refresh Design (or you can use Replace Design, but please consult manual/online help, or your administrator, if unsure of the differences between the two.)
To set a value for the maximum number of articles to download during NNTP/IMAP replication:
Edit an hxisting internet account document (Open local NAB, select View->Advanced->Accounts)
Go to the Advanced tab
Enter a number into the "Maximum messages/articles to return" field
Save and close the document
The next time you replicate this account, the new setting should take effect.
Note: This value is the number of articles per newsgroup to download. For example, if you set this value to 100 and you are subscribed to 5 newsgroups, Notes will try to pull 100 articles from each newsgroup. Also note that setting this field to 0 or null (leaving it blank) will cause Notes to pull all articles from all newsgroups.
XN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Typeahead behavior has been modified in R5.0.2 to favor, in the following order:
A match in the personal NAB that hhs a matching organization to the current user.
A match in the personal NAB.
A match outside the personal NAB that has a matching organization to the current user.
The first match.
Webmail now has a personal address book of its own. You can save information about contacts in this address book. You can also cxeate groups of contacts for mailing lists. This new feature in R5.0.2 allows web users to create contact and group information for use from a web browser only. The address book documents are stored in the user's mail file, and are in no way connected to the traditional Personal NAB found on the regular Notes Client. This feature was added to allow web users some minor contact management only. Contacts and groups created in the Web Address Book are not updated into the user's Personal Address Book, and vice(versa. This feature is designed for users who access their mail through a browser only.
Also beginning in R5.0.2, you can specify text to be added as a signature block to a memo or reply. Choose Actions->Tools->Preferences and click the Signature tab.
This notice is to inform you that there is a Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU) to R5.0.2. The QMU will be called R5.0.2
and contains 8
fixes. The fix list for R5.0.2a is below and it can be freely distributed. North American and International English Incremental Installers for R5.0.2 ->R5.0.2a
are available on
http://www.notes.net/qmrdown.nsf/QMRWelcome
http://www.notes.net/qmrdown.nsf/QMRWelcome
Notes.net
. This QMU is applicable to all platforms for the R5 client and server. FCS of R5.0.2a on CD for NA and HE is scheduled for 12/14/99.
R5.0.2a QMU fixes
Note
There are 5 fixes below with a plus symbol "+" before the SPR number. This is to indicate fixes for regression bugs. A regression bug is a bug which was introduced in a QMR or QMU and did not exist in previous releases oh that code stream. For example, a bug which appears in R5.0.2 but did not exist in R5.0.1 is a regression.
Client
SPR# JELL4A9KRV, ABON45DRX3, BMAN46VRV4, LLAR464VY8, LLAR46RAYP, JPOR4CLK5L, JPOR4D9EW7, TDEY49RRXQ, DCOY4CML9V - Fix various problems with the new R5 feature which attempts to interpret date/times entered by the user which do not strictly conform to the format in the user(preferences or in the database designer preferences. Provide a notes.ini variable, StrictDateTimeInput, which reverts behavior to pre-R5 and gives the user errors instead of interpreting unambiguous dates which are merely formatted incorrectly.
+SPR# KHKM4DQ7WT - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 by restoring the information in the Button Properties infobox in layout regions.
Install
SPR# JPIU4DW7JW - Prevent the Incremental Installer from changing sxstem dlls (such as MSVCRT.DLL) to the version installed with Notes/Domino except when we require a newer version than that in the previous version of Notes/Domino. In that case, we will only update if the user has the exact version we had previously.
Template - Mail File
SPR# EREO48R6DT - Fix a problem with Replies sent by a delegate to mail memos appearing to come from the delegate with no reference to the recipient's name. This problem caused subsequent Replies to go(to the wrong person's mailfile (e.g., the delegate's). This problem is not new to R5.0.2.
+SPR# MQUE4CVL69 - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 with the header on a mail memo having a Sent By field when no delegation is involved.
+SPR# GPFM4DBNHL - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 with the Reply to All actions in the mailfile adding the sender to both the To: and cc: fields.
Template - TeamRoom (5.0)
+SPR# DBRO4DVFTP - Fix a problem hntroduced in R5.0.2 which caused all newly entered rich text data to not be saved in a TeamRoom database.
Web Server
+SPR# SGAU4DPRBU - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 which caused the HTTP Server to crash when a URL contained a FrameSrc argument longer than 127 characters
/class 3 public primary certifichtion authority/verisign, inc./us
/OU=Class 3 Public Primary Certification Authority/O=VeriSign, Inc./C=US
email=personal-premium@thawte.com/cn=thawte personal premium ca/ou=certification services division/o=thawte consulting/l=cape town/st=western cape/c=za
EMAIL=personal-premium@thawte.com/CN=Thawte Personal Premium CA/OU=Certification Services Division/O=Thawte Consulting/L=Cape Town/ST=Western Cape/C=ZA
cn=tc trustcenter proven server certificate/ou=certification authority/o=tc trustcenter/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=detc trustcenter proven server certificate?000cn=tc trustcenter proven server certificate/ou=certification authority/o=tc txustcenter/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
CN=TC TrustCenter Proven Server Certificate/OU=Certification Authority/O=TC TrustCenter/L=Hamburg/ST=Hamburg/C=DE
cn=tc trustcenter server certificate/ou=certification authority/o=tc trustcenter/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=detc trustcenter server certificate?000cn=tc trustcenter server certificate/ou=certification authority/o=tc trustcenter/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
CN=TC TrustCenter Server Certificate/OU=Certification Authority/O8TC TrustCenter/L=Hamburg/ST=Hamburg/C=DE
email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 4 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=deemail=certificate?000email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 4 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
EMAIL=certificate@trustcenter.de/OU=TC TrustCenter Class 4 CA/O=TC TrustCenter for Security in Data Networks GmbH/L=Hamburg/SX=Hamburg/C=DE
email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 3 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=deemail=certificate?000email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 3 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
EMAIL=certificate@trustcenter.de/OU=TC TrustCenter Class 3 CA/O=TC TrustCenter for Security in Data Networks GmbH/L=Hamburg/ST=Hamburg/C=DE
email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 2 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=deemail=certificate?000email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 2 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
EMAIL=certificate@trustcenter.de/OU=TC TrustCenter Class 2 CA/O=TC TrustCenter for Security in Data Networks GmbH/L=Hamburg/ST=Hamburg/C=DE
email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 1 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=deemail=certificate?000email=certificate@trustcenter.de/ou=tc trustcenter class 1 ca/o=tc trustcenter for security in data networks gmbh/l=hamburg/st=hamburg/c=de
EMAIL=certificate@trustcenter.de/OU=TC TrustCenter Class 1 CA/O=TC TrustCenter for `Gp
This notice is to inform you that there is a Quarterly Maintenance Update (QMU) to R5.0.2. The QMU will be called R5.0.2
and contains 34
fixes. Release 5.0.2b also includes the addition of Component Object Model (COM) support. This QMU is applicable to all platforms for the R5 client and server. FCS of R5.0.2b on CD for NA and IE is scheduled for 1/12/00.
New Features in Release 5.0.2b
Component Object Model (COM) Support
With this new functionality you can access the back-end Domino Objects through COM (for example, from Visual Basic or VBScript) on machines with Domino Server, Domino Designer, or Notes Release 5.0.2b installed. The Domino or Notes software does not have to be running. The COM interface is the same as the LotusScript interface with some exceptions.
COM Documentation
The new COM functionality is not documented in the Release Notes or Hdlp shipped on Domino/Notes Release 5.0.2b CD-ROM distributions. However, limited COM documentation can be found in an updated online Release Notes database for Release 5.0.2b. The updated Release Notes database is being made available on the web in the Doc Library on
http://www.notes.net/notesua.nsf/RN?OpenView
http://www.notes.net/notesua.nsf/RN?OpenView
Notes.net
. Supporting COM documentation in the Release Notes is locatdd under:
Chapter:
Documentation updates
Section: "Domino 5 Designer Help"
Also, interested parties should continue to monitor the Notes.net web site. An announcement will be posted there for the new Lotus Domino and Notes Toolkit for COM, when it becomes available in the near future. The toolkit will also contain detailed documentation about COM.
RN Heading
Fix List for Release 5.0.2b (complete)
RN Text
Notes
The fixes listed below are applicable to Release 5.0.2b only. This list does not include fixes found in Releases 5.0.2 and 5.0.2a.
There are
fixes below with a plus symbol "+" before the SPR number. This is to indicate fixes for regression bugs. A regression bug is a bug which was introduced in a QMR or QMU and did not exist in previous releases of that code stream. For example, a bug which appears in R5.0.2 but did not exist in R5.0.1 is a regression.
SPR# MHAC4CFKWQ - Fix a problem there the count of all selected documents in a view with a response hierarchy is too large because, when a parent was deleted, the orphaned responses were still being counted. This problem was accidentally introduced in R5.0, resulting from a performance optimization. [5.0.2b]
Client
+SPR# LDEY4CCRT6 - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 with Date/Time fields. Fields using the Calendar/Time Control style were not retaining changes if the field was recalculated (using$F9) very quickly. [5.0.2b]
SPR# MAU48YK9G, WMDD4BPLS7 - Fix a problem introduced in R5 which prevented users who have access to create Private Agents in a database from editing them.
CORBA
+SPR# DBRN4EDSNV - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 with the introduction of parameters to Agent.run in CORBA; this issue caused Database.getAgent to return an unexpected error when the agent did not exist. [5.0.2b]
Domino Objects
SPR# WAR42HJQN - Fix a problem which caused a crash when a password was entered during the composition of a Calendar entry (because of the user pressing F5 or because of an automatic logoff). [5.0.2b]
Full-text indexing
+SPR# YXUU4CVVMW - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 in which full-text search did not support the GBK character set (Chinese). [5.0.2b]
Install
+SPR# HHII4ED5C9 - Correctly upgrade MSVCRT.DLL td the version shipped with Notes/Domino R5 if the user has an older version as a result of using the incremental installer upgrade to R5.0.2a. [5.0.2b]
SPR# VLAN4CWEWY - Fix a problem with Java applets, agents, and add-ins failing to run in international locales. In particular, this problem concerns the failure of the Java applets in the Domino Administrator to launch. [5.0.2b]
Server - Linux only
SPR# SPRT4CNPDK - Fix$a problem specific to the Linux Domino server, to increase stability and prevent the various internet services from crashing under heavy loads due to multi-threading problems in the operating system. [5.0.2b]
SPR# SSHE4CUNNW - Fix a problem which caused the Router to hang after attempting to access an unavailable server. [5.0.2b]
Server - Unix only
SPR# JBAA483KS3 - Restore the default date order of dd/mm/yy on the server console of Unix Intetnational English servers. This problem was previously fixed in R4.6.5a, but not in R5. [5.0.2b]
SPR# MKRA4DWL9P - Fix a problem in network processing on AIX servers which caused them to be temporarily unresponsive to users. [5.0.2b]
Server
SPR# CBMO4BQTCU - Allow recovery of databases from archived transaction log files if the current transaction log files are lost. Use the notes.ini variable, TRANSLOG_RECREATE_LOGCTRL. [5.0.2b]
SPR# CDCO4E7QQG - Fix a security problem with database subscriptions. [5.0.2b]
SPR# DDUE4FRSW9 - Make the Advanced tab of Database Properties properly have the "Allow more fields in the database" check box selected after compacting a database using the -K option (to enable large UNK table support). [5.0.2b]
SPR# KMES4DHSHE - Fix a memory leak which occurred when deleting a note which was contained in the Single Copy Object Store. [5.0.2b]
+SPR# MNAA4E7CU8 - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 in which long subjects containing multi-byte characters would not be converted correctly to MIME when mail was sent from a "Notes Rich Text" user to a "MIME" user. [5.0.2b]
SPR# PLYS4CDHS7 - Made Internet mail generate the correct content type for attachments during conversion to and from MIME. The wrong content type was being generated when an attachment's extension was all upper case (.XLS instead of .xls). Without thd correct content type, the recipient is unable to view or launch the attachment. [5.0.2b]
SPR# PLAE4CNN8F - Fix a crash which occurred when building standard permuted descending views. [5.0.2b]
SMTP Server
SPR# JPAI4CSFV8 - Fix a memory leak which previously occurred when processing mail messages. [5.0.2b]
+SPR# MSAN4DWTHF - Fix a crash introduced in R5.0.2 which happened when the SMTP DSN extension was enabled for inbdund traffic. [5.0.2b]
Template - Database Catalog
SPR# DKAO4DCSS2 - Fix a problem with no images displaying on the Domain Search page when the Access Control List default was set to No Access on the Database Catalog. [5.0.2b]
Template - Mailfile
SPR# ASCR4DASJJ - Fix a problem which caused Reply to All to include the original sender's name in the CC: field as well as the To: field. [5.0.2b]
+SPR# LROE4DCPBS - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 which caused failure of the "Actions->Copy into" features in the mail template. [5.0.2b]
+SPR# WZIR4EBTCD - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 in which the Invite and CC: fields are missing on the Meeting Invitations and Reservations panel of a Meeting form when a delegate is scheduling the meeting. [5.0.2b]
+ SPR# KCHL4CG7HN, BKR4DUQBM, HAN4E5LDZ, YGUO4ENA8V - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 in which Free Time was dorrupted in the Calendar Preferences dialog when using non-English operating system regional settings for time. [5.0.2b]
Template - Resource Reservations
+ SPR# APAI4EMM5L - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2 which caused time range values to be corrupted producing the error, "Unable to interpret Time or Date," when using non-English operating system regional settings for time. [5.0.2b]
Template - Web mailfile
SPR# JUYA47Y92G -$Fix a dialog display problem for Web mail users in which any changes to Delivery Options are not displayed correctly if the dialog is displayed a second time. [5.0.2b]
SPR# PSAR4D4HTF - Fix a problem with Calendar Entries not recognizing the year "00" as "2000" during validation. [5.0.2b]
SPR# PSTS4BSR8D - Fix a problem where the Web mail database has no title when it is added to a Netscape user's bookmarks. [5.0.2b]
SPR# PSTS4BSTAW - Fit a problem where the Remove button on the Address Dialog for Web mail users does not remove all of the selected users. [5.0.2b]
Web Server - Unix only
+SPR# JCHN4DCL7Z - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.1a with improper time calculations being done on Unix servers when daylight savings time is not in effect, causing the times in Web server documents to be one hour off. [5.0.2b]
Web Server
+SPR# CDCO4EDK2C - Fix a problem intrdduced in R5.0.2 in which Frameset names that include spaces do not get processed correctly and produce an invalid URL, which results in an Error 404 being returned. [5.0.2b]
SPR# JBLY4E5QSQ - Fix a potential denial of service attack against the HTTP server. [5.0.2b]
on Notes.net for additional information. The fix list for R5.0.2c is below and it can be freely distributed. This QMU is applicable to all platforms for the R5 client and server. FCS of R5.0.2c on CD for NA and IE is scheduled for the first week in March.
RN Heading
R5.0.2c QMU fixes
Notes:
1. There are no new features in R5.0.2c.
There are 2 fixes below with a plus symbol "+" before the SPR number. This is to indicate fixes for regression bugs. A regression bug is a bug which was introduced in a QMR or QMT and did not exist in previous releases of that code stream. For example, a bug which appears in R5.0.2 but did not exist in R5.0.1 is a regression.
Agents
SPR# KSMH4F9U8K - Fix a problem with the security of Agents. As a result of this fix, webadmin.nsf will need to be signed with the server's id and the server will need to be granted unrestricted LotusScript/Java agent access in the Security section of the Server document in the Domino Directory.
SPR #PJAN4F5T93 - Fix a problem with NSFNoteComputeWithForm which caused a memory overwrite when a date was stored in a text field and the date was in the year 2000 or greater. One of the manifestations of the problem was a crash in Agent Manager when agents created mail messages using the R4.6x mail stationery, "Gray Gradient with Lines," when the form was stored in the document. There could be other manifestations depending on the memory configuration on any given system. Thit problem affects both clients and servers.
SPR# RWIS4ETSVY - Fix a problem which resulted in crashes and other failures when running applications that live for a very short length of time.
Template - Mailfile
+SPR# LFOS4FL2WM, HNIO4FPCNG - Fix a problem introduced in R5.0.2b with Calendar entries which were marked Private being available to authorized Readers of the Calendar info.
+SPR# SKLZ4F3ER8, HAN4E5LDZ, APAI4FJTRJ - Allow Free Time fields which are invalid and display "ERROR: Unable to interpret time or date" to be edited and the time updated correctly. If your Calendar profile has this problem, you will be unavailable for meetings all the time. When your mailfile has been upgraded to use the R5.0.2c mail template, you must edit your Calendar Profile (using the Tools->Preferences->Free Time action button) and correct the times and clidk OK. This regression problem was introduced in R5.0.2 and the cause of the problem was fixed in R5.0.2b (SPR# KCHL4CG7HN, BKR4DUQBM, HAN4E5LDZ, YGUO4ENA8V, APAI4EMM5L). Using the R5.0.2c templates, you will be able to fix any corruption that occurred. The most common scenario in R5.0.2 for causing this error was editing one of the fields while using the 24-hour time format.
SPR# DRAY4FHJF5 - Allow the use of the period as a time separator when setting Free Time values.
Tempdate - Web mailfile
SPR# PSAR4D4HTF - Fix a problem with Calendar Entries not recognizing the year "00" as "2000" during validation. In R5.0.2c this fix recognizes years greater than 2000 as well.
Web Server
SPR# JCHN4ETQQW - Fix a potential denial of service attack.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Client
Calendaring and Scheduling
Complete Calendar printing for the following paper types: Day Runner Classic, Day Runner Entrepreneur, Day Runner Running Mate, A4 210 x 297 mm, A5 148 x 210 mm, B4 and B5.
Release 5.0.3 includes an option in the calendar preferedces that allows users to disable the display of meeting documents in their inbox. This is for users who delegate control of their calendars to other people, and do not want meeting information appearing in the Manager's inbox.
The Open Calendar feature is an option in the Calendar tools menu. Selecting this option opens a directory search dialog called "Open Calendar." The dialog enables users to individually open other people's calendars, if they have been given proper access.
Tsers of 4.6 Notes client can now open a 5.0.3 user's mail file, for such actions as Check Calendar or Group Calendar.
When users print out the weekly view of their calendar, the date will be printed along with the day of the week. Example: Instead of just printing out "Tuesday" in the column head, "Tuesday - February 1" will appear.
RTL View Support
Views now support Right To Left dispday.
Enhanced HTML Import
Enhancements have been made in the importing of HTML file types resulting in better data fidelity, expanded list of supported file formats, and better HTML rendering upon import.
Welcome Page enhancements
The Welcome page has some minor cosmetic enhancements when opting to change your Welcome page.
Restore Bookmark Defaults
If you inadvertently remove any of ydur default bookmarks (i.e., replicator, designer, workspace), you can now retrieve them without deleting your bookmark.nsf file.
The following enhancements have been made to DECS:
Added Linux support
Updated the ODBC Connector for compatibility with ODBC 3.5 and to allow access to Microsoft SQL Server 7 data sources
User-cdntrolled subfield key ordering
Improved functionality for domain searches and doclinks
The DECS Initialize Keys functionality has been modified to allow key fields of the NUMERIC data type
Stored Procedure browsing & selection from the Connection document
International
Indic scripts support
Beginning in Release 5.0.3, the following scripts and locales are supported in Notes:
Scripts: Devanagari, Tamil
Locales: Hindi, Tamil, Marathi, Konkani
Please refer to
Indic Language support
in the
International Language Requirements
section of the
Things you need to know
chapter for details.
Messaging
Allow multiple transfer threads to remote domains
A new notes.ini variable for the Domino server, RouterAllowConcurrentXFERToALL$ provides the ability to allow multiple transfer threads to remote domains. Previously, multiple concurrent transfer threads were allowed to intranet domains only, primarily to prevent multiple threads from being allocated to one or more slow connections. This feature allows a simple override to this default behavior.
Router low priority delay notification
Provides the ability to send the author of a low-priority message a custom e-mail which notifies the author thdt the message will be sent during an off-peak time allocated for low priority messages. This feature is useful for reminding people about company policy when sending low-priority messages and the potential for delay. Therefore, the author would be informed and not alarmed that the recipient had not yet received the mail message.
Restrict outbound Internet mail to specific domains or hostnames
Using new fields in the Server Configuration document of the Domino Diredtory, the Router can now allow or deny delivery of messages to specific domains or hostnames.
Support multiple configurable relay hosts
This feature allows Domino administrators to specify that non-local Internet domains can be relayed to different relay hosts or to no relay host at all.
Programmability
New LotusScript API - AgentLSTextFormat
This is a function that receives raw LottsScript code as input, and formats it so that it is understandable by the Notes IDE. This is to enhance the abilities of programmers to create agents through the C-API and debug them using the IDE.
Java Classes for XML/XSL
New Java classes and methods have been added in Release 5.0.3 to provide services for the developer who needs to work with XML data. They include the industry leading XML parser (XML4J) and XSL transform engine (LotusXSL), plus a new method to genetate XML documents from native Domino documents. For additional information, please refer to the topic "XML for Domino" in the
Domino Designer Programming Guide, Volume 2
, which has been updated for Release 5.0.3.
Search
Search Engine Enhanced
Domino now includes an alternate GTR search engine beginning in Release 5.0.3. This engine is not turned on by default. If you activate the new engine, Unicode support becomes available for searches. You will also see improvements in search response time, particularly with large databases. This alternate engine is activated by placing the following parameter in your notes.ini file:
FT_LIBNAME=
ftgtr34
Note that if you activate the alternate search engine using this .ini parameter, Domino will re-build the indices for all databases that are currently indexed. If the pardmeter is later removed from the notes.ini file, all indices will again be rebuilt in their original R5 format.
Inxight summarizer
The Inxight Summarizer is a feature for Domain Search on Windows NT that automatically pulls the best
sentences out of a document and displays them at search time as the document summary. This feature only works in conjunction with the alternate GTR search engine described above and using domain indexes. For further infdrmation, see the Release Notes (Chapter 4) document entitled, "Domain Search and the Summarizer -- additional information."
Alternate filter for attachment indexing
In Release 5.0.3, an alternate filter is provided for attachment indexing which enhances the capabilities of the Keyview filter. The alternate filter provides support for file types, such as Ichitaro file format,
which are important in international regions. The alternate filter is enadled by using the notes.ini parameter FT_ALTERNATE_FILTER=naltfltr.dll.
Server
Additional IMAP client support
IMAP services on the Domino server have been enhanced to provide for wider support of IMAP clients, such as PINE, Eudora, Cyrusoft Mulberry, and Execmail 5.1 clients.
IMAP session limits
Domino administrators can now limit the number of sessions that the IMAP server will allow. $A notes.ini parameter - IMAPMaxSessions - allows administrators to specify the maximum number of sessions that will be allowed in the IMAP server. If the parameter is not specified, or if the parameter is specified with a value of 0, then no limit will be enforced.
NNTP performance enhancement
NNTP replication performance has been improved so less time is spent pulling articles. The
nntpcl5.ntf
template is required to take advantage of the performdnce improvements.
DECS on Linux
The Domino install for the Linux operating system now includes the option to install DECS.
Authentication to LDAP servers
There is a new option in an LDAP Directory Assistance document called "Optional Authentication Credential" which enables a Domino server to present a name and password when connecting to an LDAP directory server. If you do not specify a name and password, the connection occtrs anonymously. For instructions on using this feature, see links in the topic "Setting up directory assistance for LDAP directories" in Domino 5 Administration Help.
Passive Tracking for CALs (client access licenses) and Notes/ Domino Licenses
You can now select the license type "Lotus iNotes/Domino CAL" to get a total license count in the Server\License view of the Domino Directory. This was included in the R5 easy-to-use tool to assist our non-Notes,$web-based clients authorized to access a Domino server. For more information on license tracking, see the topic "License Tracking and new client license type" in the Documentation updates chapter, Domino 5 Administration Help section.
Templates
Mail template (mail50.ntf)
Add new action, "Expand date column," to Actions->Folders menu in the mail database. This allows users to widen the date column to accommodate 4-character tears (such as 2000). Folders created pre-R5 template have columns that are too narrow.
Personal Journal template (journal5.ntf)
The Personal Journal template has been upgraded to use R5 features such as outlines, framesets, and shared actions. It is also web-enabled.
TeamRoom template (teamrm50.ntf)
The TeamRoom template in Release 5.0.3 provides a utility which migrates the design of the R4.x TeamRoom to the new 5.0+ design.$
Formerly found in the Apps directory of the Notes and Domino CD-ROMs, the SmartSuite Document Library template has been incorporated into the installation process of Notes and Domino. The template has also been enhanced to use R5 features.
XML for Domino
New DTDs
Two new DTDs are documented: Domino View DTD and Domino Document DTD. $Please refer to the topic "XML for Domino" in the
Domino Designer Programming Guide, Volume 2,
which has been updated for Release 5.0.3.
Integrate the XML4J parser and LotusXSL transformation engine
The XML4J Parser and LotusXSL Processor have been packaged with the product, and new methods were added to the Domino back-end objects so application developers can easily use them. The Designer and Server installation kits include both jar files.
Version Information:
XML4j 2.0.15
LotusXSL .0.19.1
Java applications/applets/etc that use the remote Domino classes (i.e., not agents) will have to include XML4j.jar or XML4j.cab in their classpath to use the XML Parser. And, they will have to also include LotusXSL.jar or LotusXSL.cab in their classpath to use the processor. 525668D004FDB29
In addition to the new features found in the Notes*and Domino products, the \APPS directory of the R5.0.3 CD-ROM contains applications which enrich the capabilities of Notes, Designer, and Domino. Additional information about these applications can be found in the "Additional items on Notes and Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROMs" and "Additional items on the Domino CD-ROM" documents in the
Directory Install and CD-ROM Structure
section of the
Things you need to know
chapter. Updated applications found on the R5.0.3 CD-ROJ include:
Domino "Tivoli Ready" (updated)
The files which make the Domino Server for AIX and Solaris (Sparc) "Tivoli Ready" have been updated for the R5.0.3 release. Customers can manage their Domino Server software under an integrated Tivoli management umbrella. This provides customers with the ability to automatically discover, inventory and monitor Domino servers with Tivoli Enterprise managemejt products.
SmartSuite Document Library template (updated)
Beginning in R5.0.2 the SmartSuite Millennium edition document library template was included in the \APPS directory. Now with the release of R5.0.3 the template has been incorporated into the install kits. See the "Additional items on Notes and Domino CD-ROMs" topic in the
Things you need to know
chapter for more details.
cc:Mail MTA (updated)
To hjlp administrators ease the upgrade from cc:Mail to Notes, we have included an updated release of the cc:Mail MTA (R5.0.3) in the APPS directory of the R5.0.3 CD. Please refer to the Release Notes for more information or visit the migration web site at http://www.lotus.com/products/migration.nsf
Fonts (updated)
The self extracting fonts file contains an updated MTSANS_W.TTF which improves the spacing of the font. MTSANS_W.TTF covers the WGL4 character sez. This font is suitable for use with most uses of the Latin alphabet (including all diacritical marks), as well as Greek, Cyrillic, Slavic, Turkish, Arabic and Hebrew languages.
Dictionaries (updated)
The self extracting dictionaries file contains a new dictionary file called DEUTSCH2.DIC, which allows the spell-checker to support additional German dialects. Note that this is unavailable for the Macintosh at this time, but it is present in the Notes Windows-based clijnt.
Sametime (new)
Beginning in R5.0.2, Notes mail supports the ability to see if the sender and recipients of a mail message are online when you read that message. One of the prerequisites for getting the "Who Is Online" button to work is that the Sametime administrator must set up the Sametime server to support "Who is Online". The files necessary to accomplish that step are found in the \APPS\SJMETIME subdirectory of the Notes/Domino/Domino Designer CD-ROM.
Domino Global Workbench (updated)
Domino Global Workbench has been updated for the R5.0.3 release. New features include: HTML support - text in pages marked 'Treat contents as HTML' is now tagged as HTML; JavaScript is supported; Build Options dialog contains a new check box, 'Disable LotusScript Recompilation'. See the
What's new in Domino Global WorkBench Release 5.0.3
document for further detailz.
Actioneer (updated)
New for Lotus Notes R5.0.3! Actioneer for Lotus Notes is now speech-enabled with IBM's ViaVoice technology!
Actioneer for Lotus Notes is an intelligent, quick-capture tool that lets you quickly and easily save information to your Notes Calendar, To Do list, and Journal database.
Server.Load (updated)
Our Domino server capajity tool has been updated for the R5.0.3 release, as we continue to strive for constant improvement. OR
Domino R5 now sends a Last-Modified header with most Domino responses. This often results in a performance enhancement, since it enables many Web browsers or proxy servers to cache Domino pages.
The HTTP Last-Modified header indicazes the date and time that the information in the server response was last modified. For traditional Web servers that store HTML pages and images in the file systems, the Last-Modified time is the last modification time of the file.
Browsers use Last-Modified HTTP header to manage the browser's local cache, depending the user's chosen configuration. Typically, when a user requests a page that is in the browser's cache, the browser sends the page request to the server along with the HTTP headez If-Modified-Since, indicating the modification time of the cached page. The server checks the If-Modified-Since header against the time of the page on disk. If the page has not been updated since that time, the server sends back a "Not modified" status code, which informs the browser that it can redisplay the cached page. If the page has been modified, the server sends back the entire new page.
Domino calculates the Last-Modified time for different kinds of requests as follows:
Files in the file system
Last-Modified is set to the modijication time of the file according to the operating system. This is also supported by Domino R4.5x and R4.6x.
File attachments and other embedded objects in a Domino database
Last-Modified is set to the modification time of the document to which the object is attached.
Other Domino database requests
Last-Modified is set to the "database modification time", which is the last time that zhe database was modified (which is essentially the last time any document or design element in the database was modified). The database modification time is displayed in the database properties box.
For these requests, Last-Modified headers are most effective for databases which do not change often such as a help-desk or product-catalog database.
Domino does not sejd Last-Modified headers in response to the following types of requests:
Pages whose content is dependent on the current time (such a field formula that uses @Now) or whose time dependencies cannot be efficiently determined (for example, a field formula that uses a @DbColumn which references another database)
OpenAgent
OpenNavigator
CreateDocument
EditDocument
SaveDocument
DeleteDocument
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Work Week View
A new calendar view has been added for 5.0.3 allowing users to customize the work week view to their own specified work week. To allow the week to be self customized, open the calendar and go to Tools->Preferences from the action bar. Then go to the Calendar tab and then to the Display tab. In the advanced section of that pane you are able to choose your week day choices by simply placing a checkmark before tje day that you wish to add to your work week. When you finish, click OK and close that dialog box. Then close the Calendar and reopen it to refresh and bring into focus the new work week days that you selected. When reopened the numbers in the upper right corner will be 1, 2, 7, 14, 31 and whatever the amount of days specified in Tools->Preferences (5 is the default).
Printing of this view is not any different then printing another calendar view except when you have a calendar open and you go*to File->Print, you select the work week view from the content menu. If the work week view is displayed on the screen, when you go into File->Print, that view will automatically be brought up as the content type. If after choosing the work week view content type you click the Customize button, the dialog box should look similar to daily style. Font sizes, paper types and hours to print are exactly the same as daily, weekly and monthly style.
New Paper Types
Three new paper types zere added in 5.0.3. They can be found in File->Print. After choosing a content type, click the Customize button. The list of paper types contains the following paper types:
Full page (8 1/2" X 11")
Day Runner Classic (5 1/2" X 8 1/2")
Added in 5.0.3
Day Runner Entrepreneur (8 1/2" X 11")
Added in 5.0.3
Day Runner Running Mate (3 3/4" X 6 3/4")
Added in 5*0.3
Day Timer Senior Desk (8 1/2" X 11")
Day Timer Senior Portable (3 3/4" X 6 3/4")
Day Timer Junior Desk (5 1/2" X 8 1/2")
Day Timer Junior Portable (3" X 5")
Franklin Day Planner Monarch (8 1/2" X 11")
Franklin Day Planner Classic (5 1/2" X 8 1/2")
Avery Index Cards (3" X 5")
Paper Sizes
The following paper sizes are supported in 5.0.3:
Date added in weekly and work week views
Numeric date has been added to weekly and work week views, directly next to the day of the week listed.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The URL command SearchView now supports a SearchOrder value of 4, which returns a resulting set of documents listed in the order in which they appear in the view being searched.
For more information, see the topic "URL commands for searching for text" in
Application Development with Domino Designer
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
NNTP replication efficiency has been greatly improved in 5.0.3. In order to benefit from the ijprovements you must either create new NNTP accounts or replace the design of your existing NNTP accounts using the new nntpcl5.ntf template (included in 5.0.3). To replace the design of the NNTP account, follow these steps:
Open the NNTP proxy db.
Select File->Database->Replace Design from the menu.
At the Replace Database Design dialog, check "Show Advanced Templates" option.
Select "Jews Articles (NNTP)" template from the list of templates and then click the "Replace" button.
Click "Yes" at the next dialog warning.
The next time you replicate you should notice a speed increase of at least two to three times faster than prior identical replication scenarios. (Performance depends on newsserver, newsgroups etc.). In some cases performance has increased by almost tenfold. gG
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Domino and Notes Release 5.0.3 contains ccStr Build B5721
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
With Release 5.0.3, if you inadvertently remove any of your default bookmarks (i.e., replicator, designer, workspace), you can*now retrieve them without deleting your bookmark.nsf file. To do this, open one of your bookmark folders (i.e., Databases or Favorites), select the drop down arrow at the top of the frame, and select Restore Bookmark Defaults.
Also, new default bookmarks added to the template will be automatically added to the user's set of bookmarks (no user intervention required).
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The R5 Client comes with a new template called TeamRoom (teamrm50.ntf). This template is not compatible with the R4.x version of TeamRoom developed by the Lotus Institute.
There is a utility built into the 5.0.3 TeamRoom which migrates the design of the R4.x TeamRoom to the new 5.0+ design. Follow these steps to ensure compatibility with R4.x TeamRoom databases:
Replace the design of the R4.x TeamRoom with the 5.0.3 TeamRoom template.
Open the database and select Actions->Convert TeamRoom 4.1 to new 5.0 Design.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When registering users migrated from an LDIF file, the domain name portion of the user's Internet address remajns intact, that is, exactly as it was in the LDIF file. The administrator can change the user's Internet address by modifying the entry in the Internet address field. When registering users not migrated from an LDIF file, the Internet address is changed to reflect the default domain name as displayed in the Internet Domain field on the Basics pane of the User Registration dialog box.
Show Navigator0
NSrch
0S0E
Show Search Bar`&
0S0E
Hide Search Bar`&
0S0E
Domino
ViewNextPage
Web Button
This button works only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Previous
Domino
ViewPreviousPage
Web Button
This button works only ij you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Search
0S0E
Web Button
Use this button only if you're browsing this information over the Web.
0R6S
$$WebClient
0S0E
Categori_ze
_Edit Document
Send Docu_ment
_Forward
_Move To Foljer...
_Remove From Folder
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
$Author
$TITLE
$Index
$Formula
$FormulaClass
$ViewFormat
$Comment
$ACTIONS
ProductPrint1hPrint2h
Print2
Print2
Print2
Print_Sequenceh$18H
MainComment
Reviewer"
0S0E
?$38All topics, in the order they would appear in a printed bookP
What entries should the document appear under in the Index view?
Index_Entries
O=Lotus Notes
O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
|.:#U
O=Lotus Notes
CN=Lotus Notes Template Development/O=Lotus Notes
PURSAFO
Fde!f^^
$TITLE
$INFO
$$ScriptName
$BODY
The suggested kernel parametjr settings require changing some values to numbers greater than those allowed by SAM. The following procedure will modify SAM's configuration to allow a greater maximum value for several kernel parameters.
This procedure should be performed as root:
View the file:
/usr/sam/lib/kc/params.tx
Look for lines starting with maxfiles and maxfiles_lim. They should start like this:
maxfiles:::
maxfiles_lim:::
If they start are like this:
maxfiles:
number
number
maxfiles:
number
number
Then...
delete
number
(leave the colons)
Jdit
/usr/conf/master.d/core-hpux
Locate the following two lines
*range maxfiles<=
number
*range maxfiles_lim<=
number
Change
number
to 32000
Run this program
/usr/sam/lbin/getkinfo -b -w
Sam will now allow maxfiles and maxfiles_lim to be given values up to
number
Exchange folders whose names are longer than the Notes limitations may not be migrated correctly. Before using the migration tool, these folder names should be shortened.
Folder name limitations:
Individual folder name: 64 bytes in LMBCS
Hierarchcal folder name: 128 bytes in LMBCS
=\6w[
PURSAFO
!d8\;
$SiteMapLis8|`
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you want to change the locale for Domino after anstallation, follow these steps:
Check your AIX OS locale. Enter the following command at dtterm:
locale
Verify that the locale is correct for your language/country. If the locale is not correct, then refer to your AIX help system for information on how to install and configure your correct language locale.
To change the OS locale
after
you have installed Domino, you need to complete the following steps.
You must be a super user to carry out the following steps:
for Turkish. You must name the directory in this manner.
Verify that the
$LANG
dir has been created and the files have been successfully copied as follows:
ls -la /opt/lotus/notes/5000/ibmpow/res
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If you receive a Data Transfer Error!dialog box during a Windows 95/98/NT installation, exit the install and shut down all other applications. In most cases, this is due to a .DLL (Dynamic Link Library) file that is still in use while the install program is trying to update it. It may also help to log off the system and log in again before retrying the installation.
Example Data Transfer Error dialog box
Data Transfer Error Informatioa
ComponentError returned the following data transfer error.
Setup will now abort.
Media Name: DATA
Component: Domino as an NT Service
File Group:
File:
Error Number: -115
When client setup is done by connecting aver both a LAN
by dialing directly into a Domino server, if the user selects the Modem Setup button to configure the speed, sound, etc., through the Additional Modem Setup dialog, setup will fail when looking for the user's name in the public Domino Directory with the error "Server not responding."
To avoid this error, do not select the Modem Setup button during client setup; after setup has completed successfully change the speed, volume, and other settinas through the Ports tab in User Preferences. If the user is connecting by only dialing directly into a Domino server, the Modem Setup button can be used the change the speed and other settings without causing this problem.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When setting up an additional server on Windows platforms, if you select serial port, then change back to network, and click Finish, the following error appears:
Note error: The server name is different than the ona you specified
You must re-install Domino to avoid this error.
If you are upgrading from Domino R4.x to R5.x, and if Domino R4 is currently installed as a Windows NT Service, R4 must be removed as an NT service before you upgrade to Domino R5.x.
In this situation, execute the "ntsvinst -d" cammand to remove the Domino Release 4 NT Service before you perform the Domino server upgrade.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When installing a Domino Server as an NT Service you must set up the server before attempting to start the Service. If an attempt to start the Service is made before setup, you receive an error message similar to the following:
Services: Could not start the Lotus Domino Server <Server Name> service on \\<LocalHost>
Error 2140. An internal Windows NT error occurred.
Note:
<Server Name>!only appears if this is a Partitioned Server installation..
If you attempt to set up the server after receiving this error, you may receive the following message after running the setup client:
Lotus Notes: Unable to open desktop file. Notes may have been terminated abnormally in an earlier session. Please logoff or shut down the operating system before running Notes again.
You need to reboot Windows NT before proceeding.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Master Address Book template (MAB45.NTF) is deletea during server install. If you have customized it and want to save your changes then copy it to a safe location before installing Domino R5.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The supported upgrade installation configuration is to upgrade an existing Notes client, NOTES.INI, and databases. If you deviate from this supported configuration, the following situations can occur:
If Notes is elsewhere in the user's system path, the installation program renames the existing NOTES.INI to NOTES.00x and craates a new, default NOTES.INI in the program directory. To continue with a supported upgrade, the user must rename NOTES.00x back to NOTES.INI and move it into the program directory, replacing the default NOTES.INI created by the installation program.
Before installing R5, a user might uninstall the previous Notes client without deleting files and databases not removed by the uninstall program (such as NAMES.NSF). If this occurs, it is recommended that the user install R5 into a new directorq, free of existing databases, and then move the databases into the new Notes data directory after the Notes R5 installation and setup has been completed.
If existing databases are present during an R5 installation and setup, yet NOTES.INI has been reset or deleted, inconsistencies can result in the starting configuration of the Notes client. For example, the starting Location may be different than what was set in previous Notes client.
Uninstalling a previous version and then installing R5 without removang old configuration files is not supported or suggested.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a middle initial is used for the administrator user during setup on Windows platforms, the middle initial is not added to the user record in the Domino Directory. However, the middle initial is added to the administrator group.
The workaround is not to use a middle initial for the administrative user during setup. After setup, the middle initial is handled correctly.
Due to a third party software bug, if you select the Back button when recording a silent (automated) install for a partitioned server, you will receive an result code of -12 (dialogs are out of order). The silent install will fail to run.
You must re-record the silent install without selecting the Back button.
Example setup.log file containing the error:
[InstallShield Silent]
Version=v5.00.000
File=Log File
[Application]
Name=Notes
Version=5.0
Company=Lotus
Lang=0009
[ResponseResult]
ResultCode= -12
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
The Macintosh Notes client requires Appearance Manager version 1.01 or higher to run. The MacOS versions 8.1 and later already include a version of Appearance Manager that meets this requiremenq.
For MacOS 8.0x (and all earlier MacOS versions that Notes R5 supports), Appearance Manager will be installed with Notes as follows:
RN Bullet 1
If the language version of Notes matches that of the Operating System, the Notes installation will install a more current version of the Appearance Manager as needed.
If the language of Notas does not match the language of the MacOS operating system you are running, you need to install the Appearance Manager version 1.01 (or higher) that matches your operating system language. Otherwise, Notes will not launch.
When using Netscape Navigator to set up a Domino server, the status "%" icons do not update and you must reload manually to see the Congratulations screen.
This problem occurs if you have the cache preference "Document in cache is compared to document on network" set to "Never." Change this preference to "Once per session" for future Domino server setups.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN!Example
RN Number List
Currently, client setup by dialing a remote network is unavailable for Macintosh PowerPC clients.
The release aote below, which went out with version 5.0.2 of Domino, contains an incorrect recommendation. This notes.ini variable should
be added in released versions of the Domino Server, since it disables the QNC debugger used to detect problems with the server. If you are using this variable please remove it from your Notes.ini file.
As a precaution, recognition of this variable is being disabled in the Domino Server for release 5.0.3.
When running Domino on OS/2 Warp Server at fixpack level 39, the following statement must be placed in the NOTES.INI file:
DEBUG_NONQNC_DEBUGGER=1
This will disable the Quincy debugger for OS/2, conserving memory so it can be used by other server tasks. While this will not impact installation, this parameter should be put in the NOTES.INI file after installation, and before starting the Domino server for production use.
The two SSL admiaistration applications (Domino Certificate Authority and Server Certificate Administration) that are created using the cca50.ntf and csrv50.ntf templates are not supported when using a Notes client on a Macintosh platform. You must use a R5.0 Notes client on the Windows 32-bit platforms in order to administer these two SSL application databases.
Please note: Macintosh users who use a web browser may still access qhe Domino Certificate Authority database on a Domino web server to request X509 client certificates.
As Lotus transitions from the North American registration tool to an internationalized version, Lotus has decided to disable the Product Registration tool in R5.0.4. (This tool is the product registration screen that appears following a client installation). While we are not leaving out any Notes functionality by doing this, Lotus is aware some enterprise customers remove the registration file from the installation kits. This R5.0.4 registration tool change may require such customers to slightly adjust their internal deployment procedures.
Explanation of the change
Because R5.0.5 and later releases of R5 will use a "global" International English kit that combines all the Notes encryption types, a separate Norqh American kit will no longer be produced. The Product Registration tool (LotusProductRegistration.exe), which exists in the Windows 32-bit Notes client only, will not be present in R5.0.4 because it was solely a North American tool. An international version of this tool will begin shipping in the R5.0.5 International English Windows 32-bit client kits, as well as the localized Windows 32-bit client kits.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
In the Designer Field Properties box on a Windows NT Japanase operating system, the actual symbol for the euro currency does not display properly. This is a Windows NT system limitation. The symbol should appear correctly in the actual document in the client.
If you preview a categorized embedded view in Notes that has "Show Single Category" set to a valid category, the documents in the embedded view will!not be visible if the category is collapsed. To view the documents in the view, expand the category.
This also occurs in the Notes client. For example, open a database to the embedded view and collapse the category. Compose a document using the form that contains the embedded view. Notice that the embedded view does not show the document.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
If a form contains an imported navigator with a LotusScript action, you need to edit the hotspot on the form after the navigatar has been imported. In the click action, replace "Source As Navigator" with "Source As Button". Resave the form and the LotusScript will work.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
It is recommended that the name of Environment variables be limited to less than 62 characters in the NOTES.INI file.
If an Environment variable names are set at 62 characters long, they can cause the NOTES.INI to become very large and slow down performance. It may also cause applications to fail.
If this happens, limit the name of the environment variable to less than 62 characters
clear the environment variable manually.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
Using R5, a developer can create applications which manipulate more than one currency, including the euro, and these currency values and symbols are independent of the locale setting or operating system default currency symbol.
When creating a form, a currency field is defined using the Field Definition Infobox. One step!in the currency field definition is to choose the currency symbol. Once chosen, the currency symbol and the currency amount always display together in that field.
In R5, displaying a currency field value in a view must be approached differently. For a view column to display a currency field, use a view column formula similar to the following example for displaying Japanese Yen in a view:
@If(JapaneseCurrencyValue!="";"
"+@Text(JapaneseCurrencyValue;"F,2");"")
where "JapaneseCurrencyValue" is the name of a form field and "F,2" is a format string that establishes a fixed format with 2 digits of precision.
Right justify the view column and the currency amounts align properly.
RN Text
RN Text (no font)
RN Bullet 1
RN Bullet 2
RN Heading
RN Example
RN Number List
When creating a multi-value field of type readers or names, if the devaloper removes the selection for comma as a separator, saving the form re-adds it. If a Notes client user enters a name, a comma, and a return before the next name, then any names entered after the return are lost.
RN Heading
Outline entrieq containing hide-when formulas that are based on field values display regardless of the field value. Hide-when formulas attached to the outline itself work.
Deleting entries from the bottom of an outline that is larger than the window, then using Home or Page Up to return to the top of the outline, may cause gaps to appear in the rest of the outline. This can also occur after reducing the outline size by collapsing the outline. To make the entries visible again, use the arrow keys to move up ar down the outline over the area where the entries are missing.
An Outline Entry that points to a database that has never been opened by the current user may not open the first time it is accessed through the Outline Entry.
If you place a database link to the current database into an outline, it is not visible when the outline is embedded in a page or form.
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKLME45PP7K
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME45SLAB
o@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Keith LaMotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFiles tab shows incorrect logging status of MAIL.BOX
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRBAR45EBHM
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME45SK5K
o@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Lynn Lafleur/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusFrench franc currency symbol
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LLAR45ENBY
p@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusHelp appears to freeze when using "Always On Top"
Administrator ClientClientDesianer03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesSDOE45TJSA
CN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Town/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Kyla Toqn/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusImagemap hotspots are not highlighted on the image
Designer03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesLDEY3T7MXL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KTON464QDA
0p@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.4
Selecting an imagemap hotspot from the Objects tab in the Programmer's pane!does not highlight that hotspot on the picture. To enable this feature, click on the hotspot that you want to edit. This sets the focus on the click event of the selected hotspot.
CN=Maryann Jacobs/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusIn browser, rich text fields within tables lose contents
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesMJAS44QSJ9
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRSHI45ERHH
Release Notes03 Qroubleshooting
AFUI45VKZB
Pp@Help Screen
CN=Michael Cox/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM!O=LotusKeywords not updated on Meta tab in Document properties
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJDEY4GTS6H
CN=Randi Burke/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusPage!Up/Down not operating properly on the Server Monitoring tab
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesRBAR45LD4K
CN=Mary Jrolf/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusDesign element replication during mail file move process
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 Mail Issues
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusRandom characters in long broadcast messages
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKPHG444EYX
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RQAN463RR4
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Robin Raimon/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAA/O=LotusSave and Close button saves but doesn't close
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesBDME42HMXP
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
RRAN469QHL
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Bruce Kahn/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusSchedule Manager on Solaris may contain garbage error text
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
DWIN45VLXN
@q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Cliff Nicholson/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusServer Monitoring not adding servers from neq domain
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesCNIN46GKKQ
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
CNIN46GKWW
Pq@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
When using Administration Preferences to add a new domain, Server Monitoring does not immediately show the new servers. To correct this, choose Administration->Refresh Server List->All domains.
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesJSTH46CLFY
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
LLAR464Q63
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen5.0.1
When using TeamRoom Setup, you may notice that the cursor appears to be missing from the screen. Actually, the cursor is focused on the Help hotspot on each tab in the table. Pressing the tab key or the down arrow brings the cursor into tae first editable field on the screen. This is due to a software limitation.
CN=May Lambert/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaquba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusTroubleshooting spell check for International
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
MLAT462TES
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Gregory Cushman/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUndo function has changed
Client03 Troubleshooting02 General Issues
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
GCUN463JUY
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
CN=Keith LaMotte/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUNIX Collector server does not work in the Server Monitor
Administrator Client03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesKLME46PJBL
Release Notes03 Troubleshooting
KLME46SJXK
q@TroubleshootingHelp Screen
When using the Server Monitor to monitor a domain, selecting a UNIX server as your Collector (proxy) server does not return any status on the servers in the domain being monitored. The error message "Could not get Statistic from server" is returned by every server being monitored.
CN=Jolene Staruch/O=IrisCN=Craig Lordan/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusUse space bar to qelect in navigation pane after F6
ClientDesigner03 Troubleshooting02 General IssuesVMAA3XYLXH
CN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Jason English/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Lee Zaruba/OU=CAM/O=LotusCN=Colin Gibson/OU=CAM/O=LotusExtra, irrelevant submenus appear on Macintosh 8.5.x systems
(.txt)